ite FNRI ep ode etree pease! ive bode bof he bodn be tuicinn Rice ee en ree enh e 28006080 i eGeedobete he date detetixiieel diabeds betieleiathedaea re eee ‘ rte We eth PS Peden’ pede bed! FP aoe bein a hen “hobs e peieine bee peteebennererees Sead hdrheed ada s pueepiesedines pabl 408 dF et nh ae qnaelrte Gey PE rye = polelee boom eareatnyage pe rn ne be eee DOs rey eprint » Seretecerente atone yrt og ae 4 yr et eo ROOT: weuseiaeessdet 7 ana et a ef ihoadtostonraes # sieittne mesure oe we akg nes tl een rd bebeptheasitaeseyea orgie sage: 8 mp Hos) Aa de Ne wreabee peroshert + lasddadtabassen adhd cca opr ye) Sheet pier ret] Pleat o aT Berewrees time “pee nen potas v0 i tO Naeem, move seve “ : crates rice headrest stand Sasha tekey er abn wre aabup ring ¥ erent ptaneeashe wh abeare pier BeMotenn “Lape dvey vee ri teen) ole nue a obae obehobehahed al pedal cijehobe, 4 rie saw Bet a fod ye asthetplhnete em ihd ngs ya entnlar afr abale pebevadibaaysnee rae bywetas aehans reeeeey vob at rbesene Sibu a Hm dees tpi scectbiltisnedtsectarfelpoee abe) ony hebat 4bepe toe jehbiahoiecng ne Vk semiar nite ponetenate thrdet or ahs sbetets bei Me reereaine Siete oebeng : pe a pinssperote patie Reetseerr or isbrnietons peretats anaabeebeescuainteree vie La ws A iirsrae nt sects retire re vou epee abet be rs en sagen 1 the Pri i. te aad atid ewels r oteetrrett Mdeoninne peers aver prongs s hesshedesaiehvbete) tet att oir she h uh oRedyiis Worrvete ae : + weil al ole beer er aed ety +h Ate +f abe pe qoeene Inbribetehaetnaaretcbemie Bees rpocegsy sthtohie 1! #! etebetenetene hele: Nove caberstet bean ported venkat spots Setar saat! ong ets dove wang — soaiead 95! perry rears priate nos bein a tng ty in deost ie Petiincat ibs pereteree ; . " wonseteinesssoeichependesesey pistes oAadet Obi ward bgebpre! lnhhanaldnsdet bosee atab pete tsnateaetesel sosvecedee ya . : ee Wiel wt rte at het tras Lonpal os G00 Fa eas be peynteed PORDAS ep Sy tsi Soe ers tMectthercestsast Lope rede 4 rors rhe re th riec SoINIIN Te ieee hb eR eee beled). } pate hehe riled shel eho eps Rotations) . ton) mba aeaty M4 wehburder hegeine iol ree TOPO lem mIebY MONO Pe RoE MOE. FI» OTP > ehed oly oe egy, poheee eget ee => hemi dimte breeds Ee eather +o pete has recoraiy Jelmee b+ be he.) Desegere ‘ga, Setattee bel siciati eee ee re ribags bey te4 wre be enter ota Titre te erent wreee aby heengory abr at Ca , tp abode toa eG AMEN) SAtEFL + ohana hegtgs sayri steha’) ahopedt barry PAthemheceees Mantle 4 ie retvesed rans 8 o> jo ate Pa be Awe a Paes 7 vo pne (pede oo ade vet leloadab eeratates Ly setcarataned Gent ep brten poo be Mm Le dal vale) oho be iegret fe. ratt wera ie La tededes tua sgsabetlos pe pe sate Ah Poy jeans ones banana eel odedeakas car eee! eV 'etbty bebe] eee valet tetieel, Hinh dares \aigne 1) Wei 9°88 oedye woe Ricetalss ig hs Sts. denne inh hess ooh Oe Fel @ taboseh He tatty) a foarte itaaas Ride tresiat 5 )aoes the * thes 4 PM Fraetes Se bere hat sbep a Le eH be} mon DMCi tam 94 1p bed Phe etel san shehegent . vedo pare i vpaneds sanssiabe ehabel ‘ > A fen cos yep Di dee lady ded CytrOs \argetw ade" ne togtarl os nf %¢ vg oe . Page Set eh Nee! ohn se paph pbs oe piped Fee ow obaastiatohe tegen jeeye ah h4ee 12 aD bepph roposa Save M Daeg nie aoa Selpeeetie bom enya ys pa babe epee gt bepe pe Lebatine 3 Cake jpn bots ie bode > oe ape pe hoe ? “ Testothew whee er yard estar rater a aleje pine + 7 aoe te by ine oben pe My parr batotetrabate:tale 70 ah rie bs epee do repe arin + doh cbqsene +.aebeied yH-04 bolwhe pete von» bees + be inyale my he Phe bao beers (eon phy. Wwieembeys eh > 2 bebe D7 an ddow De @ \ededy be’ ule ebebs beer 4 rg Ve pene pot + nade ” leted anal wee 7098 4 hw at rata gett vi vad N90 wh mai Set panes ty Mier ee nelons porte 2b Se 4 Beha ee tow or sivoneny abithietalebunsestnes heitedattadatnies te he Setar Al pti miistiee eieust edit aad sty eraetoned ter pote ) Si ye era oa He ah Hs aba ber pine jh Dal asd vatspachateae steebeatonae citer anteete ateveteete bap edybes pet ne MWe red SP AOLOSON wiEAt chy )8 betty rT Deheyel OF Oe ley peel relies Faye) epee ue , ~ bones Peds sbiare icacd oe Le sishenenh aus Taippeabiteeeneiieey panne Ser sererireiie re mere ae bepyilsgye re obese Soares Pena ee nam om ened ” + > ; SA is bys Tee babi bse Lem ate ntens iene besa rnelbedtinn, tone pant (sme YS) RD Ro EH tw: pbrbeisrave wmtedy reve ja) aires) eo oy vervhove sarelenanion ute treatin errr web rad abege Piet 9 alle ye Jae poi eat in ehoyonelny? ot Se Salis Noel eee: eoopeerrenesta ie ty A whet ete otyegy oben pt beat ps eet rte as ™ Sn fae cA pery bed buatbiesal 2 1er eh Pete ee reveenely oa! precios wholeness) o> vhshela hess batt me pevaetl eb ipabt hore atl pepoee pete W ele Hy sop NY Tesedgsrtsgebegentsintarsseas speajooeqtig horgeapic beh or dace edb tion mee URTegetecie oe * pede viape r' 0 obP) era bry se) reel yn £9OM yee |e Shep ab Ube HrOemr Hod pbRUe HS yagi rated ses chat sri Me sia IPT gti Oh abe y User h sais MA sab dadl A bvesdtebhtabomili on adios . ”) nos eae bos he rit ve yh ped meee ya et “4 iy Sa a ue ine} Wrpes 0d4 ay Kade hy ebay hyebe “ , i yori + reper’ see nna my a decd sedin ere 4 iat inlet Tehoheis int Pid Heh siphon whet ata wos | amen, apdadiedsnedbacdel A ane pitted oobi re ea mpeimees ofa padshd whieasdeand ld > euaht pr Nips Pyehe pe) shehmiondarbe ve bebe nee peut D74e Pact cayehe #). scum pepreeisle eradaetert beetciete tit raaete Hb obarte worpnye iv) Sascendittes tye Stee ata oie gst Baer oset Dr yababed at wi sstwne) input peeled HM aapndenent Aven ponies eee etree As aes Lake either ype ipl mrt lee a int tng + 4 ris) biraeda ie ” wombabeygecbshe be bs pbeorbessone- 4 ap Piapennber boleh abe’ i npr ots oe 9 sheen bibeire priksts ha perbhe ete yee so eet ee ) nenrts ie ot a yatag 94 intrest nen Sh iasees nena autem aden 898 4 aoneus palette 1A bee peebege iesar : i ae i $i mbrdnsivrde mitones poritbe PO hal 4 pobe') > Fi py ot be pe» ote beset o'bat ayy i staves bE wpe ben pmaal fone seoeia tel, reat hoonoe gee ery : neotp “yes 7 ie erbrseyate Ueei4y ave teh jad aries LM UDODT Hr Dei-w 01> 4 r'8 9). Od rehome oie phe pedel abode * 5 ratbe sts abstr) rusts neeter eerie REE es csabe Abr eee, (hoy cee Soaichett eusteioies srergdeses ere wonndere had Seite e beso anal barge ” ead eatkiae Laeabesenbpedayhusteve haul bast i pedbhasronie.o i PREAH PRES re Ys etoie wba hirtiyn® mines debe pert ice a ot pelhey nanan ss eames alles Baar heaheed gota ioishotlatosss os bao tebe he? cape reveers 4) re 469 e 9) mr) meres Syyete ” bycretaae sedeteos ie ii que eae Cae breaspeeets , banseb inane 44 me pedeye a Ray r hd piprderhnge pau hare a rs r ny i pened Sereerieyec! Preps 4) mpemh pm nny a” a pe sievsvpvadye popseryene tye: t+ seta ivi bai Sea sbehahiots fir eter Seryrerereraes reteree seogersieyes oonenbel Lehr be! oan ey 8be 8h ewe! otok soe eters shldaieabee tote Hees eeie eaett ‘ pepentianie nt ta y out eb been trren rqhies moat ety e sghahtacalbthstesebenbhaes * ol res ety ge ebeibar ated estaypavayy ete veihebeaneshebtie banka vgs peat ti dseag wel he ee jabbiecrorotee) z WeiPisprenbvi nt Ad wry ringrecyabiey te sal ‘ Hee i 7 = LIpressebepetoneuaeneul Ingen sbrart cory tay ays . nds bt babes ite Kini aeeets meer shaseaedeies tostescreveerisneehbe 4 s asbeiepennaads shetea pone iin rudon yibe': eiorarren oe " mshert h iets ah ale mtiee | gate toes de uey 1 + Pvre poten oeeereres old Og Saepe Vr ye Pret iiagieuene acitarastieoanachenabatl ce pad vated geen ood peeschnte post eases Bah 9940 4 AbCRPOr pr eewe tread ei ieee Poesy roi shonin : ; U 5c rate “T) chon theaninah tye cy awetest fneieect te ices of bps peeemeie vil Stet wi payee Py deat iene rene oye oe fencistisrenessesttouesd one i Ohae prebowy ). iesrogen peace pope nt ry Pra helms Venere bev td rene pes see palpeatow ey: reo trmit ni en er-w bedi he patna jie nalpay Sipe Lvl oa ten Ep tP ep ok os al Wepenens petsbnbe ielreee res wrenertnit babe a diine dacahge netsh. ig ra Pil Med oar itormerer pron ayb tinge awh Myrna rises so oie peepee aiprupe: bepinew + pao weipr yf et a® wate nee we leraraprerhs, #04 reauge suse whe hed peresernel ert eaae See igen ebunen in sine ERP he pe haters e co , onere: Seaeant beh ip POE AP OM probed Pel rs) ane eqoyrdet yihehefe ae: 2449 VE He syoer Madre pert see tacir’ {9d} 0908. oi + epee rudrewn hy pea! Pea pRDE trie et Ob SS ee onB al Cy ty ital vat POLpem ol, th rege 0 he tl ORE ARG et pa Theaskoheodarioe hes erate ; 1 eretdbese ey 14 19 oh oh eandy 154 idee sist a sap peak mi rontiae fa sega ieeedpeaeadl Ssbednmnteeat evens q cerbeebLibecepsbabraeasdcaseantacieaed ek ined ihrippevbtbaeuctpeAnad Hr vRy ed 4 94 voce betes fed oow orem abe pe ea co Tis * RECORDS of the INDIAN MUSEUM (A JOURNAL OF INDIAN ZOOLOGY ) Vol. X, 1914. EDITED BY THE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN MUSEUM. Calcutta : PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE INDIAN MUSEUM, BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. IQT4. h(a Ol IV. Vil. VEL, >. CONTENTS. —<> —_ PART I. Issued Marcu, I0Q14. Page On the Pseudoscorpions of the Indian Museum oe I Critical Review of ‘‘ Genera’’ in Culicidae gore ORS Further Records of Indian brackish water Mysidae with descriptions of a new genus and species Sd ae 7A) ParT II. Issued AprRIL, I914. Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum :— V.—Hippolytidae 3 a va cOk Notes on Indian Fish :— I.—Notes on the genus Malthopsis be dee Gs IT.—A new species of Cryptocentrus ay eee ay Further notes on the Sponges of Lake Baikal eh ey, Fauna Symbiotica Indica:— V.—Some Sponges commonly associated with Oysters and Mussels in Madras Harbour and the Chilka Lake ce ee pee LAO PARD IE. Issued: JuLs, ‘1914: On a new species of Blepharocerid fly from Kashmir, together with a description of some larvae from the same locality .. ee sic Remue viyO) Studies in Indian Helminthology, No.1 .. 25 5505 Studies in Indian Helminthology :— No. II.—The anatomy of Polystomum kachugae, sp. nov., with notes on the genus Polystomum 195 On some new Terrestrial Isopods from the Andaman Islands and Southern India.. a6 See207 Miscellanea (pp. 211-215) :— Note on the genus Anactinia 210 Preliminary note on the metamorphosis of Zoanthella 212 Change of name in an Indian genus of Kchinoidea.. 213 Notes on some Amphipods collected on the Pamirs at an altitude of 15,600 feet a aS: i) ‘“* Xenopsylla nesiotes’’: a correction il XVI: OWE XVIII. XXII. Contents. Part IV. Issued AUGUST, IQI4. Mallophaga from Birds (mostly Corvidae and Phasiani- dae) of India and neighbouring countries oe Report on a collection of free-living Nematodes from the Chilka Lake on the east coast of India Littoral Oligochaeta from the Chilka Lake on the east coast of India ; : Description of a new species of Terrestrial eee from Borneo Miscellanea (pp. 263- -272) — Notes on Cicadidae ; Larva of Kana curtipes, Boul. Notes on Aquatic Chelonia of the Indus system Range of Acanthodactylus cantorts, Gunther Part V. Issued SEPTEMBER, IQI4. New and interesting Pedunculate Cirripedes from Indian Seas More notes on Indian Dermaptera Description of a new species of Hippocampus Mollusca from the Chilka Lake on the east coast of India ay ee a fe Description d’un nouveau Dryinide des Indes Quelques nouveaux Chironomides des Indes Miscellanea (pp. 317-320) :— Notes on Tvygon kuhlit Notes on the breeding of Chiloscylliwm griseum, Miill. and Henle Three rare Himalayan Lizards ParT VI. Issued NOVEMBER, I9Q14. On a collection of Oligochaeta mainly from Northern India a Miscellanea (pp. 367- 369) : — Lizards of the Simla Hill States Page Pay) 245 255 261 263 265 267 27 273 281 295 297 311 313 317 318 319 321 307 LIST OF PLATES: —<>— Plates I—VII (Crustacea Decapoda) Plate VIII (Fish) Plate IX (Sponges) Plates X—XI (Sponges) Plates XII—XIII (Mysidae) Plates XIV—XV (Mallophaga) Plates XVI—XVII (Blepharoceridae) Plates XVIII ~-XXIII (Nematodes) Plates XXIV—XXV (Isopoda) .. Plates XXVI—XXIX (Trematodes) Plates XX X—XXXII (Nematodes) Plates XXXIII—XXXIV (Cirripedes) Plate XXXV (Isopoda) Plate XXXVI (Oligochaeta) Follow page 130 ey ezate eth P= re ¥.. P Sathaite > on ge Sy ee | hist. OL, AUTHORS: Agharkar, S. P., M.A. Annandale, N., D.Sc. Ashton, Howard Brunetti, E. Burr, M., D.Sc. Collinge, W. E., M.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S. Duncker, Georg Ellingsen, E. Kellogg, V. L., and Paine, J. H. Kemp, Stanley, B.A. Kieffer, J. J. Koehler, Dr. R. Menon, K. Ramunni Parshad, Baini, B.Sc. On a new species of Blepharocerid fly from Kashmir, together with a des- cription of some larvae from the same locality, p. 159. Futher notes on the Sponges of Lake Baikal, p. 137.—Fauna Symbiotica Indica, No. V. Some Sponges com- monly associated with Oysters and Mussels in Madras harbour and the Chilka Lake, p. 149.—New and in- teresting Pedunculate Cirripedes from Indian Seas, p 273.—Three rare Himalayan Lizards, p. 319. Notes on Cicadidae, p. 263. Critical review of ‘‘ genera’ cidae, p. I5. More notes on Indian Dermaptera, Da20n- On some new terrestrial Isopods from the Andaman Islands and Southern India, p. 207.—Description of a new species of terrestrial Isopoda from Borneo, p. 201. Description of a new species of Hippo- campus, p. 295. On the Pseudoscorpions of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, p. I. Mallophaga from Birds (mostly Corvi- dae and Phasianidae) of India and neighbouring countries, p. 217. Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. V.—Hippolytidae, peo. Description d’un nouveau Dryinide des Indes, p. 311.—Quelques nouv- eaux Chironomides des _ Indes, Dugts- Change of name in an Indian genus of Echinoidea, p. 213. Note on the genus Anactinia, p. 211. —Preliminary note on the meta- morphosis of Zoanthella, p. 212. Notes on Aquatic Chelonia of the Indus system, p. 267.—Range of Acanthodactylus cantoris, p. 271.— Lizards of the Simla Hull States, p- 367. > in Culi- vi List of Authors. Preston, H. B., F.Z.S. Raj, B. Sundara Rao, C. R. Narayan Rothschild, N. Charles Sewell, Capt. R. B. Seymour, B.A Stephenson, Major J., D.Sc. .. Stewart, Capt. F. H., M.A., D.Sc., M.B. Tattersall, Walter M. Mollusca from the Chilka Lake on the east coast of India, p. 297. Note on Trygon kuhlit, p. 317.—Note on the breeding of Chtloscyllium geriseum, Mull. and Henle, p. 318. Larva of Rana curtipes, Boul. (‘‘Fauna,’’ p. 458), p. 265. ‘« Xenobsylla nestotes’’: a correction, p 215. Notes on Indian Fish. I. Notes on the genus Malthopsis, p. 131.—II. A new species of Cryptocentrus, p. 134: Littoral Oligochaeta from the Chilka Lake on the east coast of India, p- 255-—On ‘a collection of Oligo- chaeta mainly from Northern India, po 32k. Studies in Indian Helminthology, No I, p. 165.—Studies in Indian Helminthology, No. II.—The ana- tomy of Polystomum kachugae, sp. nov., with notes on the genus Poly- stomum, p. 195. Further records of Indian brackish water Mysidae with descriptions of a new genus and species, p. 75.— Notes on some Amphipods collected on the Pamirs at an altitude of 15,000 feet, p. 213. INDEX. N.B.—An asterisk (*) preceding a line denotes a new variety or subspecies; a dagger () indicates a new species ; a double dagger ({), a new genus or sub- genus: synonyms are printed in italics. A Page Acalleomyia : 46, 53, 54 obscurus 30 54 Acalyptrata 18, 22, 24 (footnote) Acanthodactylus cantoris Zi Acanthodrilinae 321, 338 Acanthosaura major 319, 320, 367, 368 major gigas 320 major kumaonensis 320 Acartomyia : 36, 43, 44, 54 zammitii 54 Accipenser microcephalus 174 Acheilostomi 173 | Acomus erythrophthalmus 221232 pyronotus .. ae 231 Acroceridae = Al Adesmacea 309 Acdeomyia 16, 36, 46, 53, 54 Aedes IOs) 20,205,245 31 30.6o7 8 (and footnote), 38, 40, 45, 46, 47, 53, 54, 55, 65, 71 Mimaiminiw ©CoObiun1\Om f butleri ate 73 cinereus =e 55 perturbans .. ie 62 | squammipennis ae 5 A edimorphus Ait: 43h) 5 Aedimyia ats 3 Aedinus .. aie AGW SSS amazonensis Wis 5 Aedomyia ae 5 Agama tuberculata .. 367, 36 Agamidae 307, 36 Atoretomyta ay AOS Gens varietas is 5 Aldrichia sos BeAr error ae 510 5 Aldrichinella 3h puseeey. Las Alepadinae e276 Aiepas : “276 +investigatoris 276, 278 pacifica e278 parasita te 8270) pellucida : 278 Allodahlia aii 292 | ahrimanes 292 scabriuscula 292 Allostethinae 3 ae 284 Alope 82, 83, 89, 90, 123 australis QO On, O2,, 123 palpalis 89590 OF, 92. 1205 123 Alpheidae Aa ot ) Page Alpheus . 94 (footnote) Alsophylax himalayensis 319, 367 Amphipoda : 148, 213 Anactinia pelagica Bi we yAnatina granulosa .. 305, 310 | Anatinacea 310 Anatinidae : 310 Andersonia oe SoS. 5K tasmaniensis ‘ 55 Anechura zubovskii .. 291 Anechurinae 291 Anelasma 276 | Angasia . 105 avmata 106 elongata 126 evythvaea 127 kimbert 127 pavonina 127 yobusta 127 stimpsoni 106 tomentosa 127 Angiostoma limacis . . 182 macrostomum 182 Anguidae i 307, 369 | Antsocheleomyia Be 46, 53, 55 nivipes 55 Anisolabis annulipes. . 6.) Sy maritima .. 287 | Ankylorhynchus 20, 35, Ban os Anopheles 16 (and footnote), ‘19, 2ON 27 Pasi Sib, Sep Bhs). ev (Guava footnote), 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 albimanus : 67 argyritarsis 63 barberi .. So wie yalns barbirostris ai 66 bifasciatus 32 (footnote) bifurcatus ot Siig BE claviger .. 55 (footnote) costalis 70 deceptor esd SS elegans : 66 funesta 66 gigas 68 grabhami 59 maculatus as 19 maculipennis ar 55 palestinensis 70 (footnote) pharoensis oe 57 pulcherrimus 56 57 rossii ae 61, 66, 67 Vili 18 | Page Anopheles sinensis .. 30 66 Ny ssereyee ee) tibani 19 Anophelinae ~ BRS Anophelini 17, Bes ee SY Sin SS Anthomyia .. 24 (and footnote) Anthomyinae 24 ea footnote) Apachyidae 290 Apachyus 290 feae 290 Aporoculex “6 AB, is punctipes 55 Arboricola rufigularis 218,.221, 226 Arca granosa 3 304 Arcacea . 304 Arcidae .. a 304 Argusianus argus 220, 221, 222 231, 232 Armiger .. a6 40, 55, 59 Armigeres 10,127 AO ABE EG GES O Arribalzagia Se 34, 56, 58 maculipes cs 56 Ascaris...” 180 ferox 166 sp. 165, 179, I9I Asilidae 27 Athanas nitescens O94 (footnote Atractis .. 177 cruciata 178 dactylura 177 fasciolata 178 hystrix Me, 178 tkachugae 165, 176, 189 opeatura 178 perarmata .. 178 Aulophorus 56 333 furcatus ely D5 SOL Aves 70 B Baccha .. {Baikalospongia : 144, 145, 146, 147, 148 | bacillifera 143, 144, | 145, 146 baikalensis var.e 145 fusifera : 145 ‘intermedia 145, 146 irregularis 144, 145 papyracea 145 tscherskii 145 Balanus amphitrite {Oy 1S, WS Balinta octonotata 3 264 | Bancroftia 28 BON ASA 550. | albicosta. . ane 56 | Banksiella ie 56 Banksinella PbO, HB. 0 Bathosomyia ae 43, 45, 50 abnormalis oe 5 Batocera. 10 Batrachia’ 265 Bibiocephala comstocki 159 doanei. 159 Bironella 33, 34, Soe. Le) gracilis 5 Binotia 50, 54, HO, 77i Blanchardiomyia 16 (footnote aOR 53, Page Blepharocera indica .. 163 Blepharoceridae 3c aa 26 Bolbodeomyia a: Assy '3ite, layla 1=(6) complex 2 56 Bombylidae Be 22 2B DAle Bombyl!ius he ss 18 Boycia .. ee 30, 40, 53, 50 mimomyiaformis 56 Brachycera Sq 1G), i Brachiomyia 2 its (35 FO, 5) | magna .. 30 56 Brachiosoma mic 59 Brevirhynchus 38, 40, 53, 56 magnus be 56 Bresiliidae ae ae 108 Bufo andersoni : se 178 stomaticus 165, 178, 185, 190 vulgaris ae -atehos Bulla (Haminea) croeata a 303 Bullidae .. 303 C | Cacomyia 20, 36, 38, 43, 47, 54, 56, 61 Callichrous macrophthalmus 173 pabda 179, 191 | Calotes versicolor 320, 367, 368 versicolor gigas 320 | Calvertia 1 34,156 Calvertina J22s 23 eAe SSeS O Cantharus vulgaris ae 174 | Caridea 86, 107, 121 Carrollia.. re 36,14 AeA Soy: iridescens .. ab 57 irridescens .. 57 Catageiomyia 5 Sieh Sy Catreus wallichii 224 Cecidomyidae 2 (footnote) Cellia eae 56, 57 Ceratocystia ae 44, 45, 57, 60 Cercocytonus albescens 209 convexus wi 9p 209 Ceria 4 : 18 | Cerianthus Ae Ee ol | Cerithiidae 299 Cerozodia 22 (footnote) | Chaetocruiomyia Bey I She S7/ sylvestris 57 Chaetogaster punjabensis B27, Chaetolepas : ay 276 Chaetomyta FOms As S7anOS flava 57 Chaetospania thoracica 291 Chagasia 22, 333, 34, 53% 57 lineata 56 Chalininae BY Weloy Wakil, wba le aly Chaoborinae 52 (footnote) Chaoborus Sis LONER ALEC antisepticus 57 Chelifer os 10 angulatus .. ne 8 australiensis a 6 bidens : I birmanicus .. 1 4D ears bisulcus I borneoensis .. Lwee'6 56 Page +Chelifer ceylanicus . De cimicoides . . concavus .. depressus .. SL 2s galatheae .. hansenii Ineo helferi Th fthimalayensis R25 indicus Rill 2h javanus eli De modestus .. mortensenii murrayi navigator .. ies 0203 nicobarensis nodosus ; a orites fs iy De 3, plebejus 1.2 rotundus me scorpioides ae subruber .. 2) Aoie Ll sumatranus ae 1,8 superbus .. 210 LO vermiformis Taek Chelisoches morio .. Se 291 Chelisochidae ae eka LOT: 3| Chelonia ae os 267 | Chernes .. he | Chiloscyllium griseum 318 indicum ‘ 318 Chironomidae 22), 24, 26, 30 *Chironomus lamprothorax var. conjungens 315 +perileucus 314 Chitra indica 267, 268, 269 Christophersia Be SO Sy ey Hallic ss : 57 Christya Bike I implexa % 57 Chrysoconops : 43, 44, 57 Chrysolophus pictus 22 Ti 220 N22 Chrysta ‘ 57 Cicadatraria ot 3 264 Cicadidae = a 263 Cicadinae rae ae 263 Cidaridae 274 Cimex . 290 Cinixys belliana 178 Cirripedia Pedunculata 273 Cistudo carolina 200, 202 Clementia annandalei 305, 306 Clibanarius padavensis ae 299 | Cliona celata I51 vastifica ee 157 Coelodiazesis a Sa sil, By barberi. . Ki Br Colonemyia as 46, 53, 58 caeruleocephala 58 Colpocephalum nc See 230 appendiculatum 231 longicaudum .. 231 maculatum 242 semicincetum 238 *thoracicum 230 Conchacea a i 304 Conchoderma te Be 276 Conchotrya 275 OBR HBP B HDR EN HWW BANHNOHOH ODN Page Conchyliastes 34, 58, 62 Conopomyia 40, 53, 58 metallica ae 58 Coquillettidia : AD. Bai, es +Corbicula (Velorita) satparaénsis 306, 308 Corethra 16 (and footnote), 31, 52 (and eee 54, 58 pallida 52 plumicornis “3 52 punctipennis 71 velutina “Te 65 Corethrinae ish. GW Ba Id. EA Cortispongilla se DD Corvidae. . DiGi, DED Corvus corax ts 234, 230 cornix 220 238A 280237 2A2 corone : 234, 242 danuricus fo 234) frugilegus ee 230 insolens 234, 238 macrorhynchus 234, 236, 242 monedula 234, 236 scapulatus 234, 238 sharpi : 234, 238 splendens 2335 234.4226. 2305 242 umbrinus ate 234 Criodrilus lacuum 255, 256 Crossoptilon mantchuricum 232 Crustacea 81 Cryptocheles 81 Cryptocentrus ae 134 filifer i 135 frubropunctatus 134, 135 Ctenophora aa 22 Cubaris 207, 209, 261 yannandalei 261 tfragilis 209 Cucullanus elegans i 182 Culex 16,2020, 2A 258275 30, Sih Be 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45,49, 47, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, OF Ri Ta absorbunus 58 aestuats : ae 61 albifasciatus .. 3 67 albitarsis suk ae 65 annulatus a 72 arboricollis .. sts 67 atratus 65 aurifer 69 bigoti 64 caecus 60 calopus Se oie 72 canadensis .. a 58 cantans 58 ciliata 70 concolor Ss a% 62 confinis Be Se 2 cyanescens 63 cyaneus 71 decens 42 discolor 57 discrucians 62 dyari ms Sas 58 fasciatus ee oe 2 Page Culex fasciolatus 72 fatigans 5) Alii (ON fulvus 57 gelidus : 64 haemorrhoidalis 65 jamaicensis 60 locuples 71 longipes 71 luteolateralis . . 56 musicus ct 58 nemorosus 2 (footn ote) obturbans.. 36 55 pipiens 58 posticatus 58 remipes 71 rima 66 serratus 69 signifer 68 squamiger 63 sugens Hf sylvestris : 59 taeniorhynchus 58, 72 territans 66 tigripes ac 62 titillans 64, 68, 72 triseriatus i 69 trivittata 69 univittatus 2 violaceus 55 walkeri : 62 Culicada AV RO Sule, hs f. 45, 58 Culicella 5 AO, Oly Siby ZUR Culicelsa ga AOy Siig dig MU = Cullicidae iG 7 elonelO nn 2O ees hoe 2 20. 2oeeOna Or 31, B2e At 51, 52, 53, 54 Culicinae. . : aig: Bh Ba. (a Culicini AZO Pity BA Bi, YO, Brio, Bor ZU 47, 59, 53, 54 Culiciomyia Bo BS B35 Tash (lO), les inornata 58 (Pectinopalpus) 38 Culiseta .. DOmae eA AA ESS Cyathomyia : Aljty Bq lex jenseni .. Ee 58 Cyclolepidopteron oc 59 Cycloleppteron : pb B¥lg BO) mediopunctatus. . 67 Cyclorhynchus planirvostris ; 126 Cyclostrematidae .. oe 302 Cyciura baeolopha oe 178 Cypselus affinis a BRA 242 Cyrenidae oe 306 Cyrtidae 22a? D Dacnitis. . ans WFR Is abbreviata .. 174 feallichroi 165, 173, 174, 182, 187 esuriens 174 foveolata 174 globosa 174 hians 174 rotundata 174 Page Dacnitis sphaerocephala 174 squali Bre 174 Dactylomyia 2,33, 34, 53,59 ceylonica ore 59 Damonia hamiltoni .. AO py 27/1 Danielsia -- 43, 44, 45, 47, 59 albotaeniata . 59 Dasymyta 47, 54, 59, 62 fusca a 59 Decapoda Se a 81 Decapoda Natantia . 94 (footnote) Deinoceratinae ek 48 Deinocerites; “16; 22, 32. 37. 30,415) 50, 53, 56, 59 Canlcetaer ite 59 Dendrocitta formosae : 234 himalayensis 234, 230 rufa 234, 236 sinensis ream, O24 Dendromyia BD olen Site Ile TO), (Oi ulocoma at 59 Dendromyinae 48 Dermaptera 281 Dero ae bc 333 limosa 321, 322, 330, 331, 333 Desmacidonidae . 140 (footnote), 150 Desvoidea 16 (footnote), 40, 59 Desvoidia 27, 40, 56, 59 Desvoidya 39, 40, 3S: 56, 59 + Dibezzia spinigera . 313 Diceromyia AA, 1 45, 39 Dieranaeeer 283 +dravidia 284 frontalis 284 kallipyga 283 Separate 284 Dinomimetes 22, 32, 41, 48, <0, 54 59 ulocoma : 59 Diplatyinae 282 Diplatys .. 36 282 annandalei 282 bormansi 283 falcatus 282 gladiator 282 lefroyi 282 liberatus 283 rufescens 282 + Diplodonta (Felania) annandalei 307, 308 tchilkaénsis 307, 308 fovalis 308 Diptera SoatSy 2s Dixa 32 (footnote) Disadaieyes Se 2 Dixinae .. 5.0 32 (footnote) Docophorus atratus .. 232, 233 crassipes Se 234 extraneus 232 fulvus 234 guttatus oe 234 leontodon var. gra- culae 234 platystomus 234 rotundatus 234. superciliosus 234 +thryptocephalus 232 xi F fe) Falco palumbarius 175 | Feaella 13 affinis Pi Beni mucronata etapa Feltidia 44, 60 | Feltinella a 34, 60 pallidopalp1 ay 60 Ficalbia ‘ie 46, 53, 60 Ficus religiosa Sc 4 Filaria papillosa 182 Filariae ae 181 Finlaya ZOM22 IORESO OL Anna Aap 5 00. porcilia 60 Forcipula 289 pugnax 289 quadrispinosa 289 trispinosa .. : 289 Forficula aa 292, 293 beelzebub .. se 292 Tgravelyi 293 greeni 292 ornata 292 rodziankol. . 293 Forficulidae 291 Forficulinae ayn 205 Fridericia bulbosa 321, 334 G Gaeana festiva 264 Gaeaninae 264 Gallus gallus : 221 sonnerati QTM 2VO,, 232 Gammarus pulex 5 etal Garrulus lanceolatus. . 234, 246 leucotes = 230 sinensis 242 Garypus.. 13 insularis See 53 Gastropoda 148, 297 Geckonidae ‘ 367 Geitonomyia 43, 44, 60 tGelastocaris 81, 83, 99, 106, 107, 127 paronae 107, 127 Gennaeus albicristatus 220, 229 andersoni .. 220 leucomelanus : 229 melanotus 221, 229, 232 swinhoii 221 Geoemyda (Nicoria) trijuga 170 Geranomyia ne 18 Gilesia 43, 44, 60 aculeata a 60 Glossoscolecidae ae 255 Gnophodeomyia - 44, 60 inornata 60 Goeldia BAS AO bE 545 (60 fluviatilis 60 Goniocotes ats 218 chrysocephalus 220 hologaster 221 yindicus 218 +nirmoides 219 rectangulus 221 Page Dorylaimus es, 245, 249 | intermedius : 247 24 sp. 247, 253 Drymeia : 18 Dundubaria 263 Duttonia 38, 41, 43, 53, 59 tarsalis 59 E Echinoderma 213 Echinoidea as Die Ecculex 201. 435445559 Ekrinomyia 375 38, 39, 53; 60 aureostriata as 60 Elaunon bipartitres .. 292 Elipneustes 213 Empidae Noes El Empis 18, 23, 48 Emyda granosa 267, 269, 270 granosa scutata oe 269 Emys europea 202 lutraria ne 200 Enchytraeidae SOM 322 SOK Enchytraeus ae Sc 322 tharurami 321, 322, 335, t 337 indicus 322 Eparchus insignis ; a a ZOr Ephydatia 137, 140, 141 (footnote), 142, 147 fluviatilis 4 147 goriaévii 147 mulleri 147 olchonensis ‘ 147 Eretmapodites 21, 48, 49, 50, 51, 54, 60 s-vittatus : Eristalis . ‘ 18 Esperella aegagroptla I5I Esperia , I51 Etiorleptiomyia ae 60 Etorilepidomyia 39, 44, 60 Etorleptiomyia 39, 44, 60, 67 Euborellia 285, 287 green 285, 287 moesta vel sp. vicina 285 penicillata 285, 286 tsisera 286 stali | 285 Eudermaptera a 290 }Eudichogaster barodensis 321, 358 Eumelanomyia 305305 41 53,00 inconspicuosa 60 Eurypneustes : 213 Eutyphoeus 322, 323, 324, 350, 353 fbishambari 321, 339, 354, 355 tibrahimi 321, 323, 357 incommodus 321, 323, 349, 359, 352, 354 jmohammedi 321, 350, 354 nicholsoni 321, 349, 354 waltoni 321, 323, 339, 352, 356 Exoprosopa 23 Page Goniodes. . oe Pik, OD. AG bicuspidatus 227220 cervinicornis se 22 colchicus .. si e229 curvicornis Mit, PID. AP dissimilis .. ae 22 eurygaster =¢ 229 falcicornis. . ‘ 230 latifasciatus Fe 220 +megaceros eeoieell yneumannia 221, 22 +processus .. 226, 228 Tsectus AE : 224, 225 Gonolabidura So 2A yminor.. .. 284 piligera 284, 285 Grabhamia 31, 43 (footnote), 44, 45, 7 fe) Graculus graculus 232, 234, 240, 242 Grahamia 5 47, 54, O1 tvichorostris as 61 Grassia ave 50 Byils Ou Gualteria 205139; 38543547 54; 01 oswaldii .. ‘ 61 Gymnodactylus fasciolatus 307, 368 lawderanus ae 319 stoliczkai ae 320 Gymnometopa 43 (footnote), 53, 61 Gymnoptera 40 31 Jal Haemagogus NO, Bits Gils B75 AO, SF. 58, 61 albomaculatus.. 56 splendens Ee 61 Halicmetus ruber... = 131 Halophila a se 158 Haploscleridae 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 148 Haphsa nicomache .. e208 Hardella thurgii a Ni es 0174 Harpagomyia 37, 46, 47, 54, 61, 64 splendens H6 61 Heinzmannia fe 51, 54, 61 scintillans ee 61 Hetzmannia es Me 61 Helodrilus 324 (Allolobophora) caligi- nosus f, trapezoides 321 363 (Bimastus) parvus 321, 363 (Eisenia) foetidus 321, 363 Heptaphlebomyia 26, 29, 38,41, 42, 44, 45, O1 argenteopunctatus 42 simplex AZ On Hetatvocarts orientalis ss 124 Heterakis ati L725 7B acuminata 53 167 brevicaudata 166, 167, 168 distans a TB fmacronis 165, 170, 173, 186 vesicularis os 172 Heteralepas of Sort, 27s reticulata ae 274 Page +Heteralepas (Paralepas) reticulata 278 Heteronycha 36 16, 44, 61 dolosa .. oe 61 Heterorrhaphidae .. os 1 Wee Hexactinellida 141 (footnote) Hippocamp. s a6 56k 205 ? +brachyrhynchus 295. Hippolyte 83,93; 95, 99, 125 acuta a 125 amboinensis me 94 australiensis 98, 12 bifidirostris Pe 125 abllet G- ae 97 geniculata a. 123 gibberosa. . 87, 88 gracilipes 129- gvacilivostris ous 123 gracilis .. Be 97 grayl ie 129 ignobilis .. ae 129 Rkvausst .. his 84 hitkenthalr - 116- leachii .. Ba 129 leptocerus ate 97 leptognatha ay 123 var. oe eee ochotensis Ae A TEDY oligodon . Ee 121 orientalis O72 pandaloides ite 93 paschalis Ere 94 pectinifera a 124 ponapensis ie 12 prideauxiana 97, 101 proteus .. oie 97 quoyanus ius 129 vectivostvis ae 12 serratus .. 56 129 spinicaudus 56 129 spinifrons 88, 89, 90, I10 stewartt .. ML SI22 trisetaced. . tis 128 varians 93, 96, 97, 98 Lascieerasmee 87 ventricosus 96, 97,98, 125 Hippolytidae 81, 82, 89, 107, 108, 109, HOA We Hippolysmata 82, 83, 88, 112, 113, 120, 121, 128 acicula oi 128 amboinensis ae 128 californica 112 (footnote) +dentata Tush aileenrs) 128 tensirostris 113, 118, 120, 128 FvVailor punctata 113, 120, 128 intermedia Ss II2 kiikenthali 113,114, 115, MIMO) UIP) IIS) 5 TITY who! moorei a 112 multiscissa a 128 paucidens eS vittata TGS Wills Tei WO) TUF Zy TINS WO), 170; Xill Page | Hippolysmata vittata var. 113, 115, 116 amboi- nensis 128 wurdemanni 112 (foot- note) Hispidomyia 40, 535 es hispida | Hodgesia SSY/s 40, 5 535 62, ve Samide : 62 Homaeodictya 139 Homoeolabis maindroni 285 Homorrhaphidae as 139 Howardia ae Bl, GP Howardina 31, 37 (footnote), 40, 44, 45, 62 Huechys.. ae 204 sanguinea 263, 264 Huechysaria Vs 2a 204! Hulecoetomyia mt 44, 45, 62 trilineata a 62 | Hydrobiidae ae 300 Hylecoetomyia 62 Hyloconops 21, 48, 49 (and footnote), 50, ; 54; tke 62, 63 longipalpis 62 pallidiventer a. 62 Hymenoptera 105 non) | Hyperalonia ns ‘ 23 | Hypurgus fulvus.. en Zoe I Ideobisium sp. 2 (Ideoblothrus) bipecti natum. 14 Ideoblothrus Be EA 14 tIndomysis 48 77 ;annandalei 78 Ingramia 40, 47, $4, 59, 62, 65 Lotrochota : 140 ( fotnoote) imseetay 2. 3c on 62 Irdex nitidipennis 290 Isodictya spinispiculum 146 Isopoda .. ‘ teen, 207, Isostomyia Sy ps2 O2 Ithagenis cruentus .. ron 22 J Jamesia .. - 44, 62 Janthinosoma 16, 36, 37, 38, 39, 53, 62 Joblotia .. 48, 50, 54, 63 | K Kachuga dhongoka .. tae 207, lineata 169, 176, 195, 200, 202 sylhetensis Ms 269 smithii 267, 269 tectum 267, 270 Kalocrania ap a2 eximia .. on 283 picta ay Be 283 Waliday\s. Ae 283 age Kinosternon pennsylvannicum 200, 203 Kerteszia ys 5 BUSS bolivensis . 3 63 Kingia 39, 53, 63 L Labia 290 curvicauda 290 pilicornis 290 Labidura ae 288 bengalensis 289 riparia 288 var. inermis 289 Labiduridae 284 Labidurinae 288 Labiidae 290 Labiinae 290 Lacioconops 63 Lamellibranchia 304. Lampito . 323 barodensis. . bo. 32 mauritii 321, 323), 324, 340, 342 ytrilobata 321, 340 Lamprophorus kervillei 291 | Lasioconops ae 44, 45, 63 poicilipes Pa 63 Latreutes 81, 82, 83, 98, 107, 125 acicularis .. ae 125 janoplonyx 99, 104, 125 ceylonensis 99, 125 compressus , 125 dorsalis 126 eusifer é 99, 100 gvaviert are LOZ LOS) elon! laminirostris 105, 126 mucronatus 82, 99, IOI, 102, 104, 126 var. muiti- dens IOI, 104 paronae ° 99, 107 phycologus.. : 126 planirostris. . 104, 126 planus 129 pristis 126 pygmaeus 99, 100, IOI, 102, 103, 126 unidentatus i 129 Laverania ae 34, 63, 67 argyritarsis of 67 Letcesteria ae AAO longipalpis : 63 | Leicesteriomyia 50, 54, 57, 63 | Leontocaris 81 | Lepadidae 275, 276 Lepadinae 276 Lepidoplatys Bite 43) 44, 63 Lepidoptera 50 50 Lepidosia 52, 63 Lepidotomyia oe 43, 44, 63 alboscutellata .. 63 magna 63 Leptidae. . ie 2 Leptodera 182 Leptosomatomyia 49, 53, 63 Page Leptosomatomyia lateralis 63 Leptosomatum oe ae e245 jindicum 249, 253, 254 Leslieomyia 30 43, 44, 63 taeniorhynchoides 63 Lestiocampa 50, 54, 63 Leucomyia 44, 45, 64, 72 Tigur 82, 83, 89, 122 uveae 5 kingii .. ns 65 Mimeteomyia a 44, 45, 65 apicotriangulata .. 65 Mimocaeris re 82, 127 heterocarpoides 127 Mimomyia 20, 21, 37, 40, 47, 53, 54, 56, 58, 62, 65, 70 chamberlaini 64 malfeyti.. splendens 40, 47; 65 Mochlonyx 16 (and footnote), 31, 52 (footnote), 54, 58, 65 Mochlostyrax ae 44, 45, 65 caudelli : 65 Mocoa blythii : ai 309 himalayana .. ae 3 Modiola emarginata .. 304 undulata ts 304 *var. crassicos- tata 304, 305 Mogannia conica ee 20H: Moliusea Se BG5 ke Molpemyia ; Alp Asc SaOr purpurea “Fc 65 Monaxoneilida 138 Monaxcnida ae ae 138 | Monkystera + ae 245 | agilis .. oe | RIE ambigua ato || TE | bipunctata ue 245 disjuncta ss 245 dispar .. AS dubia 3 251 macrura 56° BAG jTmegalaima 250, 253, 254 microphthalma 56 245 trabeculosa be 245 uria 247, 248, 253, 254 Mucidus 16, 23, 24, 2s, 2951305037 38) 39, 53, 66 alternans 25, 39, 66 laniger a 66 XV 62 | Page | Mucidus sudanensis . . 6 Bie, 19) Muraena conger ay 174 Muricidae oe) e209 | Muscidae.. 18, 24, 56 Muscinae 24 (footnote), 56 Mycale ae TST, We aegagropila 151, 152, 153, 154, 155 *var. militaris 150, 151 ymadraspatana 150, 154 jmytilorum 150, 152, 154 Mycetophilidae 24, 26, 30, 35 Mysidae .. 75 Mytilacea 304 Mytilidae 304, Mytilus We a 149 latus 150, 151, 153, 155, 156 Myxilla ae a5 URE Myxosquamus a 36, 43, 44, 66 confusus a 66 Myzomyia 34, 61, 66 (and footnote) culicifacies 66 (footnote) rossii 66 (and footnote) thorntoni 34, 59 Myzorhynchella 34, 66 nigra ; 66 | Myzorhynchus 34, 66, 70 N | Naididae — 321, 322, 324, 329, 333, 335 33 | Naidium .. ie 329, 330 fminutum 321, 322, 327, 329 Nais o5 | SHS yraviensis - +321, 322, 324, 326 tenuidentis 320, 327 Nala : Se 288 lividipes 288 nepalensis Bc BSS - |Nassa denegabilis 2a gor labecula is, | 977 forissaénsis 299, 301 sistroidea as 297 Nassidae.. Soe BOY, Nauticaris Bd 82, 88, 89, 122 futilirostris 88, 129 grandtrosiris -. 84, 88 marionis 122 stewarti .. tr 122 univecedens 88, 116, 117 Nematura 300 Nemestrina 18 Nemocera ae 19 Neocellia. . - 34, 66 indica nie 66 Neoculex .. cn Hist, (516) Neomacleaya a -- 44, 66 indica . Se 66 Neomelanoconion "44, 53, 66 Neomyzomyia -- 34, 66 Neopecomyia an 43, 44, 67 uniannulata a 67 Neostethopheles 34, 67 aitkeni Newsteadina Nirmus fbiguttatus tclypeatus marginalis nigrosignatus olivaceus punctatus rufus uncinosus varius Nitzschia latifrons }minor Notonotricha Nototricha Nucifraga imultipunctata | 145, 146 (and eee Nudospongilla 142, aStehrer. coggini moorei Nyssomyzomyia Nyssorhynchus Page | 38, 43; a Sa 67 note) 142, 146 145, 146 146 (footnote) 34, 60, 67 34, 63, 67 O Obisium longicolle 56 I Ochlerotatus MO, BINA SIO, Ay AVL, Oy confirmatus ; 67 Ocnerodrilinae dic 321, 361 Ocnerodrilus (Ocnerodrilus) occi- XV1 Page Orthopodomyia 20; 36, 38:39; 411, 535 67 albipes ae 67 _ Ostrea 1495 HS 158 Oxynaspidinae 275 Oxynaspis 275 celata 3 275 celata indica Sits 275 indica Be 7S | Oxysoma. 167, 168 brevicaudatum Sus 168 contortum. . 168 falcatum a's 170 tkachugae 165, 166, 169, 186 fmacintoshii 165, 168, 184 185 terdentatum 168 tuberculatum 168 ig _ Pachychalina 144 Pachydictyum 142 Palaemon 5 ; 86 dolichodactylus 86 ( footnote) dubius 86 (footnote) scabriculus 86 (footnote) (Eupalaemon) lar 86 Palaemonidae 86 (and footnote) Pangonia “its 18 Panoplites 16, 44, 64, 68 | Paraperiscyphis 207, 208 +stebbingi 207 trav ancorensis 208 Pavdomyia ie 44, 45, 68 aurantia 68 | Parhippolyte 83, 89, 122 uveae 123 Parisolabinae 290 Parmula.. I4I Paschocaris Be: 93, 94 paschalis 94 Pasiphaé sivado 4. (footnote) Pasiphaeidae 108, 121 Patagiamyia : a4 68 Pavo muticus 230 nigripennis 221, 230 Pecomy?a ae 43, 44, 45, 68 | maculata .. a 68 | Pectinopalpus : 42, 53, 68 | fuscus : 68 _ Pectispongilla “1408 I4I Peneus caramote 4 (footnote) Perca cirrosa 174. Periscyphis ah 208, 209 albescens 209 convexus : 209 Ph igomyia as 43, 44, 45, 68 irritans .. : 68 (Stegomyia) guberna- toris .. S10 68 Phasianidae D2 LO e220 Phasianus ellioti 5 231 humiae 22 principalis 229 soemmering! scintillans 2201 dentalis - 321, 322, 323, 301 var. arizonae ; 361 Octochaetinae as 321, 344 Octochaetus : 323 +bishambari 321, 323, 347 | }dasi 321, 323, 346 | fermori Bealls SB eyVL | Octolasium lacteum .. 321, 304 | Oculeomyia se 4150531055 07, sarawaki a 67 +Odostomia chilkaensis 298, 301 Ogyris Ef ae 82 Oligochaeta 50) BON) GML Befehn. sys) Olpium .. si 50 12 biavoliatum Siege rd birmanicum .. 15 2s bl jacobsoni 2p longiventer .. 30 By 1 ortonedae es SiC II pallipes a a Zul Oncholaimus Sic so) Bsus jchilkensis 245, 246, 253 fuscus 183, 245, 246 indicus 165, 182, 245, 246 rivalis 36 245 thalassophygas .. 245 vulgaris 6 x 246 | Ophiosaurus oe 30 369 gracilis .. 307, 369 Opisthobranchia as 303 Opisthocosmiinae .. Te 294 O Reillia . AW 3x: 44, 07 luzonensis a “12 OO, 107 Orphnephilidae se Ai 2 229, 23, Xvli Page | Page : 2 | Pristina .. 325, 329, 330 Phastanus Oe Fas = oh Processa canaliculata 94 ( footnote), 115 Pheretima oe Stee Prolabia arachidis -+ 290 barbadensis 343 Dees 291 hawayana 321, 324; 343 eae ae 291 heterochaeta Sel melanocephalus 291 posthuma 321, 373; aes | simulans 291 ong ere oe | argeaeeniaere Ci 28 : Dee 160 161 | Prosopolepis +s 48, 51, 54, 69 Philones .. _ O0 sd il | confusus ae 69 aa Ev 160 | Prosuberites -- 158 bi ope! : 160, 162 | Protoculex 20, 31, 43, 44, 69 Tbionis | 595 ‘note) | Protodermaptera.. -- 282 yosenuile Oreo! tes | Protomacleaya 43, 44, 69 Pbiloset-- aa | Protomelanoconion 44, 69 Phlebotomus an fusea : 69 Pholadidae Sea ; 61, 63,73 Phoniomyia 48, a 54, 68 | as ; of a 285 indica hea pie an ih sale R287: Phrommnia marginella : ed dohrni = rhe! p28y Physaloptera a Sehgal femoralis 288 amphibia ox 179 | ines 288 clausa .. 179 | Bike : : Pseudemys rugosa 200, 203 Pica rustica seas 230, oe | Bee idicolabis Ee , 290 Pityocera 126 | Pseudocarrollia ee - 44, 69 Platybema planirostris oe | lophocentralis 69 pristis mit aes | dochiridium claviger He I Platylomia saturata .. pe 265 esr MOR Pa la I Platysmurus leucopterus 2 30 eee ee it 4 zi 44, 69 Pleuronectes platessa > I a | ieeeaerned 6 Pnewmaculex bag et | Pseudograbhamia ‘4B (and footnote) 44, Pocota 59 69 Podocnemis erythrocephala ae | oeitata 69 Pollicipedidae ‘ 43 \ peeudograhamia 54, 69 Polylepidomyia i ae A 48, 54; = | aureoventer .. 69 argenteiventris .. free ; Se Lhemaid 44, 69 . a Pseudoheptaphlebomyra - 44, Polyleptismyva albocephala 43) 44) 45, ee | Pseudohowardina 43, 44, 2 ; 5090 | Pseudopus gracilis 309 Bol yaplectron *bicalcesaeuin ne ee 43, 44, 45, 09 BOby tOuns a ae ge te oat eal Pseudostegomyia : at 69 ea ant th eon | Pseudotaeniorhynchus 42, 53, 69 hassallt - sea yiriaee | Pseudotheobaldia - 44, 70 Hehe eee ae ee | niveitaeniata 70 ees PE Spsevdourantotacnia. . 46, 53, 70 tkachugae 195, 200, 201, | 5 eee aa: 56 202, 203 | Bee 38, 70 oblongum —_200, 201, 202, | Hee geet 16, 23, ae 37, 3 EL 53 hs 203, 204, 205 | sheen Ae ocellatum 200, 201, 202, eee op i 5 aes Pygidicranidae 282 Polyzoa .. : os | pygidicraninae 283 Po GCS aaa ee Pyramidellidae 301 Pontodrilus es 299 Pyretophorus Se 50 62, 70 arenae .. ae) 1250 : fajardi is 57 bermudensis 255, 259 | ephippiger 255, 250, 259 | insularis ota Oo) | laccadivensis 250, 259 | Q matsushimensis .. 259 TENG Juasistegomyta 39, 40, 53, 69, 70 Popea AAs 09 | “ 3 unilineata 7° lutea ' 69 | Porifera .. 138, 149 Potamides (Lympanotonos) fluvi- atilis ae 26 299 | R 12) lepidin I41, 142, 145 | : Date cic aoe ae I a 145 | Rachionotomyia 32, 37, 39, 41, 53, 79 pis 37, 142, 45 | 1 is 70 Potamomysis a -* 7° | : cey-ouens aera assimilis 77. | Rachisoura 44, 45. 70 Page Rachisoura sylvestris 30 70 Radioculex bs 21, 49, 53, 70 clavipalpis oF 70 Ramcia.- sits Wy Gy. AO inepta 70 Rana curtipes ait Bid 265 macrodon eel 7O temporaria 167, 200 tigrina : 165, 184 | Reedomyia 43, 44, 45, ©3, 70 pampangensis pear fo Reniera .. a 141, 146, 156 | filholi a 146 implexa 3 15 Renierinae ae 142, 145 Rhabditis 55 182 Rhacophorus maculatus a 265 Rhamphomyia 48 Rhaphiomidas ; I Rhynchocyclus compressus : 125 mucronatus IOI, 104 planirostris Sib 126 Ryhnchomyia PSO, zal Rhynchotaenia MPN, Bf Rhyphidae : 24 Rossia : 34 Runchomyia 2k 48, 49, 50, 34, HO, Wu eos 26 Fi SS) Sabethesi) 16,.21,1225)46),, 495-5 O.n5 545 71 Sabethinae : sre Sabethini 18, 2 22, Prerueran alles bits Zaly/ee || 48, 50, 54 Sabethinus 49 (footnote), 51, 54, 71 intermedius Gf Sabethoides 22, 48, 49 (and footnote), ee 54, 71 confusus : 71 Sabettus.. 71 Sabettinus Wil Sabettoides Ga Salmo fario 174 Sarcophaginae OARE 72 Saron hil 82, 84, 86, 87, O2s 51224 gibberosus marmoratus he S5e 86, 87, 83, 92, I 22 neglectus me 87, 88, 122 Sayomyia 2, 54, 57571 Scalpellidae 273 Scalpellinae 273 Scalpellum 273 sinense 280 Scalpellum (Smilium) 273 kampeni . 273 rostratum .. 274 sinense 274 Scieroptera 205 cuprea 5 ie 205 splendidula 263, 265 Scincidae a 367, 369 Scrobiculariidae 310 Scutomyia 39, 40, Bay fi Page Secernentes 175 Shorea robusta : 10 Sigmatomonaxonellida 139 Simia sabaea 4% WB | Simondella ate Cul th Anode eal curvirostris an Wik Simuliidae 24 Simulium : 26 Skeiromyia 40, 47, sahil fusca : 71 Skusea 37; 46, 53, 54, 55,71 funerea : : 71 multiplex 69 Smilium .. site era | TSolariella satparaénsis 301, 802 Solen truncatus 309 | Solenidae 309 Spatangidae ie 213 Spirontocaris ig Ba Osh OOM alcimede BE 12 geniculata 12 gracilirostris 123 grebnitskii 123 jordani os 123 Rkauatensts 88, 89, 122 leptognatha ae 123 marmorvata 84 mororani 122 ochotensis 12z orientalis 3 122 pandaloides SO Sih ea! pectinifera Sd 124 profunda ae 124 propugnatrix 123, 124 rectirostris ae 124 Spiroptera denticulata 175, 170 | var. minor 165, 175, 188 Spongia baicalensis . si 143 baikalensis .. 138 | Spongilla 137, 140, 142, 146, 147, 246, 247 lacustris 147 microgemmata 147 mooret 147 Spongillidae WAT 5. WG Kon, WES), WANO), t1Alit 142, 145, 147 Spongillinae PTO nA AL selAg Spongiphorinae 86 290 Spongovostox a 299 semiflavus 290 Squamomyia 46, Bei wit inornata ae ie Stegoconops Se 43, 445 72 Stegomyia 16, 24, 31, 30, 37, 39, 40, 45, 53, 56, 59, 61, 62, 63, 71, 72 luteocephala 63 mediovittata 61 6-lineata : 61 simpsoni 7 (footnote) Stellio tuberculatus .. 368 Stelmius .. ; 173 Stenopus hispidus 94 (footnote) Stenoscutus 2: 43, 44, 72 africanus et. 72 Stenothyra fchilkaénsis 298, 300 minima c 300 ;Stenothyra orissaénsis Sternothaerus odoratus Stethomyia nimba Stomoxys Stratiomyidae Stratospongilla : Suberites faquaedulcioris DA bre Page 298, 300 fee 200 Soe 34, 7? 94 | Suberitidae 157 Subulura. . 173 Synarmadillo a 2 Syrphidae 18, 22, 24, 26, 27, 59 Syrphus . De 18 fb Tabanidae 22, 24, 27 Tabanus.. . 28 Tachinidae as 22 Tachininae 24 (and footnote), 57 Fis, GI8)q (OE) Tacuaria 263 Taeniorhynchus 16, 36, 38, res Re. BS. 69 , 79, Ee 2 fasciolatus taeniorhynchus 41, 68, 7 2 Talarocera a 22 Tellina acquistriata .. 309 fconfusa 305, 309 Tellinacea 309 Tellinidae : 309 Terebra +rambhaénsis 297, 208 Terebridae : 207 Teromyia a 3Gn See acaudata .. 72 Terpnosia clio 264. Testudo graeca 177 Thais carinifera ‘ 299 | Theobaldia 36, 43 (footnote), ae Area | Theobaldinella a 5 LG Theobaldiomyia 44, 64, 72 Theobaldius a 72 Theora opalina 310 Therevidae 27 Thomasina ae 45, 72 | Thor 82, 83,93, 94, 124 paschalis 94, 95, 124 | florvidanus o¢ | Tibicininae 264 Timomenus lugens 294 Tinoletes. . 52, G2 latisquama~ 72 {*Tinostoma variegata 298, 302 Tipula 30 crystallina culiciformis 5 ban ifs Tipulidae 18, 22 (and footnote), 24, 25, : 27, 39, 35 Topomyia : AT, 54, 72 minor : 72 +Tornatina estriata .. 301, 303 fsoror 301, 303 Tornatinidae 303 Tosena as 263 mearesiana .. 263 melanoptera. . 263 Page Toxorhynchites ATO MEV AS EAS ANTS Wy oe 73 brevipalpis a immiisericors .. 73 Tozeuma 81, 83, 105, 107, 108, 126 armatum .. 106, 126 elongatum. . 126 erythraeum 12 kimberi 12 lanceolatum 12 pavoninum 127 robustum . 12 tomentosum 12 | Tragopan blythi 22 caboti 229 satyra Bt 229 Trichopronomyia 56 AMS 7G: annulata 43 73 Trichoprosopon 16, 21, 25, 48, 49, 50, 54, 63, 64, 73 lunata ie 50 nivipes 73 Trichoprosoponinae .. 48 Trichoprosopus co SOq OR Trichorhynchomyia 44, 45, 73 Tyvichorhynchus 44, 45, 73 | fuscus a 73 | Trigastrinae 321, 358 Trionychidae 2 : 268 | Trionyx gangeticus .. 267, 268 gangeticus mahanaddicus 267 hurum 263 Triton cristatus 168 Trochidae ae 52 302 minysont a. ot oe 317 | kubhlii evs ne B17 Tubella Oe ne I4I Tubificidae ore ae 1338 Turbinella pyrum 151 U Ungulinidae 307 Uranotaenia 16, aig DS TO, 36, 37, 46, 48; 53; 55, 69, 79; 73 domestica ae 55 minima 60 pulcherrima 73 Uranotaeninae oe litsin 2 Urocissa flavirostris . . She ey occipitalis .. 223A 236 Uruguaya ay 137 V Veluspa .. 137, 138, 144 polymorpha 138 Veneridae : 66 son Verrallina BU AOR ose 73 Virbtus ee 95 acutus 125 austvaliensis 98 bifidivostris 125 ? jactans : 129 mossambicus. . 5 ©), OF xX | Wyeomyia grayi Page Virbius ovientalis .. a 125 proteus 3 52 125 Vivipara bengalensis ey: 300 | Viviparidae Be a 300 Vultur monachus .. He 242 Ww Wallago attoo 175, 179, 180, 181, 191, 192 Worcesteria ae SheISeheS grata oe 73 Wyeomyia 16; 21, 22, 46, 48, 49, 50 (footnote), 51, 54, 56, 59, 60, (Shite 65, 69, 73 longirostris lunata x | Xenopsylla astia Zeugnomyia | Zoanthella nesiotes . . Z gracilis Zoanthina ~~ ee Page 73 68 63 215 215 46, 54, 73 . 73 2i2 20s Pie, 203) I. ON THE PSEUDOSCORPIONS OF THE INDIAN MUSEUM, CALCUTTA. By Epv. ELLINGSEN, Grasvig, lredriksstad. Our knowledge of the Pseudoscorpions of the western parts of the British Indian Empire was hitherto very limited; it was therefore of great interest to me to examine the collection belong- ing to the Indian Museum, Calcutta, and I take the opportunity here to thank the authorities of this Museum for the liberality with which this group of the collections has been placed at my disposal. It will perhaps be of some interest to give a list of the species of Pseudoscorpions already known from the Indian Empire. They are as follows :— 1. Chelifer indicus, With. Madras. yh a javanus, Thorell. Burma. a. ai navigator, With. Burma. 4. r orites, Thorell. Burma; Madras. 5. ey plebejus, With. Burma; Ceylon. 6. x votundus, With. Nicobars. as es vermiformis, With. Nicobars &. a birmanicus, Thorell. Burma. Q. a concavus, With. Nicobars. 10. a, Galatheae, With. Nicobars. Es os nicobarensis, With. Nicobars. 2: a modestus, With. Nicobars. eU M3 Murrayt, Pocock. Nicobars; Burma 14. ae sumatranus, Thorell. Burma. £5: ie bidens, Stecker. India. 16. nk bisulcus, Thorell. Burma. Eg. Cs borneoensts, Ellingsen. Burma. 18. ty depressus (Koch) Hansen. ? LQ. a Hansent, Thorell. Burma. 20: Helfert, Stecker. India. EG Psendochiridium claviger, Thorell. Burma. 22. Togeiie. With. Nicobars. 22. Olpium biavolaatune, Tomosvary. India orientalis. 24. es biyrmanicum, With. Burma. 25. Microcreagris birn: anica, Ellingsen. Burma. 26. Obisium longicolle, Frauenfeld. Nicobars. 27. Megathis desiderata, Stecker. India orientalis. 28. Kochi, Stecker. India orientalis. je) 2 kecords oy the Indian Museum. [ Vortex: Some of these species are very doubtful, such as No. 15, 20, 20, 27 and 26. No. 18, Chelifer depressus (Koch) Hansen, was really not found in India but in a cargo from India, but about this species see further below. As a result of the examination of the collection from the Indian Museum, I am able to give, as a continuation, the follow- ing list :— Chelifer indicus, With. India. e. javanus, Thorell. India; Ceylon. navigator, With. Andamans; India; Ceylon. orites, Thorell. India; Ceylon. plebejus, With. India. 29. », mnodosus, Schrank. India; Ceylon. 30. », Aimalayensts,sp. nov. India. 5, Oorneoensts, Ellingsen. Ceylon. Bie », ceylanicus, sp. nov. Ceylon. depressus (Koch) Hansen. India. Hansen, Thorell. India. B20 ,, subruber, E. Simon. India; Ceylon. 33- superbus, With. India. 34. Cheiridium museorum, Leach. India. Olpium birmanicum, With. India. 35. eS Jacobsont, Tullgren. India. 36. Sik longiventer, Keyserling. India. 37. Garypus insularis, Tullgren. India. 38. Teaella affinis, Hirst. India. 39. ILdeobtsium sp. India. Before treating the species in the collection under considera- tion, I shall, in connection with these, make some remarks on the Chelifer birmanicus group. There are in the collection a great number of specimens of the biymanicus-group ; but, remarkably enough, there is not a single specimen with distinct transverse grooves on the cephalo- thorax ; thus not a single specimen could be referred to Chelifer birmanicus, Thorell. There are, certainly, one or two specimens of Ch. javanus (see further below) which on the cephalothorax have a broad transverse band, irregularly limited in front and behind, with a darker colour than the rest of the surface ; but I have considered this only as an accidental irregularity ; at all events it does not resemble the usual transverse grooves. The Indian species of this group, as regards those with no transverse groove on the cephalothorax, are on the whole rather difficult to distinguish from each other, with the exception of Ch. oritcs, which on account of its very short fingers seems to take a rather isolated place, at least among those which I know. ‘There is another species with very short fingers, Ch. vermiformis, With, but among the rather numerous specimens in the collection with short fingers I have found none which could be separated from 1914. ] E. ELLINGSEN: Indian Pseudoscorpions. 3 the proper Ch. orites. Ch. plebejus seems to be a well-distinguished species. All specimens in the collection, belonging to this group, could be referred to species already known. Chelifer indicus, With. India. Calcutta: leg. Sew Rutton, 1¢, M. No.! 1387; Calcutta: Mu- seum premises, 19, 5-vi-1g11, leg. S. W. Kemp, M. No. Helvak, Koyna Valley, ca. 2000 ft., iv-1912, 2g, 19, leg. F. H. Gravely, M. No. 2815. The specimen collected by Sew Rutton is not quite developed on account of its having recently cast its skin, but belongs certain- ly to this species. The species seems to be distinguishable from the nearly related Indian species by the proportionally slender palpal femur (2°5:1). The palps area little more granulate than recorded by With (for 2). The specimens from Helvak have the palps somewhat less granulate; the granulation is present mainly on the inner and the upper side, partly also on the hand. Chelifer javanus, Thorell. India. Kobo, 400 ft. 2¢, 12, under logs, 1911, leg. S. W. Kemp, M. No. 34!°.—Ratnagiri district: Harnai, 4g, 8-v-1912, M. No. +38?. Ceylon: Pattipola, 6¢, under bark of trees, 2-vii-1g10, M. No. +492. Locality unknown, 2¢, M. No. 1321. The specimens numbered *3>* are certainly fully typical, beautiful, dark coloured ones of this species, the relationship with Ch. plebejus is evident, but the palps are strongly granulate on the anterior side and partly also on the upper and lower side. The protuberance of the upper side of trochanter is distinct, but rather low. As regards the specimens from Kobo and from Harnai, see my introductory remarks on the biyvmanicus-group about the transverse band of the cephalothorax which I regarded only as an irregularity or an accidental deformation of the skin. Chelifer navigator, With. India. Calcutta, 21, taken in the Museum buildings from a nest of Cypselus affinis, 15-vi-1909, M. No. +521.—N. Bengal: Siripur, Saran, 3¢, M. No. +336. —South India: Oorgaum, ca. 2500 ft., 1¢, 20-x-1910, M. No. *37*; Marikup- pam, ce. 2500 ft, 2¢, 19-x-1910, M. No. +¢94. Ceylon: Peradeniya, 5, under bark of jack-fruit tree, 7-v-1g1o, M. No. 1 7 L397 7 Hoo Andamans : Ross I., 29, 29-iii-1911, collected by C. Paiva, M. No. +295. This species seems to vary to a degree as regards the granula- tion of the palps; the specimens from the Andamans, from Marikuppam, and from Siripur have the anterior side of the palps somewhat granulate, which according to With also may be the case. The species seems to be well characterized by the strong, tri- angular protuberance of the posterior side of the palpal trochanter, 1M. No.=Museum No. 4 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOTpaxs by the high femur, the long tibial stalk and the proportionally very slender hand. Chelifer orites, Thorell. India. Calcutta, 22, taken in the Museum buildings from a nest of Cypse- lus affinis, 15-Vi-190y (together with Ch. navigator, W ith), M. No. 228%; 1 9 jun., 6-vi-1910 (badly preserv ed, but probably belonging to this species), leg. Nowbut, M. No. 1388.—N. Bengal: Siripur, Saran, 32, M. No. 1885. —South India : Marikuppam, ca. 1500 ft., 12, 1g-x-1910, M. No. 137°; Anamalais, Paralai Estate, 3800 ft., 19, in rotten logs, 28-i-1912, M. No. 149*; Oorgaum, 19, M. No. 1495. Ceylon: Anuradhapura, 19 jun, x-1911, M. No. #92; Peradeniya, 2¢,19, M. No. 1325. This species, easily recognizable from the other Indian species of this group (excl. Ch. vermiformis, With) by its very short fingers, seems, according to the localities above mentioned, to be widely distributed on the Indian continent as well as in Ceylon. It is also the largest Indian species of those belonging to the birmanicus group. A species so widely distributed must naturally vary more or less in some characters; this variation is especially pronounced as regards the granulation of the palps. Chelifer plebejus, With. India. Darjiling District : Siliguri (base of E. Himalayas), 34, 129, 2 jun., on bark of Ficus religiosa, 28-iii-1910, M. No. 1328.—Orissa Distriet: Puri 1 jun., i-1908, M. No. 1493. —Travancore: Trivandrum, Ig, 30-x1-1911 (Trivan- drum Museum). Ceylon: Peradeniya, 2¢, under loose bark of jack-fruit tree, 7—vi-1910, M. No. 1322. The specimens from Siliguri are well developed; I have compared them with a specimen from Burma for which I am indebted to Mr. With. The upper side cf the palpal trochanter has a small, pointed tubercle, also present in With’s specimen. But the exceedingly robust and nearly smooth palps are good characters, as is also the strongly curved form of the hand (inclu- ding the fingers). The specimen from Puri is very young, but belongs certainly to this species; the palps are nearly smooth, with the exception of some slight granulation on the inner side of femur. Chelifer nodosus, Schrank. India. Calcutta, 19, Museum compound, under bricks, 17-x-1g10, M. No. 1384 —Dehra Dun (base of W. Himalayas), 1¢, on a wall of the dining- room of the eee School, M. No. 4375. Ceylon: Peradeniya, 12, 4-viii-1910, M. No. 1400. There is no doubt that the specimens from Calcutta and from Dehra Dun belong to this species; the whole animal, the galea included, fully resembles German specimens with which they have been compared. The galea, as in Ch. scorptoides, is some- what stag-horn like; but the pointed hairs distinguish it com- pletely from the latter species. The animal is certainly imported from Europe where the species is often found as a pseudo-para- site on flies. 1914. ] E. ELLINGSEN : Indian Pseudoscorpions. 5 As to the Ceylon specimen, it may be noted that the outer side of the palpal trochanter has the protuberance not so well developed as is the case in European specimens and in the two Indian specimens just mentioned, but it belongs to the same species, although it is not reported to be taken in a house. Chelifer himalayensis, sp. nov. @. No eyes, nor ocular spots. Colour.—The whole animal of a deep reddish brown colour. Cephalothorax a little shorter than wide behind, strongly nar- rowing forwards from the posterior corner, with convex lateral margins ; the slightly convex front margin is only } of the length of the posterior margin. Two very strong and deep transverse grooves, especially deep in the central part; the anterior groove about in the middle and straight, the posterior one at about the same distance from the anterior groove and the back margin, in the central part angularly curved backwards. The surface some- what glossy, slightly but distinctly and regularly granulate. The hairs, most of them crowded along the front and the lateral margins, are truncate. Abdomen very robust and broad, somewhat broader than long, but very much contracted. The tergites are certainly divided by a longitudinal line, but this line is very indistinct, on account of the contracted abdomen; for the same reason the anterior sclerites are also placed somewhat angularly to each other (which is often the case in species belonging to the subgenus Chernes) ; the surface is glossy and distinctly shagreened; on each sclerite there is in the middle a darker spot; the hairs, situated along the posterior and the lateral margins, are partly truncate and partly (on the posterior somites) nearly pointed; on the last somite there are some longer tactile hairs. The sternites are still more indistinctly divided longitudinally, glossy and minutely shagreened, with numerous, long and pointed hairs along the posterior margins. Palps somewhat longer than the body!, very robust. Coxa glossy and slightly granulate; the other palpal joints glossy and distinctly granulate, including the fingers. The clothing of hairs very dense, the hairs rather long, pointed, but distinctly dentate; the hairs of the fingers nearly simple. Trochanter subglobose, in front nearly semicircular, behind with a rounded protuberance, above with a very strong and rounded one. Femur with a distinct and strong stalk, very robust (about twice as long as wide), in front and especially behind strongly widened from the stalk, the front margin slightly convex in the basal half and slightly concave in the distal half, the posterior side slightly convex; femur in all of rather equal width throughout and truncate at the tip (the femur as well as the tibia resembles very much With’s figure of 1 But see note above regarding the contraction of the abdomen. 6 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOR ux Ch. australiensis). ‘Tibia a little shorter and somewhat broader than femur, with very strong stalk, on the posterior side mode- rately and regularly convex, in front somewhat more convex, or rather somewhat swollen. Hand with a distinct stalk, and the base somewhat obliquely truncate with the inner corner broader and more rounded than the exterior one; the hand is about as long as, but considerably (14 times) wider than tibia, and about as high as broad, the inner side strongly convex (nearly semicircular), the outer side much less so, on both sides passing gradually into the fingers. Fingers robust, strongly curved and a little longer than the hand; the fixed finger exteriorly with g-10 small accessory teeth in the distal half; on the inner side both fingers have 2 to 3 small accessory teeth near the tip; the fingers do not gape at all. Mandibles: Galea with robust trunk and deeply tripartite tip, and along one side of the trunk provided with 7 long filiform teeth, increasing in length towards the base. Legs minutely granulate with slightly clavate and dentate hairs. The trochantin of the two posterior pairs of legs perpen- dicularly articulated. Coxa IV very robust, much broader than trochanter, along the posterior margin provided with dense rows of long hairs. The tibia of all legs considerably longer than the tarsus. Claws simple. The species belongs certainly to the cimicotdes-group, as the sexual area as well as the whole appearance seems to indicate; the animal reminds one very much of a large Chelifer cimicordes. Length 3.6 mm., length of abdomen 2 25 mm., width 2°30 mm. Measurements.—Cephalothorax: long. 1°36; lat. 1°49. Femur: long: 1:07? lat. 052; “Tibia; long.“0793'lat- 0:57. “Hand 3 lone. r00': lat.0°70s.- hingers :lone.-10 7mm): Habitat.—India: W. Himalayas, Mussoorie, 7000 [t., Io7, M. The only species among the Asiatic-Australian forms, with which the new species has a nearer relation, is Chelifer australtensis, With; yet there are some essential characters in which the two species differ from each other, so they certainly cannot be united. Contrary to the characters mentioned above in the description of the new species, With’s species (from Queensland) is distin- guished as follows: ‘‘ Two rather distinct grooves’’ on cephalo- thorax; ‘‘traces of lateral projections or keels on the tergites’’ ; galea has only some shorter teeth at the tip; ‘‘ the palps are indistinctly granular’’; the protuberances of the trochanter have another shape; the hand ‘‘ higher than broad’’; the fingers also interiorly with ‘‘ accessory teeth’’ near the middle. The differ- ential characters are not great, but taken together they are certainly sufficient to distinguish the two species. Chelifer borneoensis, Ellingsen. Ceylon: Peradeniya, 1g, under loose bark of jack-fruit tree, 21-vi-1910, J 1399 M. No. 2322. IQI4.] E. ELLINGSEN: Indian Pseudoscorptons. 7 The specimen is somewhat smaller in size than the type from Borneo, but is apparently a fully mature male. The cephalothorax is completely smooth and there are no traces of teeth on the claws. These seem to be the only two characters of importance in which males of this species differ from those of Chelifer Mortenseni, With. Chelifer ceylanicus, sp. nov. a”. No eyes, but ocular spots present. Colour.—Cephalothorax, tergites and palps palish brown, fingers somewhat darker; the other parts of the animal whitish. Cephalothorax a little longer than wide in the middle, where it is broadest; behind the anterior groove nearly paraltel-sided, in front of it roundly narrowing forwards, the front margin slightly convex. A deep transverse groove about in the middle; before reaching the lateral margin it curves forwards, and the cephalothorax in this place is thus somewhat depressed and widened, attaining here, as mentioned, its greatest width. The posterior groove is scarcely visible, in some specimens indicated. The surface minutely, but distinctly and regularly granulate and only a little glossy. The hairs short, thick and slightly clavate. Abdomen: ‘The tergites divided longitudinally by a fine line, except the last one. The surface nearly glossless and minutely shagreened; the hairs somewhat longer than those of cephalo- thorax and slightly clavate; on the last somite some long, tactile hairs. ‘The sternites divided like the tergites, glossy and slightly shagreened, with long, pointed hairs; on six sternites but the last one (4-9) provided with large, broad and laterally narrowing areas with dense bristles. Palps somewhat longer than the body (with abdomen exten- ded). Coxa smooth and glossy. Trochanter, femur and tibia nearly glossless and minutely, but distinctly granulate, hand very glossy and minutely granulate, fingers smooth. The hairs of trochanter and of the inner side of femur and part of the tibia slightly clavate, those of the outer side of the same joints and those of the hand more or less pointed; the clothing of the hand very dense; the hairs of the fingers dense and pointed with longer tactile ones. ‘Trochanter pedicillate and proportionally slender, nearly twice as long as wide, the inner side somewhat convex, the outer side with a low triangular protuberance near the base, the upper side with a large, much rounded protuberance Femur slender, nearly four times as long as wide, with a distinct stalk, the inner side nearly straight except for a short concave portion near the tip, behind suddenly widened from the stalk, the hind margin slightly convex, rounded at the tip; femur in all rather parallel-sided, yet a little narrower at the tip than at the base. ‘Tibia a little longer than femur, long and, slender, about 4 times as long as wide, with a short and curved stalk, somewhat 8 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor Es club shaped, @.e. gradually increasing in width from base to tip, the hind margin nearly straight only a little convex near the tip, the inner side slightly and evenly convex throughout. Hand broader than tibia (ca. 1°4 times), with a distinct stalk, and regularly rounded base, long and narrow (23 times as long as wide), rather parallel-sided, the inner side nearly straight, the outer side slightly convex, rather abruptly passing into the fingers. Fingers robust, slightly curved, much shorter than the hand (3: 5). Mandibles: Galea minute, with some very small teeth at the tip. Legs granulate on the outer side, on the inner side as well as on trochanter and coxa smooth and glossy. The hairs partly truncate, partly pointed. Claws simple. The species belongs to the subruber-group. @. The female resembles the male in all essential characters, except the palps which are somewhat more robust, the femur being 34 times as long as wide, the tibia 2} times and the hand 13 times as long as broad, but the length of the fingers propor- tionally to that of the hand is about the same. The shape of the palpal joints is also somewhat different: the femur is distinctly curved (concave) on the inner side and somewhat more convex behind (than in the ™), the tibia is nearly regularly convex on both sides (and therefore not so distinctly club-shaped), which is also the case as regards the hand. The galea is considerably more robust and with larger teeth at the tip. @”. Length 2°65 mm. M easurements.—Cephalothorax: long. 0°72; lat. 064. ‘Tro- chanter: long. 0°36; lat. 0°20. Femur: long. 0°79; lat. o'21. Tibia: long. o 83; lat.-0'20; = Mand: long: 0°72" lat.20:28:0) Hineetce long. 0°43 mm. 2. Length 2°93 mm. M easurements.—Cephalothorax: long. 0°64; lat. o°50. Tro- chanter: long. .0°28: lJat..0717: Femur: long. 0-605" dat.v 0-16: Tibia: long. 0°54; lat. o-2r. Hand: long. 0°57; lat. 0°33. Fingers: long. 0°36 mm. Habitat—Ceylon: Peradeniya, Io~, (?, June, Igro, M. Nori: On examination of these specimens [I thought at first that I had before me Ch. sumatranus, Thorell, but certain essential differences hindered their union, in spite of the resem- blance, especially in the shape of the palps. Thorell says about his species, that the cephalothorax is ‘‘non granulosus,’ only *“subtillisime coriaceus ” ; the new species has the cephalothorax distinctly granulate. Thorell’s species is further said to have ‘“sulcis duobus transversis,” and the palps ‘‘laeves, nitidi,’’ which does not agree with the Ceylon specimens. The new species is related to certain species of the same group from Africa, such as Ch. angulatus, Ellingsen, with which 1914. | E. ELLINGSEN : Indian Pseudoscorpions. 9 it has, for instance, the lack of eyes in common, but the measure- ments of the palps are different. Chelifer depressus (C. L. Koch) Hansen. India. Calcutta, 1 ¢ jun., M. No. +383, The specimen is very young, but the sex is certain on account of the coxae of the IV pair of legs, with the coxal sac, and of the keels of the sclerites which are very well developed on the 5 first tergites; the cephalothorax, too, has its postero- lateral spine. The galea is very small with some fine teeth in the distal third. The cephalothorax is slightly granulate, but glossy. The palps are very slender; the femur about four times as long as wide, the stalk included; for this as well as for other reasons the specimen cannot well belong to Ch. superbus, With, with which it is however very closely related. The palpal fingers gape very much, both being distinctly “‘concave” (and not as in Ch. superbus, one of them ‘‘ obtuse-angled’’) and in the concavity quite destitute of teeth; the straight concurrent part of the extremity is not quite so long as shown in With’s figure. It is, however, with some hesitation that I have referred the specimen from Calcutta to the above species, partly because it is so young, partly because Ch. depressus has not yet been captured in India, but only in Denmark in a cargo of rice from India. However, there is reason to believe that the species is an Indian one. Chelifer Hansenii, Thorell. India. Satara Distr: Hills near Medha, Yenna valley, ca. 2200 ft., 1 dg, iv-1912, collected by F. H. Gravely, M. No. 1325. Thorell, in 1889, described a Pseudoscorpion under the above name, from Bhamoin Burma. He remarks that the single specimen he had for examination seemed not to be adult. The sex is not mentioned, but as he says that the galea is ‘‘ sat fortis,” it may perhaps have been a young female. I have identified the above ~ from Medha with Thorell’s Species, as his long and good description agrees well, taking into consideration that his specimen was young and perhaps a 2, while the male from Medha is adult. I shall state a little more about the species (if my identifica- tion be right) and about the differences from Thorell’s description. The cephalothorax and palps are of a very dark brown colour, the sclerites of the tergites light brown with a darker central spot. The sternites 7-9 (the last sternite regarded as the eleventh) have in the middle of the broad, light, longitudinal band, a round area, limited on each side by a dark, irregularly créscentic band (interrupted in front and behind, and thus not being a circular band); the round area is provided with bristles, pointing obliquely towards the median line. This quite corresponds with the much 10 Records of the Indian Museum. [Von ses, larger bristle-covered areas in most species of the subruber-group, to which the species also belongs. The galea is small, with no traces of teeth. The hand of the palps, as Thorell states, is glossy, but minutely shagreened; as regards the rest, Thorell’s description as to granulation and hairs agrees well, the hairs being on the inner side of trochanter and femur slightly clavate, the other hairs only truncate, or on the fingers simple. The hand is only 14 times as broad as the tibia (Thorell says ca. 14 times’. Differing most from Thorell’s description are the shape and the dimensions of the fermur, but this may perhaps depend on the age and the sex (see above). ‘The femur of the male (from Medha Hills) has a slender stalk and is (seen from above) not a little wider at the base than at the extremity, thus narrowing distally (a rare case in the Chelifers); laterally seen the femur is abruptly, nearly perpendicularly widened from the stalk and very high at the base, but with the upper surface regularly slanting towards the tip. The length of the femur is about 24 times the width at the base; Thorell says of his specimen, that this proportion is 34. The length of the specimen from the hills near Medha (with abdomen extended) is 3 mm. The other measurements are as follows :—Cephalothorax: long. 0°93; lat. 0°57. Femur: long. o'60; lat. (at the base) 0°25. Tibia: long.-0°57; lat. 0°25.° Hand: tong. 0 57; lat %o-34706) Fin- gers: long. 0°43 mm. Chelifer subruber, E. Simon. India. Dehra Dun (base of W. Himalayas), 12, on the wall ot the dining room in the Forest School, M. No. +445. Ceylon: Peradeniya, 1 jun., under loose bark of jack-fruit tree, 7-v-1910, M. No. 1223. The species is a cosmopolitan one. The specimen from Ceylon is rather young and badly preserved, but it may belong to this species. Chelifer superbus, With. India. Travancore: Maddathoray (W. base of W. Ghats), 12, on a mon- key (Macacus sinicus), 17-xi-1908, M. No. +411+.—W. Dun (base of W. Hima- layas), 29, 2 jun., under bark of dead Sal (Shorea robusta), 19-xi-19I10, M. No. 1418.—Kobo, 400 ft., 12, under logs, collected by S. W. Kemp (Abor Expedition), M. No. +33. There were alls) in the collection 42 from an unknown locality, M. No. #22, with the notice on the label, that they were taken on a Cerambycid ( ‘' infesting Batocera’’). All the specimens had the character in common, that the fingers were nearly as long as the hand, and that at least some of the claws of the legs had teeth, but there is no doubt that such teeth may be absent. In connexion with the specimens numbered 142 it may be of interest to note that With’s type specimens BD) also were taken on a Batocera, from Celebes. IQT4.| E. ELLINGSEN: Indian Pseudoscorpions. II Cheiridium museorum, Leach. India. Calcutta, 19, taken in the Museum buildings from a nest of Cypse- lus affinis, 27-vii-1909, M. No. 132°—Dehra Dun (base of W. Himalayas), 1¢, on the wall of abathroom in Dehra Dun College, M. No. 1422. There is no doubt that this species, of common occurrence in Europe in museums and other buildings, has been imported into India. Olpium birmanicum, With. Syn.: ? Olpium biaroliatum, Témésvary. 2? Olpitum Ortonedae, Ellingsen. India. Bombay, 1d, June, 1911, M. No. 138!; Bombay: Girgaum, 1 jun. (9?), 4-vili-t912, M. No. 2585. : Assam. Kannyhati, Shamshernager, Sylhet, 2 ¢, collected by G. Mackrell, June 17, ror1, M. No. 1324. The label in the tube was inscribed: ‘‘ Caught in box of old books, etc., Kannyhati bungalow, feeding upon the mites which were in abundance round some dead Coleoptera.”’ These four Indian specimens (3 @ and I immature) certainly belong to With’s species. The noteworthy feature as With points out is ‘“‘a broad transverse stripe’’ on the cephalothorax. This ‘transverse stripe’’ is absolutely invisible as a transverse groove, and is scarcely to be seen when the animal is in a dry state; in alcohol on the contrary it is more or less visible as an inner division, but also in that case nearly invisible in the middle, though more distinct towards the lateral margins. I observed just the same thing in my specimens of Olpium Ortonedae (from Ecuador, see my description of this species), and on comparing my specimens from Ecuador with the Indian ones, I can find no specific differences between them. ‘Three of the Indian specimens are males; among the specimens from Ecuador there are also females; these have their palps somewhat more robust and their galea a little longer. The reason that I do not employ the name of Olfium Ortone- dae for the Indian specimens is because another question arises. Are not both species synonymic with Olpium biaroliatum, Tomos- vary? With has himself not been without the same sentiment, but finds that Témoésvary’s description is ‘‘ too insufficient for a sure determination.’’ In this he is certainly right, but Tomés- vary’s description, short as it is, agrees nevertheless remarkably well, and that Tomésvary may possibly have believed he saw another ‘‘ obsolete’ transverse stripe, can easily be understood. I should be inclined to unite the three species, and then Tomés- vary’s name would have the priority. That I, in spite of this, do not do it, is because With’s name for the species is at all events a safe one. ‘T6mésvary’s species was from ‘‘ India orientalis.”’ To With’s description I shall add the following remarks: I will not, like With, say that the palpal femur wholly lacks a stalk, but that it is rather indistinct, and that all tergites may be divi- ded longitudinally, except the last one. The young specimen from Girgaum agrees in all respects with the adult ones, but is of a paler colour and smaller size, and with 12 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, the palps not quite so well developed. The stripe of the cephalo- thorax is no more developed than in the older examples. As With has not given any measurements of this species, I shall here give some from an excellent specimen (@) with extended abdomen, from Assam. Length 2°72 mm. Measuren.ents.—Cephalothorax: long. 0°72; lat. o'50. Femur: long: 0°6r--lat. 0:16. Tibia-=long.. 043. lat. 016.) Hand= lone: O47; labOr27.0 eineers: long. 0: 53/mtm There are in the collection of the Indian Museum a number of specimens of a form or rather of two forms, quite different from the preceding species, and nearly allied to the Palearctic Olpium pallipes, Lucas. In a paper on Pseudoscorpions from Formosa I have mentioned a species of Olfium from this island, which I referred to Olpium longiventer, Keyserling, yet fully attentive to a species, Olpzum Jacobsoni, described by Tullgren from Java, so that I thought it best to consider the latter as a form of the former. The Indian specimens, just mentioned, have to a certain extent confirmed this opinion, but they prove nevertheless that there is really one form with somewhat more slender palps (O. longiventer) and another form with more robust palps (O. Jacobsoni), and I have therefore arranged the Indian specimens under each of these species or forms, as follows :— Olpium fongiventer, Keyserling. India. W. Dun (base of W. Himalayas), Karwapani, 9 specimens, on the newly whitewashed walls of a resthouse, M. No. 1+45. These specimens agree well with Keyserling’s description and figures, among other things in the slender palps, the femur of which is about four times as long as wide, as Keyserling reports it ; the fingers are about as long as the hand; the palps are quite smooth. I and II pairs of legs have the femoral pars basalis a little longer than pars tibialis. In this as well as in the following species it is to be noticed that the femur of the I pair of legs has the basal part only a little longer than the tibial one (not at least 14 times as long, as With states in his diagnosis of the genus Olpium), but there is no doubt that the two species mentioned here, by their whole appearance and their affinity to Olpium pallipes, belong to the true Olpium. ‘This feature is present in the Indian specimens as well as in those from Formosa and in Tullgren’s types from Java; Keyserling says that the femur is divided in the middle, which really is the case. Olpium Jacobsoni, Tullgren. India. Calcutta, 1 specimen, running in sunshine on bathroom wall, Museum premises, 22-x-1011, M. No. 1%8®2-—Satara District: Koyna Valley, Talashi, 2000 ft., I specimen, iv-1912, collected by F. H. Gravely, M. No. 128%; Hills near Medha, Yenna Valley, 2500-3500 ft., 22, collected by F. H. Gravely, M. 1914.] E. ELLINGSEN: Indian Pseudoscorptions. I GA No. 1522; Ratnagiri District : Karajgaon (10 miles N. of Dabhol), 1 specimen, V-IgI2 (S. IP. Agharkar coll.) ; Harnai, 1 specimen, 8-v-rg12 (S. P. Agharkar coll.) Dehra Dun, 1 jun., M. No.2 = nN Bengal: Siripur, Saran, 1 specimen, fae bark of Siris tree, M. No. 223: sien All the specimens are distinguished by having their palps proportionally more robust than is the case in the preceding species: the palpal femur is in all about 3 times as long as wide, and all the characters agree well with Tullgren’s description and figures. Garypus insularis, Tullgren. India. Madras Presidency: Vizagapatam, 1 @, 21-iv-191G, collected by S. W. Kemp, M: No. 1425. I have no doubt that the above specimen belongs to this species, described by ‘Tullgren from the Seychelles, and it is not very remarkable that this species has also been taken in India, although in the eastern part of the Deccan. ‘The Indian specimen is a male, while Tullgren’s type was a female. The galea of the male is, as is usual in Garypus, of somewhat smaller size than that of the female, but like this, with some minute teeth at the tips, at least this is the case in one of the galeas. The fingers are strongly curved and nearly 13 times as long as the hand, which also may be concluded from Tullgren’s figure to have been the case in the type, though Tullgren says nothing about it in his description. The length of the Indian specimen is about 4 mm., while the type was 33 mm. The species is distinguished by its long and slender palps and, as men- tioned, by its proportionally long fingers. Feaella affinis, Hirst. India. Chota Nagpur Div., Manbhum District, Purulia, 19, 10-11-1912, collected by F. H. Gravely, M. No. 1222. There is certainly no doubt that the above specimen belongs to the species described by Hirst under the name Feaella afinis, from the Seychelles. This is, in the collection under consideration, the second proof of the zoogeographical connection between the Seychelles and the Indian Continent, the first being the preceding species, Garypus insularis The capture of a species of the genus Feael/la in the Indian Continent is of the greatest interest, though the Seychelles are geographically a connecting link between India and Africa, which must be considered as the cradle of the genus Feaella. S Hirst, in describing his species, points out the great resem- blance with F. mucronata, Tullgren. This resemblance is still greater than Hirst supposes, as one of the distinguishing charac- ters, in my opinion, must drop. He points out, that of the four prominences of the front margin of cephalothorax, the two lateral ones are broader than the two central ones in his species, the contrary being the case in that described by Tullgren. But Ff. mucronata, in reality, may show a similar development, as 14 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou X, 1914.] I have seen it in South African specimens. As Hirst rightly observes, the prominence of the anterior side of the palpal tro- chanter is much smaller in F. afimis than in FP. mucronata, but there are strictly speaking, no real ‘‘ prominences on the anterior side of the base of the femur’’ (Hirst) in either of the species, though the corner is perhaps a little more pronounced in FP. mucronata than in F. affinis. ‘“‘ Die Vertiefung’’ (Tullgren) or ‘‘the gap” (Hirst) between the coxa of the II pair of legs is in the @ entirely and in the @ almost entirely filled up by a promin- ence from the posterior side of the coxae of the I pair. There is one other character which may be used to distinguish the two species: the first tergite, which is very short, has in each antero- lateral corner a rather large thorn-like projection, pointing for- wards in F. mucronata; this projection is not present in FP’. affints. Hirst says: ‘‘ These differences are, perhaps, not important enough to be regarded as of specific value, and it is possible that this form should be regarded as a local variety of F. mucronata.’’ This cannot well be so any longer, the species having also been taken in India, but the two species have very much in common and have no very clear distinguishing characters, and it may be that forms of transition should be found. Ideobisium (Ideoblothrus) sp. India. Malawany, near Bombay, 1 jun., 10-vil-1912, M. No. 2354. The specimen is very young and of small size (o°8 mm. long). The animal belongs to no species of the subgenus [deoblothrus hitherto described, but as it is so immature and not well preserved, I do not wish to describe it as a new species. It is, however, the first specimen of this subgenus found on the continent of Southern Asia; from the whole south-eastern region of Asia only one species of [deoblothrus is hitherto known, Ideobisium (Ideoblothrus) bipectinatum, Daday, originally described from New Guinea, and later recorded from the Bismarck-Archipelago (Ellingsen) ; but this species has its palps quite different from the Indian specimen. The species from New Guinea, too, is of small size. The galea of the Indian specimen is small and simple. At all events this capture proves that the Indian Continent is inhabited by an /deoblothrus. Pao hre wrk VLE WwW OF “SCR NERA’ IN CULTCIDAE. By E. BRUNETTI. PREFATORY REMARKS. The present paper is written primarily for the systematic dipterologist and is an endeavour to reduce the multitudin- ous genera proposed by culicidologists to their taxonomic level from the point of view of the systematist. The standard of validity adopted in the present paper is precisely that which would, so far as I can judge, be accorded by the average systematist in reviewing proposed genera in any family of diptera other than Culictdae. A word first to the new names proposed by me in the Supplement to my Annotated Catalogue of Oriental Culicidae.! These were stated at the time to be purely nomina nova, the names they were intended to displace being preoccupied (the bulk of them, it may incidentally be mentioned, in the order diptera itself, which shows conclusively how little the culicidologists concern themselves with what has been already done in diptera) ; but I now regret having encumbered the literature of the family to any further extent. It must be borne in mind that all the considerations and conclusions herein offered rest on the validity of other authors’ statements and descriptions, since on the great majority of points at issue there has been no opportunity of independent examination. For any false deductions of mine in the present treatise, due to incorrect or incomplete descriptions, I claim exoneration on these grounds, but for any due to misconceptions or erroneous judgments of my own I freely accept full responsibility. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS ON ‘TAXONOMY IN DIPTERA. There is no intention in the present paper of drawing an exhaustive comparison between the characters adopted of late years in distinguishing so-called genera in Culicidae, and those that have hitherto been employed in the diptera for the same purpose; but all who have any practical acquaintance with this order are aware that, until the influx of students to the study of Culicidae caused by the comparatively recent discovery of their direct connection with malaria,? the known species of this family were ! Rec. Ind. Mus., iv, 403 et seq. 2 The first announcement that yellow fever was carried by mosquitoes, and probably malaria also, was made as far back as 1848 by Nott. Nothing more 16 Records of the Indian Museum. [VGivas. comfortably provided for under eight genera only, Anopheles, Megarhinus, Subethes, Psorophora, Culex, Aedes, Corethra and Mochlonyx.! The latest set up of these was the latter, in 1844, after which no new genus was proposed till Arribalzaga, by the first splitting up of Culex, in 1891, erected Janthinosoma, Ochlerotatus , Uranotae- nia, Taentorhyuchus and Heteronycha. The next author to dismember the old genera was Theobald, the pioneer of the school of exclusive culicidologists, who in the first two volumes of his Monograph (1901) erected Toxorhynchites , Mucidus, Stegomyia, Armigeres,> Panoplites,? De:nocerites, Aedeo- myia, Wyeomyia, and Tricheprosopon. In the meantime, Haema- gogus, Will. (1896) was established, and this is apparently a sound genus. From about I9g01t onwards nearly 200 new “' genera” have been proposed, the greater number of them on the most slender and inconstant characters It must be admitted that the general tendency of modern writers is to recognise a far greater number than formerly of fam1- lies, genera and other related groups in all orders of the animal kingdom, but it is quite open to question whether such a course is either zoologically correct, or even advisable on the grounds of expediency. The number of families for instance in such groups as birds, fishes, beetles, etc. is much greater now than was the case say half a century ago, and this quite apart from strikingly dis- tinct forms since discovered. It must also be admitted that the confinement of one’s studies to a single group, to the exclusion of all others, more espe- cially a group much restricted both in extent and variety, infallibly narrows one’s view of the science as a whole and equally infallibly distorts one’s sense of taxonomic proportion;. thus mere racial varieties become species, small groups of a few species with per- haps but a single kindred character are promoted to genera, and any such ‘‘genus’’ varying slightly from a very narrow and well beaten track is elevated immediately to the dignity of a sub- family. Specialists who are also competent all-round zoologists or even eood general entomologists are rarer year by year, but a general seems to have been done till 1880 when Laveran discovered the actual parasite of malaria, after which it was 1894 to 1896 before a definite mosquito theory was propounded. (Vide Brit. Med. Jour., Dec. 8th, 1894; Mar. 14th, 21st, 28th, 1896). Ross first found the malaria parasite present in a mosquito’s stomach in 1897, and studied the complete cycle of Plasmodium in birds in 1898. Grassi proved Anopheles to be the general carrier in 1899, since which time mosquito theories have been advanced by Pfeiffer and Koch, Mendini and others. Bovine malaria was traced to the agency of ticks by Smith and another in 1893. The above medical netes were very generously compiled for me by Capt. R, B. Seymour Sewell, I M.S., to whom my thanks are heartily tendered. 1 Mochlonyx Lw. is synonymous with Corethya as pointed out by me in Rec. Ind. Mus. iv 317. % Owing to supp sed preoccupation renamed Desvoidea, Blanch,, also pre- occupied, renamed Blanchardiomyia Brun. § Preoccupied, renamed Mansonia, Blanch. 1914. | E. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. iy knowledge of the values of ranks in other groups of the animal kingdom is, or should be, imperative in any author who aspires to new classifications on weak characters, more especially if in direct defiance of the expressed views of systematists. In no group of insects has such a lamentable want of technical knowledge been shown than in the wizitings of the modern authors on Culicidae,} almost none of whom: are dipterologists; in fact they include, as Professor Williston has observed, *‘ some indeed, whose only papers on Entomology have been those proposing new subfamilies! ’’® He continues, ‘‘ Their ignorance of related diptera has more than once been deplorably shown by writers on the Culicidae,’’ adding, ‘‘ no one is competent to discuss philosophically the classi- fication of any group of animal life who is not well grounded in the prine:ples of taxonomy as applied to related animals,’’ * * * * hecause “‘ the mosquitoes are not organisms isolated from all other living creatures.” He further, whilst accrediting ‘‘the right kind of scientific work”? with its full dues, postulates that opinion with the observation that “‘one must learn the value of characters in classification before he can be successful in instructing others or in making his discoveries known. And this knowledge can only be acquired by long and faithful study of living things In days gone by the profuse maker of genera was ridiculed, and his labours were largely ignored, but I fear even Desvoidy’s shade would turn pale with envy in the contemplation of some of the proposed genera of the modern culicidologists’’ (Man. N.A. Dipt., 3rd Ed. Intro. 15). He vigorously denounces the numerous proposed genera and sub- families in this family. Rondani as well as Desvoidy, I believe, suffered to some extent for the same reason, and many of his genera are still unrecognised owing to insufficient characterisation. As regards classification above the rank of genera, this has no place in the present paper; suffice it to note that every culicid writer adopts a system more or less modified to meet his own views. It seems incumbent on me, however, to notice a very elaborate colour scheme classification offered by Major Christophers quite recently in Anophelini, and though I cannot herein examine it critically, it is certain that the characters used in separating the groups are very indefinite and open to various interpretations according to the reader, whilst it is incredible that the variation of species will not render the tables to a great extent inoperative. 1 With the exception of one or two, like Col. Alcock and Mr. Edwards, who have endeavoured to stem the tide of genus and subfamily making. 2 Criticising the 2nd edition of James and Liston’s ‘* Monog. Anoph. Mosq. India’* Mr. C. S. Banks says, ‘: Had the authors stopped at ‘ describing the different species in such manner that any specimen collected [might] be easily identified, their work would have been less liab'e to adverse criticism by systematists, but they, like so many medical men not trained in systematic zoology, have attempted to dabble in generic legerdemain, thereby increasing the confusion already present in culicid classification and adding to the burden of synonymy which must be borne, not by men of their profession but by the already encumbered entomolo- gist.’’ (Phil Jour. Sci. vii. Sect. D., p. 207, June 1912.) 18 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL 2 The erection of what the author evidently intends as super-genera is to be deprecated, as is, in fact, any system that introduces a multiplicity of divisions. COMPARATIVE EXAMINATION OF STRUCTURAL VALUES. GENERAL.—Most families of the diptera, whilst quite well circumscribed and distinct in themselves, exhibit fairly wide diversity in several characters, whilst those parts of the body that vary considerably in one family may be tolerably constant in adjacent families or variable to a very much less extent, this being exclusive of families with but a single genus each. For instance, whilst the shape of the body and form of the antennae in Syrphidae exhibit considerable variety (Baccha, Syrphus, Eristalis, Microdon, Ceria), the venation is strikingly uniform; whereas in the Tipulidae, the reverse is the case, the shape of the body throughout the family being markedly uniform, whilst the venation shows a large number of modifications. Other in- stances could be cited, well known to dipterologists. It will now be my endeavour to compare the variation (or otherwise) of the organs in Culicidae usually treated of, with the variation of the same organs, speaking broadly, in other families of diptera. THE Progoscis.—The proboscis throughout the diptera is exceptionally variable, ranging from the enormously prolonged, conspicuous organ in Pangonia, Rhaphiomidas, Bombylius, Nemes- trina and other genera; its lesser but still conspicuous and elongate nature in Geranomyia, Empts, etc. to the very restricted forms in many families: also from its long horny form in Stomoxys and Drymeia to its soft prehensile nature in most Muscidae and Acalyptrata; and again to its vestigial form in such species as apparently take no nourishment in the adult state. In both comparative size and structure the proboscis varies widely throughout the order, but usually not much within the genus, and its range of variability is much greater in many families than in the Culicidae. So far as structure goes, the proboscis is consistently uniform throughout the subfamily Culiconae, whilst in the only other sub- family (Corethrinae) the mouth is not formed for piercing. The length varies in relation to the body, and this organ may be thin throughout, swollen apically into a more or less elongated club, or it may be foreshortened and thickened throughout. The modifica- tions are not striking, and occur chiefly in the genera relegated by Theobald to his Uvanotaeninae and amongst those referred to the Sabethini. The mere comparative length, unless very striking and consis- tent, is not of generic value, as has been shown by its wide range in Pangoma, Bombylius, Empts, etc. THe Parpr.—Throughout the order, the palpi exhibit great diversity, but usually conform to one of two forms, the elongate, 1914. | E. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 19 generally 4-jointed form in the Nemocera, and the (generally) 2 or 3-jointed form in the bulk of the rest of the diptera In some groups they are only one-jointed and are then of but slight value in restricted classification. One of the earliest classifications was built primarily on the palpi; long (4 or more joints) in Nemocera, and short (2 or 3 joints) in the Brachycera (i.e. the remaining diptera exclusive of Pupipara); and as a ready method of dividing the order into two great groups there is even to-day no better method, especially for the general entomologist. The palpi in Culicidae vary more than any other organ and to a greater extent than in the allied nemocerous families. Theobald, even in his first volume (p. 4) says the palpi ‘‘ vary in each group, and are of specific but not always generic value,” and in a footnote to page 16 adds, ‘‘ the subject of the palpi is a very complicated one, and will take some time to work out. Arribalzaga figures the constrictions as joints.’’ In his latest volumes (iv, 15) he says ‘‘the classification by means of the relative lengths of the palpi, is, however, not satis- factory, as we get so many intermediate forms,’’ and again (v. Intro. p. vi), “‘ owing to the dense coating of scales, what look like palpi of 3 segments may really consist of 4, 5 or 6.’’ It is difficult to obtain definite information as to their struc- ture in many genera without mutilating the unique types, a course from which most authors have refrained. The @ palpi is said by Theobald to be especially liable to shrinkage after death, rendering exact examination difficult. Besides it is not only the density of the scales, but the actual ill-defined nature of the joints themselves in many species that constitute a real stumbling block, though the taxonomic value in such cases must be considered to be correspondingly reduced. All degrees have been seen to occur from palpably mere constrictions to well-defined joints. This uncertainty has led many writers to speak of the apical, penultimate and antepenultimate joints, by this means avoiding any statement of the exact number instead of the Ist, 2nd and so on, counting from the base, as is invariably done in diptera. Possibly under the circumstances this is the safest method, but none the less it is consequently impossible for a reviewer to be precise in his deductions. Study is also not facilitated by the obscure use of terms, some authors for instance speaking of a joint being ‘‘larger’’ than another when they presumably mean longer. The figures do not always agree with the descriptions, as for example Anopheles maculatus, Theob. (Monog. i, 171), though several cases of discrepancy could be mentioned; whilst further ones of ambiguity of description are numerous. Patton figures 4 distinct joints to A. (Nyssorhynchus) tibant @ , the first two quite long and the 3rd and 4th subequal to one another, and of about the normal lengths of the two apical joints in Anopheles, yet he does not say whether 4 joints are definitely present or not. 20 Records of the Indtan Museum. [Wo x vax Personally I am disposed to regard the relative length of the palpi to the length of the whole body instead of to the proboscis only (itself an organ of some variation in length), or better still to the length of the head and thorax taken together, as of greater value than the relative length between the sexes, and in any case the number of joints, if quite definite, is of higher taxonomic value than the relative lengths of any of them This uncertainty amongst authors renders it very difficult to estimate satisfactorily the taxonomic value of palpal lengths and joints, but in regarding both cases as of comparatively secondary importance except when well marked or in the broad sense as understood by the oldest authors, my views will be but in keeping with those of the most recent writers on this family. A brief review of palpal variation in Culicidae is now attempted. In Anopheles (s. sty.) the palpus is long in both sexes; in the @ 3-jointed, the Ist long, the 2nd and 3rd generally subequal, considerably shorter than the 1st and often thicker or forming an elongate club: in the @ 4-jointed, approximately elongated, the joints slightly variable in their relative lengths, the last 2 joints senerally less thickened than in the o. Taxonomically therefore the palpi in Anopheles both in regard to their relative and actual length are tolerably uniform. Megarhinus has palpi of 4 or 5 joints, long and cylindrical, about as long as the proboscis; in the @ rather longer than in the ¢. the last joint in both sexes tapering, the Ist very short. In M. purpureus 2 there are only 3 long joints, in addition to the usual very short basal one. Ankylorhynchus differs from Megarhinus only in the last pal- pal joint in the ° being rounded, not pointed, and this may be a good genus though founded on a female character only. Toxorhynchites differs from both Megarhinus and Ankylorhyn- chus by the palpiin the @ being not more than one-third as long as the proboscis, and of 3 joints only, thicker than in Megarhinus, the 3rd with rounded tip. The Culicini must include both the genera of the Culex group and those around Aedes, but the two groups appear more or less natural divisions although connected by Mimomyia, Gualteria and Cacomyia and probably others. Theobald (Monog. iv, 520) re- garded Finlaya and Orthopodomyia as intermediate between Culex and Aedes, apparently mainly on the length of the palpi, but he afterwards (/.c. v) replaced them in the Culicini without comment. The palpi in the Culex group may be thus described :— In the @ with 3 distinct joints (occasionally, owing to annulations 6 apparent joints being visible); one genus (or group of genera according to one’s views, Ludlowia, having only 2 joints, though even this point seems to be open to question. In the @ there are 3 or 4 joints, or with constrictions or annulations, 5. Inthe o the Ist joint is elongate, generally as long as or longer than the 2nd and 3rd together, and is often constricted at TQI4. | E. BRUNETTI :- Review of Genera in Culicidac. 2E or near the middle, or else a band of pale scales occurs there. The 2nd and 3rd joints may taper to a point or retain a nearly uniform width to the tip, or may be thickened separately, or, taken together, may form a more or less distinct club. Of the ““ genera ’’ sunk in Culex in the present paper 6 are described as possessing clavate @ palpi, 11 as having the @ palpi more or less swollen at the tip, 21 as having non-clavate palpi, whilst of 15 the @ is unknown.' Of the remainder the information is insufficient or has been unavailable, some being synonyms only. Many intermediate stages being known to occur, no great value can be attached to these differences. The question of 3 or 4 joints in the male in Culex rests practically on the division or otherwise of the long Ist joint; that of 5 joints, if so many are ever present, on the presence of a small basal joint, which, more- over, may perhaps be an antennal protuberance only, such as exists in many diptera and which (as in some species of Phleboto- mus) has frequently given rise to controversy as to its exact nature. Yet when we come to the Aedes group there is little to erect genera on except the palpal joints. In Mimomyia (type species only), Ludlowia, Megaculex, Bank- stnella, Radioculex and others the ~ has only 2-jointed palpiclavate apically, and it is on the strength of this character alone that Mimomyra (with which must be united the others as synonyms) is in the present paper admitted as a good genus. ‘The venation differs slightly in the shape of the marginal cell, and perhaps in some cases the shorter forked cells. The palpi in the Culex group, therefore, are seen to vary only in the cylindrical or clavate nature of their tips in the o, or in being either 2 or 3-jointed in that sex; whilst in the @ they are 3 or 4-jointed, or with constrictions, 5. The palpiin the Aedes group consist in the @, of 2 or 3 joints (5 in Haemagogus), the divisions less clearly marked than in the Culex group. The @ palpi vary from 2 to 5 apparent joints, the basal joint often sufficiently constricted for one author to regard it as two joints when another would admit only one constricted joint. Haemagogus, Will. has 5 distinct joints as shewn in Theobald (Monog. ii, 239) and thereon ranks as a good genus. Hodgesia, Theob. is said to have single jointed @ palpi (the o being un- known), and this appears to be a good genus also. The palpi in the Sabethini shew much the same limits of variation as in the Culicini; they are long in the ~ and moderate- ly long in the ¢ in at least one genus (Evetmapodites), long in the ~ and short in the ¢ in others (Tvichoposopon, Hyloconops), and short in » and @ in yet others (Sabethes, Wyeomyta). As regards the number of joints they vary from 2 to 5, the latter number reputed to exist in Evretmapodiles o, whilst 1 These numbers subject to be modified by later investigations or by literature overlooked by me. 22 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, Wyeomyia has ostensibly 4, Sabethes 3 (doubtful in ~) and Sabethoides 2 only in @ and ¢. A general vagueness pervades the references to these organs in this group in most writings, or else their length is spoken of irrespective of the number of joints. JHE ANTENNAE.—These exhibit extensive and even extra- ordinary modifications in many families (Stvationyidae, Tabanidae, Bombylidae, Cyrtidae, Empidac, Syrphidae and some Acalyptrata), ranging from conspicuously elongate or variously shaped structures down to a minute, almost globular form. The number of joints often varies within the same family, Chivonomidae, Cecidomyidae and Tipulidae, for example, in the latter varving from 6 to 28 joints.! They attain the most extraordinary forms in isolated genera (Pityocera in Tabanidae, Talarocerain Tachinidae, Ctenophora in Tipulidae); and vary to a very wide though less fantastic extent in Syrphidae, Empidae, Bombylidae and some groups of Acalyptrata, so that by comparative analogy there 1s hardly any family (containing more than a single genus), in which they are not infinitely more diverse than in the Culicidae. In this matter, indeed, we meet with no such difficulties as with the palpi. The normal number of joints is 15 in the @ and 14 in the @ , exceptions being rare. Normally densely plumose in the @ and pilose in the @ , exceptions are uncommon except in some Sabethini when though they should be pilose in both sexes, though generally a little more densely so the o, the degree of plumosity or pilosity in the ~ may give rise to doubt. Only quite a few genera have specialized antennae. The very fanciful form of ornamentation of these organs in Lophoscelomyia @ substantiates its erection as a distinct genus, whilst in Deinocerites and Dinomimetes the excessive length of the 2nd joint also justifies their separation. In Megarhinus the Ist scapal joint in the ~ is conspicuously annular or bead-like, the 2nd being elongate, thickened and densely scaled. One or both scapal joints may be scaled in one sex or both sexes (Chagasia, Calvertina), and may be enlarged or not, irrespective of scales, in others. In Finlaya an apparent discrepancy occurs, the ¢ being reputed to possess 15-jointed antennae, but there seems to be only Theobald’s original statement for this, and, it is true, the absence of contradiction by subsequent authors, but no figure -has been available and if the 15th joint proves but a constriction of the 14th the alleged anomaly disappears. The two basal joints are also scaled. To sum up, the antennae in the Culicidae may be regarded as generally consistently uniform, which justifies the exceptions (Lophoscelomyta, Deinocerites and Dinomimetes) being regarded ! Some authors have claimed 39 joints in Cevozodia (Cecidomvidae), but others lave regarded some of these as annular impressions only. However, at least 17 bints are definitely present in some genera of Tipulidae, others having, equally “ttainly, only 6. 1914. | KE. BRUNETIT: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 23 as good genera, whilst the somewhat lesser modifications exemplified in Megarhinus and the Sabethini are also constant inter se. THE ScALES.—There is no analogy in other families of diptera respecting classification by the scales which clothe the greater part of the body, legs and wings in nearly all Culicidae, and Theobald nay be regarded as the pioneer of a classification built mainly on this character. An exhaustive examination of the scales is however un- necessary here, since to any unbiassed examiner it must soon become obvious that any serious attempt at classification of genera on this character alone is foredoomed to failure. The continual shifting of species from one genus to another, according to the views of each writer, and of the same author at different periods, illustrates on what a slender basis such a classification rests. The difficulty of deciding the exact shape of the scales, the quantity of them requisite to throw a given species into one genus or another, and their exact surface distribution; in each case according to each writer’s interpretations of other authors’ impressions, as well as to those of his own, is self-evident at the outset. Even mosquito workers themselves are admitting this difficulty. Seale characters are admittedly useful in sorting species into groups, but it is impossible to regard these even as subgenera on account of the presence of so many intermediate forms. More recently still, Mr. Edwards says (Bull. Ent. Res. iti, 3), *“scale characters have practically been discarded as of value in generic definition,’’ and it must be admitted the general tendency is in this direction. Col. Alcock regards them as quite unsatis- factory, Edwards sinks wholesale, genera so made, and Felt and Dyar and Knab consider genitalic and larval structure as of higher value. One or two recent authors place the construction of the claws before the scales. Only when scales or chaetae, or both to- gether are present on the mefanotum, a part of the body normally unadorned in diptera, at least with anything stronger than pubes- cence, can they be regarded of generic importance. In my paper on taxonomic values! I underrated their systematic importance when on this part of the body, and the Sabethini section are suff- ciently differentiated by this character alone. As regards scales on the legs, these afford no assistance beyond specializing two or three genera (Psorophora, Mucidus, Lophoscelomyta) in which their length and outstanding nature give the insect a ragged appearance. Yet tufts or fringes of long out- standing scales are fourd on the legs of several species of Empis, in some Bombylidae (Hyperalonia, Exoprosopa) and in other genera in diptera without such species being accorded thereon generic rank. Toe Craws.—Theobald at first (Monog. i, ii) attached much value to the claws and Coquillett still does so (Can. Ent. 1876, p-. 43, and Science xxiii, 313—1906) but the former admitted later 1 Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 53. 24 Records of the Inatan Museum. [VoL. X the inferior nature of the character (Monog. iv, 15) and considered Coquillett wrong in upholding their importance. He says (/.c. iv, 122), ‘‘unless both sexes are seen, it is quite impossible to place any culicid in any of the sections into which the iamily is divided.’’ I am not yet disposed to admit any high value to this charac- ter unless there is good evidence that practically all individuals can be definitely allotted to one or other of the alleged subdivt- sions; and in other works I have ventured to question the supposed high taxonomic value of what is perhaps a somewhat analogous character, the presence or absence of small (often very minute) spines at the tips of the tibiae in Tzfulidae, to which much importance is attached by some authors. Mr. l:dwards however finds sufficient reliability in the claws to use them as of primary importance in differentiating genera, but this method places Stegomyia in the Aedes group which does not seem to me its natural affinity. Besides, a character dependent on the female sex alone is nearly always a doubtful one. THE VENATION.—There are several families amongst the diptera of which each family possesses a type of venation entirely peculiar to itself. In addition to those with practically bat a single genus each Rhyphidae, Dixidae, Simulitdac, and Orphnephirdae ; the Lehtidae (with the Tabanidae), the Stratiomyidae, and Syrphidae, also the Tachininae and Anthomyinae subfamilies of Muscidae,’ all possess strikingly specialized types of venation, each peculiar to one family only. The Culicidae undoubtedly form another family of the same category, offering as pronounced an example of uniformity of venation as can be found. The Psychodid wing is closely allied but differs fundamentally in the basal proximity of the cross veins. On the other hand, in Tipulidac, Mycetophilidae, Chirono- muidae, Bombylidae, Cvrtidae, Empidae and others we find exten- sive modifications of the type venation peculiar to each. Genera founded on the presence or absence of certain veins or cells are ordinarily quite valid and constant, but exceptions are not rare, and individual aberration has to be allowed for. In Culicidae the genera varying most would appear to be Megarhinus, Mucidus, Uranotaenta, and Culex. Exact precision canuot be expected, and in the matter of -venation a little wider range of individual variation must be allowed for, even to the two wings of an individual specimen, such instances being not at all infrequent in many families. This margin of individual variation is known to every depterologist. The venation has, however, been largely ignored by culicid writers 1 It may be noted that in the Muscidae, sensu latissimo, I recognise but a single family, with the Tachininae (including the Dexids and Sarcophagids), Muscinae and Anthomyinae as three subfamilies ; each of the Acalyptrate groups tanking also as subfamilies of equal rank with these three. The Acalyptrata as a group possess technically the same type of venation as the Anthomyinae, but modi- fied forms are found, each more or less peculiar to one subfamily only. 1914. | E. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 25 because it is less amenable than other characters to the micro- scopic differences that culicidologists delight in, but which, never- theless, have no real specific value in nature. Theobald in fact says (Mcnoz. iv, 381) after mature delibera- tion “‘ the venation is too variable to take with any degree of seriousness.’’ The truth is, that whilst of all taxonomic charac- ters in Culicidae the venation, speaking broadly, is by far the most uniform, a single typical form continuing through the family with but two or three minor modifications, affording no opportunity to found thereon a multiplicity of genera, yet it has both in the species and in the individual a sufficiently wide variation to have precisely the same restraining effect as regards species and varie- ties. As regards modification, first there is the exact position of the posterior cross vein in Mucidus, which, theoretically, is beyond, even if only slightly, the anterior cross vein. This would be a good character if constant (always allowing for individual aberra- tion), but in one or two species (alteynans and sudanensis) this cross vein is evidently so little beyond the anterior cross vein as to discount the generic value of the character. In Trichoprosopon the two cross veins are theoretically in a line, but the geaus is suffi- ciently differentiated by the scaled metanotum. In Tipulidae and many families of Brachycera the posterior cross vein is (generically) as often beyond as before the anterior cross vein whilst very many genera have them practically in a line with one another, the presence or absence of a discal cell between them, of course, making no morphological difference. The validity of Mucidus on the position of the posterior cross vein alone is precarious, but the genus seems to be substantiated by the peculiar nature of the scales. The second modification is the shortened Ist submarginal and 2nd posterior cells (called by culicid writers the ‘‘ forked cells’’) ! in certain genera, one of the principal characters of the Megarhini being the shortness of the forked cells, especially the Ist submar- ginal, while Theobald would distinguish his subfamily Urano- taeninae by the very small ist submarginal cell. As regards the generic value of the short forked ceils in Uranotaenta doubts may be held, as though they are quite short in many species, their length, according to Theobald’s figures, which form the only evidence before me, varies considerably, and closely approaches in some species their length in such species of Culex (s. latiss.) as have these cells rather shorter than usual. In Culex they may be regarded as about } to } the length of the wing, in Uvanotaenia and Megarhinus, theoretically less than 4, and even though in some species they may be less than 4 of the wing, the border line between the longer celled species and Culex is very indefinite. 1 There seems no objection to this term, which is certainly lucid and con- veniently brief. 26 Records of the Indtan Museum, [VoL. 2X3 Felt’s distinctions of his Culicelsa, Culicada, Ecculex, Cultcella, Culiseta and Protoculex in the matter of forked cells, and the posi- tion of the posterior cross vein cannot be regarded as having any taxonomic weight whatever, nor can I personally conceive them possessing any constancy. A further character in Megarhinus should be the more proxi- mal position of the anterior and posterior cross veins. No specimen of the genus is before me, and Theobald’s plates in his monograph do not attempt any venation but in his text figures of M. solsti- tialis and chrysocephalus (iv. 134, 135 137) the cross veins are in their normal position, that is, near or just beyond the middle of the wing. What apparently is a third modification occurs in Heptaphle- bomyia in which the presence of an alleged 7th vein with scales caused Theobald to erect a special subfamily for its reception. This view is a misconception and the point is discussed under the generic notes. There are three folds (sometimes others) in the wing which appear with more or less distinctness in some species of Cultcidae, in some individuals more vividly than others, and which may easily be mistaken for veins. Such folds in the wing are well known to the dipterologist, and give rise in the family Blepharocertdae to what is known as the secondary venation. The “‘ spurious ’’ vein, one of the prin- cipal characters of the great family Syrphidae (being constant throughout it with the exception of a single genus) is similarly caused, whilst indistinct ‘‘ veins” of similar nature occur in Chironomidae, Mycetophilidae, Simulium and other groups, and have, it is true, given rise to erroneous conceptions as to their true nature and value. They must not, however, be confounded with the fixed normal venation. The first of the three folds referred to is in a line with the longitudinal part of the 3rd vein and certainly might easily be mistaken by a beginner for the basal part of that vein, were it not for the definite statement of dipterologists to the contrary. As, however, the recent school of workers in mosquitoes mostly appear to deliberately disregard all writings outside of those of their own way of thinking in this particular family it is no wonder that serious errors are perpetuated.! The second and third folds of the wing lie respectively behind the 5th and 6th veins and have even been regarded as veins by the author of the British Museum’s little brochure, ‘‘ How to collect mcsquitoes.’’ ‘his view is quite erroneous. The hindermost of these folds seems to be thickened somewhat in Heptaphlebomyza, and by bearing a row of scales led Theobald astray. 1 The study of related diptera by means of Schiner’s Fauna Austriaca, Williston’s ‘‘ Manual of North American Diptera’’ 3rd Ed., and Verrall’s two splendid volumes on ‘‘ British Flies’? would give the student all necessary in- formation on venation. See also my explanation of the venation, with diagram, in Rec. Ind. Mus, iv, 408 1914. ] E. BRUNETTI: Keview of Genera in Culicidae. 27 As regards terminology in venation the culicid workers are in many ways completely wrong and it is remarkable how most of the mistakes are adhered to. I have dealt elsewhere (Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 408) with the usual mistakes of modern writers, so need not recapitulate, except to emphasise yet once again that the so-called ‘‘ supernumary cross vein ’’ is not a cross vein at all, but the basal portion of the 3rd longitudinal ven, which always issues from the 2nd longitudinal vein, inspite of Theobald’s deplorable statement (Monog. i, 19) that ‘In a large number of Culicidae the 3rd long vein passes some wav into the basal cell and certainly does not arise from the 2nd longitudinal vein!’’ This view he again expresses in defining Desvordia (Monog. i, 322) (as Avmigeres), ‘‘ the wings have the 3rd long vein continued on, into and through the basal cell as a dis- tinct unscaled line.’’ The fact is, the 3rd longitudinal vein is frequently sharply angled at the end of its basal section, and, as very frequently occurs in many genera outside of the Culicidae, it often throws off an appendix at the point of angulation, which adds to the appear- ance of the vein itself being straight or nearly so, whilst the short basal section of it, being so often at right angles to the remainder heightens the effect of such basal section being a cross vein. Such an appendix is frequently found in other parts of the wing in different families but gives rise to no misinterpretation. It is quite common adventitiously as well as specifically and more or less generically in some Bombylidae, Asilidae, Therevidae and Tabanidae, whilst in many Syrphidae it is more often the rule than the exception at the bend of both the 4th and 5th longitudinal veins (see Verrall, “‘ British Flies,’’ Syrfhidae, 133) and it occurs at the same spots in numberless Tachinids. Apart from T7pulidae and Culicidae such an appendix is uncommon in the Nemocera. In Toxorhynchites this appendix is considerably lengthened and the anterior cross vein joins this appendix to the 4th vein, which is quite an abnormal character In many cases the 3rd vein emerges in a curve, or at an acute angle from the 2nd longitudinal, and without any appendix, thus proving its regular place of origin, and a large number of Theo- bald’s wing figures confirm this. Blanchard gives an excellent diagrammatic wing of Culex (after Van der Wulp, be it noted), distinctly shewing the natural origin of the 3rd vein and the very obvious anterior and posterior cross veins, but his own figures of Anopheles and Culex are very slovenly drawn, and exhibit all the common errors of mosquito students. He adheres to these in the text and even introduces still more cross veins that have no existence in Culicidae. Giles also speaks of a subcostal and a marginal cross vein and proffers the extraordinary intelligence that the anterior cross vein is absent in Culicidae! It would be superfluous to enumerate here the errors of all the recent writers on this group, since they have in the main copied one another, with an individual addition or two, but I 28 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, think all without exception are unanimous in the hypothetical ‘* supernumary cross vein.” Even Col. Alcock commits one serious error in describing the venation. His wing of Tabanus is quite correct. In his wing of a mos- quito, waiving the point that his 2nd marginal cell is more usually termed the Ist submarginal (since this is a matter that can be regarded from two points of view), he c mmits a serious error in not recognising the very obvious posterior cross vein, which he terms his ‘‘ anterior basal cross vein,’ stating that the posterior cross vein is not present at all and that therefore there is no en- closed anal cell. The presence or absence of the posterior cross vein has no bearing whatever on the anal cell, which is always the cell that lies behind the 5th longitudinal vein, or the lower branch of it when this vein is forked, and it may be open or closed quite independently of the posterior cross vein. Far be it from my desire, let it be understood, to in any wav condemn or undervalue Col. Alcock’s valuable chapters on diptera, than which I have seldom perused anything more concise and clear, and it is refreshing to see that he eschews that, to me, parti- cular bugbear, Theobald’s “‘ supernumary cross vein”’ and recog- nises its true character, as the basal section of the 3rd longitudinal vein. Anew and still more deplorable misconception than Theobalda’s ““supernumary cross vein’’ is provided by Major Christophers in a recent paper on the wing markings of the Ano heline group.’ This author postulates that ‘‘if the 2nd longitudinal vein itself formed a direct junction with the Ist, etc., ete.,” continuing ‘“some authors figure the vein as acting in this way, but I have not found any example of an Anopheles wing shewing this arrange- ment,” though he admits it ‘‘ appears to occur’”’ in some other Culicidae. This author therefore actually seriously suggests that the 2nd longitudinal vein does not emerge from the Ist either in a curve or at a sharp angle (with or without an appendix at the flexure) but that it is joined to the Ist vein by across vein. The 2nd longitudinal vein does most emphatically not ‘‘ continue past this cross vein,” etc., to ‘lose itself in the wing membrane,’’ but both 2nd and 3rd veins emerge from the Ist and 2nd respectively in Culicidae, as they do in other families. Is it not extraordinary that present-day writers on mosquitoes find veins that giants of dipterology like Wiedemann, Zetterstedt, Loew, Schiner and the late Osten Sacken and Verrall (two exceptionally gifted exponents of venation in diptera) all overlooked and that the 2nd and 3rd longitudinal veins in Culicidae are suddenly found to have totally different methods of origin to those in every other family of diptera ? ! Ann. Trop. Med. and Paras. vii. No. 1. 57, March 31, 1913. 1914.] ,. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 29) I protest emphatically against Major Christophers’ statement that “‘it seems absurd to term the longitudinals by numbers and the much less important cross veins by a hybrid nomenclature only partially descriptive. The omission of the radio-sector cross vein, ! which is every bit as important as the others, is also absurd.’’ Now firstly, the numbering of the longitudinal veins is correct, concise and easy to remember; and secondly the writer shews a strange ignorance of the comparative value of the veins in diptera when he asserts that the cross veins are ‘‘ much less important ’’ than the longitudinals, as exactly the reverse is really the case. he anterior and posterior cross veins are of ¢n/fittelv more importance taxonomically than the branching of the longitudinal veins, as is shewn by the absolute fixity in most families of diptera of them both, and especially the former, which any dipterologist of exper- ience can locate with absolute precision in almost every instance, His discovery that the ‘‘ radio sector cross vein ’’ is ‘‘ every bit as important as the others ’’ is stultified by the absolute fact that there is no cross vein there at all. Some authors would construe as a cross vein every vein that starts at anything ap- proaching a right angle. It seems strange that every fresh writer on mosquitoes must introduce new terms for veins and cells, apparently oblivious of the fact that for at least half a century the venation in diptera has been thoroughly understood by dipterologists and two standard systems of terminology accepted, either of which is legitimate, the one employed by the late Mr. G. H. Verrall in his wonderfully accurate and explicit volumes on the British Diptera, the other as used by the late Baron Osten Sacken and by most of the principal dipterologists of today. These two authors were perhaps un- equalled in their elaborate knowledge of the classification of the diptera, of the taxonomic value of the different characters dominat- ing each group and in their precise and correct terminology. Finally it is beyond the present writer’s comprehension why recent workers on mosquitoes have from the first so studiously tgnored both of the two accepted systems of venation used by dipterologists for over half a century and which are morphologi- cally unassailable. To sum up, the venation in the Culicidae as a family, diptero- logically speaking, is throughout remarkably uniform, and is toler- ably constant, generically and specifically within reasonable limits ; the only points of variation being the positions, relatively or absolutely, of the cross veins in Mucidus and Megarhinus, the shortened fork cells in the latter and in Uvanotaenia, and the alleged 7th vein in Heptaphlebomyia, all of which I have endeav- oured to dispose of satisfactorily. | By which is meant the actual, often angulated base of the 2nd longitudinal vein. James and Liston also erroneously regard this basal section as a cross vein, the ‘‘ marginal transverse vein.’’ One or two others have made the same deplor- able error. 30 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor xs THe o& GENITALIA.—Though the value of the ~ genitalia in allied families to the Culicidae (Tipulidae, Mycetophilidae, and, I believe, Chivonomidae also) has long been known to diptero- logists, Osten Sacken describing and figuring them very conscien- tiously in his classic monograph of the North American Tipulidae brevipalpi in 1869, it is not until Theobald’s 4th volume of his work (pp. 7, 9) that the subject is broached in this family by him, nor do contemporary authors deign more than an incidental reference to these parts, ignoring them altogether in the specific descriptions. ‘That culicidologists should ignore the male organs is not to be wondered at considering the pernicious precedence consistently accorded by them to the 92, in spite of dipterologists having pointed out that characters and especially external mark- ings are almost always more fixed in the ~ than the @ and, as the former sex is less bloodthirsty there is, in specimens of it, less discoloration due to imbibed blood. Dr. Dyar says ‘‘ genitalic divisions are more natural than those recently founded on scales and palpi,’’ but Theobald, reply- ing (Monog. iv, 13) asserts that he himself supports characters ‘‘which are common to both sexes, such as the scales’’ adding ‘such we find to be the case, not only from a structural but also from a bionomic point of view.”’ Theobald observes (i, 327) that the o genitalia ‘‘ vary so much in closely related gnats,’’ but the subject is then shelved. The genera set up by Felt, Culicada, Culicella, and the allied others exhibit a reasonable amount of variation in these organs, but not sufficient to separate them generically from Culex (s. latu). In fact far more diversity is found in them in the very large and homogeneous genus Tipula, whilst they vary widely within the limits of the genus in many cases in allied nemocerous families. Generic subdivision on these organs alone is to be deprecated. Dr. Dyar (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. vii, No. I—1905) gives a table of genera (including four new ones), reproduced by Theobald (iv,11), constructed solely on the ~ genitalia. Felt (N. York State Mus. Bull. No. 79, Ent. 22—1904) also endeavours to classify similarly, supplementing this character by those of the veins, the scales and the larvae, but his distinctions do not appeal to me as at all convincing and it does not seem conceivable that all the characters hold good in all his genera. It may well be that the ~ genitalia are much less diverse than in some allied families, and if used with caution and in con- junction with other characters they should prove a useful adjunct in discriminating species, but they are hardly likely to prove of generic value in this family except possibly in rare instances. The female genital organs in diptera hardly ever offer much in the way of distinctive characters. THE Larva.—Classification by larval characters is not easily criticised unless one has some considerable knowledge of this branch of study. Perhaps Messrs. Dyar and Knab have advanced farthest in this line, and in their view the principal features in the 1914.] E. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 31 Anophelinae are the frontal hairs of the head and the structure of the antennae and the palmate hairs; in the Culicinae,the form of the clypeus, the siphon and the so-called comb at its base, the anten- nal structure and the number and structure of the spines forming the pecten. Theobald adds (iv, 6) a table by Felt classifying a certain number of species by larval characters including species widely different in the adult stage. As a matter of fact, accord- ing to Felt’s own diagnoses, the larva shows considerable differ- ence in their so-called genera Culicelsa, Culicada, Ecculex, Culicella, Culiseta and Protoculex, all of which are inseparable from Culex, proper. It must also be noted that Theobald and others of his school contend that classification by larval characters is most untrustworthy, separating very closely allied species, and bringing together widely different ones. Moreover, animals are classified on their adult forms and not on transitional stages. It is also well known in diptera that closely allied species are not infre- quently widely different in their early stages. In Dyar and Knab’s lengthy paper on the larvae of Culicidac, classified asindependent organisms, they combat the value of scale structure as a character of generic values (¢. Th. iv, 13). In this paper they sink all the anopheline genera in Anopheles, yet raise one species, barbert, Coq. to generic rank, (Coelodiazeses), a species that Theobald considers so near bifurcatus, L., as to be hardly separable. ‘These authors admit three sub-families, Anophelinac, Culicinae and Sabethinae; they refer several of Theobald’s species to other genera, and sink Ochlerotatus, Haemagogus, Stegomyia, Grabhamia, Howardina, Verrallina, Cultcelsa, Culicada, Ecculex, Protoculex, Gymnoptera, Lepidoplatys and Pseudoculex in Aedes. Haemagogus has every appearance of a good genus, whilst the prospect of Stegomyia proving a natural group is strong. Aedes is certainly distinct from the genera around Culex. The sole substantial character drawn from larval stages that does not interfere with adult classification, is the absence ofa respiratory siphon in the Anophelinae, an organ which is present in the other groups. One very useful piece of information gleaned from larval characters is the absolute affinity of the Corethrinae with the Culicidae. ‘‘ ven when the most is made of the difference between the larva of Culex and the larva of Corethra, there still remains the fact that the larva of Mochlonyx (whose adult is indisputably corethrine) possesses the structural peculiarities of the larva both of Corethra and of Culex, besides exhibiting in its four clypeal bristles one of the peculiarities of the larva of Anopheles’? (Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), viii, 240 and Entom. for Medical Officers, Pp. 59). In further support of the larval characters alone being an insufficient guide to real affinity, Prof. Mienert may be drawn upon. ‘‘ The likeness between the imagines of the genus is the more remarkable as the difference between the larvae and pupae 32 Records of the Indian Museum. £4 (VOR ree and especially between the larvae, is so great; but on the other hand there are other genera among the true Culicidae, such as Culex and Anopheles, of which the imagines, at any rate in one sex! are so like as to lead to confusion while the larvae are exceedingly different. * * * .” ABNORMAL CHARACTERS.——Genera founded on legitimate varia- tion of bodily structure are very few, Dactylomyia, Lophocera- tomyia, Rachionotomyia, Detinocerites, Dinomimetes and Runcho- myta, all dealt with further on, are, apparently, all that can be found in Culicidae. x * * * SUBFAMILIES AND SECTIONS IN CULICIDAE. Having compared the principal characters in Culicidae with the same characters in other families of diptera we can proceed to examine the genera proposed of late years and estimate their validity. The Culicidae form only two subfamilies* Culicinae and Corethrinae and the former should be divided into four sections only.? Table of sections 1m CULICINAE. Scutellum simple, never trilobed; palpi long in » and @; larva without respiratory siphon as ake .. I Anophelimi. Scutellum trilobed; palpi variable, generally shorter in 2 than o@; larva with res- piratory siphon. Metanotum nude. Proboscis strongly recurved .. I/ Megarhint. Proboscis normally _ straight ; never recurved as in the Me- garhini «é .. LIT Culeine. Metanotum with scales, chaetae or both LE Se ~. LV. Sabethini. Section I. ANOPHELINI. The genus Ancpheles in the original sense is a very well defined and natural one, characterized by the non-trilobed scutel- lum in conjunction with the long palpi in both sexes. A secondary character is the larva being without a respiratory siphon, whilst the generally maculated nature of the wings in the adult, formed 1 Meinert adds in a footnote ‘‘ Thus with regard to Culex nemorosus see Zett. (Dipt. Scand. 3458, note) :—‘* caveas ne hunc cum Anophele bifasciato confundas.’’ 2 Mr. Edwards desires to add the Dixinae as a third subfamily, but though this view has the support of as sound an authority as Prof Williston, I think Dixa is best separated from the family. 8 Mr Edwards uses practically the same names, though I had personally decided on them months before his paper was seen by me 1914. | Hy. BRUNETII: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 33 by spots and lines of black, white or yellowish scales is a prevailing feature of the genus in Meigen’s sense. Of over twenty genera proposed since Anopheles, I can only personally recognize four, Chagasza, Cruz, Calvertina, Ludl., Bironella, Theob. and Dactylomyta, Newst. and Cart. Two of the latest workers in this group, Col. Alcock and Mr. Edwards, are disposed to return the bulk of the known species to Anophele: proper, that is, in Meigen’s sense. All the recent genera set up merely on scale characters are utterly untenable and must be abandoned by the systematist. Col. Alcock shows (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) viii, 240, etc.) how many of the so-called genera in the Anophelini grade into one another and concludes ‘‘the so-called ‘genera’ of the proposed subfamily ‘ Anophelinae’ cannot be separately focussed as distinct generic conceptions, but must all be merged in a generalization.’’ Mr. Edwards (Bull. Ent. Res. ili, 241) observes that the so- called genera ‘‘ grade imperceptibly into one another and are not founded on any structural differences, while Anopheles in the broad sense is a very well defined genus easily recognizable even by an amateur.” He deprecates the erection of a number of even subgeneric names as tending to obscure larger relationships and increase the difficulty of determination. ‘‘ The differences found in the larvae, like those between the adults are very slight, and moreover they do not seem to support the classification by scale characters.”’ In an earlier volume (loc. cit. 11, 141) the same author in writing on the West African species of Anopheles agrees with sink- ing most of the recently established genera of Anophelina in Anopheles but provisionally respects Stethomyia, Chagasia, Calver- tina and Bironella. It is striking that three out of four of his retained genera should be the same as those admitted by me working on quite independent lines. Dactylomyia had not been proposed at the time he wrote. I can also agree with Mr. Edward’s remarks on synonymy (l.c., p. 141). The differences between the genera admitted here are suff- ciently shown in the following table :— Table of genera in ANOPHELINI. A Ist submarginal cell subequal to the 2nd posterior cell, both of normal length. B Antennae without whorls of scales. C No shoulder tubercle .. . CC A finger like tubercle on each shoulder a2 . Anopheles, Mg. Dactylomyia, Newstead and Carter. BB Antennae with whorls of scales (Dense long outstanding scales at sides of thorax) Chagasia, Cruz. 34 Records of the Indian Museum. [VGEsox- AA Ist submarginal cell only about half as long as 2nd _ posterior cell. D Antennae with whorls of scales DD Antennae without whorls of scales Calvertina, Ludi. Bironella, Theob. Generic notes in ANOPHELINI. Anopheles, Mg. A natural and easily recognized genus, of which no criticism is necessary. None of the following proposed genera can be accorded generic rank, and from the feeble lines of demarcation between most of them they cannot be regarded systematically as even subgenera. No special sequence is adopted in listing them here. Patagiamyia, James. Myzomyia, Blanch. (Grassia, Theob.) Neomyzomyia, Theob. Cycloleppteron, Theob. Nototricha, Coq. (Notonotricha, Theob. em.) Feltinella, Theob. Neostethopheles, James. Nyssomyzomyia, James. Stethomyia, ‘Theob. Pyretophorus, Blanch. (Howardia, Theob.) Myzorhynchella, Theob. Arribalzagia, Theob Conchyliastes, Theob. Myzorhynchus, Blanch. (Rossta, Theob.) Christya, Theob. Lophoscelomyia, Theob. (Lophomyia, Giles.) Nyssorhynchus, Blanch. (Laverania, Theob.} Cellia, Theob. Neocellia, Theob. Aldrichinella, Theob. (Aldrichia, Theob.) Kerteszia, Theob. Christophersia, James. Manguinhosia, Cruz. Coelodiazeses, Dyar and Knab! The following four genera appear distinct, and are differentia- ted in the table. Chagasia, Cruz. Calvertina, Ludl. (Calvertia, Ludl.) Bironella, Theob. Dactylomyia, Newstead and Carter. Mr. Edwards thinks Dactylomyia may be identical with Anopheles deceptor, Don. and Myzomyia thorntont, Ludl. Appar- ently the » is unknown of Chagasia and the 2 of Bironella. Section II. MEGARHINI. _ The Megarhini form a compact group of 3 or 4 genera charac- terized by the strongly recurved proboscis, the position of the posterior cross vein beyond the anterior cross vein, and the 1 Erected on larval characters alone and therefore inadmissible: the adult is known and cannot be separated from Anopheles. IQI4.| E. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 35 generally much shortened second submarginal and first posterior wing cells. They are mainly the giants of the family, with tufts of brilliantly coloured scales on the abdomen. The genera are differentiated as follows, but the table is not a satisfactory one, being built on sexual characters, so that it is impossible to generi- cally identify males unless the known corresponding females are present also. Table of genera in MEGARHINI. Palpi long in @ and @ (in ? only a little shorter than in @). Last palpal joint in @ truncate or rounded®, i. .. Megarhinus, R. Desv. Last palpal joint in @ long and pointed. Rares Ankylorhynchus, Lutz. Palpi long in @ , not more than one-third as long as proboscis in ¢@ . .. Lloxorhynchites , Theob. Generic notes in MEGARHINI. Megarhinus, R. Desv. This is, of course, a well-marked genus of long institution. Lynchiella, Lahille, in Peryassu, is synonymous. Ankylorhynchus, Lutz. A somewhat unsatisfactory genus built on the ¢ palpi only, but if this character is constant it would appear to be a natural group Toxorhynchites, Theob. W orcesteria, Banks. Teromyia, Leices. One of Teromyia’s alleged distinctions is that the @ palpi are only half as long as the proboscis, and 5-jointed, as compared with Toxorhynchites, in which they are from one-quarter to one-third as long as the proboscis, and 4-jointed. The palpal length, anyway, seems very difficult of exact determination and too arbitrary to be a natural distinction A far stronger distinction, if it really exists, is in the alleged cross vein between the subcostal and rst longitudinal veins, claimed by Leicester for all his species. This would, of course, be the sub- costal cross vein, but it is difficult to conceive that that author is not mistaken, as this vein has never been dipterologically recorded in the family. The juxtaposition of two veins often results in a slight thickening of both which appears at first sight as a cross vein, and in my studies in Tipulidae and Mycetophilidae tew points have given me more trouble than the decision as to the presence or absence of this cross vein, which in both these families is found in some genera and not in others. Section III. CULICINI. Although the Anophelini. Megarhini and Sabethini form natural groups, each represented by a limited number of valid 36 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, genera, we are confronted in the Culicini (with which must be united the Aedines, as it is clear that, though they appear to be more or less natural groups, we can at present draw no satisfactory line of demarcation between them) with a very extensive series of closely allied forms exhibiting great variety within narrow limits. Of over 100 groups admitted by Theobald as generic, to which must be added about a dozen others of later erection, only a very small number stand out clearly as valid independently of charac- ters of indefinite or disputed nature, such as the exact number of joints of the palpi and the relative or actual length of these organs, sexually, specifically and generically, and of course apart from any scale characters. After eliminating these few tolerably well defined genera there are hardly any characters left in the remaining forms on which to construct even sub-genera, and though culicidologists also consider the Culex and Aedes groups as more or less natural ones, inter- mediate forms occur, which after all is not surprising. The original distinctions of palpi in © long, in @ short—in Culex, and short in both sexes in Aedes sufficed for the few species known to the early authors, but, both by the now proved variety in length of this organ within the narrow limits as thus defined, and by the actual indefinite formation of its joints in many “genera” these differences hold good only in a very general way. Cacomyta and Gualteria are acclaimed as intermediate and though Theobald recently puts Cacomyia with the Aedines I have retained it here as of uncertain position. Theobald at one time (Monog. iv, 520) regarded Finlaya and Orthopodomyia as also inter- mediate, though later (/.c. v) he replaces both in his Culicinae without comment, whilst Col. Alcock, one of our latest (and incidentally one of the soundest) authorities on the classification of this family, considers Myxosquamus, Carrollia, Eumelanomyta, Acartomyia, Bancroftia, Catageomyia, and Boycta all as “* annect- ant forms between Culex, Stegomyia and Aedes.” Psorophora also has peca adjudged intermediate, but this can, at any rate considered solely as a genus, be sufficiently easily recognised by its peculiar leg scales. Mr. Edwards divides the Culex group from the Aedes group as follows: In the former the ‘‘ eggs are laid in masses, the last segment of the @ abdomen is broad and immovable, and the claws in the @ are never toothed.’’ Genera: Culex, Taeniorhyn- chus, Aedomyia, Theobaldia, Uranotaenia, etc.; in the latter group the ‘‘ eggs are laid singly, the last segment of the ? abdo- men is narrow, usually completely retractile into the penultimate and the ¢@ claws, at least the anterior ones, are nearly always toothed.’’ Genera: Mucidus, Psorophora, Janthinosoma, Ochlero- tatus, Stegomyia, Aedes, etc. I regret I cannot consider any of the three characters of sufficient weight, and though palpal characters are also unsatisfactory, they have been adopted in the present paper, 1914. | E. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 37 pending some quite decisive method of dividing these two groups.! After a critical survey of the proposed genera in the Culicini, founded on the descriptions of the promoters (since little else is available to me) it appears as though, from the systematist’s point of view the only valid genera in the Culex group are: (1) Detnoceri- tes, distinguished by its exceptionally long 2nd antennal joint; (2) Lophoceratomyia, by the fantastic abdornment of the ~ anten nae; (3) Rachionotomyia, by the spine-like production of the scutellum; (4—6) Psorophora, Janthinosoma and Mucidus, by the outstanding scales on the legs, these latter three differentiated amongst themselves by fairly good characters; (7) Ekrvinomyia, by the posterior cross vein being placed beyond the anterior cross vein, assuming this to be definite and constant in conjunction with the absence of outstanding leg scales; (8) Mimomyra (with several synonyms) by the 2-jointed, more or less clavate @ palpi; and (9) Stegomyia, by the 5-jointed ~ and 4-jointed @ palpi, but this latter genus is admitted herein on the presumption that this character is definite and constant, which, by the way, is not too certain. The following good genera occur in the Aedes group: (1) Haemagogus, distinguished by the distinctly 5-jointed antennae in both sexes; (2) Harpagomyia, by the elbowed proboscis; (3) Hod- gesia, by its 13-jointed antennae and one-jointed palpi, in both cases in the ? only, the ~ being unknown. The remainder of the Aedines” should fall in Aedes or Skusea, technically distinguished by a 2-jointed ~ and 4-jointed @ palpi in the former, and a 3-jointed palpi in both sexes in the latter, and it seems wise to acknowledge both genera. Aedes is, of course, a quite sound genus of many years’ standing, but much uncertainty attaches to the descriptions of most of the recent genera and species. Uvanotaenia will hold good if the character of 2-jointed palpiin 7 and @ can be trusted. After accounting for the above as good genera in Culicini there remains a very large number of species and groups of species, including Culex itself, which have little, if anything, taxonomically to separate them from one another except still vaguer palpal characters, all of admitted variability, the difficulty of unravelling the puzzle being increased by the limited information authors have been able to afford. Scale characters I strongly resent being considered of generic value, and the continual shifting of species from one genus to another and of genera from the Culex to the Aedes group and vice versa, emphasises both their instability and the existing want of unity of opinion even amongst culicidologists themselves. 1 Mr. Edwards admits the 2 claws are variable in at least one species—Steg- omyia simpsoni, Theob. See Howardina, in List of Genera, p. G2. § _2 The Aedes group is considered separately further on, as being more con- venient. 38 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, This bulky residuum consists, in the Culex group (the Aedes group being considered further on) of, firstly, nearly a dozen genera of which insufficient information is available to form any opinion, and secondly, Culex itself, sensu lato. Of this latter well distri- buted and extensive genus five subgenera may be regarded as fairly well founded: Chaelocruiomyia, on its spiny legs; Culici- omyta (Pectinopalpus) with its long outstanding scales on the Ist palpal joint; Taentorhynchus on several rather indecisive charac- ters which taken in the aggregate may justify subgeneric rank; Finlaya also on several minor characters, some of which would be better for further substantiation; and Newsteadina, on the long scaled basal joints of the antennae in both sexes. Heptaphlebomyia, which Theobald almost decided was not a Culicid at all, is now recognized as ‘‘ a slightly modified Culex ’”! The so-called genera sunk in Culex in the present paper number no less than 77, including synonyms. The diagnoses of the following do not allow of their satis- factory disposition: Brevirhynchus, Duttonia, Orthopodomyia, Eumelanomyia, Gualteria, Cacomyia and Catageiomyia.' Such information as could be gleaned on these appears in the generic notes. The genera in the Culicini are now considered in two groups, those round Culex and those round Aedes, the theoretical distinc- tion being that of the palpi; because, having little or nothing on which to test generic validities beyond the descriptions I have been compelled tc adopt this method, for want of any other. Table of Genera in CULICINI. A The 2nd antennal joint normal. B- Scutellum normal. C Legs with conspicuous outstand- ing scales. D Posterior cross vein before the anterior cross vein. E All the legs with pee ene scales Psorophora. R. Desv. EE Hind legs only so-sealed .. Janthinosoma, Arrib. DD Posterior cross vein beyond the anterior cross vein Muctdus, 'Theob. CC Body and legs without such conspicuous outstanding scales. F Posterior cross vein ai anterior cross vein Ekrinomyia, Leices. FF Posterior cross vein before an- , terior cross vein. 1 Of this I have no knowledge beyond its simple inclusion in a table of genera (Theob. Monog., v, 115). IgI4.| E. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 39 G Antennaein @ eee orna- mented .. Lophoceratomyia,'Theob. GG Antennae in both sexes without such fanciful ornamentation. HY? Palpis in’) of °5- a in. *'2 4-jointed t .. Stegomyta, Theob. Mo Palpiin: o> 3- jointed, ii 9 3—4-jointed .. os VCulex,. L;: HHH Palpiin o and @ 2-jointed .. Ludlowta, Theob. BB Scutellum produced into a blunt spine (~ unknown) .. Rachionotomyia, Theob. AA The 2nd antennal joint many times longer than usual .. Detnocerites, 'Theob. N.B.—The above table is offered with some diffidence since several of the more striking genera are unknown to me and the remainder rest on the trustworthiness of the characters set up by their promoters. Generic notes on the CULEX group. Psorophora, R. Desv. Janthinosoma, Arrib. Mucidus, Theob. These three genera are sufficiently clearly characterized, provid- ing always that the position of the posterior cross vein beyond the anterior cross vein holds constant in all the species. This is by no means certain in M. alternans, Westw. and M. sudanensis, Theob., for instance. As regards the palpi, Theobald says Psorophora has them 4- jointed, admitting that Robineau Desvoidy and Arribalzaga claimed 5 joints for them, but in Mucidus although he describes six species in his monograph he does not mention any number in the @ palpi.'! In his “‘ genera of the Mucidus type,’’ Col. Alcock includes Mansonia, Mansonioides, ‘‘ Etorilepidomyia”’ (?==Etorlep- tiomyta), Orthopodomyia, Aedimyia and Finlaya. Ekrinomyia, Leices. This genus is apparentiv sound, the posterior cross vein being beyond the anterior one, but the prominent outstanding scales on the legs being absent prevent it being confused with the first three genera. Stegomyia, Theob. Quasistegomyia, Theob. Kingta, Theob. Blanchardiomyia, Brun. (Desvoidya, Blanch.). Scutomyia, Theob. 1 The continual recurrence of omissions like this render it almost impossible for a systematist to arrive at just conclusions. 40 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOr xe The principal character of Stegomyia is the 5-jointed~ palpi, the @ having 4 joints, and the other genera added are said to be very near it. Theobald is silent as to the number of.joints in the palpi in these, except that Quasistegomyia has 3 joints. This would presumably throw this ‘‘ genus’’ back into Culex. Edwards ranks Scutomyia as a synonym of Howardina, which latter I cannot separate from Culex. Some discussion may be raised here as to the real preoccupation of Blanchard’s name or not, on the ground of the spelling. Meade first used the name for a genus of Tachinid flies, spelling it Desvoidia, which is emended in the Palaearctic Catalogue to Desvoidya, that is to say subsequently to the use of the term by Blanchard, who spelt it Desvoidea. As the terms are obviously all used in commemoration of the French dip- terologist Robineau-Desvoidy the exact spelling seems immaterial. In any case, Blanchard’s name, however it may or ought to be spelt, has no real weight, being proposed as a nomen novum for Armigeres, Th., under the assumption that the latter was pre- occupied, which is really not the case, Avmiger, Hartm. (in Moll. 1842), not being a true homonym. The original name Armugeres, Theob., should be therefore restored as a matter of principle though generic rank must be denied it. Theobald makes the extraordinary statement that ‘‘ the wings have the 3rd long vein continued on, into and through the basal cell as a distinct un- scaled line ’’! Brevirhynchus, Theob. The validity seems doubtful, though the alleged 4-jointed ~ palpi and the thick sinuous proboscis in the @ are good characters. No definite opinion can be offered here. The name, as a generic one, is in any case ill founded. Mimomyia, Theob. Ludlowta, Theob. Banksinella, ‘Theob. Megaculex, Theob. Boycia, Theob. Radtoculex, Theob. Conopomyta, Leices. Hispidimyta, Theob. This seems a definite, if not a very clearly limited genus, characterized by the 2-jointed clavate @ palpi, and the more or less different shape of the marginal cell, also less distinctly by the shorter fork cells and minor characters. Edwards admits Bank- sinella as distinct, on the fore and mid ungues in the @ being dentate, not simple. In Conofomyia the 2nd antennal joint is three times the usual length and as Leicester describes both sexes of the three species it may possibly be constant enough to form a sub-genus. ‘‘ Mimomyia’’ is often regarded as intermediate be- tween the Culex and Aedes groups, but Edwards has recently shown the type species (sPlendens) to be identical with the above group of genera, whilst the other species of the genus are quite distinct, and for these he has erected the genus Inugramia, and this latter genus I leave amongst those requiring confirmation. 1914.] E. BRuNErtr: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 41 Duttonia, Newstead. On this I can pronounce no opinion, the 4-jointed ~ palpi being uncommon. The @ has the ~ anterior tarsi sub-chelate.”’ Eumelanomyia, Theob. This shows a little abnormality in the thickened 2-jointed @ palpi, and may be left as an uncertain quantity at present. Orthopodomyia, Theob. This again has 4-jointed o palpi, the @ having 5 joints, the last ‘‘ minute but distinct.’’ It re mains in abeyance. Lophoceratomyia, Theob. This ranks as a good genus on the strikingly fantastic adornment of the ~ antennae; the ? has 2-jointed palpi. Rachionotomyia, Theob. Generically distinct by the scutel- lum being drawn out into a blunt spine. @ only known. Cyathomyia, Meij. This is recently erected, near Finlaya, and must be left here in abeyance as I know nothing of it, but being established by a dipterologist and not by a culicidologist is at least presumptive evidence in favour of its validity. Oculeomyia, Theob. From the original description of this, alleging contiguous eyes, “‘ suggesting the family Acvoceridae,”’ and from Theobald’s figure I was willing to accord it generic rank. Molpemyia, Theob., is evidently identical. Yet Mr. Edwards says it is founded on a misconception, many species with contiguous eyes existing both in Culicini and Metanotricha (= my Sabethini). It is, of course, a question of degree of contiguity. Blanchard’s figures of Taeniorhynchus taeniorhynchus, W. (p. 291), Culex fatigans, W. (p. 353), and others show the eyes contiguous or sub- contiguous for a short space only, but in Oculeomyia they are shown by Theobald as sub-contiguous for half their length, and this seems to me sufficiently distinct from other genera to form a separate genus. Iam disposed to leave the question open at present. Deinocerites, Theob. (Brachiomyia, Theob.) The very long 2nd antennal oint makes this a good genus, the pilose” antennae forming a second character. Theobald made a subfamily of this genus and Dinomimetes, Knab, together, but the latter belongs to the Sabethini and there is certainly nothing above generic rank in either. Heptaphlebomyia, Theob. This has given rise to the most erratic views, Theobald, when first describing it, saying it ‘° must undoubtedly be placed in a separate subfamily on account of there being 7, not 6, longitudinal scaled veins,’’ ! subsequently (Monog. iv, 531) even adding, ‘‘ the strangeness of the venation might be thought sufficient to exclude them from the Culicidae altogether,” (!) yet he admits on the same page that the vein is not, as a rule, scaled for its whole length, and finally Alcock defines the genus as ‘‘ a somewhat modified Culex.” 1 Monog. iii, 336. 42 Records of the Indian Museum. [VORA IS, In describing what Theobald assumes (with a doubt) to be the v7 of H. simplex, the type species, he says the 7th vein is ap- parently not scaled, and moreover his figure of the wing shows no 7th vein at all! In describing H. argenteopunctata, Ventr., he says “ this species has a false nerve covered with a row of scales form- ing a 7th vein.’ A row of scales cannot constitute a vem, as his descriptions would lead one to suppose, but remains simply a row of scales. I have never seen Heptaphlebomyia, but suspect that the so-called 7th vein is merely the usual fold of the wing a little more distinct than usual, and bearing scales or not according to the species or perhaps, to sex also.|_ Mr. Edwards finally disposes of H. somplex and with it the ‘ subfamily ’’ by registering the a as synonymous with Culex decens, Theob., and the ¢ with C. wnivit- tatus, 'Theob. The genus Culex, L. Sub-genera of CULEX. The following five species or groups of species appear to have more or less claim to sub-generic rank in Culex. Chaetocruiomyia, Theob. This is characterized by long spines on the fore tibiae and lesser, though conspicuous ones on the femora. Other supporting characters are claimed for it. Its generic validity is at least dubious. Culiciomyia, Theob. (Pectinopalpus, Theob.). This is erected on a row of long outstanding scales on.they palpi, a feature omitted from the original description. Edwards draws attention to this fact (Bull. Ent. Res. ii, 242) and Pectino- palpus becomes synonymous. Taeniorhynchus, Arrib. (Pseudotaentorhynchus, Theob. ; Rhynchotaenta, Brethes). In this the palpi are clavate, turned downwards at the tips, the 2 palpi are said to be 5-jointed, the last very minute ; the hind metatarsi distinctly shorter than the tibiae, differing thus from Culex proper, in which the ~ palpi are not clavate and are turned upwards at the tip, the @ possessing only 3 or 4 joints, and the hind metatarsi are at least as long as the tibiae, generally longer. The distinctions read satisfactorily, all depends on the absence of intermediary forms. Edwards thinks Coquillettidea may be synonymous. Finlaya, Theob. This is founded on the @ only and is re- corded as possessing three abnormalities, a 15-jointed antenna, the two basal joints of which are scaly, and tufts of scales below the abdomen towards the tip. to the fo/ds in the wing, and advises caution not to misinterpret them as veins. 1914. ] EH, BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 43 Theobaid at first regarded it as intermediate between the Culicines and the Aedines, but later he placed it in the former section, whilst Edwards sinks it in Ochlerotatus. Newsteadina, Theob. The alleged 4-jointed o palpi and the long scales in both sexes on the basal antennal joints may separate this from Culex proper, but it must be noted that some species of Culex have the basal antennal joints more or less scaled. Its even subgeneric rank is very uncertain, as the supposed 4th palpal joint may be apparent only, due to a constriction. Mr. Edwards (Bull. Ent. Res. iii, 14) definitely sinks in Ochlerotatus, the following genera as synonymous : Acartomyia, Finlaya, Aedimorphus, Culicelsa, Culicada, Ecculex, Protoculex , Pseudoculex, Chrysoconops, Reedomyia, Pecomyia, Pseudograbhamia, Phagomyia, Polyleptiomyia, Lepidotomyia, Lepidoplatys, Pseudo- skusea, Pseudohowardina, Protomacleaya, Duttonia, M tmeteculex., Geitonomyia, Myxosquamus, Neopecomyia, Stenoscutus, Bathoso- myta, and Leslieomyia. Also, with a doubt, Gilesia, Gualteria, Dantelsia, Cacomyia, Stegoconops, Molpemyia and Andersonia. Mr. Edwards separates Ochlerotatus from Culex (Bull. Ent. Res. ii, 242) partly by the last two joints of the o palpi being thickened and more or less turned downwards at the tip, instead of being thin and turned upwards, as in the latter genus, but in his above list of synonyms are included Lepidotomyia, Pecomyia, Reedomyia, Lepidoplatys, Culicada, Culicelsa and Culiseta, and of these Theobald does not mention the @ palpi as clavate, although it is true this is merely negative evidence. He separates the two genera Ochlerotatus and Culex, in the females by ungual characters, and speaks very positively on this point, but I am not at present prepared to accord it such value. It seems impossible to recognize Ochlerotatus simply on the strength of clavate o palpi, there being so many genera admittedly with the ~ palpi more or less swollen at the tip! and which would be annectant, and in addition there would be semi-inter- mediate forms, so to speak, to be found in those species which were slightly aberrant in this character, yet included either in the clavate palpi genera or the non-clavate palpi ones. It has therefore seemed justifiable to sink in Culex all genera considered by Mr. Edwards as synonymous with Ochlerotatus, except Finlaya and Duttonia, the former of which ranks in the present paper as a sub-genus of Culex and the latter as a genus left in abeyance on-account of the 4-jointed @ palpi. Generic synonyms of CULEX. Acartomyia, Theob. Aporoculex, Theob. Aedimorphus, Theob. Bancroftia, Lutz. Andersonia, Strickland. Bathosomyia, Theob. 1 These are Macleaya, Gymnometopa, Theobaldia, Grabhamia, Pseudograbha- mia and Mimeteculex, with no doubt others. 44 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, Carrollia, Lutz in Theob. Neoculex, Dyar. Ceratocystia, Dyar and Knab. Neomacleaya, Theob. Chrysoconops, Goeldi. Neomelanoconion, Theob. ¢ . Culicada, Felt. Culicella, Felt. Culicelsa, Felt. Culiseta, Felt. Danielsia, Theob. Diceromyia, Theob. Ecculex, Felt. Etorleptiomyia, Theob. (Etorilepidomyia, Alcock, em.) Feltidia, Dyar. Geitonomyia, Leices. Gilesia, Theob. Gnophodeomyia, Theob. Grabhamia, Theob. Heptaphlebomyia, Theob. Heteronycha, Arrib. Howardina, Theob. Hulecoeteomyia, Theob. Jamesia, Christophers. Lasioconops, Theob. Leicesteria, Theob. Lepidoplatys, Coq. Lepidotomyia, I. Theob. Lepidotomyia, II. Theob. Leslieomyia, Christophers. Leucomyia, Theob. Lutzia, Theob. Neopecomyia, Theob. Ochlerotatus, Arrib. O’Reillia, Ludlow. Panoplites, Theob. Pardomyia, Theob. Pecomyia, Theob. Phagomyia, Theob. Pneumaculex, Dyar. Polyleptiomyia, Theob. Popea, Ludlew. Protoculex, Felt. Protomacleaya, Theob. Protomelanoconion, Theob. Pseudocarrollia, Theob. Pseudoculex, Dyar. Pseudograbhamia, Theob. Pseudoheptaphlebomyia, Ventrillon. Pseudohowardina, Theob. Pseudoskusea, Theob. Pseudotheobaldia, Theob. Rachisoura, Theob. Reedomyia, Ludlow. % Stegoconops, Lutz. Stenoscutus, Theob. Theobaldia, Nev. Lem. Theobaldinella, Blanch. Macleaya, Theob. Theobaldiomyia, Brun., nom. Maillotia, Theob. nov. for Leucomyia, Theob., Mansonia, Blanch. preocc. Mansonioides, ‘Theob. Thomasina, Newstead and Car- Melanoconion, Theob. ter. Microculex, Theob. Trichopronomyia, Theob. Mimeteculex, Theob. Trichorhynchomyia, Brun , Mimeteomyia, Theob. nom nov. for Trichorhynchus , Mochlostyrax, Dyar and Knab. Theob., preoce. Myxosquamus, Theob. N.B.—Accepted synonyms of any so-called genera are included in the above list. The majority of the above cannot be distinguished from Culex by any characters that would be recognized by a systematic dip- terologist. ‘Those which appear to show (from the generic descrip- tions) the greatest modifications are noted below. Acartomyta has the Ist antennal joint thickened and scaly ; A poroculex is founded on some trifling difference in venation ; 1gI4. | HE. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culictdae. 45 Bancroftia has two prominent tufts of hair-like scales, or scale-like hairs, on the scutellum ; Bathosomyia has peculiar ~ genitalia, aud the ‘‘ Ist posterior cell almost uniform in breadth” (!); Car- rola has the abdominal segments in the ~ deeply constricted at the base ; Ceratocystia is synonymous with Grabhamia (t. Coq.) Culicada is said to have 4-jointed @ palpi, but fuller information on this is required ; Diceromyia is synonymous with Mansonioides (t. Edwards) ; Heptaphlebomyia is dealt with elsewhere (see p. 41); Howardina was at first admitted by Edwards on claw characters, but in a later paper he abandons it ; Lasioconops was founded on a misconception, through some lepidopterous scales adhering, accidentally to the type; Leucomyia is said to have 5-jointed ~ palpi; Mansonia is reputed to have 4-jointed @ palpi; Melanoco- mion is a group of smail black species with densely scaled wings ; Microculex is a ‘‘ small stout gnat totally different from any other member of the genus’’ (Culex) ; Mimeteculex has the two basal antennal joints scaled ; Mimeteomyia has the 2nd and 3rd anten- nal joints rather enlarged ; Mochlostyrax based on larval characters, is allied to Melanoconion in the adult stage; Pardomyia is sup- posed to possess a novel venation but differs only slightly from normal Culex ; Pecomyia has unequal hind ungues in the o~, said to be unique, also the @ genitalia very marked; Phagomyia is included here on account of Theobald associating it with other ‘“‘genera’’ belonging here, though he says it is near Stegomyia ; Pneumaculex was founded originally on larval characters only, but the adult is now known and is said to be near Danielsia, judging from the @ genitalia; Polvleptiomyia is included for the same reason as Phagomyta ; Pseudoskusea has the mid-ungues of the 7 equal in size, a character found only in this genus; Rachisoura has the plumosity of the ~ antennae a little less dense than usual ; Reedomyia has the @ genitalia “‘ very marked’’ ; Theobaldia forms for Theobald a natural group of five species with spotted wings, clubbed antennae and thick wing scales in o@ and 9, Edwards ranking it generically distinct on claw characters; Thomasina is supposed to have the o ‘palpi short and the @ palpi “relatively long’’! and Trichorhynchomyia (nom. nov. for Tri- ‘ chorhynchus, preocc.) is said to be “ very marked’’ and to be inter- mediate between the Culex and Stegomyia groups. The AEDES group. Coming to a closer examination of the Aedes group we find much difficulty in the ambiguous or actually negative information afforded us as regards the palpal joints, and the plumosity or pilosity 1 The authors figure a # head in which the palpi are only a very little shorter than the prosboscis, though their diagnosis reads ‘* much shorter.’’ This exaggera- tion of minute differences is the cause of the bulk of the trouble in understanding culicid writer’s meanings. They then figure an 7solated % palpus, so there is no means of judging their idea of ‘‘ relatively short.’’ If they are drawn to the same scale both are of equal length. 46 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL xX, of the wantennae, both evidently uncertain quantities in many cases. The following table attempts to elucidate the few genera that appear well founded, but their validity, of course, depends on the definite nature and constancy of the points tabulated, and it is seen that practically nothing but palpal characters can be used. The other recorded genera appear of uncertain validity. Table of genera. Proboscis not elbowed. Antennae 14-jointed in @ as usual. a. Palpi ine 5-jointed, in 2 5-jointed Haemagogus, Will. pete oth pa eee yoo fie OR used, 1 EOE Cae oe cae nde ga peters, CdSe Ne (peer rey pelea nr eee Uranotaenia, Arrib. Antennae 13-jointed in @ , 2 palpi I- jointed: @unknown .. .. Hodgesia, Theob. Proboscis elbowed Se .. Harpagomytia, Meij. Generic notes on the AEDES group. Haemagogus, Will. By the 5-jointed palpi in ~ and @ this should be a good genus, though the Ist and 5th joints are very small. Colonemyia, Leices., may be synonymous as it is also said (with a doubt) to possess 5-jointed palpi. Zeugnomyia, Leices. Palpiin & 3, in 2 4-jointed. On this it cannot be synonymous with either Aedes or Skusea. Its author says it is allied to Colonemyia, Skeiromyta and Uvanotaenia, and through these to the Wyeomyia group. For my own part I leave its position in abeyance at present. Skusea, Theob. Of its 3-jointed palpi in both sexes, the last is ‘‘ small and ripple-like,’’ and on this it is tentatively ranked as valid, at least pro. tem. There seems nothing to separate Azore- tomyia, Leices., and Acalleomyia, Leices., from Skusea. Aedes, Mg. ‘Technically with 2-jointed ~ and 4-jointed 9 palpi, this genus is sufficiently distinct from Culex, but several others must be included as identical, as Micraedes, Coq., Aedeomyza, Theob., Aedinus, Lutz.,and probably both Leptosomatomyia, Theob. (established on a unique), and Sguamomyia, Theob. (of which the 2 is unknown). Uranotaenia, Arrib. Apparently a natural group whether of generic rank or not, characterized by 2-jointed palpiin@ and @ , a proboscis swollen at the tip, the usually quite small size and often brilliant blue colouring. Pseudouranotaenia, Theob., Antsochele- omyta, Theob., Verrallina, Theob. (in which trace of an additional basal palpal joint is spoken of in the? , the # being unknown), and Ficalbia, Theob., are evidently synonyms. Hodgesia, Theob. The o is unknown, which is unsatisfac- tory. The @ antenna is reputed to have only 13-joints, which 1914. | E. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 47 would be an abnormality, and the [st joint is large and globular. The palpi is one-jointed only, which in itself would entitle it to generic rank, especially if asimilar character existsin thea. From the one-jointed palpi attributed to Sketvomyia, Leices., this may be synonymous. Harpagomyia, Meij. The short thick elbowed proboscis distinguishes this. Gvahamia, Theob., is, on his own showing, synonymous, as, though it appeared first in print, the paper was for private circulation only. Malaya, Leices., is also synonymous. for Edwards has shown that though Leicester described the metano- tum (‘‘ mesonotum,’’ lafsus) as with scales, which would throw the genus in the Sabethini, it is probable these were accidentally atiached, and in that case the genus falls here, and becomes synonymous with Harpagomyia. Moreover, the name Malaya is practically preoccupied by Malaia, Heller, in 1891. However, if the genus has scales on the metanotum it in all probability will be synonymous with Limatus, Theob. Topomyia, Leices. No palpal information is given by the author, though he describes nine species. The males are said to be very gossamer-like and the genus may quite likely prove a good one. Genera of uncertain position. The following genera are left in abeyance, simply in the sec- tion Culicini, as no exact position is at present assignable to them. Cacomyia, Coq. A large cluster of outstanding blunt spines are found below the penultimate abdominal segment ; the palpi are half as long as the proboscis, and some alleged slight differ- ences of venation are urged in favour of this genus. Theobald says Gualteria has similar characters, so the two may be identical, in which case the latter has precedence, but at the time of its erection it was said to be “‘ near Danielsia,’’ a genus of the Culex group. Theobald placed it with the Aecdines, but it seems likely that with its ~ palpi half as long as the proboscis it should be referred, and probably Gualteria also, to the Culex group. Philodendromyia, Theob., and Polylepidomyia, Theob. These two genera, once placed erroneously in the Sabethini group, are referred by Thecbald as probably intermediate between the Culex and Aedes groups. Of the former the » antennae are pilose, the 2 being unknown. Of the latter the ~ is unknown, and both palpi and proboscis are said to vary in almost every individual. Ingramia, Edwards. (Mimomyta, Theob. pt ; Dasymyia, Leices., preocc.) This genus is really a new name for the species recently placed in Mimomyia, except the type species, splendens. Dasymyia is synonymous with Jngramia, but is preoccupied. 48 Records of the Indian Museum. (Moree Section IV. SABETHINI. The genera comprised herein under this section are distributed finally by Theobald (Monog., v, 554 et seq.) in three sub-families : (1) Trichoprosoponinae, with Runchomyia, Trichoprosopon, Job- lotia (wrongly admitted as a good genus), Hyloconops, Goeldia and Evetmapodites; (2) Dendromyinae, with Sabethes, Phoniomyia, Wyeomyia, Menolepis, Bolbodeomyia, Sabethoudes, Dendromyia and Prosopolepis ; Limatus forming his other sub-family. Two other genera Philodendromyia aud Poiylepidomyia, though included in his. table are rightfully excluded in a footnote and referred to the Uranotaenia group, the metanotum being nude. He places Dinomimetes, Knab., in the Deinoceratinae, a sub- family he characterizes by the very long 2nd antennal joint, and short palpi in both sexes, but the metanotum bearing setae is a stronger character than the abnormal length of the 2nd antennal joint, and the genus must come in the present section. In separating the genera Theobald uses scale distribution, some points of venation and the length and shape of the proboscis as distinguishing characters. On examining the genera systematically, two are seen to be individually specialized, Dinomimetes and Runchomyia, whilst in possessing the palpi always more than half as long as the proboscis, Trichoposopon & @ , Evetmapodites x and Hyloconops & are separa- ted from the remainder, in which they are at most one-third as long as the proboscis. Sabethes is easily recognized by the paddle-like scales on some of the legs, a feature absent in the other genera except in some species of Evetmapodites (v. tab. genera, post). This feature is by no means generic in itself, it is not dependent on sex and occurs in various genera in diptera, Empis, Rhamphomyia, etc. The proboscis varies considerably in length, from half as long as to longer than the whole body, and may be dilated or swollen apically or not. No generic characters can be safely drawn from it in this section except to identify Lzmatus. The antennae are normally pilose in both sexes, a little denser in the @, and this character appears fairly constant, but it is subplumose or plumose in Sabethes and certainly plumose in Hyloconops. Even of Wyeomyia I have seen no definite statement of the number of palpal joints in the o , whilst there seems an uncer- tainty of them being 3-jointed in the @ . The presence of chaetae only scales only or both together may all be regarded as of equal taxonomic value. Table of genera in SABETHINI. A 2ndantennaljoint very long. (Meta- notum with chaetae) .. Dinomimetes, Knab. AA 2nd antennal joint normal. B Palpi comparatively long, always more than half as long as proboscis. I9I4.] E. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera C Antennae pilose in ~ as well as 9. D Metanotum with both chaetae and scales ; palpiine 4-jointed, in 2 , 3-jointed. DD Metanotum with chaetae only; palpi in @ 5-jointed, in 2 4-jointed. Antennae plumose in o&, pilose in @ (metanotum with chaetae and seales)--is: ve mt Palpi comparatively short, or very short ; at most one-third the length of the proboscis. (In Goeldia and some species in either sex in Sabe- thes, about 4 as long as proboscis. Metanotum with chaetae only, scales only, or both). Frons with a protuberance between the eyes. (Proboscis longer than the whole body) Frons normal. Proboscis not elbowed. Iegs with paddle-like scales. (An- tennae in # moderately or quite plumose, in ¢ pilose: metanotum with chaetae) Legs without such scales. nae pilose” @¢ ). Palpi ostensibly 4-jointed. (Metano- tum with chaetae only, scales only, or both) (ee BB to Q yf GG (Anten- Metanotum with chaetae only or scales only; palpi in @ never so long as 4 of the pro- boscis. Metanotum with both chaetae and scales; palpi in o& one- third as long as proboscis, in Q very short. HH Palpi 2-jointed in » and ¢. (An- tennae in @ densely pilose) FF Proboscis elbowed. in Culicidae. 49 Trichoposopon , Theob., ott Evetmapodites , Theob. , od Hyloconops,! Lutz, o. Runchomyta, Theob. Sabethes, R. Desv. Wyeomyia, Theob., (s. latw, mtht.) sub-genus Wyeomyia, Theob. sub-genus Goeldia,’ Theob. Sabethoides,®? Theob. Limatus , Theob. 1 It is impossible to satisfactorily include Hyloconops ¢ in the present table, Theobald saying simply that the ¢ palpi are ‘‘short,’’ the ? anteunae being pilose, these definitions being insufficient for the purpose. 2 Some doubt attaches to the alleged ¢ of th's genus. 3 Sabethinus, Lutz, may be synonymous with Sabethoides, according to Theo- 50 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOD x, Generic notes in SABETHINI. Dinomimetes, Knab. The very long 2nd antennal joint ‘“ta times as long as wide’’ conspicuously separates this from all other genera in the family except Deinocerites, a genus of Cult- cini. The eyes are said by Theobald to be contiguous, and this is made a generic character but Edwards points out that this is no uncommon feature both in Culicini and Sabethin1. Trichoprosopon, Theob. A sufficiently distinct genus by the metanotal adornment coupled with palpal characters. Joblotia, Blanch., is an absolute synonym, erected as a nom. nov. under the mistaken assumption that Theobald’s name was preoccupied by Trichoprosopus, Macq., in Diptera. Lutz would employ Joblotia as a separate genus, for Tvichopro- sopon lunata, Theob , characterized by the clypeus not being hairy. Lestiocampa, Dyar and Knab. Firstly this is inadmissible, being founded on larval characters only. Theobald says that in the adult it differs from Runchomvia only in the absence of the conical frons, but he refers some of the species to Tvichoprosopon, with which it may be considered synonymous. Eretmapodites, Theob. This author claims generic rank for this on the thin hairless @ palpi, the ungues, and the greater length of the two last antennal joints (presumably in both sexes), but it is admitted here as valid on the metanotal! and palpal characters given in the table. Some species, at least in the 7, have paddle-like scales on the legs, in this respect resembling Sabethes. These species, in the @ @ are recognizable by the thin palpi, but I know of no method of distinguishing the 9 9 with certainty. Hyloconops, Lutz. Theobald professes to differentiate this genus from Trichoprosopon by the “‘ swollen apex of the proboscis and the shorter o@ palpi,’’ but the latter is said to have the pro- boscis with ‘‘ rather expanded apex.’’ The plumose instead of pilose @ antennae, assuming no doubt on the matter, is a better distinction. As regards the @ Hyloconops, insufficient information is accorded to be able to identify it with certainty. Chaetomyia, Leices. (renamed Leicestertomyia, Brun.), must, on account of its metanotum bearing scales and chaetae, be removed from the Culicini to this section. In my table of genera it comes with Hyloconops, from which insufficient information as to the latter genus precludes my separating it. It may possibly be synonymous. Runchomyia, Theob. (Binotia, Blanch.). The frontal pro- minence in this genus sufficiently distinguishes it. The proboscis bald; on the other hand it seems quite possible to be synonymous with Wyeomyia (v. generic notes, post). 1 Newstead describing a new species from the Congo says no metanotal scales or chaetae are present. They may have been rubbed off, or perhaps the species is placed wrongly here. IgI4. | E. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 5I being longer than the whole body is also a useful character, although it shares this distinction with at least Phoniomyia. Sabethes, R. Desv. This genus, one of the oldest erected in the family, is well characterized by the paddle-iike fringe of scales on the legs, a peculiarity shared only with some species of Fret- mapodites (v. ante). Wyeomyia, Theob. This appears, in the wide sense, a good genus, but it seems doubtful if it can be subdivided, at least any further than into Wyeomyza s. str. and Goeldia, Theob., and addt- tional species may break down the apparent differences between these. The? form attributed to Goeldia is not definitely known to belong here. Phoniomyia, Theob. Dendromyia, Theob. Menolepis, Lutz. (Heinzmannia, Ludl.). Bolbodeomyia, Theob. Prosopolepis, Lutz. There seems no justification for recognizing any oi these as good genera. Theobald would found Phoniomyza on the proboscis being ‘‘ longer than the whole body ’’ but in one species P. indica, it is only ‘‘ nearly as long’”’ as the whole body, and some species of Wyeomyia probably possess it nearly as long asin P. indica. The white scaled metanotum in Menolepis, the ‘* complex 7 genitalia ’’ forming a ‘“‘ very marked genus”’ in Bolbodeomyva, and the scaled clypeus in Pyvosopolepis are all indefinite or quite minor characters, and all these must sink in Wyeomyza, sensu lato. Sabethoides, Theob. The alleged 2-jointed palpi afford the only grounds on which to establish this. As regards Sabethinus, Lutz., Theobald admits that ‘‘ apart from any marked genitalic diversity ’’ (he notes the genitalia as very marked) this genus only differs from Sabethotdes by the swol- len tip of the proboscis. In Theobald’s description of Sabethinus he mentions no number of joints to the palpi, but as Sabethoides is only admitted in this paper as a good genus on the strength of its alleged 2-jointed palpi, both of these genera become synonymous with Wyeomyza if their palpi prove 4-jointed as in the latter. If they have 3-jointed palpi they might, united, form a separate genus, or an unpaddled legged section of Sabethes, the recorded variation of the antennae and proboscis being of a minor nature. Limatus, Theob. (Simondella, Laveran). The elbowed pro- boscis seems sufficient on which to erect this genus. Genera of uncertain position in CULICIDAF. The following genera are regarded by Theobald as of uncertain position in the family. I have no further information of them. 52 Records of the Indian Museum. [Mor..c.. Isostomyia,! Coq. Lepidosia, Coq. Science xxiii, 314 (1906). Tinoletes Coq. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. vii, 185 (1906). The sub-family CoRETHRINAE. There is nothing to be criticized in this group the few admit- ted genera being well founded, Corethra,” Mg., Chaoborus, Lichten- stein (Sa\omta Coq.), and Ramcia,’ Annandale. The question of the synonymy of the first two genera was fully discussed by me recently.* Mr. W. S. Dallas, F.L.S., has given ° a translation of a paper by Prof. Meinert on Corvethya, in which the latter accepted flunu- cornis, F., as the type species simply because it figured as such in popular manuals. Prof. Meinert, however, added, ‘‘ Strictly speaking. the generic name Corethra should be retained for Tipula culiciformis, DeGeer, and when other species such as C. plumicornis and pallida were afterwards proved to belong toa different genus from the first named species a new generic name ought to have been selected for them.’’ He, however, refrained from making the transposition, and con- cluded, ‘‘ If such a change is eventually to be made, it had better remain over for some future monographer of the group.’ The conclusions reached substantiate the synonymy as worked out by me, though at the time I had no knowledge of Meinert’s paper. Some controversy has of late years arisen by the mosquito workers desiring to exclude the Corethrinae from the Culicidae, on the absence of a biting mouth and scales, or because they do not appear to have any economic value, perhaps. This cannot be done. The two groups have been accepted without dispute in a single family for a century by dipterologists, who, when all is said and done, must remain the ultimate judges of systematic questions. In spite of attempts to prove the contrary, the most recent researches have proved the biological affinity of the two groups, Alcock asserting this most emphatically, and the new genus Ram- cia, set up by Dr. Annandale,’ though decidely more corethrine than culicine, is distinctly intermediate in nature. Dr. Adolf Eysell in his paper ‘‘ Sind die Culiciden eine Familie’ 7 desires to separate the corethrines and would also form a separate family of the anophelines, but both suggestions are dipterologically incorrect. ! I can find no reference to the description of this genus. 2 I have shown Mochlonyx, Lw. to be synonymous with Corethra. (Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 317). 3 Edwards has adopted the term Chaoborinae for this subfamily, but the antiquity of Corethrinae must preserve it from alteration. + Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 317 and vi, 227 6 Anu. Mag. Nat. His. (5) xii, 374 (1883). 6 Rec Ind. Mus. iv, 505. 1 Archiv. tur Schiffs. und Tropen Hygiene ix,*51-55 (1905). 1914.] E. BRuNETII: Review of Genera in Culicidae. a3 SYSTEMATIC CATALOGUE OF VALID GENERA IN CULICIDAE. Sub-family. I. CULICINAE. Sect. I. ANOPHELINI. 1 Anopheles, Mg.! 2 Chagasia, Cruz. 3 Calvertina, Ludl. 4 Bironella, Theob. 5 Dactylomyia, Newst. and Carter Sect. 11. MEGARHINI, 6 Megarhinus, R. Desv. Lynchiella, VLahille. Ankylorhynchus, Lutz. Toxorhynchites, Theob. Worcesterta, Banks. Teromyta, Leices. Com! Sect... A1.7GULICINEI, CULEX GROUP. 9 Psorophora, R. Desv. 10 Janthinosoma, Arrib. 11 Mucidus, Theob. 12 Ekrinomyia, Leices. 13 Lophoceratomyia, Theob. 14 Stegomyia, Theob. Quasistegomyia, Theob. Kingta, Theob. Armigeres, Theob. Desvotdya, Blanch. Blanchardiomyia, Brun. Scutomyia, Theob. Gymnometopa, Coq. 15 Mimomyia, Theob. Ludlowita, Theob. Megaculex, Theob. Radioculex, Theob. Banksinella, Theob. Boycia, Newstead. Hispidomyia, Theob. Conopomvia, Leices. 16 Culex, L.? Sub-genera— I Chaetocruiomyia, Theob. Culex, L. (contd.) II Culictomyia, Theob. Pectinopalpus, Theob. Neomelanoconton, Theob. @ only. III Taeniorhynchus, Arrib. Pseudotaentorhynchus, Theob. Rhynchotaenta, Brethes. ? Coquilletttidea, Dyar. IV Finlaya, Theob. V Newsteadina, Theob. 17 Rachionotomyia, Theob. 18 Deinocerites, Theob. Brachiomyta, Theob. 19 ? Cyathomyia, Meij. Genera requiring confirmation. 1 Brevirhynchus, Theob. 2 Duttonia, Newstead. 3 Eumelanomyia, Theob. 4 Orthopodomyta, Theob. 5 Oculeomyia, Theob. ? Molpemyia, Theob. AEDES GROUP. 20 Haemagogus, Will ?Colonemyta, Leices. 21 Skusea, Theob. Atoretomyia, Leices. Acalleomyia, Leices. 22 Aedes, Mg. Micraedes, Coq. Aedeomyia, Theob. Aedinus, Lutz. ? Leptosomatomyta; Theob. ?Squamomyia, Theob. 23 Uranotaenia, Arrib. Pseudouranotaenia, Theob. Anisocheleomyta, Theob. Verrallina, Theob. Ficalbia, Theob. 24 Hodgesia, Theob. ? Skeiromyia, Leices. ! For list of synonyms, see p. 34. 2 For list of synonyms, see p. 43. 54 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, 25 Harpagomyia, Meij. 28 Hyloconops, Lutz. Grahamia, Theob. Leicestertomyta, Brun. Malaya, Weices. (Chaetomytia, Leices.) ae : 29 Runchomyia, Theob. Genera requiring confirmation. Binotia, Blanch. 1 Zeugnomyia, Leices. 30 Sabethes, R. Desv. 2 Topomyia, Leices. 31 Wyeomyia, Theob. 3 Ingramia, Edw. Sub-genera— Dasymyta, Leices. I Wvyeomyia, Theob. Mimomyia, Theob. II Goeldia, Theob. 4 Pseudograhamia, ‘Th.! (Syns. Wyeomyia, s. lato). Genera requiring confirmation OMe Uae eect ee - S a C Menolepis, Lutz. elonging to Section CULICINI. Bolbodeammid nears (Uncertain whether to Culex Dendrontyia, Theob. or Aedes group.) (Heinzmannia, Ludl.) 1 Philodendromyia, Theob, Prosopolepis, Lutz. 2 Polylepidomyia, Theob. 32 Sabethoides, Theob. 3, Cacomyia, Coq. Sabethinus, Lutz. 4 Gualteria, Lutz. 33 Limatus, Theob. Simondella, Waveran. Sub-fam. II. CORETHRINAE. Sect. IV. SABETHINI. 26 Dinomimetes, Knab. Trnichoprosopon, Theob. 34 Corethra, Mg. Joblotia, Blanch. Mochlonyx, Uw. Lestiuocampa, Dyar and 35 Chaoborus, Lichtenstein. Knab. Sayomyia, Coq. 27 Eretmapodites, Theob. 36 Rameia, Annandale. INDEX OF PUBLISHED: GENERA Nx Curie ans Acalleomyia, Leices., Cul. Mal. 194 (1908). Type, A. obscurus, Leices., sp. nov., 7@, dc., the only species. == Skusea, Theob. Acartomyia, Theob., Monog. iii, 251 (1913). Type, A. zamnutit, Theob., sp. nov., #7 9, J.c.°252, the only species. =Culex, lL. Aedeomyia, Theob., Monog. ii, 218 (1gor) (sp. allotted); Jour. Trop. Med. iv, 235 (July 15, tgo1), (nom. nud.) Aedomyia, Edwards, emend. Bull. Ent. Res. iii, 24. Type, Aedes squamipennis, Arrib., 7 @ , the first species, by present designation. = Aedes, Mg. 1 Nothing sufficiently definite about this to estimate its generic validity. 2 In the present index, ‘‘ Monog.” refers to Theobald’s ‘‘ Monograph of the Culicidae of the World,’’ and Leices. ‘‘Cul. Mal.’ to a long paper by Dr. Leicester published in the ‘‘ Studies from the Institute of Medical Research,’’ Kuala Lum- pur, vol. iii (1908). 1gI4.] E. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 55 Aedes, Mg., Syst. Besch. 1, 13 (1818). Type, Aedes cinereus, Mg., by original designation. A valid genus. Aedimorphus, Theob., Monog. iii, 290 (1903). Type, Uranotaenta domestica, Theob., J.c., ii, 253, 2 , the only species at the erection of the genus. =Culex, L. Aedinus, Lutz., in Peryassu, Os Culic. do Bras. 36 (1908). Type, A. amazonensis, \utz., sp. nov., by original designa- tion. = Aedes, Mg. Aioretomyia, Leices., Cul. Mal. 185 (1908). Type, A. varietas, Leices., sp. nov., @ 2, l.c., the first of the Six species, by present designation. —=Skusea, Theob. Aldrichia, Theob., Monog. iii, 353, App. (1903). Aldrichinella, Theob. emend.; loc. ctt.,v, 77 (1910). Aldri- chia, preoce. Coqg., 1894, in Bombylidae. Type, A. error, Theob., é.c., ili, 353, @, by original designa- tion. = Anopheles, Mg. Andersonia, Strickland, Entom. (Ig1I), p. 250. Type, A. tasmamensis, Strick., sp. nov., /.c., by original designation. Ole el Anisocheleomyia, Theob., Entom. xxxviii, 52 (1905); Monog., iv, 570. Type, A. nwvipes, Theob., sp. nov. (the first of the four species given in his Monog., iv, 570) by present designation. ==Urvanotaenta, Arrib. Ankylorhynchus, Lutz., in Bourroul’s Mosq. Bras. 3 (1994). Type, Culex violaceus, Hgg., in Wied. by present designation ! as the earliest described of the three species referred to this genus by Theobald. (Monog. iv, 127). A valid genus. Anopheles, Mg., Syst. Besch. i, 10 (1818). Type, A. maculipennis, Mg., by customary european accep- tance.” N.B.—Coquillett quotes bifurcatus, L., as the type species, but A. maculipennis is I think usually regarded in Europe as the type. A valid genus. Aporoculex, Theob., Monog. iv, 316 (1907). Type, A. punctipes, Theob., sp. nov., ° , the only species. =—Culex, I. Armigeres, Theob., Monog. i, 322 (1901). Type, Culex obturbans, Walk., the only species at time of erection. N.B.—Armigeres is not preoccupied, Avmiger, Hattm., in Moll, 1842, not being a homonym, and this name should be res- 1 Lutz’s work is not accessible, and Theobald does not note any type species having been selected. : 2 Prof. Kertesz’s Catalogue adopts the name claviger, F., for this well-known species. The alteration, after a century, is quite inadmissible. 56 Records of the Indian Museum [VoL. X, tored in place of Desvotdya, Blanch., if the genus is ever considered valid. = Stegomyia, Theob. Arribalzagia, Theob., Monog. iii, 81 (1903). Type, Arribalzagia maculipes, Theob., sp. nov. 9°, /c., by original designation. Coquillett ranks it synonymous with Cellia, Theob. = Anopheles, Mg. Bancroftia, Lutz., in Bourroul’s Mosq. Bras 40 (? 59) (1904). Type, B. albicosta, Lutz., sp. nov., 2 , the only species. ——C lex aan Banksinella, Theob., Monog. iv, 468 (1907). Banksiella, Brun., Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 477, lapsus. Type, Culex luteolateralis, Theob., 7 2, by original designa- tion. —=Mimomyta, Theob. Bathosomyia, Theob., Monog. v, 267 (1910). Type, B. abnormalis, Theob., sp. nov., /.c. 268, @ only, the only species ——(O Wein Binotia, Blanch., Arch. Paras. viti, 478 (1904): Les Moust., 427. N B.—Erected as a nom. nov. for Runchomyia, Theob., under the supposed preoccupation by Rhynchomvia R. Desv., in Muscinae. = Runchomyta, Theob. Bironella, Theob., Ann. Mus. Hung. iii, 69 (1905). Type, B. gracilis, Theob., #, sp. nov., J.c_, the only species. A valid genus. Blanchardiomyia, Brun., Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 440 (1912). Nom. nov. for Desvoidya, Blanch., preoccupied by Meade in Muscidae (Desvotdia) —=Stegomyta, Theob. Bolbodeomyia, Theob., Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 3r (rgro). Type, B complex,-Theob., sp. nov:, /.c., o @, by original designation. —=Wyeomyia, Theob. Boycia, Newstead, Ann. Trop Med. and Paras. i, No. 1, 33 (1907). Type, B. mimomytaformis, Newst., sp. nov., J.c. 34, 7 2, fig. 7, wing, by original designation. = Mimomyta, Theob. 3 L. Brachiomyia, Theob., Monog. ii, 343, App. (1901). Type, B. magna, Theob., sp. nov., @, ic. 344, by original designation. Synonymous with Deinocerites, Theob. (¢. ‘Eheob:/cyeitia75)- Brevirhynchus, Theob., Rec. Ind. Mus. ii, 293 (1908). Type, B. magnus, Theob., o 9, sp: nova, sic. ce oey original designation. Of doubtful validity. Cacomyia, Coq , U.S. Dep. Agric. Bull. Tech. Ser. ii, 15 (1906). Type, Haemagogus albomaculatus, Theob., by designation of Coquillett. Of uncertain validity. Calvertia, Ludl., Can. Ent. xli, 22 (1909); emended by Miss Ludlow to Calvertena, loc. cit., xli, 234 (1909); Calvertia, preocc. by Warren in Lepidoptera. Type, Chagasia lineata, Ludl., Can. Ent. xl, 50. A valid genus, 19!4.] E. BRunEtt1: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 57 Carrollia, Lutz in Theob., Monog. iv, 206 (1907). Type, C. iridescens, Lutz (irridescens, lapsus), the original species. =Culex, L. Catageiomyia, Theob., Monog. v, II5 (1910) nom. nud. N.B.—1l can obtain no further information respecting this genus. Cellia, Theob., Jour. Trop. Med.' v, 183 (June 16, 1902); Monog. iii, 107 (1903). Type, Theobald gives Anopheles pulcherrimus, Theob., as the first species in his Monograph, and apparently intended it as the genotype, but I have seen A. pharoensis, Theob., suggested in its place. Ceratocystia, Dyar and Knab, Jour. N.Vk. Ent. So. xiv, 183 (1906). Type, Culex discolor, Coq. Identical with Grabhamia, Theob.., according to Coquillett. ——Gulex, 1. Chaetocruiomyia, Theob., Monog. v, 195 (1910). Type, C. sylvestris, Theob., sp. nov., l.c., 2 , the only species. =—Subgen. Culex, pro tem. Chaetomyia, Leices , Cul. Mal. 100 (1908). Preoce. Brauer and Berg. in Tachininae (1892). Renamed Leicesteriomyia, Brun., Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 452. Type, C. flava, Leices., sp. nov., Bic., TOL, 2 , theconly species. May be identical with Hyloconops, Lutz. Chagasia, Cruz, Brasil Medico xx, 20, p. 199 (1906). Type, Pyretophorus fajardi, Lutz, by original designation. A valid genus. Chaoborus, Lichtenstein, Wied. Arch. Zool. i, 174 (1800). Type, Tipula crystallina, Degeer (as antisepticus, sp. nov). Synonymous with Sayomyia, Coq. A valid genus. C. ristophersia, James, Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 103 (1910); Paludism 33, nom. nud. Type, C. halli, James, Paludism i, 33, by original designation. =A nopheles, Mg. Christya, Theob., Rep. Sleep. Sick. Roy. So. 7, p- 34 (1903). Chrystya, Giles, Revis. Anoph. 40 (1904). Type, Christya implexa, Theob., sp. nov., bi Oren Oe = Anopheles, Mg. Chrysoconops, Goeldi., Os Mosq. do Para. 114 (1905). N.B.—I have seen no type species stated ; Culex fulvus, W., is the earliest described species of those now referred to it. =Culex, I,. Coelodiazesis, Dyar and Knab., Jour. N.Yk. Ent. So. xiv, 77 (1906). 1 This volume is inaccessible to me, perhaps only a nom. nud. 58 Records of the Indian Museum. [MOL axe Type, Anopheles barbert, Coq., by original designation. Erected on larval characters alone, therefore inadmissible. In any case it—Anopheles, Mg. Colonemyia, Leices., Cul. Mal. 233 (1908). Type, C. caeruleocephala, T,eices., sp. nov., l.c., #7 2 , the Ist species, by present designation. Probably=Haemagogus, Will. Conchyliastes, Theob., in Howard’s “‘ Mosquitoes,”’ p. 235 (1901). Type, Culex posticatus, W: (as musicus, Say), the first species by Coquillett’s designation, the latter author saying it is synonymous with Arribalzagia. =A nopheles, Mg. Conopomyia, Leices., Cul. Mal. 113 (1908). Type, C. metallica, Leices., sp. nov.,l.c., ~ @ , the first of the three species, by present designation. —Mimomyia, Theob. Coquillettidia, Dyar, Proc. Ent. So. Wash. vii, 47 (1905). Edwards sinks in Taentorhynchus, Arrib. Corethra, Mg., Illig. Mag. i1, 260 (1803). Mochlonyx, Lw., 1844. Type, Tipula culiciformts, Degeer, by original designation. A valid genus. Gulex,.. Svst. Natceda x7 002,(1758)). Type, C. pipiens, ., by universal designation and by Latreille’s, Consid. Gen. 442 (1810). A valid genus. Culicada, Felt, N.Yk. State Mus. Bull. 79, Ent. 22, App. p. 3910 (1904) Type, Culex canadensis, Theob., by original designation, but Theob. says (Monog. iv, 319) that the type species should be cantans, Mg., giving no reason, but perhaps because it is the oldest known species referred to it. =Culex, L. Culicella, Felt, N.Yk. State Mus. Bull. 79, Ent. 22, App. p. 39Ic (1904). Type, Culex dyari, Coq., by original designation. = Culex, L. Culicelsa, Felt., Joc. cit., p. 391 (1904). Type, Culex taeniorhynchus, W., by original designation. =O Ulesnelee Culiciomyia, Theob., Monog. iv, 227 (1907). Type, C. inornaia, Theob., sp. nov., /.c., 9 , the first species, by present designation. Admitted herein as a subgenus of Culex, Culiseta, Felt., N.Yk. State Mus. Bull. 79, Ent. 22, App. p. 391e (1904). Type, Culex absobrinus, Felt., by original designation. =—(Onlenalye Cyathomyia, Meij., Ann. Jard. bot. Buitenzorg 3rd supp., p. 922 (1910). Type, C. jensent, Meij., sp. nov., /.c., by original designation. Admitted herein as valid, pro. tem. IQ 4. | E. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 59 Cycloleppteron, Theob., Monog. ii, 312 (1901); zd., Jour. Trop. Med iv, 234 (1901) nom. nud. ; Cyclolepidopteron, Blanch., em. Tvpe, Anopheles grabhami, Theob., by original designation. = Anopheles, Mg. Dactylomyia, Newstead and Carter, Ann. Trop. Med. iv, 377 (1910). Type, D. ceylonica, Newst. and Cart., sp. nov., /.c., by original designation. Typein Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine. Mr. Edwards thinks may = Anopheles deceptor, Don., and Myzomyta thorntoni, Ludl. Apparently a valid genus. Danielsia, Theob., Entom. xxxvii, 73 (1904). Type, D. albotaeniata, Theob., /.c., p 111, » 2, by original designation. ==Culex, lL. Dasymyia, Leices., Cul. Mal. 102 (1908). Type, D. fusca, Leices., sp. nov., 7 2 , J.c., the only species. Dasymyta, preoce., Egg. 1858 in Syrphidae (==Pocota, St. Farg. and Serv.) ; renamed Ingramia, Edw. Deinocerites, Theob., Monog. ii, 215 (1901) ; Jour. Trop. Med. iv, 235 (1901), nom. nud; Brachiosoma, Theob., July 15, Igor, Brachtomyta, Theob., Nov. 23, 1901. Type, D. cancer, Theob., sp nov., /.c , the only species. A valid genus. Dendromyia, Theob., Monog. iii, 313 (1903). Type, D. ulocoma, Theob., sp. nov., l.c., 2 , the first of the five species given, by present designation. —Wyeomyia, Theob. Desvoidea, Blanch., Comp. rend. liii, 1043 (1gur), nom. nov. for Aymigeres, Theob., under presumed preoccupation by Armiger: id., Moust., 265. Desvotdya, Theob., emend. Gen. Ins. Fasce., “AOE, 7s Desvoidea, preoc. Meade, 1892, in Tachininae (Desvoidia) ; Beep. 40 72 —Stegomyta, Theob. Diceromyia, Theob., 4th Rep. Welle. Lab. Vol. B. 151 (1911). Type, unknown to me. ——(O lee, Dinomimetes, Knab, Jour. N Yk. Ent. So. xv, 120 (1907). Type, D. ulocoma, Theob., sp. nov.,? , lc., by Coquiliett’s designation. A valid genus. Duttonia, Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. and Paras. i, No. 1, 17 (1907). Type, D. tarsalis, Newst., sp. nov., l.c. 18, o @ , fig. 2, wing, the only species ; in Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine. Of doubtful validity. Ecculex, Felt., N.Yk. State Mus. Bull. ZO ist: 22, App: Pr BOLE (1904). Type, Culex sylvestris, Vheob., by original designation. ==Culex, L. 60 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vors x: Ekrinomyia, Leices., Cul. Mal. 71 (1908). Type, E. aureostriata, Weices., sp. nov., l.c., 7 2 , the only species. Possibly a valid genus. Eretmapodites, Theob., Monog. 1, 280 (1901). Type, E. 5-vittatus, Theob., sp. nov., l.c., by original designa- tion. A valid genus. Etorleptiomyia, Theob., tst Rep. Wellc. Lab. 71 (1904) ; Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, 44; Monog. iv, 505 (Etiorleptiomyia). Etortlepido- myta, Alcock, em. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) viii, 240. Type, O’ Reillia luzonensis, Ludl., 2 . —Culer. Eumelanomyia, Theob., Monog. v, 240 (1910). Type, E. inconspicuosa, Theob , sp. nov., l.c., 7 9 , the only species. Of uncertain validity. Feltidia, Dyar, Proc. Ent. So Wash. vii, No. I, 47 (1905). Type, Culex jamaicensis, Theob., by original designation. N.B.—This genus was erected on the identical species which formed the genotype of Grabhamia and is synonymous with that genus. = Culex ie Feltinella, Theob., Monog. iv, 56 (1907). Type, F. pallidopalpi, Theob., sp. nov, l.c., 7, by original designation. ==Anopheles, Mg. Ficalbia, Theob., Monog. iii, 296 (1903). Type, Uranotaenia minima, Theob., the first described of the four species now allotted to the genus, by present designa- tion. =Urvanotaenta, Arrib. Finlaya, Theob., Monog. iti, 281 (1903). Type F. poicilta, Theob., sp. nov., ? ,/.c. 283, by present desig- nation. Admitted herein as a sub-genus of Culex, L. Geitonomyia, Leices., Cul. Mal. 134 (1908). Type, Culex caecus, Theob., by original designation. —=Culex, TL: Gilesia, Theob., Monog. iii, 233 (1903). Type, G. aculeata, Theob., sp. nov., /.c.,? , only, the only species. =Culex, I,. Gnophodeomyia, Theob., Jour. econ. Biol. i, No. I, 21 (1905); Monog. iv, 251. Type, G. inornata, Theob., sp. nov., @ , the only species. SSO Mee, IL! Goeldia, Theob., Monog. iii, 330 (1903). Type, G. fluviatilis, Theob., sp. nov., the original species. Admitted herein as a sub-genus of Wyeomyia, Theob. Grabhamia, Theob., Monog. iii, 243 (1903). Feltidia, Dyar ; Ceratocystia, Dyar and Knab. See Feltidia. Type, Culex jamaicensis, Theob., the original species. — lex wle. 1914. ] E. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 61 Grahamia, Theob., in Rept. on Dr. Graham’s Collection,! and Monog. v, 497, footnote, and 548. Type, Grahamia trichorostris, Theob., sp. nov., l.c. N.B.—As Theobald’s paper was not for sale, Meijere’s genus Harpagomyta, with which Gvahamia is synonymous, takes precedence. = Harpagomyia, Mei}. Grassia, Theob., Jour. Trop. Med. v, 181 (June 16, 1902). Preoce. Fisch., 1885, in Protozoa; renamel Myzomyia, Blanch. Type, Anopheées rossi, Giles. =A nopheles, Mg. Gualteria, Lutz, in Bourroul’s Mosq. Bras. 49 (? 54) (1904). Type, G. oswaldi, Lutz, sp. nov., /.c., the first of the two species, by present designation. Possibly identical with Cacomyia, Coq. Of doubtful validity. Gymnometopa, Coq., Proc. Ent. So. Wash. vii, 183 (1906). Type, Stegomyia medtovitiata, Coq., by original designation. N.b.—Theobald says (Monog. iv, 209) the genus was founded on his (Theobald’s) Stegomyia 6-lineata, and that it is pro- bably synonymous with Mac/eaya. Coquillett himself ap- pointed medtovittata as the type species and added 6-lineata also to his genus. The question of its identity or otherwise with Macleaya is another one. Coquillett and Theobald place Gymnometopa near Stegomyia, and I follow iidwards in ranking it synonymous, but I have seen no reference to the paipi. = Stegomyta, Theob. Haemagogus, Will., Trans. Ent. So. Lond. (1896) 271. Type, H. splendens, Will., by original designation. A valid genus. Harpagomyia, Meij., Tijd. v. Ent. lii, 165 (1909). Grahamia, Theob., Report on Dr. Graham’s collection. ‘This Report not on sale and therefore techn.cally not *‘ published.”’ Type, H. splendens, Meij., sp. nov.,/c., by original designa- tion. A valid genus. Heinzmannia, Ludl., Can. Ent. xxxvii, 130 (1905) (Heizmannia, lapsus); emend., Banks, Phil. Jour. Sci. i, 99. Absolutely synonymous with Dendromyia, ‘Theol. Type, Heinzmannta scintillans, Ludl, sp. nov., Can. Ent. KMKVI. 130: =Wyeomyia, Theob. Heptaphiebomyia, Theob., Monog. iii, 336 (1903). Type, H. simplex, Theob., sp. nov, @ , /.c., the original species. (euler Heteronycha, Arrib., Rev. Mus. la Plata I, 397 (1891). Type, Culex aestuans, W. (as dolosa, sp. nov.) the only species but acstuans is considered synonymous with /atigans. ——Cmlex. Li. J 1 The full title of this paper is ‘‘ Descriptions of new Mosquitoes collected by Dr. Graham in Ashanti,’’ Colonial Office Report, Miscellaneous, No. 237 (May 23, 1909). 62 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOr sos. Hispidimyia, Theob., Monog. v, 245 (1910). Type, H. hispida, Theob., sp. nov., 7 2 ,/.c., the only species. ==Mimomyia, Theob. Hodgesia, Theob.; Jour. Trop. Med. vii, 17° (Jan. 15, 1904); Monog. iv, 579. Type, H. sanguinac, Theob., sp. nov., ? , /.c., by original desig- nation. A valid genus. Howardia, Theob., Jour. Trop. Med. v, 181 (1902) Renamed Pyretophorus, Blanch: (Howardia, preoce. Dalla Torre 1897 in Insecta). Type, unknown to me. = Anopheles, Mg. Howardina, Theob., Monog. ili, 287 (1903). Type, Culex walkeri, Theob., by designation of Dyar (Proc. Ent. So. Wash. vii, 49 (1905). N.B.—Edwards sinks Howardina in Stegomyia, saying the ? claws are variable. (Bull. Ent. Res. iii, rr). =Culex, L. Hulecoeteomyia, Theob , Entom. xxxvii, 163 (1904) ; Monog. iv, 219 (1907). Type, H. trilineata, Leices., in Theob., sp. nov., 7 @ , /.c., by present designation. N.B.—Is Alcock’s Hylecoetomyia (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) viii, 248), an emendation ° =Culex, WV. Hyloconops, Lutz, in Bourroul’s Mosq. Bras. 49 (? 55) (1904). Type, H. pallidiventer, tz, apparently the original species, as longipalpis; the only other species was not described till 1907 (Monog. iv, 588). A valid genus. Ingramia, Edwards, Bull. Ent, Res. iii, 43 (May 1912). Mimomyia, Theob., Monog. itt, 304 pt.; Dasymyza, Leices., (preocc.) pt. Type, Mimomyia imalfeyti, Newstead, by original designation. Of uncertain validity. Isostomyia, Coq. Type, Aedes perturbans, Will., the original species. Of uncertain validity and position. Jamesia, Christophers, Sci. Mem. Med. Off. Ind. (n. s.) xxv, 12 (1906). Type, Major Christophers quotes Czlex concolor and tigripes as belonging to his genus, without specifying either as a definite type. In any case as Jamesva is erected on larval characters it has no /ocus standi, and, in any case again, it is only a Culex —— (0 Wen alee Janthinosoma, Arrib., Rev. Mus. la Plata I, 394 (1891). Conchyliastes, Theob. Type, Culex discrucitans, Walk. A valid genus. 1914. | E Brunetti: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 63 Joblotia, Blanch., Comp. rend. So. biol. Paris liii, 1046 (Dec. 6, Igor), nom. nov. for Trichoprosopon, Theob., under the assumed preoccupation by Trichoprosopus, Macq. =Trichoprosopon, Theob. Kerteszia, Theob., Ann. Mus. Hung. iti, 96 (1905) ; Monog iv, 117. Type, K. boliviensis, Theob., sp. nov., @, /.c., by original designation. = Anopheles, Mg Kingia, Theob , Monog. v, 135 (1910). Type, Stegomyia luteocephala, Newstead, by original designa- tion. = Stegomyia, Theob Lasioconops, Theob., Monog. i11, 235 (1903). (Laczoconops, lapsus, Vv, 4 4). Type, L. potcilipes, Theob.. sp. nov., /c., the only species. =Culex, 1. Laverania, Theob., Jour. Trop. Med. v, 181 (June 16, 1902), preoce Billet 1895 in Protozoa, and again by Grassi and Filetti in 1900. Renamed Nyssorhynchus, Blanch. Type, Anopheles argyritarsis, R. Desv. = Anopheles, Mg. Leicesteria, Theob., Entom. xxxvii, 211 (Aug. 1904); Monog. iv, 201 (1907). Type, L. longipalpis, Leices , l.c., the original species. (OU Gh2, We Leicesteriomyia, Brun., Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 452 (1912); nom. nov. for Chaetomyia, Leices., preoce. Brauer and Berg in Tachininae. Possibly == Hyloconops, Lutz. Lepidoplatys, Coq., Science xxiii, 314 (1906). Type, Culex squamiger, Coq. =Culex, 1, Lepidosia, Coq., Sciene xxili, 314 (1906). Type, Culex cyanescens, Coq. Of uncertain validity and position. Lepidotomyia I., Theob., Ann. Mus. Hung. iii, 80 (1905). Synonymous with Reedomyia, Ludl. Type, L. alboscutellata, Theob., sp. nov., /.c., by original desig- nation, = OMe. AU, Lepidotomyia II., Theob., Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, 22 (1905) ; Monog. v, 249; non Lepidotomyia, Theob., Ann. Mus. Hung., 111. Type, L. magna, Theob., sp. nov., @ @, the only species. ——= 0 Cane Leptosomatomyia, Theob., Ann. Mus. Hung 1, if0 (1905); Monog. iv, 548. Ty pe, L. lateralis, Theob., sp. nov., @ only, by original desig- nation. Probably—A edes, Mg. Leslieomyia, Christophers, Paludism No. 2, p. 68 (1911). Type, L. taeniorhynchoides, sp. nov., lc. @ 2, by original designation. =——CiHlex: al, Lestiocampa, Dyar and Knab, Jour. N. Yk. Ent. So. xiv, 226 (1906) Type, Wyeomyia lunata, Theob. 64 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL, X, N.B —Inadmissible, being founded on larval characters only. It is however synonymous with Tvichoprosopon, Theob. Leucomyia, Theob., Monog. iv, 372 (1907). Preoce. Brauer and Berg. 1892 in Sarcophaginae, renamed Theobaldiomyia, Brun. Type, Culex gelidus, ‘Theob., by original designation. =Culex, 1 Limatus, Theob., Monog. ii, 349 App. (1901). Simondella, Taveran. Type, L. durham, Theob., by original designation. A valid genus. Lophoceratomyia, Theob., Ann Mus Hung. iil, 93 (1905). Monog. iv 471; Type; L.. jraudatrix, neob., sp. nov. oo \7.c., by presemnr designation, the first of the two species. A valid genus. Lophoscelomyia, Theob.. Entom. xxxvii, 12 (Jan. 1904). Lophocelomyia, Theob., Gen. Ins. Fase. 26, 10 (lapsus). Lophomyia, Giles, Jour. Trop. Med. vii, 366 (1904). Type, Lophoscelomyia astatica, Theob., sp. nov., l.c., 13. = Anopheles, Mg. Ludlowia, Theob., Monog. iv, 193 (1907). Type, Mimomyia chamberlaint, Ludl., the original species. =-Mimomyta, Theob Lutzia, Theob., Monog., ili, 155 (1903). Type, Culex bigotit, Bell., 7 2 , the original species. Oe JL. Lynchiella, Lahille in Peryassu, Os Culic. do Bras. 125 (1905). Type, unknown to me. = Megarhinus, R. Desv. Macleaya, Theob., Entom. xxxvi, 154 (1903); Monog. iv, 203. Type, M. tremula, Theob., nov. sp., /.c., the only species. =Culex, L. Maillotia, Theob., Monog. iv, 274 (1907). -* Type, M. pilifera, Theob., sp. nov., @ , /.c., the only species. —Culex, Te Malaya, Leices., Cul. Mal. 258 (19¢8). Type, M. genurostris, Leices., sp. nov., &, L.c. N.B.—The name is practically preoccupied by Malaia, Heller (1891). —Harpagomytia, Meij. Manguinhosia, Cruz in Peryassu, Os Culic. do Bras. 112 (19¢8). Type, M. lutzi, Cruz, /.c., the only species. =Anopheles, Mg. Mansonia, Blanch., Comp. rend. liii, No. 37, 1046 (1901) ; Moust. 375; nom. nov. for Panoplites, Theob., preocc. Gould, 1853, in Aves. Type, Cuiex tittllans, Walk. Culex L. Mansonioides, Theob., Monog. iv, 498 (1907). Type, M. 7-guttata, Theob., sp. nov.,?, /.c., the original species. —=Culex, L. 1914. ] E. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 65 Megaculex, Theob., Monog. iv, 282 (1907). Type, Culex albtiarsis, Theob., l.c., ii, 267, @; iii, 186,¢ , the only species. —=Mimomyia. Theob. Megarhinus, R. Desv , Essai Culic. in Mem. So. Nat. Hist. Paris, iii, 412 (1827); Megarrhinnus, Megarhina, Megarrhina, Auctt., Lynchtella, Lahille. Type, Culex haemorrhoidalis, F. N.B —Megarhina, was used by St. Farg. and Serv. in Diptera, and Megarhinus proposed again by Schonh. 1836 in Coleop- tera. A valid genus. Melanoconion, Theob., Monog. iii, 238 (1903). Mochlostyrax, Dyar and Knab. Type, Culex atratus, Theob., by Dyar’s designation (Proc. Ent. So. Wash. vii, 49). =—Culex, I. Menolepis, Lutz in Peryassu, Os Culic. do Bras. 38 (1908). Type, M. leucostigma, Lutz, sp nov., l.c., the only species. =Wryconvia, Theob. Micraedes, Coq., Proc. Ent. So Wash. vii, 185 (1906). ivpe, M. bisulcatus, Coq., by original designation. Aedes, Mg. Microculex, Theob., Monog. iv, 461 (1907). Type, M. argenteoumbrosus, Theob., sp. nov., 2 é.c., the only species. ——OMlexel,, Mimeteculex, Theob., 3rd Rep. Wellc. Res. Lab. Gordon College , 258 (1908); Monog. v, 408. Type, M. kingit, Theob., sp. nov., » 2 , l.c., the only species. =Culex, L. Mimeteomyia, Theob., Monog. v, 210 (1910). Type, M. apicotriangulata, Theob., sp. nov., l.c , the only species. =Culex, L. Mimomyia, Theob., Monog. iii, 304 (1903). Type, M.splendens ,Theob., sp. nov., 2 ,/.c.. the original species. Admitted on Edward’s testimony as a valid genus. N.B.—All the species except the genotype are now removed to Ingramta. Mochlonyx, Loew., Stett. Ent. Zeit. v, 121 (1844). Type, Corethra velutina, Ruthe, by original designation. —=Corethra, Mg. Mochlostyrax, Dyar and Knab, Jour. N.Yk. Ent. So. xiv, 223 (Ap. 15, 1906). Type, M. caudellt, Dyar and Enab, by original designation. N.B.—Technically inadmissible, founded on larval characters only, but from the adults subsequently discovered or bred, it is said to be allied to Melanoconton. =Culex 1, Molpemyia, Theob., Monog. v, 479 (1910). Type, M. purpurea, Theob., sp. nov., @ , /.c., the only species. N.B.—Probably synonymous with Oculeomyia, which Mr. Edwards sinks in Culex. 66 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor Se: Mucidus, Theob., Monog. i, 268 (1901). No type species was appointed by Theobald, so out of the five species included by that author at the erection of the genus I propose alternans, Westw., as being (apart from /aniger, W., which Theobald at that time had not seen) the oldest des- cribed one (1835). Both sexes were present before him, and the ‘“‘type’’ (Theobald does not say which sex) is in’ the Hope collection at Oxford. A valid genus. Myxosquamus, Theob., Monog. v, 225 (1910). Type, M.confusus, Theob., sp. nov., 2 , /.c., by original desig- nation. Culex oe Myzomia, Blanch., Comp. rend, liv, 795 (July 4, 1902). Type, Anopheles vossit, Giles, by original designation. N.B.—Theobald suggests (Monog. iii, 12) altering the type to junesta, Giles, but this of course is inadmissible. James apparently desires to erect a new genus Nyssomyzemyia ' on vossit, but this is impossible, as the latter must remain the type of Myzomyia. = Anopheles, Mg. Myzorhynchella, Theob., Monog. iv, 78 (1907). Type, M. nigra, Theob. = Anopheles, Mg. Myzorhynchus, Blanch., Comp. rend. liv, 795 (1902). Type, Anopheles sinensis, W., by original designation. = Anopheles, Mg. N.B.—Major James suggests barbirostvis, Wulp, as the type species which s quite impossible in the face of Blanchard’s definite selection of a type. Neccellia, Theob., Monog. iv, 111 (1907). Type, N. indica, Theob , sp. nov , @ @, l.c., the first species. =Anobheles, Mg. Neoculex, Dyar, Proc. Ent. So. Wash. Vil, 47 (1905). Type, Culex territans, Walk. . ——= (Ceo ales Neomacleaya, Theob., Monog. iv, 238 (1907). Type, N. indica, Theob., sp. nov , 2 ,/.c., the original species. =—— Culexala: Neomelanoconion, Theob., Monog. iv, 514 {1907). Type, Culex rima, Theob., Rep. Liverp: Sch: Trop. Med: App p xi (1901), by original designation, (iv, 514). N.B —Neomelanoconion » = Culiciomyia, Theob., according to Edwards. == (Culley ae, Neomyzomyia, Theob., Monog. v, 29 (1910). Type, Anopheles elegans, James in Theob , by original desig- nation. = Anopheles, Mg. _| Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 106. In this paper Major James desires to make culici- factes. Giles, the type of Mvzomyta, which is impossible since vossi? was definitely selected as such by Blanchard. These attem ts to al i i Pipers pts to alter genotypes are zoologically 1914.] E. Brunettr: Keview of Genera on Culicidae. 67 Neopecomyia, Theob., Monog. v, 261 (IgIo). Tvpe, N. uniannulata, Theob., sp. nov., 2 ,/.c., the only species. —=—Culewrl. Neostethopheles, James, Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 98 (1910). Type, N. aitkeni, James, by original designation. = Anopheles, Mg. Newsteadina, Theob., Ann. Trop. Med. Paras. II, No. 4, 297 (1909) ; Monog. v, 474. Type, Culex arboricollis, D’Emm de Char. loc. cit., 257,07 & . Admitted herein pro tem as subgenus Culex, L. Nototricha, Coq. Type, Cycloleppteron mediopunctatus, Theob., by original desig- nation, the only species. N.B.—Theobald (Monog. v, 33) spells the genus Notonotricha. = Anopheles, Mg. Nyssomyzomyia, James, Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, IoI (1gI0). Type, Anopheles rossit, Giles, according to James, but this is impossible, as this species was the chosen type of Myzomyra at its erection by Blanchard. == Anopheles, Mg. Nyssorhynchus, Blanch., Comp. rend., liv, 795 (1902). Nom. nov. for Laveranta, Theob., preocc. N.B.—Blanchard desired to make Anopheles albimanus, W., the type, but as his name is simply a nomen novum the original type of Laverania, argyritarsis, R. Desv., must re- main as the type of Nyssorhynchus. Theobald suggests (Monog. iii, 14) maculatus, Theob., as type, and James (Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 100) wouid follow him, but, as Edwards has pointed out (Bull. Ent Res. ii, 141) this is not permiss- ible. = Anopheles, Mg. Ochlerotatus, Arrib., Rev. Mus. la Plata i, 3385 (1891). Type, Coquillett designated O. confirmatus, Arrib., sp. nov. as type, but Edwards says Culex al fasciatus, Macq. was so appointed, which, as these were apparently the only two species admitted by Arribalzaga, seems the more likely. N.B.—Mr. Edwards believes strongly in the validity of this genus. ——O Genie. Oculeomyia, Theob., Monog. iv, 515 (1907). Type, O sarawaki, Theob., sp. nov., /.c., the original species. Of uncertain validity. © Reillia, Wadi. Can. Ent. xxxvii, 101 (1905). Type, O. luzonens, Iudl., sp. nov., /.c., the original species. Synonymous with Etorleptzomyia, Theob. =Culex, L. Orthopodomyia, Theob., Entom. xxxvii, 236 (1904). Monog. iv. 527. Type, O. albipes, Leices. in Theob., sp. nov., /.c. 237, the original species. Of uncertain validity. 68 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, Panoplites, Theob., Rep. Coll. Mosq. Brit. Mus. 5 (1900) ; Monog. ii 173.1901): Renamed Mansonia, Blanch., Pano plites, preocc. Type, Culex titillans, Walk., as Taentorhynchus taeniorhynchus, Arrib., by designation of Neveu Lemaire (Mem. So. Zool. xiv, 214). -=(Culex, I. Pardomyia, Theob., Monog. iv, 280 (1910). Type, P. aurantia, Theob., sp. nov., ¢ ,l.c., the original species. =Culex, L. Patagiamyia, James, Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 98 (1910). Type, Anopheles gigas, Giles, by original designation. = Anopheles, Mg. Pecomyia, Theob., Jour. econ. biol. I, No. 1, 24 (1905) ; Monog. iv, 265. I'yvpe, P. maculata, Theob., sp. nov., the original species. =Culex, I.. Pectinopalpus, Theob , Monog. v, 416 (1910). Type, P. fuscus, Theob., sp nov.,/.c., the only species. Syno- nymous with Culiciomyia, Theob., which is regarded herein as a subgenus of Culex. Phagomyia, Theob., Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, 21 (1905). Monog. iv, 223. Either P. (Stegomyia) gubernatcris, Giles(Entom. 1901, p. 194) or P. irritans, Theob. (Rep Liverp. Sch. Trop. Med. App 3, 1901), must be the generic type, but I cannot tell which has priority. ——Oyleieuee ’ Philodendromyia, Theob., Monog. iv, 623 (1907). Type, P. barkerit, Theob., sp. nov., o , /.c., the original species. Of uncertain validity. Pnoniomyia, Theob., Monog. iii, 311 (1903). Type, Wyeomyia longirostris, Theob., by designation of Dyar , Proc. Ent. So. Wash. vii, 49. ==Wyeomyia, Theob. Pneumaculex, Theob , Monog. iv, 523 (1907). Dyar Proc. Ent. So. Wash. vii, No. 1, nom. nud. Type, Culex signifer, Coqg., Can. Ent. xxviii, 43 (1896). N.B.—The genus must stand to Theobald’s credit, as he ap- parently first described it, Dyar’s reference being merely a. nomen nudum. Founded originally on larval characters and therefore inadmissible but the adult has since been obtained. =Culex, L, Polyleptiomyia, Theob., Gen Ins. Fasc. 26, 21 (1¢05); Monog. Iv, 223 (£907) Type, P. albocephala, ‘Theob. (Monog. ili, 140), the only species, a uniqueo. —=Gulex, Ly. Polylepidomyia, Theob., Ann. Mus. Hung. iii, 118(1905). Monog. iv, 625. Type, P. argenteiventris, Theob., sp. nov., 2, /.c., the only species. Of uncertain validity. 1914.] KE. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 69 Popea, I.udl., Can. Erit. xxxvii, 95 (1905). Type, P. lutea, Ludl., sp. nov., @ /.c., the only species. =Culex, L. Prosopolepis, Lutz in Peryassu, Os Culic. do Braz. 38 (1908). Theob. Monog. v, 594. Type, P. confusus, Lutz., sp. nov., the original species. =Wvyeomyia, Theob. Protoculex, Felt, N.Yk. State Mus. Bull. 79, Ent. 22, p. 391d, App. (1904). Type, Culex serratus, Theob., by original designation. —=Culex, L. Protomacleaya, Theob., Monog. iv, 253 (1907). Type, Culex trisertatus, Say. =Culex, L. Protomelanoconion, Theob., Monog. v, 462 (1910). Type, P- fusca, Theob., sp. nov.; l:c., 463. =Culex, L. Pseudocarrollia, Theob., Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 12 (1910). Monog. Vato. Type, P. lophocentralis, Theob., sp. nov.,?, J.c., the only species. =Culex, L. Pseudoculex, Dyar, Proc. Ent. So. Wash. vii, 45 (1905). Type, Culex aurifer, Coq. =Culex, L. Pseudoficalbia, Theob., Trans. Linn. So. Lond. xvi, 89 (1912); U. South. Afr. Dept. Agric. Ist Rep. Vet. Res. nom. nud. 272 (1911). =Uranotaenia, Arrib. Pseudograbhamia, Theob., J. Bomb. N. H. So. xvi, 244 (1905). Monog. iv, 314. Type, P. maculata, Theob , sp. nov., /.c., the only species, =Culex, I. Pseudograhamia, Theob., Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 26 (1910). Monog. ae 551. Type, P--aureoventer, Theob., sp. nov., 2, /c., 27, the original species. Of doubtful validity. Pseudoheptaphlebomyia, Ventr., Bull. Mus. Paris xi, 427 (1905) nom. nud, Type, not allotted ==Culex, ¥. Pseudohowardina, Theob., Monog. iv, 223 (1907). Type, Culex trivittata, Coq., by original designation. ——Omlen ola Pseudoskusea, Theob., Monog iv (1907). Type, Skusea multiplex, Theob , by present designation, as the only species mentioned at the erection of the genus. =Culex, L. Pseudostegomyia, Ludl., Can. Ent. xxxvii, 99 (1905) (lapsus calami for Quasistegomyia ; (t. Ludl. in Theob. Monog. v, 135). Pseudotaeniorhynchus, Theob., Novae Culicidae i, 19 (1911). Type, Taeniorhynchus fasctolatus, Arrib. Mr. Edwards says this is certainly synonymous with Taeniorhynchus, which is herein ranked as a subgenus of Culex. 70 Records of the Indian Museum. Vil oo Pseudotheobaldia, Theob., Monog. iv, 217 (1907). Type, P. nivettaentata, Theob., sp. nov., 7, l.c. =Culex, L. Pseudouranotaenia, Theob., Jour. econ. biol. i, 33 (1905); Monog. iv, 566 (1907). Tvpe, P. rowlandit, Theob., sp. nov., /.c., the original species. =Uranotaenia, Arrib. Psorophora, R. Desv., Essai Culic. (1827). Type, Culex ciliata, F.. the oldest described species at the institution of the genus. A valid genus. Pyretophorus, Blanch., Comp. rend xxiii, 795 (1902). Type, Anopheles costalis, Lw., by original designation. ! =A nopheles, Mg. Quasistegomyia, Theob., 2nd Rep. Gord. College Wellc. Labor., 69 (1906). Type, Q. unilineata, Theob., sp. nov., the original species. =Stegomyia, Theob. Rachionotomyia, Theob., Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. So. xvi, 248 (1905). Monog. iv, 518. Type, R. ceylonensis, Theob., sp. nov.,?, /.c., the original species. A valid genus. Rachisoura, Theob., Monog. v, 207 (1910). Type, R. sylvestris, Theob., sp. nov., /.c., 208 the only species. ——OUexeees Radioculex, Theob., Rec. Ind. Mus., ii, 295 (1908) ; Monog. v, 192. Type, R. clavipalpis, Theob., sp. nov., /.c., the original species. =Mimomyia, Theob. Ramecia, Annandale, Spol. Zeyl. vii, 187 (1911). Type, R. inepta, Annand., sp. nov., o, l.c., the only species. A valid genus. Reedomyia, Ludl., Can. Ent. xxxvii, 94 (1905). Type, R. pampangensis, Ludl., sp. nov., 2? , /.c., the original species. —=Culex, Vy. Rhynchotaenia, Brethes, Ann. Mus. Buen. Ayres xx, 470 (1910), nom. nov. for Taentorhynchus, Theob. Rossia, Theob., Jour. Trop. Med. v, 181 (1902). Preocc. by Owen 1838 in Mollusca, and Bonap., 1838, in Aves; renamed Myzorhynchus, Blanch. No type species ever set up, and as Rossia is displaced by Myzorhynchus, which itself sinks in Anopheles, nothing is to be gained by selecting one now. = Anopheles, Mg. 1 Major James’ suggestion (Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 99) to set up palestinensis, Theob., as the ‘‘ type example” of the genus (whatever he may mean by that as distinct from ‘‘ type of the genus’’) is unpardonable. A. costalis, Lw., was definitely selected by Blanchard as the type and must remain so. 1914.] E. BRUNETTI: leview of Genera in Culicidae. 71 Runchomyia, Theob., Monog. iti, 319 (1903). Binotia, Blanch., nom. nov, on alleged preoccupation by Rhync- homyia, R. Desv. (1830), in Muscinae. Type, R. frontosa, Theob., sp. nov., ? , /.c., by original designa- tion. A valid genus. Sabethes, R. Desv., Essai Culic. 411 (1827). Sabettus, Scudd., emend. (1882). Type, Culex longipes, F., so far as I can ascertain. Coquillett gives C cyaneus, F., ‘‘ as locuples, sp. nov.’ ; the Kertesz Catalogue makes locuples asynonym of longi pes, F., which has another synonym in vemtpes, W. (this latter being given as genotype by Theobald). Cyaneus. F., is a separate species under Culex inthe Kertesz Cat. and even if it should prove synonymous with longifes, F., the latter takes bare prece- dence by being described on the previous page. A valid genus. Sabethinus, Lutz., in Bourroul, Mosq. Bras. 48 (? 57), (1904). Sabettinus, Blanch., Moust. 634, emend. Type, S. intermedius, Lutz, the first species described, by present designation. Theobald says the genus may be synonymous with Sabethoides, Theob., which is the view adopted herein. Sabethoides, Theob., Monog. iii, 328 (1903). Sabettoides, Blanch., emend., Moust. 423. Sahethinus, Lutz. Type, S. confusus, Theob. Admitted as valid pro. tem. Sayomyia, Coq., Can. Ent. xxxv, 190 (1903). Type, Corethra punctipennis, Say. ==Chaoborus, Lichtenstein. Scutomyia, Theob., Entom. xxxvii, 77 (1904). Type, Culex sugens, W., by present designation, as the oldest described species included by Theobald at the erection of the genus. —=Stegomyta, Theob. Simondella, Laveran, Comp. rend. soc. biol. liv, 1158 (1902). Type, S. curvirostris, Lav. —=Limatus, Theob. Skeiromyia, Leices., Cul. Mal. 248 (1908). Type, S. fusca, sp. nov., # 2 , l.c., the only species. Probably=Hodgesta, Theob. Skusea, Theob., Monog. iii, 291 (1903). Type, S. funerea, Theob., by original designation. A valid genus. Squamomyia, Theob., Rec. Ind. Mus iv, 28 (1910); Monog. v, 520. Type, S. inornata, Theob., sp. nov. o, the original species. Probably=A edes, Mg. Stegoconops, Lutz, Imprensa Medica (1906) (? nom. nud.) ; Peryassu, Os Culic. do Bras. 34 (1908). Type, unknown to me. =Culex, 1. 72 Records of the Indian Museunn. [Vor 2x5 Stegomyia, Theob., in Howard’s Mosquitoes p. 233 (Jan. T, 1g0T); Monog. i, 283. Type, Culex fascratus, F., as calopus, Mg. Apparently a valid genus. Stenoscutus, Theob., Monog. v, 263 (1910). . Type, S. africanus, Theob., sp. nov., 2 , /.c. ——Galesaaiee Stethomyia, Theob., Jour. Trop. Med. v, 1&1 (1902). Type, S. numta, Theob., sp. nov., /.c., the original species. =Anobheles, Mg. Taeniorhynchus, Arrib., Rev. Mus. la Plata i, 389 (1891). Restricted by Theobald, Monog. ii, 1g0 (1901). Type, Culex titillans, Walk., as C. taentorhynchus, W., techni- cally. N.B.—Theobald observes (Monog. iv, 483) the genus was technically founded on Wiedemann’s ftaeniorhynchus, with which the author regarded fitillans as synonymous, also adding two new species, confinnis and fasctolatus. Coquillett would adopt dtil/ans, in place of taenrorhynchus, to avoid tautonomy, but the selected original type species must stand. Admitted herein as a sub-genus of Culex L,. Teromyia, Leices., Cul. Mal. 49 (1908). Type, T. acaudata, Leices., sp. nov.,o @ , the first species, by present designation. See p. 35 as to possible validity. =Toxorhynchites, Theob. Theobaldia, Neveu-Lemaire, Comp. rend. liv, 1331 (Nov. 29, 1902). Theobaldinella, Blanch., Moust. 390, nom. nov., under supposed preoccupation by Theobaldius, Neville, in Mollusca. Type, Cuiex annulatus, Schrk. ==Culex, L. Theobaldiomyia, Brun., Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 462 (1912), nom. nov. for Leucomyia, Theob. preoce., Brauer and Berg., 1892 in Sarcophaginae. Thomasina, Newstead and Carter, Ann. Trop. Med. Paras. iv, 553 fig. I, head @ (1910-11). Type, Mansonia longipalp7s, (2 only descr.) Newstead and Thomas, Ann. Trop. Med. Paras. iv, 145,2?. =Culex, L. Tinoletes, Coq., Proc. Ent. So. Wash. vii, 185 (1906). Type, T. latisquama, Coq., by original designation. Of uncertain validity and position. Topomyia, Leices., Cul. Mal. 238 (1908). Type, T. minor, Leices.,sp.nov.,% @ ,/.c., the first of the nine species, by present designation. Probably a valid genus. Toxorhynchites, Theob., Monog. i, 244 (1901). Type, T. brevipaipis, Theob., sp. nov., 2, éc., by original designation. The attempt to make Megarhinus matilus the type must fail, as stated by Mr. Edwards (Bull. Ent. RES siti. ))s A valid genus. 1914. ] E. BRUNETTI: Review of Genera in Culicidae. 73 Trichopronomyia, Theob., Ann. Mus. Hung iii, 98 (1905); Monog. iv, 479. Type, T. annulata, Theob., sp. nov., 7, /.c., the original species. =Culex, L. Trichoprosopon, Theob., Monog. ii, 283 (rgor) ; Jour. Trop. Med. iv, 235, July 15, 1901, nom. nud. Type, T. mvipes, Theob., sp. nov. the original species. A valid genus. Trichorhynchomyia, Brun., Rec. Ind. Mus. iv, 477 (1912). nom. nov. for Trichorhynchus, Theob., preocc. Trichorhynchus, Theob., Jr. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xvi, 240 (1905); Monog. iv, 270. . Preoccuped by Balbiani 1887 in Protozoa; renamed T7- chorhynchymyia, Brun. Type, T. fuscus, Theob., by original designation. —Culex L Uranotaenia, Arrib., Rev. Mus. la Plata i, 405 (1891). Type, U. pulcherrima, Arrib., by designation of Neveu- Lemaire (Mem. So. Zool. Fran. xv, 21—1902). Apparently a valid genus. Verrallina, Theob., Monog. iii, 295 (1903). Type, Aedes butlert, Theob., by Coquillett’s designation. =Uranotaenta, Arrib. Worcesteria, Banks, Phil. Jour. Sci. i, 779 (1906). Type, W. grata, Banks, sp. nov. the original species. Some doubt attaches as to grata being distinct from Toxorhyn- chites tmmisericors. =Toxorhynchites, Theob. Wyeomyia, Theob., Monog. ii, 267 (tgo1t); Jour. Trop. Med. iv, 235, July 15, 1901, nom. nov. Type, W. grayit, Theob., by designation of Neveu Lemaire, (Mem. So. Zool. Fran. xv, 223—1902). A valid genus. ? p. 268. Zeugnomyia, Leices., Cul. Mal. 231 (1908). Tyee. Za eraciis. ILeices., “Sp. nov... o Q:, l.c. 232, ahe only species, Of uncertain validity. Pit beh ae ky RE COR DS “Ory IN Dil AN iB REACTS el WA ER MSA Er “Wit Do CG Reer st TONS 2O:h A= NE Wo CEN US ANE Poses ei Sa By WALTER M. TATTERSALL, D.Sc., Keeper of the Manchester Museum. (Plates xii—xiil.) In 1908 I described two new species of Mysidae from brackish water, near Calcutta (/tec. Ind. Mus., vol. ii, pt. 3, 1908). Since that time, Dr. Annandale and his staff have continued their exploration of tue brackish waters of India and have sent to me, from time to time, samples of the Mysidae they found in their material, for identification. Most of the specimens sent me were found to belong to one or other of the two forms I had _ previously described. They have proved to be abundant and widely distri- buted on the east coast of India. Among the material sent me, however, I found a bottle of specimens from a brackish creek near Bombay, which proved to belong to an undescribed species requir- ing the formation of a new genus. In the present paper, I give a description with figures of the new specie; and a complete list of all the records for the two previously described forms. ‘These three species are, so far as I am aware, the only Mysidae known from the littoral of India. Many purely marine species must still await discovery and it seems probable that further work in the brackish waters of the west coast will bring to light undescribed forms. Iam much indebted to Dr. Annandale for the opportunity of examining the material here dealt with and to Mr. S. W. Kemp for valuable notes on the occurrence of the species and for a complete list of known localities. To both these gentlemen I desire to express my best thanks. Macropsis orientalis, Tattersall. M. orventalis, Tattersall, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. ii, pt. 3, 1908. Complete list of localities. (1). Chittagong town, brackish ponds near river. (N. An- nandale and S. W. Kemp.) (2). Dhappa, near Calcutta, brackish ponds (N. Annandale). Type locality. 76 Records of the Indian Museum. [WolLaoe. Found since in abundance in the same district, in water with 5°09--7'41 g. NaCl per litre. (3). Port Canning, Lower Bengal, brackish ponds (N. An- nandale). (4). Zoological Gardens, Calcutta, fresh water (S. W. Kemp). (The pond in which Mr. Kemp took the specimens is filled peri- odically from a creek of the R. Hughli. N. A.) (5). Belgachia, Calcutta, brackish water canal. (S. W. Kemp.) (6). Garia, Lower Bengal, brackish ponds (N. Annandale and S. W. Kemp). (7). Nalbano, L. Chilka, Puri district, brackish water (/. T. Jenkins). (8). S. end of L. Chilka (inland), brackish water (N. Annan- dale). (9). Barkul, Chilka Lake, in water with 4:09 g. NaCl per litre (F. H. Gravely}. (10). Rambha, Ganjam district, brackish ponds (N. Annan- dale). (11). Vizagapatam backwater, Vizagapatam, salt water (S. W. Kemp). (12). Sar Lake, nr. Puri, Orissa, fresh water (N. Annandale). (13). Madpur, Bengal (Rk. A. Hodgart). (14). Edge of the Mahanadi River, Cuttack, Orissa (N. An- nandale). I am indebted to Mr. Kemp for the above list of records for this species and for samples of specimens from nearly all the localities, from which I have been able to confirm Mr. Kemp’s determinations. When forwarding the list of captures, Mr. Kemp kindly gave me the following note on the general occurrence of this species. ‘‘ The species usually occurs in enormous numbers swimming in shoals. In one instance, when a strong breeze was blowing, it was noticed that the shoal kept to the windward side of the pond. In the neighbourhood of Calcutta, it seems to prefer ponds and canals, of slowly moving water, which are brackish, but does not occur in the salt lakes proper. None the less, as shown in the records given above, it is sometimes found in water almost or fully as salt as the sea and the fresh water record from a pond in the Zoological Gardens at Calcutta, cannot be questioned.’’ Since writing the above, Mr. Keinp forwarded to m2 specimens from Madpur, in the Midnapore district from absolutely fresh water, ‘‘ at least thirty miles away from the nearest possible source of saline contamination ’’ The species was taken in abundance at all the above localities. We may therefore summarise our knowledge of the distribu- tion of this species by saying that it is an abundant form at the head of the Bay of Bengal and on the east coast of India, from Chittagong and the delta of the Ganges to Vizagapatam, usually found in brackish water or in fresh water not far distant from the influence of brackish tidal streams, but occasionally found in abso- 1914.] W.M. TatrersaLL: Indian Brackish Water Mysidae. 77 lutely fresh water, beyond suspicion of saline contamination as at Madpur or in the Zoological Gardens at Calcutta, or in water almost as salt as the sea as at L. Chilka. I have seen no specimens at al! from the west coast of India. Potamomysis assimilis, Tattersall. P. assimilis, Tattersall, loc. cit. (Plate xiii, fiz. 14.) Complete list of localities. (1). Chittagong towu, brackish ponds near river (N. Annan- dale and S. W. Kemp). (2). Dhappa, near Calcutta, brackish ponds (N. Annandale). Type locality. (3). Garia, Lower Bengal, brackish ponds (N. Annandale and S. W. Kemp). (4). Sar Lake, near Puri, Orissa, fresh water (N. Annandale). (5). Edge of the Mahanadi River, Cuttack, Orissa, fresh water (NV. Annandale). I have seen specimens from all these localities. This species has a general distribution very closely agreeing with that of Macropsts orientalis. It is generally found in company with the latter, but is apparently as a rule not nearly so abundant. More- over, it seems to prefer brackish water, since it has not yet been taken in water as salt as the sea and only twice has it been found in fresh water. It has not yet been found on the west coast of India. The additional material that I have been able to examine of this species has enabled me to supplement my original description. I find that 1n matur2 males, 6 mm. in length, there is a prominent hirsute lobe on the antennules, similar in form to but shorter than the same appendage in Macropsis orientalis. At the time of describing the species, my largest male specimen measured onlv 4 mm. and in specimens of that size, the appendage is just begin- ning to show itself as a small hirsute tubercle. The female has two pairs of incubatory lamellae. In the specimens from the Mahanadi River, I find that the small spines arming the truncate apex of. the telson show a tendency to an arrangement in series of shorter spines with a longer spine between each series (see plate xiii, fig. 14). This arrangement was shown to a much less extent in the type speci- mens but is probably characteristic of the species. Most of the specimens have a row ot black chromatophores on the inner margin of the outer uropod. Genus Indomysis, nov. Form of the body comparatively slender. Eyes well developed. 78 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voreexe Carapace not produced in the form of a rostral plate ; lateral corners acutely produced. Superior antennae of the usual structure but wanting the hirsute appendage in the male. Antennal scale narrowly oval in shape, setose all round, un- jointed. Telson short, entire, quadrangular in shape, lateral margins armed with a few short spines; apex truncate, armed with a row of small teeth. First, second and third pairs of pleopods in the male, as in the female. Fourth pair distinctly biramous, inner ramus quite small and bearing only a few delicate setae, outer ramus considerably elongate, extending beyond the posterior margin of the last seg- ment of the pleon, consisting of a single elongate joint terminated by a long slender spiniforn: seta. Fifth pair elongate, extending beyond the posterior margin of the last segment of the pleon, ccnsisting of a single linear joint armed with setae. It is possible that the characters of the mandibular palp and the terminal joints of the sixth, seventh and eighth thoracic limbs, as given in the description of the type species below may be found to be of generic significance when further species of the genus are discovered. This new genus is distinguished by the combination of charac- ters afforded by the unjointed antennal scale, the short entire quadrangular telson and the form of the pleopods in the male. It resembles the genus Potamonvysis in the form of the telson, but the latter genus has the antenna! scale jointed and the pleopods of the male quite different, the fifth pleopod resembling the first, second and third, and the fourth of entirely distinct form. I know of no other genus with which it can be confused. Only one species, the type of the genus, Jndomysts annandalet, is as yet known. Indomysis annandalei, gen. et sp. nov. (Plate xii, figs. 1-5 and pl. xiii, figs. 6-13.) Form (fig. 1) of the body moderately slender, thorax more than half as long as the pleon. Carapace leaving the last segment of the thorax fully exposed; anterior margin not produced in the form of a rostral plate but almost regularly and evenly round and slightly upturned; antero- lateral corners produced into acute spiniform projections; a small obtuse frontal spine visible below the anterior margin of the carapace. Eyes well developed and almost completely uncovered by the carapace ; form nearly cylindrical, one and a half times as long as wide, cornea occupying rather less than the distal half of the eye, hardly at ail expanded, pigment black. Superior antenna (fig. 2) somewhat slender, proximal joint of the peduncle longer than the distal two combined, the latter each 1914.] W.M. Tarrersari: Indian Brackish Water Mysidae. 79 armed on their inner distal corners with a single very long and stout plumose seta; hirsute appendage apparently lacking in male specimens. Infertoy antenna with the peduncle about one half as long as the scale, last two joints subequal. Antennal scale (fig. 3) about four and a half times as long as broad in its widest part, extending considerably beyond the distal end of the antennular peduncle, narrowly oval or lanceolate in shape, setose all round, without a second joint ; basal joint from which the scale springs with the outer distal corner acutely produced. Mandible with a well developed molar process ; second joint of the palp linear, not expanded and unarmed ; third joint of the palp comparatively short. First and second thoracic legs (figs. 4-5) of normal form and structure, the masticatory lobes of the first pair well developed. Third pair of thoracic legs (fig. 6} long and slender ; tarsus slightly longer than the merus, three jointed, the first joint the longest; nail well developed. Fourth and fijth patrs of thoractc legs (figs. 7-8) similar in form to the third pair but having the tarsus shorter and only two jointed ; the tarsus of the fifth pair shorter than the tarsus of the fourth. Sixth and seventh pairs of legs (fig. 9) peculiarly modified ; ischial joint long and slender longer than the meral joint; tarsus short and robust, two jointed, second joint quite short; nail well developed and rather robust, having on its inside a strong toothed spine; on the lower distal corner of the first joint of the tarsus there is a long and strong slightly curved spine, which, with the dactylus gives the appearance of a chelate termination to the limbs. Eighth thoracic legs (fig. 10) long and slender; merus longer than the same joint in the sixth and seventh legs and more slender; tarsus reduced to a single quite short joint, expanded distally, terminating in a short curved nail; the expanded distal end of the tarsal joint forms a sort of palmar edge on which the dactylus can inpinge and is armed with a row of six or seven short spines. First five segments of the pleon roughly subequal in length ; sixth segment about one and three quarters as long as the fifth. Telson (fig. 13) shorter than the last segment of the pleon, one third as long again as broad at the base and almost three times as long as broad at the apex; latter squarely truncate, armed at each angle with a single spine between which is a row of small teeth, extending entirely across the whole apex of the telson, some of the teeth longer than the others; lateral margins of the telson armed proximally with four to seven short spines, the distal portion of the lateral margins unarmed, In the example figured, the left margin of the telson bears only four spines while the right margin bears seven 30 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, 1914.] Inner uvopods one and three quarters as long as the telson, without spines on its inner margins; otocyst rather large. Outer uropods twice as long as the telson First, second and third pleopods in the male similar to those of the female; fourth pleopods (fig. 11) distinctly biramous, inner ramus quite small and armed with a few slender setae; outer ramus extending beyond the posterior end of the last segment of the pleon, consisting of a single joint terminated by a very long stout spiniform seta; fifth pleopods (fig. 12) elongate, reaching backwards as far as the outer ramus of the fourth pair, consisting of a single joint armed at the distal end with about four very long and slender setae. Marsuptal pouch of the female, composed of two pairs of lamellae Locality. Brackish creek at Panvel, near Bombay, February, toil (J. Caunter). About two hundred specimens up to 7 mm. in length. I dedicate the species to Dr. Annandale, the Superintendent of the Indian Museum, who has done so much to elucidate the brackish water fauna of India. I have not seen any specimens from any other locality in India This species differs from all other members of the sub-family Mysinae in the form of the pleopods of the male and the elongate form of the fifth pleopods necessitates a modification of the defini- tion of the sub-family in order that this species may be included. The pseudochelate appearance of the sixth and seventh thoracic limbs, and the peculiar form of the extremity of the eighth thoracic limbs are quite characteristic and unknown to me in any other species. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. 1.—Indomysis annandalei, adult female. 2.— td tag , autennular peduncle. 3.— A ie , antennal scale. 4.— igs 5 , endopod of the first thoracic limb. 5. »» _ , endopod of the second thoracic limb. Rec. Ind. Muss, Vol.X , 1914 Plate XII. a W.M.T. del. A.C.Chowdhary, lth. INDOMYSIS ANNANDALEI!, gen. nov., sp.nov. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. Fic. 6.—I/ndomysis annandalei, endopod of the third thoracic limb. en ey os an , tarsus of the fourth thoracic limnb. Ola a ce , tarsus of the fifth thoracic limb. c 30 i a , endopod of the seventh thoracic limb. LO a , tarsus of the eighth thoracic limb. sae i rs , fourth pleopod of the male ) eke e = , fifth pleopod of the male. eS 5 aa , telson. 14.— Potamomysis asstmilis, telson. Rec. Ind. Mu, Vol..K., 1914. Plate XIIl. W.M.T. del. A.C.Chowdhary, lith. Figs.1-13. INDOMYSIS ANNANDALE], gen.nov., sp.nov. Fig: 14. POTAMOMYSIS ASSIMILIS, Tattersall. ie Welw ON CR Uo LACKAS DECA PODA:IN THE FNDIAN MUSEUM. V.—HIPPOLYTIDAE. By STANLEY Kemp, B.A., Assistant Superintendent, Indian Museum. (Plates I-VII.) With the exception of a few more or less isolated records little has hitherto been written on the Hippolytidae occurring in Indian waters. The family is well represented in the Indian Museum, but there can be no doubt that many new and unrecorded forms remain to be discovered. On a recent visit to the coasts of S. India in the vicinity of Rameswaram Island, made in company with Dr. J. R. Henderson of the Madras Museum, several species hitherto unknown from Indian coasts were obtained and there is little doubt that collec- tions from other localities would prove equally interesting. Hip- polytidae seem, for the most part, to prefer shallow water and a weedy bottom; it was at any rate in such situations that all the species found in S. India were obtained. Our coijlection was made in February and at this season the majority of the females were found bearing eggs. The family Hippolytidae is one of somewhat unusual interest on account of the great diversity of form found in the different genera and of the different modes in which the secondary sexual characters may find expression. Several genera such as Leontocaris, Cryptocheles, Tozeuma and Gelastocaris exhibit structural modifications of the most bizarre character; this specialization is presumably correlated with some unusual form of livelihood, but the reasons for the peculiar adap- tations have not as yet been definitely ascertained. In many of the genera no conspicuous secondary sexual characters are developed, but in others they form a most notice- able feature. In some, such as Latreutes and to a less marked extent in Savon, the sexes may be distinguished by the develop- ment of the upper antennular flagellum, that of the male being longer and stouter than that of the female. Young males of Saron in other respects bear a close resemblance to females, but in large individuals of the former sex the third maxillipedes and first peraeopods may attain a monstrous development, being often proportionately twice as long as those of the female. This condi- 82 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, tion. which is also found in the genus Alofe, has been discussed at length by Coutiére ; he considers it to be a case of ‘dimorphism’ , but his application of the term to the phenomena found in these genera is open to question. In Thorv, on the other hand, it is the third peraeopods which are affected. In males of this genus the third leg is proportionately much longer than in the female and bears a different type of spinulation. If my results be accepted, the sexual modifications in one species of Latreutes (L. mucronatus) are of a very far-reaching nature, the whole form of the animal being different, while dis- tinctions of the most striking character are found in the form of the rostrum. : The normal variation found in the species of certain genera is astonishingly great, especially as regards the form and armature of the rostrum, and it is unfortunate that almost implicit reliance was placed on this character by many of the older authors. Asa consequence, a very large number of species stand in need of re- definition and considerable difficulties have been met with in identification, more particularly in the genera Latreutes and Hippolysmata. In examining the Indian forms I have described three new species and one variety, while two fresh genera are proposed, both based on forms already described. Out of a total of twenty-two genera, the number now known from the Indo-pacific region! is fifteen, of which twelve have been found on the coasts of British India. A sound basis for the classification of the genera was outlined by Calman in 1906” on characters derived from the branchial formula and the development of the mandible. The Indo-pacific genera may be distinguished by the use of the following key, which is adapted aud expanded from that given by Calman. The genera Ogyris, Stimpson, and Pterocaris, Heller, are regarded as members of the Alpheidae and are not included therein. I have not seen examples of the genera Nauticaris, Ligur and Mimocarts. KEY TO THE INDO-PACIFIC GENERA OF HIPPOLYTIDAE. A. Arthrobranchiae present at base of first four pairs of peraeo- pods {mandible with three-segmented palp; many seg- ments in carpus of second peraeopods |. | A movable tooth at base of uropods. A. Mandible with incisor-process ~ ... Savon. B. Mandible without incisor-process * ... Nauticarts. Il. No movable tooth at base of uropods. A. Mandible with incisor-process; last three peraeopods not abnormally slender ses ae ... Merhippolyte. | Under this term I include the area extending from the Red Sea and Delagoa Bay to New Zealand, Oceania, the Hawaiian Is. and Japan. 2 Calman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XVII, p. 29. 1914.] S. Kemp: Notes on Crustacea Decapoda. 83 B. Mandible without incisor-process ; last three peraeo- pods abnormally slender os fe se LAE (=Par- hippolyte). B. No arthrobranchiae at base of peracopods. 1, Mandible with palp [carpus of second peraeopods com- posed of six to eight segments ]. A. Mandibular palp three-segmented ; supra-orbital spines of carapace very large [incisor-process of mandible present or absent | ee Ay: ... Alope. B. Mandibular palp two-segmented ; supra-orbital spines of carapace, if present, not very large [mandible with incisor-process |... a He ... Sprvontocarts. {]. Mandible without palp. A. Mandible with incisor- process. 1. Carpus of second peraeopods composed of six or seven segments ; ultimate segment of antennular peduncle with movable distal plate ... TL ROR: : II, Carpus of second peraeopods composed of only thre segments; ultimate segment of antennular peduncle without movable plate (normal) ... Hippolyte. B. Mandible without incisor-process. ie Carpus of second peraeopods composed of three segments. a. No post-ocular spine on carapace; carpus and chela of first peraeopods short and_ stout, dactyli of last three pairs normal. I. Form of body stout; lateral process of basal antennular segment anteriorly rounded ; third maxillipede with exopod ; epipods at base of first three or four peraeopods ... Latreutes. 2, Form of body very slender; lateral process of basal antennular segment anteriorly point- ed; third maxillipede without exopod ; no epipods at base of peraeopods ... ... Tozeuma. 6. A post-ocular spine on carapace; carpus and chela of first peraeopods slender; dactylus of last three pairs composed of a short basal portion bearing a cluster of large teeth {third maxillipede without exopod; epipods at base of first four peraeopods | : ... Gelastocaris. Il. Carpus of second peraeopods composed of many segments. a. Abdomen bearing argespines dorsally and vent- rally ; carapace with longitudinal lateral cari- _ nae {| exopod of third maxillipede present ?] ... Wimocaris. 6. Abdomen without large spines ; carapace without lateral carinae. 1. Third maxillipede with exopod; epipods at base of first four peraeopods, ultimate seg- ment of antennal peduncle not abnormal in size. a. Upperantennular flagellum unequally bira- mous ... ae Sic ... Lysmata. 8. Upper antennular flagellum uniramous_... //:ppolysmata. 2. Third maxillipede without exopod ; no epipods at base of first four peraeopods, ultimate segment of antennal peduncle abnormal in size ... Merguia, As the literature dealing with the family is much scattered, I have given, at the end of this paper, a list of the Indo-pacific species with references. 84 Records of the Indian Museum. [VioL22e, Genus Saron, Thallwitz. Saron marmoratus (Olivier). 1869. Hippolyte kraussi, Bianconi, Spec. Zool. Mossambic., XVII, in Mem. Acad. Sci. Bologna (2), IX, p. 209, pl. i, fig. 2a. 1878. Hippolyte kraussi, Hilgendorf, Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 836. 1893. Savon marmoratus, Borradaile, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 1009. 1902. Savon marmoratus, Borradaile, in Willey’s Zool. Results, Pp. Arse 1903. Saron gibberosus, de Man, Abhandl. Senck. nat. Ges., XXV, p. 852, Pie PRVi eS 7): 1905. Nauticaris grandirostris, Pearson, Ceylon Pearl Oyster Rep., LV, P= 79;-plag die. (0. 1900. Spirontocaris marmorata, Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903, p. 913. 1906. Saron gibberosus, Nobili, Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (9), LV, p. nos 1906. Savon gibberosus, Nobili, Bull. sci. France et Belg., XL, p. 3 . 1910. Savon gibberosus, Coutiére, Bull. Soc. philomath. Paris (10), nh p. 7G text- figs. Most of the earlier synonymy of this species is given in full by Borradaile (/oc. cit., 1898). It should however be noticed that de Man (loc. c#t., 1902) has referred Ortmann’s Japanese speci- mens ' and some of those recorded by himself both in 1888 * and 1897 ° to a new and very closely allied species, Savon neglectus, which is recorded in the present paper from the Andaman Is. Among the male specimens of S. marmoratus preserved in the Indian Museum the variation in the proportional lengths of the third maxillipedes and first pair of peraeopods is enormous; in twenty individuals of this sex from a single locality the third See INS vary from 35 to 77%, and the first peraeopods from 30 to 88% of the total length. It is this great variation that has led to the mensch that exists in the taxonomy and has induced earlier authors to describe the species under two separate names, marmoratus and gibberosus. Thanks to the work of Borradaile and de Man this confusion no longer exists, but there is still, I believe, a certain amount of misconception regarding the occur- rence of dimorphism in the genus. Borradaile, while including gibberosus as a synonym of mar- moratus, notes that in his specimens ‘“‘the males can be sharply divided into two groups having the marmoratus and gibberosus- characteristics respectively ’’ and suggests the possibility that the males of the species are dimorphic. This view is upheld by Coutiére in a most interesting paper entitled ‘‘ Les crevettes a males dimorphes du genre Savon’’ (loc. cit., 1910); but an exam- ination of the material at my disposal leads me to believe that this supposed dimorphism has no foundation in fact. The variation shown in the relative lengths of the third maxillipedes and first peraeopods is, as shown in the table on page 85, of enormous extent. In some males these two appendages mee Jaheb-; Syst., V, p. 407 (1890). 2 Arch. f. N Jaturgesch., Pp: 533. 8 Zool. Jahrb., Syst., ibe pryjOn. 1914.] S. Kemp: Notes on Crustacea Decapoda. 85 attain a monstrous size, while in others they are small and approximate more or less closely to those of the female. But this alone is, in, my opinion, insufficient to prove the existence of dimorphism: it is essential that the specimens should fall into two well-defined groups and that their measurements, when plotted, should yield a bimodal curve. Measurements of our specimens show no indication of this. ‘he greatest proportional size of the limbs is found in large specimens, but the figures, when plotted, give little other information of interest; there is no trace of a bimodal curve and even on casual examination of the speci- mens, it is evident that for all practical purposes the series is a graded one. MEASUREMENTS OF MALE Savon marmoratus. [pas peeks fee | PERCENTAGE OF cars | TOTAL LENGTH. Locality. : ot ioe 3rd Ist 3rd Ist | mxpde. prpd. | mxpde.}| prpd. | | é ; 7 mm. mm. mm. | KKarachi ee ule SAD 10°5 14 309°3 BQEQ im | 43°5 LOSS 27D 44°5 40°2 | 44 19 17 AIO} Soles Son Owes | | 44 19 104 | 43°20 lo Bp ae | 46 DENS 2 Tas 48°9 46°7 | 48 25 25 | 52° 52°1 | | 49°5 23'5 oes eee 45 | | 49°5 23'5 22°55 | 475 45°4 | fig ve ay 24°2 22 47°4 43°I | | 53 25°5 24 48°1 AS 3 | 53 28 20°7 52°3 504 | res 29 BO Sa 95457 S75 | re S3r 26°5 20°5 49°5 49°5 reas | 30 29 54°5 52°7 BO hae paar inet (eee S7t pear 58 33 34°5 55°2 So eet 58 AAS ty 52 76°7 87°90 | 61 37 42 60°6 68°8 61'5 — 45°5 == F237] Andamans ay) Ty 10) 35°4. 30°3 | 43 10 152 | 442 | 35°73 Port Canning Se eit ceils 2 Se-\ 36-0 gi BREE ihe 16 I4 | 36°8 g2°2 45... | S19 10°5 41°3 35°9 49 21 10°7 | 42°38 | 3471 2 = ZUR Ni SF a7 O15 s0|) 27% 25°5 | 45 41°5 | ) In the measurements taken my specimens seem to agree with those examined by Coutiére who has nowhere stated that they can be sharply divided into two groups. They are, however, directly 86 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor xs at variance with the results obtained by Borradaile and for this I am unable to offer any adequate explanation. Judging from the Indian examples the variation in the males of Savon marmoratus is closely similar to that found in certain freshwater prawns of the family Palaemonidae. In a number of species of this family the second peraeopods of some males are found to have attained a huge size, while in other individuals of the same sex and species they resemble those of the female: if sufficiently large numbers are examined it is found that the speci- mens fall into a more or less well-graded series and that it is impossible to separate them into two or more groups. Coutiére considers that dimorphism also occurs in the Palaemonidae; but his detailed study of its occurrence in Palaemon (Eupalaemon) lar,} although of great interest, does not convince me that this is the case.” Smith defines high and low dimorphism in the following terms*:—‘‘ It consists essentially in the existence among the males of any species of a graduated series, as regards size and the development of the secondary sexual characters, such that the smaller males have relatively poorly developed secondary sexual characters while the larger males attain to a much greater relative development of those characters. The smaller males are then termed ‘low,’ and the larger males ‘‘high”’: when there is a more or less abrupt transition in point of numbers from high to low males we may most properly speak of a high and low dimorphism existing in the males of that species, but we also apply the term more loosely to those cases in which no such abrupt transition is proved to occur.” If the last sentence in this paragraph be accepted, the pheno- mena found in these Caridea may correctly be described as dimor- phism, but to do so would, in my opinion, only tend to obscure the real nature of the case. In Saron, Palaemon, and certain other genera it appears that the male may become sexually mature at a period when, in its secondary sexual characters, it shows but little external difference from the female; but that it gradually assumes the more striking features of its sex in the course of subsequent moults, just as the male parr in which the milt may be ripe gradually assumes the appearance of the adult milt salmon. In Caridea, therefore, the case is one of gradual transi- tion rather than of true dimorphism, by which is implied either a ! Coutiére, Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (8), XII, p. 292 (1901). * Henderson and Matthai in their account of the freshwater Palaemonidae of Southern India (Rec. Ind. Mus., V, 1910, p. 280) have advanced certain facts which seem to indicate that Palaemon scabriculus, P. dolichodactylus and P. dubius, belong in reality to a single species. This suggestion is a most interesting one and, if it be proved, trimorphism in the males of Palaemonidae will be established. The case, however, is on an entirely different footing from that cited above, for the three forms, all founded on males of large size, differ from one another in well-marked characters drawn from the proportional lengths ot the individual segments of the second peraeopods. 8 Smith, Mitth. zool, Stat. Neapel, XVII, p. 312 (1906). 1914. | S. Kempe: Notes on Crustacea Decapoda. 87 discontinuity in the development of the individual or a marked dichotomy of evolution within the limits of a species. Coutiére at the close of his paper on the males of the genus Saron gives an account of certain investigations which he has made on the condition of the testes in S. marmoratus and neglectus. In those specimens in which the third mavxillipedes and first per- aeopods were very large he found that the testes were reduced. The suggestion that he makes to account for the condition of the individuals that he examined is a most interesting one, namely that the production of very large limbs is the result of senility. This suggestion should form the basis of further investigation, but the fact that Coutiére does not state whether all or any of his specimens, which came from widely separated localities, were killed during the breeding season, makes it impossible to accept his views without further evidence and this, unfortunately, my own material does not provide. The specimens of Savon marmoratus in the Indian Museum were obtained at the following localities :— S193 Queensland, Australia. Queensland Museum. One, 44 mm. 248 ? i A. R. Anderson, ) = 2455 Andaman Is be Heras ae ted OR DIX, 22—44 mim. iy ceman!S ( J. Wood-Mason. 5 S34 OP : 2 x 64900 Port Canning, Ganges J. Wood-Mason. Six, 41-61°5 mm. delta. 8456 \ilakarai, Ramnad S. Kemp. One, 44 mm. Dist., S. India. From coral reei. S454=5 Pamban, Ramnad Si Kemp. Twenty-four, 10-43 Dist., S. India. mm. From coral reet. 1637 ) S186. Karachi, M. of R. Karachi Museum. Forty-eight, 36-65 3169-77 ice mm. 4 rs = . . ' rye S401 Kubbar |. reef, Per- ‘ investigator. Iwo, 34 and 59 mm. sian Gulf. 1460 Mauritius. (Purchased. ) One, 50 mm. i The Pamban specimens were collected in February, 1913. All the larger individuals are ovigerous females and many of them bear coarse tufts of hairs on the rostrum, carapace and abdomen much as in Hippolyte varians form fascigera. Savon marmoratus has been recorded from Australia (Milne- Edwards) from the Hawaiian Is. (Randall), and from many locali- ties in Oceania and in the Malay Archipelago (Dana, Heller, de Man, Borradaile. etc.). It is also known from Ceylon (Pearson), Mozambique (Bianconi, Hilgendorf), Zanzibar (Ortmann), the Arabian coast (Nobili), and from the Red Sea (Heller, Nobili). Saron neglectus, de Man. ‘1888. Hippolyte gibberosa, de Man, Arch. f. Naturgesch, LITT, 1, p. 533 (partim). , 1890. Hippolyte gibberosa, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., V, p. 497 (nec. syn.). 86 Records of the Indian Museum. i Viol zoe. at variance with the results obtained by Borradaile and for this I am unable to offer any adequate explanation. Judging from the Indian examples the variation in the males of Savon marmoratus is closely similar to that found in certain freshwater prawns of the family Palaemonidae. In a number of species of this family the second peraeopods of some males are found to have attained a huge size, while in other individuals of the same sex and species they resemble those of the female: if sufficiently large numbers are examined it is found that the speci- mens fall into a more or less well-graded series and that it is impossible to separate them into two or more groups. Coutiére considers that dimorphism also occurs in the Palaemonidae; but his detailed study of its occurrence in Palaemon (Eupalaemon) lar,}! although of great interest, does not convince me that this is the case.” Smith defines high and low dimorphism in the following terms*:—‘“‘ It consists essentially in the existence among the males of any species of a graduated series, as regards size and the development of the secondary sexual characters, such that the smaller males have relatively poorly developed secondary sexual characters while the larger males attain to a much greater relative development of those characters. The smaller males are then termed ‘low,’ and the larger males ‘‘high”’: when there is a more or less abrupt transition in point of numbers from high to low males we may most properly speak of a high and low dimorphism existing in the males of that species, but we also apply the term more loosely to those cases in which no such abrupt transition is proved to occur.” If the last sentence in this paragraph be accepted, the pheno- mena found in these Caridea may correctly be described as dimor- phism, but to do so would, in my opinion, only tend to obscure the real nature of the case. In Saron, Palaemon, and certain other genera it appears that the male may become sexually mature at a period when, in its secondary sexual characters, it shows but little external difference from the female; but that it gradually assumes the more striking features of its sex in the course of subsequent moults, just as the male parr in which the milt may be ripe gradually assumes the appearance of the adult milt salmon. In Caridea, therefore, the case is one of gradual transi- tion rather than of true dimorphism, by which is implied either a ! Coutiére, Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (8), XII, p. 292 (1901). * Henderson and Matthai in their account of the freshwater Palaemonidae of Southern India (Rec. Ind. Mus., V, 1910, p. 280) have advanced certain facts which seem to indicate that Palaemon scabriculus, P. dolichodactylus and P. dubius, belong in reality to a single species. This suggestion is a most interesting one and, if it be proved, trimorphism in the males of Palaemonidae will be established. The case, however, is on an entirely different footing from that cited above, for the three forms, all founded on males of large size, differ from one another in well-marked characters drawn from the proportional lengths ot the individual segments of the second peraeopods. 8 Smith, Mitth. zool, Stat. Neapel, XVII, p. 312 (1906). 1914.] S. Kemp: Notes on Crustacea Decapoda. 87 discontinuity in the development of the individual or a marked dichotomy of evolution within the limits of a species. Coutiére at the close of his paper on the males of the genus Saron gives an account of certain investigations which he has made on the condition of the testes in S. marmoratus and neglectus. In those specimens in which the third maxillipedes and first per- aeopods were very large he found that the testes were reduced. The suggestion that he makes to account for the condition of the individuals that he examined is a most interesting one, namely that the production of very large limbs is the result of senility. This suggestion should form the basis of further investigation, but the fact that Coutiére does not state whether all or any of his specimens, which came from widely separated localities, were killed during the breeding season, makes it impossible to accept his views without further evidence and this, unfortunately, my own material does not provide. The specimens of Savon marmoratus in the Indian Museum were obtained at the following localities :— 5103 Queensland, Australia. Queensland Museum. One, 44 mm. ¢( A. R. Anderson, ) ( J. Wood-Mason. 5 7 ee Andaman Is. Six, 33-44 mm. ( 0 Port Canning, Ganges J. Wood-Mason. Six, 41-61°5 mm. delta 84568 |ilakarai, Ramnad S. ISemp. One, 44 mm. Dist. -Selndia: From coral reet. S454°5 Pamban, Ramnad Stiemp. Twenty-four, 10-43 Dist., S. India. mm. From coral reef. 1637 ) 318 6— Karachi, M. of R. Karachi Museum, Forty-eight, 36-65 ee fi Indus. mm. 8401 Kubbar |. reei, Per- ‘ investigator.’ Two, 34 and 59 mm. sian Gulf. 146.0 Mauritius. (Purchased. ) One, 50 mm. The Pamban specimens were collected in February, 1913. All the larger individuals are ovigerous females and many of them bear coarse tufts of hairs on the rostrum, carapace and abdomen much as in Hippolyte varians form fascigera. Savon marmoratus has been recorded from Australia (Milne- Edwards) from the Hawaiian Is. (Randall), and from many locali- ties in Oceania and in the Malay Archipelago (Dana, Heller, de Man, Borradaile. etc.). It is also known from Ceylon (Pearson), Mozambique (Bianconi, Hilgendorf), Zanzibar (Ortmann), the Arabian coast (Nobili), and from the Red Sea (Heller, Nobili). Saron neglectus, de Man. 1888. Hippolyte gibberosa, de Man, Arch. f. Naturgesch, I eas p2533 (partim). : 1890. Hippolyte gibberosa, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., V, p-. 497 (nec. syn.). go Records of the Indian Museum. [ViOEs Ts 1903. Alope palpalis, Thomson, ‘Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2), VIII, p- 440, pl. xxvin, figs. 3-12. 1903. Merhippolyte spinifrons, Vhomson, 7bid., p. 444. 1909. Alope palpalis, McCulloch, Rec. Australian Mus., VII, p. 313, text-figs. 2, 3. 1900. Merhippolyte spinifrons =? Alope palpalis, Calman, Ann. Mag. Nat. dlist.n(7)yeoov lip... Dr. Calman has suggested that Hippolyte spinifrons, Milne- Edwards, is probably a species of Alope and with this view I am in entire agreement. It seems likely that the phrase ‘‘ les épines suborbitaires ’’ in Milne-Edwards’ description is a clerical error for ‘‘les épines supra-orbitaires’’ ; this hypothesis explains the italicization of the whole passage and appears to me more pro- bable than the view advanced by Bate! that the words refer to the lateral process of the antennular peduncle. In other respects the description agrees well enough with Alofe palpalis ; but until the matter has been placed beyond all doubt it is, in my opinion, not advisable to change the name of this well-known form. Several subsequent authors have recorded both Aloe palpalis aud Hippolyle spinifrons from the New Zealand coast ; but it does not appear that any of them, with the possible exception of Filhol, examined both forms. Filhol’s Hzpfolyte spinifrons, as is shown by the figure, is undoubtedly synonymous with White’s Alope palpalis ; he refers to the supra-orbital spines as ‘‘ épines sus-orbitaires ’’ following Milne-Edwards’ mistake in terminology. He gives no description of his Alope palpalis and it is possible that he has supplied records of its occurrence without examining speci- mens ; his work, as a whole, is not such as to inspire confidence. Thomson, under the name Merhippolyte spinifrons, merely quotes Filhol’s account, and the examples subsequently recorded by Chilton * under this name from the Kermadec Is. are, as I have been able to determine by examination of specimens kindly sent me by the author, to be referred to the genus Lysmata (see p. 110). It is, I believe, most improbable that Milne-Edwards’ description was based on this species. Alope palpalis is represented in the Indian Museum by a single ovigerous female which differs rather markedly from Thomson’s description and figures (loc. cit.). In the second pair of peraeopods the ischium and merus on the right side are composed of two segments and the carpus of seven (fig. 2). On the left side the ischium is two-, the merus three- and the carpus eight-segmented (fig. 1). The processes on the thoracic sternum bear little resemblance to Thomson’s figure and are closely similar in form to those of the allied species, A. australis (see pl. I, fig. 5). Thomson does not refer in any definite way to the great development of the third maxillipedes and first peraeopods in l Bate, Rep. ‘Challenger’ Macrura, pp. 621, 622 (1888). 2 Chilton, Trans. N. Zealand Inst., XLIII, p. 547 (i911). 1914. ] S. Kemp: Notes on Crustacea Decapoda. gI large males of this species, but from Mier’s figure (1874, loc. cit.) it is evident that this is sometimes a conspicuous feature. S457 New Zealand. Canterbury Mus. exch. One, 39 mm. Alope palpalis appears to be restricted to the coasts of New Zealand and the neighbouring islands, the records of its occurrence in Australian waters refer to the following species. Alope australis, Baker. (Plate I, figs. 3-5.) 1882. Alope palpalis, Haswell, Cat. Australian Crust., p. 193. 1898. Alope palpalis, Stead, Zoologist (4), U1, p. 211. 1904. Alope australis, Baker, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Australia, XXVIII, p= 154) pl: xxx, figs..1-7 1909. Alope Pees McCulloch, Ree. Australian Mus., VII, p. text-fig. 1. 313, The chief distinctions between this species and 4. falpalis, White, are as follows :— A. australis. | A. palpalis. Rostrum not reaching as far Rostrum reaching as far for- forwards as basal segment of wards as basal segment of an- antennular peduncle. | tennular peduncle. Supra-orbital spines scarcely Supra-orbital spines reaching reaching beyond base of eye- | to tips of eyes. stalks. | Iateral process of basal seg- | Lateral process of basal seg- ment of antennular peduncle ex- | ment of antennular peduncle tending little, if at all, beyond extending far in advance of end of segment. basal segment. Mandible without incisor-pro- Mandible with incisor-pro- cess. | cess. The five Burmese specimens examined differ from Baker’s description and figures in a few particulars. The antennular peduncle reaches beyond the middle of the antennal scale, the second segment is longer than the third and is longer than broad ; the lateral process of the basal segment extends at most to the distal end of the segment, usually falling far short of it (fig. 3). Baker states that A. australis differs from A. palpalis ‘‘ in the less divided state of the second pereiopods—except the carpus ’’ and in his figure the merus and ischium of this limb are not segmented. In four of the Indian examples the ischium and merus of this pair are each divided into two segments, while the carpus is composed of seven. In the fifth specimen, a large male, the left leg is similarly segmented, but the right, which is abnormally Shore shows traces of subdivision into two and three segments in the ischium and merus and the carpus consists of ten segments, two of these, however, being only feebly indicated (fig. 4). 92 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL. Three of the specimens examined possess five dorsal teeth on the rostrum; in the other two there are only four. The mandible agrees closely with Baker’s figures; but the second segment of the palp is as broad as long. A small ridge at the base of the palp is all that remains of the incisor-process. The processes on the thoracic sternum of the large male (fig. 5) consist of (i) a sharp upstanding keel between the third and fourth pairs of peraeopods, (ii) a pair of acute backwardly directed teeth between the fourth and fifth pairs, and (iii) a con- spicuous plate, very deeply bifurcated anteriorly, behind the base of the last pair. In small males and in an ovigerous female the processes are similar, but the anterior bifurcation in the plate behind the fifth peraeopods is much less pronounced. The endopod of the first pair of peraeopods is, in the male, unequally bifid at the apex; in the female it is simple and ends acutely. In the large male example the third maxillipedes are as long as the entire length of the animal (measured froin the tip of the rostrum to the apex of the telson), though in other males and in the female they are less than half the same proportional length. The five specimens vield the following measurements :— Length of | Ratio of 3rd mxpde. Sex. | otal length. 3rd mxpde. | to total length. S| SEARS le ORE EI i aes ae | | mm. | mm. 3 | 22 | 5°5 | 39 | 3 | 25 II 44 ef 30 14 47 ref 44 44 T00 2 | 30 | 12°3 41 | | The phenomenon is doubtless precisely similar in nature to that already discussed in the case of Savon marmoratus. Itisto be noted, however, that in males of Savon and also, according to Mier’s figure, in those of A. palpalis, the first peraeopods grow part passu with the outer maxillipedes, whereas in A. australis the latter alone appear to affect an extreme development. The point is one of some interest, but it cannot be decided until large collec- tions of both species have been examined. The specimens of Alope australis in the Indian Museum were all found at one locality. 6398 Arrakan coast, Lower Burma. W. Theobald. Hive, 22-44 mm. The species has hitherto been recorded only from the Australian Coast, from Port Jackson (Stead), Kangaroo I., Smith’s Bay (Baker) and Sydney (McCulloch). 1gT4. | S. Kemp: Notes on Crustacea Decapoda. 93 Genus Spirontocaris, Bate. 1860. Hippolyte, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pp. 33-35 "OS 1906. Spirontocaris, Calman, Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (7), XVII, p. 32 (abt cet. syn.) Spirontocaris pandaloides (Stimpson). 1860. Hippolyte pandaloides, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Sci. Philadelphia, P- 34. 1902. Hippolyte pandaloides, Doflein, Abhandl. bayerisch. Akad. Wiss., XXI, p. 637. 1907. Sptrontocaris pandaloides, de Man, Trans. Linn. Soe., Zool. (2), IX, p. 418, pl. xxxu, figs. 47, 48. The Indian specimens differ from the long description given by de Man only in respect of the length of the sixth abdominal somite which, in all the larger examples, is little, if at all, more than two-thirds the length of the preceding somite. On comparison. with examples collected at Yokohama by Dr. Haberer and received in exchange from the Munich Museum the only difference that I can find is that in the Japanese speci- | mens the distal end of the third abdominal somite is rather more strongly produced: in the proportions of the last two abdominal somites there is close agreement. The rostrum in the Indian specimens bears 8 to 12 (usually 9) teeth on the upper margin and 8 to 12 on the lower. The two posterior teeth of the dorsal series are always situated on the carapace behind the orbit. 6899 Karachi, mouth of Karachi Museum. Nine, 33-53 mm. R. Indus, 7731 Yokohama, Japan. Munich Mus. exch. Three, ca. 42-50 mm. Spirontocaris pandaloides has hitherto been recorded only from Japan ; from Hakodadi (Stimpson), Yokohama (Doflein) and the Inland Sea (de Man). Genus Thor, Kingsley. 1878. Thor, Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Sci. Philadelphia, XXX, pp. 6, 94. 1899. Thor, Kingsley, American Naturalist, XX XI, pp. 714, 718. Igor. Thor, Rathbun, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1900, II, p. 116. 1905. Paschocarts, Nobili, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. nat., Paris, p. 304. 1906. Paschocaris, Nobili, Ann. Sci. nat. Zool., Paris (g), IV, p. 37. The genus Thor is very closely related to Hiffolyte, but differs from H. varians, the type species of the latter genus, in the greater number of segments in the carpus of the second peraeopods and in the absence of supra-orbital and pterygosto- mian spines from the carapace. It is also distinguished by the presence of a curious movable triangular plate situated dorsally at the end of the ultimate segment of the antennular pe duncle. 94 Records of the Indian Museum. LV OL Thor paschalis (Heller). Plate I, figs. 6-10. 1861. Hippolyte paschalis, Heller. Sitz-ber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLIV, p. 276, pl. i, fig. 24. 1878. Thor floridanus, Kingsley, Bull. Essex Inst., X, p. 64. 1878. Thor floridanus, Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Sci. Philadelph., pp. 7, 95. 1879. Thor floridanus, Kingsley, tbid., p. 421, pl. xiv, fig. 6. 1887. Hippolyte paschalis, de Man, Arch. f. Naturgesch., LIII, i, p. 534. 1887. Hippolyte ambotnensis, de Man, tbid., p. 535. 1901. Thor floridanus, Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. for 1900, IT, p. 116. 1901-3. Thor floridanus, Vervill, Frans. Conn. Acad., XI, p. 19. 1905. f1ippolyte paschalis, \.enz, Abh. Senck. naturf. Ges. Frankfurt, XXVII, p. 382. 1905. Paschocarts paschalts, Nobili, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. nat., Paris, P- 394. 1906. Paschocaris paschalis, Nobili, Ann. Sci. nat. Zool., Paris (9), IV, PBs; ple tl, Wiest, The synonymy shown above is given with confidence. Not only is it at once evident from comparison between Nobili’s description of Paschocaris (1906) and that of Thor, as given by Miss Rathbun, that the two genera are identical, but I have been able to compare American examples, received under the name of Thor floridanus from the United States National Museum, with specimens from S. India which unquestionably belong to the form described by Nobili as Paschocaris paschalis. The identity of the two forms is complete, unless it be that any importance can be attributed to the slightly stouter and more gibbous form of the S. Indian specimens: microscopic examina- tion of the appendages fails to yield evidence for the recognition even of a subspecies in the case of the American form. ‘The fact is one of considerable interest, for, among littoral Decapoda, it is most unusual to find a species inhabiting both the Atlantic and the Pacific without exhibiting any distinct structural differences.! It is scarcely necessary to describe the species in detail for good accounts have already been given by Heller, de Man, Rathbun and Nobili. In the examples from S. India the rostrum is bifid at the apex (in one specimen trifid) and bears three or four (very rarely two) teeth on its dorsal margin; one of the dorsal teeth is usually situated on the carapace behind the orbital notch. In _ the American exampies the apex is bifid in four specimens, trifid in a fifth, and there are four dorsal teeth. ! Faxon (Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 1895, XVII, p. 235, footnote) gives a list of Decapoda which have been recorded both from the Gulf of Panama and from the West Indian side of America: the identity of the species of Alpheus mentioned in this list is, as he remarks, doubtful. Excluding free-swimming forms such as Pastphaé stvado and those having a circumpolar distribution, the only * littoral Decapoda Natantia that I can call to mind which inhabit both the Atlantic and the Indo-pacific are Peneus cavamote, Stenopus hispidus, Processa canaliculata and Athanas nitescens, and some of these cases require further investigation. 1914. ] S. Kemp: Notes on Crustacea Decapoda. 95 The carpus of the second peraeopod is composed of six, less commonly of seven, segments. It is described by Miss Rathbun as ‘‘ five annulate ’’, and six segments are distinct in the American examples which I have examined. The two proximal articula- tions are much less clearly marked than the remaining three, and the fact that in one specimen (fig. 9) there is a further subdivi- sion, making three short proximal segments, indicates that the character is subject to some variation. In the normal 6-seg- mented carpus the proportional lengths of the segments differ somewhat from Miss Rathbun’s description, but agree closely with the account given by Nobili. Comparison of fig. 7, which repre- sents the carpus and chela of a specimen from Florida, with fig. 8, in which the same segments of a S. Indian individual are shown, will indicate the almost exact similarity in segmenta- tion. A feature of the species which seems to have escaped notice hitherto is the great development of the third peraeopod in the male. In the female (fig. 6) this limb is closely similar to those of the two succeeding pairs, but in males, both from Florida and from §S. India, it is very much longer (fig. 10), reaching beyond the apex of the antennal scale by the dactylus and about one-half of the propodus. The propodus, moreover, is broadened towards its ultimate end and the inferior margin is, for rather more than its distal third, thickly beset with slender spines. The dactylar spines of the limb are also far more numerous. As regards the spinulation of the merus in the last three pairs of legs there is considerable variation. In one example (from America) it bears five spines, in others two, three, or none at all. The telson bears three pairs of dorsal spinules: in some specimens four on one side and three on the other. The spinulation of the apex of the telson agrees with Nobili’s description. The following specimens have been examined :— 8462-3 Kilakarai, Ramnad_ Dist., S. Kemp. Seventeen, 7-12 mm, S. India. S464 Pamban, Ramnad_ Dist., S. Kemp. One, 12 mm. S. India. 7977 Punta Rassa, Florida. Smiths. Inst. Five, 10-14 mm. The specimens from Kilakarai and Pamban were found among weeds in water only a few feet deep. They were caught in February, 1913, and all, with the exception of two, are ovigerous females. Thor paschalis has been recorded from Amboina (de Man), the Red Sea (Heller, Nobili) and from Zanzibar (Ienz). In the Atlantic it is known from the West Indies, the Bermudas, Florida, Yucatan and neighbouring localities (Kingsley, Rathbun, Verrill). Genus Hippolyte, Leach. 1860. Virbtus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 35. 96 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. X, Hippolyte ventricosus, H. Milne-Edwards. Plate II, figs. 1-3. p:37 i: p. 836, pl. iv, fig. 1. Hippolyte ventricosus, H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. nat. Crust., II, Virbius mossambicus, Hilgendorf, Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, This species is very closely related to Hzipfolyte varians, Leach, and should perhaps be regarded merely as a subspecies. The two forms may be distinguished by the following charac- ters :— A. ventricosus. Rostrum rather more slender ; armed with one or two dorsal teeth in its proximal third; apex acuminate (fig. I). Antennal scale not more than three times as long as broad (fig. 2). Thoracic appendages propor- tionately stouter; middle carpal segment of second peraeopods as broad as long (fig. 3). Sixth abdominai somite about one and a half times as deep as long. Size smaller, ovigerous fe- males not exceeding 20 mm. in | length. Hi. varians. Rostrum less slender, armed (usually) with only a single dorsal tooth in its basal third; a small dorsal tooth nearly al- ways present close to apex, giving it a bidentate appear- ance. Antennal scale three and a quarter to three .and a half times as long as broad (fig. 4). Thoracic appendages propor- tionately more slender; middle carpal segment of second perae- opods nearly twice longer than broad (fig. 5). ; Sixth abdominal somite twice as deep as long. Size larger, ovigerous females sometimes 31 mm. in length. Apart from the characters afforded by the rostrum, which, owing to the enormous range of variation that exists in both species, must necessarily be somewhat inconclusive, the principal difference between the two forms rests in the stouter build of that found in the Indo-pacific region. Structural distinctions of this nature are found in almost every part of the body, but in most cases they are so slight that it is scarcely possible to demonstrate them mathematically. They are, however, clearly shown in the proportions of the last abdominal somite and carpal segments of the second peraeopods and find less well-marked expression in the form of the antennal scale. The three segments composing the carpus of the second peraeopods have the same longitudinal pro- portions as in H. varians. The mouth parts of the twospecies are in closest agreement (the mandibles are nearly identical in struc- ture) and no noteworthy differences are to be found in the IQT4. | S. Kempe: Notes on Crustacea Decapoda. 97 arrangement of the gills and epipods or in the spinulation of the telson-tip: and of the dactyli of the last three pairs of peraeo- pods. Milne-Edwards’ description of Hippolyte ventricosus is ex- tremely brief and runs as follows :— “Espéce extrémement voisine de 1’H. variable, mais dont le rostre ne porte en dessus qu’une seule dent située prés de sa base, et dont les prolongemens latéraux des trois premiers anneaux de l’abdomen présentent des dimensions trés-considerables. Longuer environ 4 lignes.’’ ‘* Trouvée par M. Dussumier dans les mers d’ Asie. (C. M.) ” The species does not seem to have been recorded—as H. ventricosus—since Milne-Edwards’ time; but I believe that Virbius mossambicus, a name given by Hilgendorf in 1879 to a species found off the mouth of the Zambesi, is synonymous. Milne-Edwards’ reference to the abdominal segments is per- plexing, for no definite differences are to be found in this respect between the Indian specimens and English examples of Hippolyte varians. The description of the rostrum seems, however, to leave little doubt of the identity of the species, more especially as, with the exception of V. mossambicus, no form closely resembling H. varians has yet been found in Asiatic waters. The species appears to be very nearly related to H. orientalis, Heller', and it is possible that this name must be included in the synonymy of H. ventricosus. South Indian specimens agree well with Heller’s description except that it is extremely rare to find among them an example with four teeth on the inferior margin of the rostrum. Nobili? considers Paulson’s H. proteus* a synonym of Heller’s H. orientalis; but according to Czerniavsky * Paulson has confounded under the former name several known species, viz. H. brullei, Guérin, (=H. prideauxiana, Bell), H. gracilis, Heller, and H. leptocerus, Heller. Czerniavsky may be right, in part; but on general grounds it appears to me very unlikely that H. prideauxiana and H. gracilis occur in the Red Sea. It is probable that H. ventricosus does so, but it is impossible to speak with any certainty until further information is available. Indian specimens of H. ventricosus differ from H. proteus, as figured by Paulson, in the shorter antennular peduncle and in the carpal segmentation of the second peraeopods. The specimens of H. ventricosus in the Indian Museum are registered thus :— ! Heller, Sitzber. math.-naturw. Klasse d. Kais. Acad. Wiss. Wien, XLIII, p- 277 (1861). 2 Nobili, Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (9), IV, p. 33 (1906). 3 Paulson, Red Sea Crustacea, Kiew, p. tog, pl. xvi, figs. 2-5; pl. xviii, I (1875). fig. + Czerniavsky, Crustacea Decapoda Pontica Littoralia, p. 13 (1884). 98 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL. X, S458=60 Kilakarai and Apa I., Ramnad Dist. = Salina o-20hms. Ss eel leeymllozin, large! IDs, S- India, 0-2 fms. . Kemp. Many, 7-20 mm. The species was found in abundance at both the above localities, living among Zostera and other weeds inside the coral reef at depths ranging from low water to two fathoms. The speci- mens were obtained in an environment closely similar to that in which H. varians abounds on the English and Irish coasts and, at the time of capture, it was thought they must certainly belong to that species. In colour the majority were of a brilliant green; but very many other types, each having its counterpart in home waters, were observed. The collection, which was made in February, 1913, contains a high proportion of ovigerous females. Hippolyte australiensis (Stimpson). Plate IT, fig. 6. 1860. Virbius australiensts Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Sci. Philadelphia, P- 35: 1882. Virbtus austvaliensis, Haswell, Cat. Australian Crust., p. 186. Specimens of this species received in exchange from the Australian Museum differ from those of the preceding form in possessing no teeth on the dorsal margin of the rostrum and in having from four to six teeth (rarely three) ventrally. The ultimate segments of the antennular peduncle are shorter and broader, the second being broader than long, the antennal scale (in an ovigerous female) is three and a third times as long as broad and the last segment of the third maxillipede is scarcely twice the length of the penultimate. The proportions of the segments in the carpus of the second peraeopods are also different (fig. 6). The middle segment, as in A. varians and HU. ventricosus, is much the shortest, but the third is decidedly longer than the first. The last three pairs of legs are stout. In an ovigerous female the propodus of the fifth pair is only five and a half times as long as broad and is little more than twice the length of the dactylus (spines included). 7634-9 New South Wales Australian Mus. Twelve, 13-22 Coast. exch. mm. Hippolyte australiensis is known only from the Australian coast. Genus Latreutes, Stimpson. 1906. Latreutes, Calman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XVII, p. 33 (wdi syn.) _ Carapace without supra-orbital, but with antennal spine; a series of small spines on antero-lateral margin. Basal process of antennular peduncle anteriorly rounded; upper antennular flagellum uniramous. Mandible without incisor-process or palp. 1914. ] S. Kemp: Notes on Crustacea Decapoda. 99 Third maxillipede with exopod. No arthrobranchs at base of peraeopods ; epipods present on at least first three pairs. Carpus of second peraeopods composed of three segments. Nearly all the species of this genus stand in need of re-defini- tion. They are for the most part based on the character of the rostrum which, in this genus, is subject to even greater variation than in Spirontocaris or Hippolyte. The three species known from the Indian coasts may be separated thus :-— I. Dactyli of last three pairs of peraeopods with con- spicuous spines on margin. A. Form very slender, basal segment of antennular peduncle three times as long as wide, antennal scale more than six timesas long as wide; legs short, second pair not reaching to end of eyes ... ... L. pygmaeus. B. Form stouter, basal segment of antennular peduncle twice as long as wide, antennal scale not more than four and a half times as long as wide (less in adults) ; legs longer, second pair reaching beyond end of antennular peduncle coe ... L. mucronatus. II. Dactyli of last three pairs of peraeopods simple claws, without spines on margin ... L. anoplonyx. I have seen no specimens of the very curious Latreutes ceylon- ensts described by Pearson from the Ceylon pearl banks.! The species differs from all other members of the genus with which I am acquainted in the peculiar spinulation of the carapace and antennal scale and in the armature of the dactyli of the last three peraeopods. In many respects it appears to be allied to Nobili’s Latreutes paronae which is here regarded as the type of a new genus, Gelastocaris. Latreutes pygmaeus, Nobili. Plate Il ngs. 7,6; Plate Il, figs. 17. 1904. Latreutes pygmaeus, Nobili, Bull. Mus. d’hist. Nat., Paris, p- 230. 1906. Latreutes pygmaeus, Nobili, Bull. sci. France Belg. OS ipa pl. ui, figs, 4, a-h. 1906. Latreutes pygmaeus, Nobili, Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (9), IV, p. 41. Large series of specimens obtained at Kilakarai and Pamban in S. India may undoubtedly be referred torithis species, which is a very close ally of the Atlantic L. enstfer. Nobili’s account may be supplemented as follows :— The small dorsal spine on the carapace behind the orbit is movable, as in L. ensifer, and not fixed as in certain other species of the genus. The rostrum is sometimes wholly unarmed, but more usually bears from I to 3 dorsal teeth and I to 3 ventral teeth, all situated in the distal third. The apex may be acute or bluntly rounded (pl. II, figs. 7, 8; pl. III, figs. 1-3). Close to the cornea on the inner and superior aspect of the stalk the eye bears a small conical process similar to that described by Nobili in allied species. l Ceylon Pearl Oyster Rep. TV, ;pin8us ply, ties) 7/07 a—e: 100 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, The antennular peduncle reaches to less than half the length of the antennal scale. Its basal segment is elongate (pl. III, fig. 4), about three times as long as broad, and its lateral process is anteriorly rounded and feebly bilobed. The second segment is, in the female, longer than broad. The antennal scale (pl. III, fig. 5) is very sharply pointed anteriorly and is more than six times as long as broad. The third maxillipedes reach to the base of the antennal scale, the peraeopods of the second pair to the middle of the eye, those of the fifth pair extending scarcely further forwards. Of the three segments composing the carpus of the second peraeopods the middle one is the longest and the third the shortest. The middle segment is about one and a half times the length of the first and the first is one and a third, or rather more than one and a third times the length of the third: there is a little variation in the precise measurement of these segments. The dactyli of the last three peraeopods terminate in sharp curved spines: there are a few other spines on the posterior margin, the ultimate being large and placed close to the terminal spine, giving the apex a biunguiculate appearance (pl. III, fig. 6). Epipods are present at the base of the first four pairs of legs. The sixth abdominal somite is fully one and three quarters the length of the fifth. The telson in S. Indian specimens bears only two pairs of dorso-lateral spinules in addition to those at the apex, not three as Nobili has stated. The male is very different in appearance to the female. It is much more slender in build and the rostrum seldom bears more than one tooth on either margin near the apex. The antennular peduncle is shorter than in the other sex, but the upper flagellum is stouter and very much longer. In the female the flagellum does not nearly reach the apex of the antennal scale, whereas in the male it extends beyond that point by almost half its length. The colour of living specimens is very variable. As a rule they are of a uniform dull green, but olive, brown and brownish red specimens are frequent. Latreutes pygmaeus has exceedingly close affinities with L. ensifer, Milne Edwards, the type species of the genus. I have compared South Indian specimens of the former species with examples of the latter obtained in the Sargasso Sea. ‘The Atlantic form is slightly more robust in build, the rostrum is more strongly concave above and the teeth are more closely restricted to the apex. The legs are a little longer, the second pair reach- ing the ends of the eyes, the antennal scale is proportionately a trifle broader and the sixth abdominal somite is shorter and a little less slender. The secondsegment of the antennular peduncle is about as broad as long in the female Probably the best distinc- tion between the two forms rests in the number of epipods at the base of the legs; in L. pygmaeus they are found on the first four pairs, while in L. enstfer they occur only on the first three. 1914.] S. Kemp: Notes on Crustacea Decapoda. 101 8474-6 Kilakarai, Ramnad Dist., S. India. Ome : : BK 5M - fi 8477-8 Pamban, Ramnad Dist., S. India. ‘ =-ikemp lany, 9-20 mm Latreutes pygmaeus was common at both of the above localities living among weeds in a few feet of water; in life the species bore a close general resemblance to the British Hzppolyte prideauxiana. The collection, made in the month of February, includes a large proportion of ovigerous females. The species has been recorded by Nobili from the 5S. E. coast of Arabia and the Red Sea. Latreutes mucronatus (Stimpson ). Plate III, figs. 8-15; plate IV, figs I, 2. 1860. Rhynchocyclus mucronatus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Sci. Phila- delphia, p. 28. 1902. Latreutes mucronatus, Doflein, Abhandl. bayerisch. Akad. Wiss., XXI,. p..638,-pl. v, fig. 6. 1904. Latreutes graviert, Nobili, Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., p. 231. 1906. Latreutes graviert, Nobili, Bull. sci. France et Belg., XL, p. 39, pl. ii, figs. 4-44. 1906. Latreutes graviert, Nobili, Ann. Scig ial LOOl.(Oje lV; ips 42% 1906. Latreutes mucronatus var. multidens, Nobili, 7b¢d. p. 41, pl. i, figees\. Examination of a series of specimens from S. India suggests that L. gravieri must be regarded as a synonym of L. mucronatus and that there is no foundation for the retention of the varietal name muliidens. The series comprises twenty-nine examples, and of these eighteen were immediately separated from the rest on account of their stout and gibbous form and more or less circular rostrum (pl. III, figs. 8, 9; pl. IV, fig. 1). ‘They were at once referred to L. mucronatus and examination of their rostral formulae indicated that the type specimen of L. mucronatus with a formula of § and those referred by Nobili to his var. multidens, with formulae ranging from een are only terms in a series exhibiting con- tinuous variation. The formulae which the S. Indian specimens yield are as follows! :— MES shee aaa L ie LE) LO L)EI=.1)Q> 1)7 I)I2 1)9 The remaining specimens characterized by their more slender form and narrower rostrum (pl. III, figs. 10, 11; pl. IV, fig. 2) afforded a more difficult problem. Not only did the rostrum exhibit a most remarkable diversity of form, but the proportions of teeth on the carapace in the median line. 102 Records of the Indian Museum. [VO of the antennal scale and the spinulation of the antero-lateral margin of the carapace also showed extensive variation. A single specimen, however, the only one which possessed two teeth on the carapace (pl. III, fig. r1) was referred without difficulty to to L. graviert, and by an attentive study of the remainder the conclusion that they also must belong to that species was reached. It was only when these preliminary results were obtained that it was noticed that all the examples referred to L. mucro- natus were female, while all referred to L. graviert were male. The tact that both forms were found together at each of the two localities where specimens were obtained, suggested that the con- clusions derived from the form of the animal and the characters of the rostrum were fallacious and a renewed study of the proportional measurements of the appendages and comparison with the sexual distinctions found in L. pygmaeus led to the conclusions outlined in the above synonymy. In the female specimens (pl. IV, fig. 1) the rostrum reaches almost to or a little beyond the end of the antennal scale. At its base it is inferiorly excavate for the accommodation of the eye and in lateral view the length from the back of the orbit to the apex is less than twice, often not more than one and a half times the greatest height. Anteriorly the rostrum is sometimes almost circular in outline, but more often it is distinctly pointed. The dorsal and ventral teeth are borne only in its distal half, The carapace is strongly arched dorsally. It is not carinate in the median line but bears, as a rule, a single stout fixed tooth behind the base of the rostrum: in rare instances three or four teeth (pl. III, fig. 8) are found in this position. There is a sharp antennal tooth and a series of small spines, usually 11—14, on the antero-lateral margin. The eyestalk is a trifle wider than the cornea and bears a conspicuous pointed process on its inner distal aspect. The antennular peduncle reaches a little beyond the middle of the antennal scale and has the proportions shown in pl. III, fig. 12. The antennal scale (pl. III, fig. 13) is about three times as long as wide. The outer maxillipede reaches a little beyond the antennal peduncle. : The second peraeopods reach about to the apex of the rostrum. The carpus is divided into three segments, of which the first and third are approximately equal, each being about half the length of the middle segment. ‘The palm is a little longer than the last carpal segment and is decidedly longer than the dactylus. The dactylus of the last three pairs of peraeopods, as in L. pygmaeus, terminates in two stout claws and bears three or four small spines on the posterior margin. In the fifth pair the carpus is a little more than two-thirds the length of the propodus. The dactylus is rather more than one-third the length of the propodus. Ig14. | S. Kempe: Notes on Crustacea Decapoda. 103 The last abdominal somite is about twice the length of the fifth. ‘The telson bears two pairs of dorsal spinules and terminates in a narrow pointed process flanked by a pair of spines on either side. The innermost of these is more than twice the length of the outer and is often nearly twice as long as the median process. The outer uropod is shorter than the inner and is about three and a half times as long as broad. In the male the whole form of the animal is far more slender, as will be seen on comparing figs. 1 and 2, plate IV. The rostrum is longer and much narrower in lateral view; it extends well beyond the apex of the antennal scale and exhibits the follow- ing spine formulae — 1)7 1)7 5 eee is) heehee a 1)5 9 9 7 6 6 6 I)4 1)4 Si5 1)6 2)5 6 6 4 I It seems that, as in L. pygmaeus, the teeth are on the whole less well-developed in males than in females; some of the males, however, are of very small size and may not have developed the full complement. Seen laterally the greatest length of the rostrum from the back of the orbit to the apex varies from two and a halt to four times its greatest height: proportions strikingly variable and different from those found in the female (cf. pl. III, figs. fo, i plelVarie 2 eandapl Mel, fess...) ple LV, fig. -1). The carapace is not arched in lateral view. It bears a single dorsal fixed spine in ten of the specimens examined, while in the eleventh, which in this respect resembles the type of L. graviert, there aretwo. It will be noticed that one, three, or four spines have been found in this situation in females. The differences in other respects between the two sexes are less striking. ‘There may be only six or seven spines on the antero- lateral margin of the carapace. The upper antennular ramus is stouter and very considerably longer than in the female; this feature affording the readiest distinction between the two sexes. The antennal scale may be four and a half times as long as broad in young males (pl. III, fig. 14); in older specimens the length is usually about three and a half times the breadth. In one individual the outer margin is very definitely concave (pl. III, fig. 15). The third maxillipede scarcely reaches beyond the antennular peduncle. The second peraeopods in large specimens reach beyond the middle of the antennal scale, but are shorter in small examples. They agree precisely with those of the female in the proportional length of the segments. The dactylus of the last three pairs agrees with that of the female and is a little more than one third the length of the propodus. The propodus of the fifth leg is usually shorter than in the female and is not quite so long as the merus. 104 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VG. 205 According to Miss Rathbun! Stimpson’s Rhynchocyclus mucronatus is synonymous with Latreutes plantrostris (De Haan) : but no reasons are advanced for this view and Stimpson appears to have had both species before him when writing in 1860. The Indian specimens differ widely from L. planirostris as figured and described by De Haan.’ 8472 Kilakarai, Ramnad Dist., S. India.) SoiKen eee nine, 8473 Pamban, Ramnad Dist., S. India. §~" BP: g-13'5 mm. ‘The specimens were obtained in February, 1913, among weeds in water only a few feet deep; the females are ovigerous. Latreutes mucronatus has been recorded from Sagami Bay, Japan (Doflein), Hongkong (Stimpson), Java (Nobili, sub var. multidens), the S. E. coast of Arabia and the Red Sea (Nobili, sud var. multidens and L. graviert). Latreutes anoplonyx, sp. nov. Plate IV, figs. 3—5. This species, founded on a single adult female, is readily distinguished from the two preceding by the simple claw-like dactyli of the last three peraeopods. The specimen is robust in build. The carapace is not carinate mid-dorsally, but bears a single prominent fixed tooth in the middle of its anterior third. The antennal spine is strong and there is a series of eleven small spines on either antero-lateral angle (fig. 3). The rostrum is triangular in shape; it reaches beyond the apex of the antennal scale and is rather more than three-quarters the length of the carapace; its greatest height in lateral view is rather more than one-third its extreme length from the back of the orbit. The dorsal margin is concave (the apex being directed obliquely upwards) and bears thirteen teeth in the distal two- thirds of its length; the inferior margin is evenly curved and is furnished with nine teeth in its distal half. The extreme apex is broken off and on it one or two additional teeth may have been situated. On the eyestalk there is a lobe similar to that found in the preceding species, but much less conspicuous. The antennular peduncle is very short, reaching to little more than one-third the length of the antennal scale. The lateral process is rounded and the second segment is broader than long. The stout upper antennular ramus reaches (in the female) almost to the end of the scale. The antennal scale (fig. 4) is pointed anteriorly and is about four times as long as wide. | Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, p. 46 (1902). 2 In Siebold’s Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 175, and atlas, pl. xlv, fig. 7 (1843-9). 1914.] S. Kemp: Notes on Crustacea Decapoda. 105 The oral appendages do not differ noticeably from those of the two preceding species. The third maxillipedes reach beyond the end of the antennular peduncle; the ultimate segment is less than twice the length of the antepenultimate. In the chela of the first peraeopods the finger is about as long as the palm. ‘The second peraeopod reaches to the middle of the rostrum. Of the three segments composing the carpus, the first is scarcely half the length of the second and is a little longer than the third; the chela is as long as the middle segment and the dactylus is shorter than the palm. The third peraeopods reach forward a little beyond the end of the second and the fifth extend to the end of the eyes. The dactylus in each of the last three legs consists of a strong curved claw about one third the length of the propodus; it may bear a few microscopic spinules, but is otherwise wholly unarmed. Large epipods are present at the base of the first four pairs of peraeopods. The sixth abdominal somite is more than one and a half times the length of the fifth. The outer uropod is two and two-thirds times as long as broad. The telson bears two pairs of dorsal spinules and terminates in a narrow apex composed of a short median process with two spines on either side; the inner spine is longer than the median process and nearly twice the length of the outer (fig. 5). In the absence, in the majority of cases, of any information regarding the spinulation of the dactyli of the last three legs, it is difficult to make suggestions regarding the affinities of the species described above. It appears to be most nearly related to Ortmann’s L. laminirostris, but differs from that, and apparently from all other known species of the genus, in the form of the rostrum. Bombay. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. One, ovigerous female, 39 mm. TYPE. For the opportunity of examining the single known example of this species I am indebted to the Secretary of the Bombay Natural History Society. Genus Tozeuma', Stimpson. 1860. Tozeuma, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 26. 1863. £5° (Ns, 03° 104 257 Ba as5 fathoms Malthopsis triangularis, Lloyd. (Pl. viii, fig 2.) Malthopsis triangularis, Lloyd, 1909-10, p. 169, pl. xlv, figs. I, Ia. Malthopsis (in part), Lloyd, 1909-10, p. 171, pls. xlviu, xlix, |. Malthopsis (in part), Lloyd, 1912, pp. 140-148, fig. 7. In this species the dermal plates are arranged according to a very definite pattern, a condition that Lloyd terms ‘‘ dermal order.”’ ‘‘On the dorsal surface is a median row of four or five large plates. On either side of the median row is an area of naked skin, R. B. SEvyMouR SEWELL: Notes on Indian Fish. 1g14.] 153 which is bounded externally by an oblique row of plates converg- ing in the direction of the base of the tail. On the ventral surface the space between the pelvic fin and vent is occupied by seven large plates, a central one surrounded by the six others. The plates are in contact. The subopercular spine is relatively large and tetrafid’’ (Lloyd). The nasal spine arises, in this species, from a point opposite the upper border of the eye, at the junction of the dorsal surface and snout, and points strongly upwards and somewhat forwards; from its point of origin the dorsal profile at once slopes downwards and backwards. , The floor of the tentacular pit, below the spine, is vertical as also is the line of profile of the snout, so that when the animal is viewed from below, the pit cannot be seen. The interorbital region narrows only very slightly, if at all. In the Indian Museum there are fifteen specimens obtained at the following ‘‘ Investigator’ stations :— Station 115: 11° 31’ 40” N., 92° 46’ 40” E. 188-220 fathoms. Stationg222 -.1e2 27° 005 N»,03° 147-30" Bs 405, fathoms. Staviow. 293 5 ilSoo17) 6150 IN,; G397580' 25. +H. 185) fathoms. Stdtloms332 LOC 21 soo: .N),.92° 46° 15° 270 fathoms. Further differences between these two species can be seen by comparing their measurements and ratios :— Malthopsis triangu- laris. Malthopsts luteus. | | Total length (less caudal fin) | \from 39 to65 mm. | from 27 to 42 mm. | Specimens which | have been subse- | | quently caught by | | the ‘Siboga’ and | | the ‘Valdivia’ are | | even larger. ‘Siboga’ examples 68, 80 mm. ‘Valdivia’ example g2° 5 mm. ay Breadth X 100 from 49 to 73: from 53 to 93: ; Length | average 58°3 average 75'Q. | Total length US II'I to 12°§: | from 8'6 to IL'L: Length of spine average 12°86 | average 10°0 Total length ee Or1 e Ot5;: | from 5'0 to 6°3: diam. of eye ~~ es average 0°325 | EME AS Sr | Total length F} from 12°25 to 14°6: | from 8-4 to 9'5: Interorbital diam. | average 13'4. average 8°85. Length of spine xX 100 ieee 50 to 57: from 50 to 87 : diam. of eye | average 5I'I. ENA iy fo 134 Records of the Indian Museum. [WOE sxe From the above statement it would seem to be fairly evident that we have here two absolutely distinct species. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Alcock, 1899. A descriptive catalogue of the Indian Deep-sea Fishes in the Indian Museum. Calcutta. Brauer, 1908. Die Tiefsee Fische. Wiss. Ergebn. der Deutschen Tiefsee. Exped. ‘‘ Valdivia,’’ vol. XV. Jena. Goode and Bean, 1895. Oceanic Ichthyology. Smithsonian Institute. Special bulletin. Washington. Illustrations of the Zoology of the ‘‘Investigator,’’ Fishes, pl. xix ng 4. ‘Calcutta: Lloyd, 1909-10. A description of the Deep-sea Fish caught by the R.I.M.S. Ship ‘Investigator’ since the year 1900, with supposed evidence of mutation in Malthopsis. Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. II, p. 139. Calcutta. Lloyd, 1912. The growth of groups in the Animal Kingdom. Longmans, Green & Co. London. Max Weber, 1913. Die Fische der Siboga Expedition, vol. LVII. Leiden, Wood-Mason and Alcock, 1891. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator ’’ series II, No. 1. ‘‘On the results of Deep-sea Dredging during the season 1890-91. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6th series), vol. VIII, p. 16. London. II.—A NEW SPECIES OF Cryptocentrus. Cryptocentrus rubropunctatus, sp. nov. CRIS Bvald? hig 35) A single example of what appears to be a new species of Cryptocentrus was discovered at ‘‘Investigator” Station 414: Fisher Bay in Port Owen, Tavoy Island on the coast of Burma. The animal was found concealed beneath a large stone between tide-marks. The chief structural characters are as follows :— DAVEE TOS eA. Watole Cry ae Payers eels lamas mim. Total length (less caudal fin) .. 540 35/9 Length of caudal fin ans 34 16°0 Length of head a ae ae 16°0 Length of snout .. ak a 4°5 Diameter of eye... a - 4°0 _Interorbital space .. ah a axe) Height of body st we a 110 Ratio of height of body to lengt ss Lp », », length of head to total length .. Tease >, >, diameter of eye to length of head Lea 1914.) R.B. SEYMOUR SEWELL: Notes on Indian Fish. 135 The body is covered with small cycloid scales which increase somewhat in size towards the posterior extremity; the depth of the body is greatest at the insertion of the spinous portion of the dorsal fin and from that point it tapers gradually to the caudal peduncle. The head is nearly as wide as it is deep: the measurements of width and height being 11°5 mm. and 12°5 mm. respectively. The mouth is wide and is somewhat oblique; the jaws are equal and the maxilla extends back to a point situated vertically below the centre of the eye: the jaws are furnished with numerous teeth of unequal size and the lower jaw bears a pair of lateral canines. The head is naked and the cheeks and operculum are traversed with rows of minute warts. The lateral line, as in the case of C. filifer (Cuv. and Val.), is represented by a series of vertical rows of small pores; there appear to be eighteen such rows in all, of which the first is separated by a fairly wide interval from the remainder, of these latter the more anterior are about 2 mm. apart but posteriorly the distance is somewhat less than this. Fins.—The spinous portion of the dorsal fin is completely separate from the posterior rayed part and is also somewhat greater in height; the 3rd spine is the longest and measures 15 mm. in length, the rayed part of the fin is 10.5 mm. inheight. The anal fin is 9 mm.in height. Both caudal and pectoral fin are sharply rounded. In colouration the specimen was of a pale green on the dorsal aspect fading to a dull white below: the body and tail were crossed by a series of eight nearly vertical bands of a pale mauve colour. The tail was dotted with a series of small ocelli of a bright blue colour, while the cheeks and operculum were marked with scattered crimson spots, each spot being surrounded by a dark circle; a single similar spot was situated on the muscular base of each pectoral fin. The caudal and ventral fins were marked by faint longitudinal stripes of alternate pale green and mative. As is usually the case, the spots on the head and tail have completely lost their colour in spirit and the former are now a dull white. A very closely allied species has been described by Tate Regan! but the present specimen differs from it in several parti- culars and is, I think, a new species. I, therefore, propose the name Cryptocentrus rubropunctatus for it. 1 Tate Regan, 1907-09. ‘‘Report on the Marine fishes collected by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner in the Indian Ocean.’’ Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd Ser., Vol. XII, p. 241, pl. 29, fig. 2. London. i ee ee a ee eae . eps EXPLANATION] OF PEALE 3v DL Malthopsis luteus, Wood-Mason and Alcock, lateral view, XI. Malthopsis triangularis, Lloyd, ss lateral view, X 14. Cryptocentrus rubropunctatus, sp. nov., lateral view, X 2. Plate VIIL. 7 Rec. Ind. Mus, Vol.X, 1914, Agseq 01/09 'asoaweg ‘HS!ISA ANIYVAN NVIGNI ‘T8P ‘Tpuoyy g's ah Metis Tae ni Velo bel RIO Re NeO oT bcs: ©. Ni. Da EB ao PON Gals ORT Le Kel BALI RvALL;. By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Superintendent, Indian Museum. (Plate IX). Ina paper recently published! but written some little time ago, I expressed the opinion, tentatively, that the characteristic sponges of Lake Baikal belonged to the subfamily Chalininae and should probably be assigned to the genus Veluspa, Miklucho- Maclay. At the time I had had, as I pointed out, no opportunity of comparing specimens from the Siberian lake with marine Haploscleridae. This was still the case at the end of 1912 when I was preparing my report on the sponges of the Lake of Tiberias ;? but within the last few months I have been able, thanks very largely to the rearrangement of the collection of marine inverte- brates in the Indian Museum carried out by Mr. S. W. Kemp, to examine a considerable number of marine Monaxon sponges from different parts of the world. The result has been to confirm my more important contention, that certain of the Baikal sponges were Chalininae; but I find that I was not justified in re-uniting Dybowski’s genus Lubomirskia with the older genus Velusfa, from which he separated it in 1879, or in asserting that all the sponges of the lake (with the exception of those belonging to the Spongillid genera Spongilla and E phydatia) were congeneric. It becomes neces- sary, therefore, to reconsider the generic portion of the species examined, and this will render it possible to discuss their geogra- phical significance. The precise systematic position of the sponges that constitute one of the most characteristic features of the fauna of Lake Bat- kal is not only a problem of considerable difficulty, but also one of great geographical interest. Most authorities on the Spongillidae have treated these sponges as a subfamily thereof, or merely as a highly specialized genus allied to the African Potamolepis and the South American Uruguaya. It is noteworthy that none of those who have hitherto treated in a comprehensive manner of the Spongillidae as a whole have had before them collections from Lake Baikal. Thanks to the authorities of the Zoological Museum of the Imperial Academy of Sciences in St. Petersburg I have been more fortunate in this respect, in that I have been able to examine 1 Ann. Mus. Zool. Ac. Sci. St. Pétersb. XVIII, p. 96 (1913). % Journ. As Soc. Bengal, 1913, p. 77. 138 Records of the Indian Museum. EVOL se a very representative set of specimens of the species assigned by Dybowski to his genus Lubomirskia. In discussing more fully the result of comparing preparations of these sponges on the one hand with similar preparations of many true Spongillidae, and on the other with those of marine Monaxon sponges, it will be as well to commence by giving a brief abstract of what has already been published on the Baikal species as a result of the examination of collections from the lake. So long ago as 1772 or 1773 Pallas! described the first of these sponges under the name Spongia baikalensis. In 1870 Miklucho-Maclay * redescribed this sponge very briefly and assigned it to his new genus Veluspa, treating it as a variety of the Arctic marine species V. polymorpha. In 1879 Dybowski’® again reinstated Spongia baikalensis as a distinct species and created.a new genus for its reception and for that of all the other sponges from Lake Baikal with which he was acquainted. For this genus he coined the name Lubomirskia. In 1895 several additional species and varieties were described and assigned to Lubomirskia by Soukatschoff.* In I90I Swartschevski’ pointed out that two distinct genera had been confused under the name Lubomirskia and distributed the species described by former authors, together with several new forms described by himself, between the genera Lubomirskia and Veluspa. He also described some true Spongillinae from Lake Baikal. In the same year Korotneff*® based some general observations (briefly describing the same Spongillidae) on his own collection, on which Swartschewski also worked. This collection is still being described in a series of monographs. In my paper of last year’ I suggested, as a provisional ar- rangement, that all the genera and species from Lake Baikal placed in Veluspa and Lubomirskia by other authors, should be reassem- bled in the latter genus, and that they should be assigned to the subfamily Chalininae of the family Haploscleridae, instead of the Spongillidae. I. SYSTEMATIC. It is a disputed point among students of the Porifera whether the classification of the Monaxonida (or Monaxonellida) should be based mainly, if not exclusively, on the form of the microscleres, or whether that of the skeleton-spicules and other macroscleres should not rather be taken first into account. Both parties, how- ! Gauthier de la Peronie’s French translation of Pallas’s ‘‘ Travels": ‘Voyages HOM Jes S56 LHR mace acne Traduits de l' Allemand (1778-1793) ’ is the only version available in Calcutta. The reference to the description of Spongia batkalensis in this version is vol. IV, p. 680. 2 Mém. Acad. Sct..St. Pétersb. XV, No. 3 (7), p- 4 (1870). 3 Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. XXVIU, No. 6 (6), p. 11 (1880). 4 Trav. Soc. Nat. St. Pétersb. XXV (2), p. 11 (1895). 5 Zapiski Kiev. Obsé. Fest. XVII (2) (1901). ‘ Biol. Centralbl. XXI, p. 306 (1901). 1 Ann. Mus. Zool. Ac. Sct. St. Pétersb. XVIII, p. 96 (1913). 1914. | N. ANNANDALE: Sfonges of Lake Batkal. 139 ever, seem to acknowledge that, whatever criterion is adopted in the separation of families, some or all of them will be of poly- phyletic origin and include genera that resemble one another because of convergent evolution rather than of direct common descent. The precise classification adopted is, therefore, largely a matter of convenience. If great stress is laid on the microscleres alone there is this difficulty, that in certain genera (e.g. Hom- aeodictya)' the microscleres are very liable to be overlooked or lost altogether, and species assigned not only to the wrong genera but even to the wrong family ; while in many genera microscleres are invariably absent. In those genera, however, in which they are present there can be little doubt that they form by far the readiest means of identification and separation in the case of properly preserved specimens, and on the whole it is perhaps most convenient to consider them first in separating the larger divisions, although in their absence other characters must be found. In Prof. Dendy’s® report on the sponges collected by Prof. Herdman in the Gulf of Manaar (1905) there is, on pp. 133 to 135, a useful discussion of the composition and position of the families of the suborder Sigmatomonaxonellida. This suborder consists of Monaxon sponges in which the typical microscleres are sigmata, or forms derived therefrom, true asters being absent. The first family assigned by Dendy to the suborder is the Haploscleridae, in which, following Topsent® he includes the Homorrhaphidae and Heterorrhaphidae as defined by Ridley and himself * in 1887 and by other authors He assigns to the Haploscleridae those genera in which chelae and anchorae are absent, the skeleton-spicules being as a rule amphioxi or amphi- strongyli and the spicule-fibres typically nonplumose. ‘The marine subfamilies to be considered here belong to this family but have no microscleres. In dealing with the Baikal sponges it is necessary to consider the relationship between the Haploscleridae and the Spongillidae, in which al! other freshwater sponges must at present be placed. In individual specimens, and even in some cases in species and genera, it is often extremely difficult, if not impossible, to find any definite character that would separate a Spongillid from a Haplosclerid. In both families we find sponges totally devoid of microscleres and having a somewhat amorphous skeleton composed of amphioxi held together by a greater or less amount of chitinoid substance, The typical microsclere of the Haploscleridae is a C-shaped spicule (sigma), which may be modified in different ways but never assumes the complicated form of the chela or of the anchora and rarely becomes straight and mOas like. Microscleres are in l Gites Saar Bee. VI, Re Epc; eee (1902). 2 Herdman’s Rep. Pearl Oyster Fisheries (Roy. Soc. London), II (1905). 8 Mem. Soc. Zool. France VII, p. § (1894). 4 ‘Challenger’ Rep. Zool. XX (Monaxonida) (1887). 140 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, some genera completely lost by degeneration. The skeleton consists of a more or less well defined network in the structure of which diactinial or occasionally tylote spicules take an important part, if they do not compose it altogether. In cases in which the spicules form definite fibres they either lie parallel or nearly parallel to one another in the core of these fibres, the chitinoid covering of which varies greatly in strength and thickness (if it exists at all), or else are connected together in a chain-like forma- tion by means of small patches of a similar substance. In some species no spicule-fibres can be detected and the skeletal network is constructed entirely of single spicules either joined together by patches of chitinoid substance and each encased in a thin film of the same substance so as to form a lattice-like reticulation, or else merely massed in the parenchyma without any definite arrangement. In many genera of Haploscleridae the life-history is unknown, but in those in which it has been investigated a free-swimming larva is produced that is covered externally (except at the broader end) with cilia and has a solid body. In many cases the larval ciliated cells exhibit distinct signs of specialization in certain 1egions, but a pigment-spot is not present. In the Spongillidae, which are closely related to the Haplos- cleridae and by some authors given only subfamily rank, the typical microsclere is a small amphioxous spicule covered with minute spines, which are evenly disposed on its surface. That this spicule may be convergent towards the sigma is proved by a study of the gemmule-spicules of Spongilla, the most primitive genus of the family, and Pectispongilla, in both of which certain microscleres have a distinctly C-like outline. The evolution of the microscleres takes, however, a very characteristic course in the family as a whole. In the first place a tendency for the differen- tiation of the minute spicules that have no part in the formation of the skeleton into two distinct, but not widely divergent types makes its appearance in the most primitive forms. In Spongilla it is already well established; we find simple spiny amphioxi, which are never strongly curved, lying free in the dermal membrane and the parenchyma, and also other amphioxi of stouter build and slightly more complicated structure associated only with the gemmules. Although the latter spicules often approach the sigma-type in outline more closely than the “ flesh- spicules ’’’ do, they are more highly specialized as regards the spines that cover them, in that these spines are often distinctly longer and more recurved at the extremities of the spicule than on the middle part. Unimportant as this specialization usually is in Spongilla (it is much more strongly marked in Pectispongilla, an offshoot from the direct line of evolution in the family), it has a well-defined significance in other, more highly developed genera. In Ephydatia,! a genus closely resembling Spongilla in general ‘In the genus Jotrochota of the family Desmacidonidae, which as a family is characterized by the presence of the chela or its derivatives, and again in certain 1914. ] N. ANNANDALE: Sponges of Lake Bavkal., I4I structure, the terminal or subterminal spines of the gemmule- spicule form a regular crown or rotule at both extremities; in Pectispongilla they fuse together at both ends of the snicule to ERRATUM. P, 14% line 3 for Pectispongilla read Trochospongilla, BLULia alu iuawy species wmese ITee MiIcroscieres disappear alto- gether; whereas this is the case with the gemmule-spicules only in a few degenerate forms. The skeleton of the Spongillidae differs in no essential feature from that of the Haploscleridae ; but the chitinoid sheath of the spicule-fibres, if it exists at all, is never so stout as it is in some Haploscleridae, notably in those of the subfamily Chalininae, and the lattice-like network of single spicules characteristic of Reniera among the Haploscleridae is never found in its full development. The free-swimming larva of the Spongillidae has a very characteristic structure, consisting of a hollow, bladder-like body, entirely covered externally with homogeneous cilia and invariably without a pigment: spot. The most characteristic feature of the Spongillidae has, however, as yet been mentioned only incidentally, viz. the elaboration of the gemmule. Gemmules are produced by many Haploscleridae, but consist merely of masses of cells stored with food-material and enclosed in a simple chitinoid case without specialized spicules or a pneuma- tic covering. In the Spongillidae on the other hand both these structures are commonly associated with the gemmule; in the subfamily Spongillinae the one critical character of most of the genera is the form of the microscleres with which the gemmule is armed, a foraminal tubule or cup (or at any rate a very definite depression in the covering at which the contents of the gemmules may escape on germination) is found in all but a few cases, while in most instances there is a special coat of chitinoid substance containing air-spaces of one kind or another. In the subfamily Potamolepidinae, in which microscleres of all kinds are absent, the gemmule, if it exists at all, is of a much simplified nature and resembles in many respects that of the Haploscleridae : that this is the result of convergence rather than of genetic relationship is proved by the very close structural resemblance between cer- tain Potamolepidinae and certain Spongillinae not of a primitive type. Hexactinellida, free microscleres very similar superficially to the gemmule-spicules of Ephydatia have been produced in totally different lines of evolution. 140 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor 2s, some genera completely lost by degeneration. The skeleton consists of a more or less well defined network in the structure of Ho aa at Mee teeDAtn aninuloc talza an imnartant same substance so as to form a lattice-like reticulation, or else merely massed in the parenchyma without any definite arrangement. In many genera of Haploscleridae the life-history is unknown, but in those in which it has been investigated a free-swimming larva is produced that is covered externally (except at the broader end) with cilia and has a solid body. In many cases the larval ciliated cells exhibit distinct signs of specialization in certain 1egions, but a pigment-spot is not present. In the Spongillidae, which are closely related to the Haplos- cleridae and by some authors given only subfamily rank, the typical microsclere is a small amphioxous spicule covered with minute spines, which are evenly disposed on its surface. That this spicule may be convergent towards the sigma is proved by a study of the gemmule-spicules of Sfongilla, the most primitive genus of the family, and Pectispongilla, in both of which certain microscleres have a distinctly C-like outline. The evolution of the microscleres takes, however, a very characteristic course in the family as a whole. In the first place a tendency for the differen- tiation of the minute spicules that have no part in the formation of the skeleton into two distinct, but not widely divergent types makes its appearance in the most primitive forms. In Spongilla it is already well established; we find simple spiny amphioxi, which are never strongly curved, lying free in the dermal membrane and the parenchyma, and also other amphioxi of stouter build and slightly more complicated structure associated only with the gemmules. Although the latter spicules often approach the sigma-type in outline more closely than the “ flesh- spicules ’’ do, they are more highly specialized as regards the spines that cover them, in that these spines are often distinctly longer and more recurved at the extremities of the spicule than on the middle part. Unimportant as this specialization usually is in Spongilla (it is much more strongly marked in Pectispongilla, an offshoot from the direct line of evolution in the family), it has a well-defined significance in other, more highly developed genera. In Rae a genus closely resembling Spongilla in general ‘In the genus Jotrochota of the family Desmacidonidae, which as a family is Character ved by the presence of the chela or its derivatives, and again in certain 1914.] N. ANNANDALE: Sfonges of Lake Bavkal. I4L structure, the terminal or subterminal spines of the gemmule- spicule form a regular crown or rotule at both extremities; in Pectispongilla they fuse together at both ends of the spicule to form smooth-edged disks ; in Tubella one of the rotules begins to disappear and a trumpet-shaped spicule is the result, while in Parmula this rotule has vanished together with the greater part of the shaft of the spicule, which takes the form of a flat plate (representing the other rotule) with a spine (all that is left of the shaft) projecting upwards from its centre The evolutionary development of the free microscleres or flesh-spicules of the Spongillidae is much less striking than that of the gemmule-spicules and need not be considered here. In several genera and many species these free microscleres disappear alto- gether; whereas this is the case with the gemmule-spicules only in a few degenerate forms. The skeleton of the Spongillidae differs in no essential feature from that of the Haploscleridae ; but the chitinoid sheath of the spicule-fibres, if it exists at all, is never so stout as it is in some Haploscleridae, notably in those of the subfamily Chalininae, and the lattice-like network of single spicules characteristic of Reniera among the Haploscleridae is never found in its full development. The free-swimming larva of the Spongillidae has a very characteristic structure, consisting of a hollow, bladder-like body, entirely covered externally with homogeneous cilia and invariably without a pigment: spot. The most characteristic feature of the Spongillidae has, however, as yet been mentioned only incidentally, vzz. the elaboration of the gemmule. Gemmules are produced by many Haploscleridae, but consist merely of masses of cells stored with food-material and enclosed in a simple chitinoid case without specialized spicules or a pneuma- tic covering. In the Spongillidae on the other hand both these structures are commonly associated with the gemmule; in the subfamily Spongillinae the one critical character of most of the genera is the form of the microscleres with which the gemmule is armed, a foraminal tubule or cup (or at any rate a very definite depression in the covering at which the contents of the gemmules may escape on germination) is found in all but a few cases, while in most instances there is a special coat of chitinoid substance containing air-spaces of one kind or another. In the subfamily Potamolepidinae, in which microscleres of all kinds are absent, the gemmule, if it exists at all, is of a much simplified nature and resembles in many respects that of the Haploscleridae : that this is the result of convergence rather than of genetic relationship is proved by the very close structural resemblance between cer- tain Potamolepidinae and certain Spongillinae not of a primitive type. Hexactinellida, free microscleres very similar superficially to the gemmule-spicules of Ephydatia have been produced in totally different lines of evolution. 142 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, There is one anatomical feature of the Spongillidae which I have left to the last in considering the distinctive features of the family, because I am not sure of its precise significance; I mean the well-developed subdermal cavities Under this term two quite distinct structures or rather systems have sometimes been confused, viz. (a) the cavity between the derma and the parenchyma ino which water is drawn through the dermal pores on its way into the inhalent or afferent channels of the sponge, and (b) the superficial exhalent or efferent channels that extend along the surface of the parenchyma immediately beneath the derma and open into the oscula direct. Both these systems may be traced in all Spongillinae and in Nudospongilla among the Potamolepidinae, although the actual dimensions of the channels differ in different species. In Cortispongilla and Pachydictyum they can also be detected, but not so easily. I have examined only dry specimens of Potamolepis, but the structure of the skeleton certainly suggests their presence in this genus also. In the Haploscleridae (as also in many other marine Monaxon sponges) many genera and species have both systems well develop- ed. This is the case in many of the Renierinae, the subfamily most nearly related to the Spongillidae. It is not the case, however, in the Chalininae. In this subfamily (or at any rate in all its representatives I have examined) there is practically no subdermal inhalent cavity and the main exhalent channels run up - vertical or obliquely to the surface of the sponge, on which they open as a rule in groups. In all the Baikal sponges I have examined, or of which suitable figures have been published—I have not seen the forms of Spongilla and Ephydatia described by Swartschevski (1901), whose figures do not illustrate this point—both subdermal systems appear to be absent and the structure of the sponge is in this respect exactly like that of the Chalininae, the distal part of the vertical or radial fibres of the skeleton being buried in the parenchyma to their tips, instead of standing out above the parenchyma and supporting the dermal membrane as a tent-pole supports a tent. Stress has been laid by Dybowski and others on the ‘“‘ grouped’’ nature of the oscula in the Baikal sponges, and this would seem to be a character usually correlated with the absence of an exhalent subdermal sytem. In the Potamolepidine sponge Nudospongilla aster from Palestine, however, it is not so. Family HAPLOSCLERIDAE. Subfamily CHALININAE. Genus Lubomirskia, Dybowski. This genus may be defined as follows :— Sponge massive, consisting of upright cylindrical stems or flabelliform, tough, elastic, not at all friable, with shallow oscula scattered, as a rule in groups, on the surface; main exhalent 1914. | N. ANNANDALE: Sponges of Lake Batkal. 143 channels never running in a horizontal direction immediately below the dermal membrane; inhalent subdermal cavity absent. Skeleton consisting of a network of well-defined, compact, strongly coherent series of spicules lying parallel or nearly parallel to one another in a thick sheath of chitinoidsubstance. The vertical fibres branch dichotomously, especially in the outer part of the sponge, and are joined together by transverse fibres containing fewer spicules than themselves. Onthe surface branching becomes more vigorous and more irregular, so that the external extremi- ties of the vertical fibres form broom like bunches of slender fibres the central part of which is as a rule hollow and forms a nursery for the young embryos. Together these bunches of fine vertical fibres constitute a skeletal cortex (pl. ix, figs. 1, I@). Spicules.—There are no true microscleres. The skeleton spicules are amphioxous and spiny, the spines being sometimes concentrated at or near the extremities. Smooth slender amphioxt also occur occasionally in the parenchyma. Type species: Spongia baicalensts, Pallas. No gemmules have been described in this genus and the form of the free-swimming larva is unknown. Embryos in an early stage of development are frequently present in large numbers ; they appear to migrate to the cavities in the terminal bunches of the spicule-fibres and probably escape thence on reaching the larval stage. The only species that can be assigned to the genus are L. bai- calensts (Pallas) and L. abietina (Swartschevski). The latter has been found only in Lake Baikal, but the former occurs also in Arctic seas.! Dybowski has described (1880) several well-defined varieties of L. baicalensis, but Soukatschoff’s* L. baicalensis var. e cannot belong either to the species or the genus. It is probably a form of Batkalospongia bactllifera (Dybowski). A phase to which no name or letter has been assigned was submitted to me by the authorities of the St. Petersburg Academy. In it the upright part of the sponge, instead of consisting as in the typical form of cylindrical systems, is fan-like, the broad, compressed growths usually being curved in horizontal section and sometimes forming incomplete cups. This form evidently reaches a consider- able size. Its spicules agree with those of the typical form. L. baicalensts and L. abietina differ mainly in the structure of the skeleton ; in the latter the vertical fibres branch much less freely, the skeletal cortex is less well developed and the transverse fibres are fewer and more slender than in the former. L. abietina never produces upright growths like those characteristic of the typical form or the phase described above of L. baicalensis, but the formation of such growths does not take place in all varieties of the latter species. 1 Dybowski, S7tzb. Nat. Gesellsch. Dorpat, 1884, p. 44. 2 Trav. Soc. Nat. St. Pétersh. XXV, p. 11 (1895). 144 Records of the Indian Museu. [VOL. X, The affinities of Lubomuirskia are, in my opinion, with Pachy chalina, Schmidt, from which the genus differs in its spiny spicules and in the peculiar structure of the terminal part of the vertical fibres, and, with Veluspba, Miklucho-Maclay, which has smooth tylote spicules. The structure of the skeleton-fibre appears to have been misunderstood by Dybowski and by most subsequent writers owing to the facts that the section figured by him (1880 ; pl. II, fig. 5) was too thin to show the real structure, and that the precaution of staining preparations of this genus with some reagent that would display the chitinoid sheath of the fibre has not hitherto been adopted. The method I have myself used in making the preparations ot L. baicalensis figured on plate ix is a very simple one. After cutting a thick hand-section of the dried sponge I dissected out a few fibres with their attachments under a binocular microscope and washed them in running water, brushing them at intervals with a camel’s-hair brush, until the cellular debris was removed. I then placed them for about ten minutes in a strong aqueous solution of pyrogallic acid. This solution of course stained both the sheath and any remains of cells that still adhered to it, but the former were easily distinguished by their apparently granular nature and removed by further brushing in water. ‘This method is naturally applicable only to skeleton-fibres that have a definite horny sheath. It will be noted that in fig. ra on plate ix that the horny or chitinoid substance is deposited in the interstices between the smaller twigs of the fibres in concentric layers and that these interstices are often almost completely filled up in this manner. Subfamily RENIERINAE. Baikalospongia, gen. nov. Sponge massive or encrusting, resembling Lubomirskia in general structure but friable (though hard). and not at all elastic. A stout basal membrane of a horny nature is present. Skeleton superficially resembling that of Lubomirskia, except that there ts no horny sheath to the fibres and that the vertical fibres do not form definite brush-like tufts at their distal extremity but are more or less distinctly splayed out to forma horizontal skeletal reticulation Spicules.—There are no true microscleres. ‘The skeleton-spicules as a rule resemble those of Lubomirskia, but the spines at their extremities are usually differentiated more distinctly. In one species (B. ivregularis (Swart.) ) the macroscleres are smooth and blunt at both ends. Gemmules.—These bodies have been discovered as yet only in one species (B. bacillifera), in which they are ovoid or pear- shaped structures with a simple horny covering which is distinctly depressed in a crateriform manner at the narrower end (pl. ix, fig. 3b). They lie in the stout basal membrane of the sponge with their long axis parallel to it. 1914. | N. ANNANDALE: Sponges of Lake Batkal, 145 Type-species: Lubomirskia bacillifera, Dybowski. The embryos, which are often abundant in B. bacillifera, resemble those of Lubomirskia, but the free-swimming larva is unknown. The following species must be assigned to this genus :— Lubomurskia bacillifera, L. papyracea and L. intermedia, Dybowski, L. tscherskit, L. fusifera and (probably) L. barkalensis var. e, Souk- atschoff, and L. ivregularis, Swartschevski. All these sponges are, so far as is known, found only in Lake Baikal. I have examined numerous specimens of B. bacillifera and B. intermedia, both of which I assigned in 1913 (or rather in IgII) to the same genus as Lubomirskia baicalensis. This was, however, before I had attempted to dissect out individual fibres from the skeleton or to use pvrogallic acid as a stain in their examination. When I attempted to isolate the fibres an essential difference at once became apparent: it was impossible to disassociate them without breaking them into fragments, and they had none of the springiness and elasticity of those of Lubomirskia. They were moreover, so fragile that attempts to brush them clean always ended in disaster. Fragments of the skeleton, cleaned as far as possible in running water, were then stained in pyrogallic solution, and the difference in the structure of the skeleton-fibres of the two genera at once became clear. There ts in Baikalospon- gia no horny fibre-sheath, but the fibres are built up ina ladder-like formation of groups of spicules, which adhere together in bunches and series of bunches by means of thin veil-like films of horny or chitinoid substance secreted at the points at which they are actually in contact. This formation is identical with that found in the skeleton of the harder species of Spongillidae (cf. plate ix, figs. 3a and 4) and also in many sponges of the subfamily Renierinae. In assigning B. bacillifera and its allies to this subfamily I rely rather on negative than on positive evidence, placing them there rather because they are neither Spongillide (having no sub- dermal cavities) nor Chalininae (having no horny sheath to their skeleton-fibres) than on account of any definite character they possess. There are two genera Nudospongilla (Spongillidae of the subfamily Potamolepidinae) and Metschnikowia (probably Renieri- nae) to which they bear a very close resemblance in many charac- ters, but both of these genera occupy an anomalous and somewhat unsatisfactory position. Nudospongilla,! a genus of my own, is confessedly no more than a convenient generic appellation for those freshwater sponges in which the microscleres have disappeared but the skeleton has not the hardness or compactness of Potamolepis, Marshall. The skeleton-spicules may be either smooth or spiny and in the type- species (NV. coggini, pl. ix, fig. 5) have a form not unlike those of some varieties of B. bacillifera; they are invariably amphioxous or practically so, whereas those of Potamolepis are amphistrongylous. 1 Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal 1913, p. 62. 146 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo1L. X, The genus only differs from the subgenus Stratospongilla of the genus Spongilla in being devoid, apparently in all circumstances, of true microscleres. The skeleton of most species ! resembles that of Baikalospongia, except that the reticulation is never quite so dense and the sponge is therefore even more fragile. 8B. inter- media is, however, a connecting link in this respect. In all the species of Nudospongilla I have examined both subdermal cavities can be traced, but in one Syrian form (N. aster) the disposition of the oscula somewhat resembles that characteristic of both Lubo- mirskia and Batkalospongia. The genus Metschntkowia was described by Grimm from the Caspian Sea. His paper, which is apparently in Russian and was published in 1876 or 1877, is not available to me. Dybowski (1880) ; pp. 52-59) has redescribed three species, as well as re- defining the genus, from the same inland waters. ‘Topsent? and Lundbeck?® refer to Metschnthowia Carter's Isodictya spinispiculum and also the species originally described by Topsent himself as Remnera filholi; both these sponges being found in the Atlantic. But it does not appear that either author had had an opportunity of examining material from the type-locality of M. tuberculata, the type-species of the genus, and I would prefer to compare Caspian specimens with true marine ones before expressing an opinion on this point. Dybowski’s figures of the skeleton of M. tuberculata and M. flava (1879 ; pl. iii, figs. 5 and 6) are detailed and clear, but I have seen no similar figures of that of the marine species placed in the genus by the two authors just named. In any case, Dybowski’s figures show that there is a somewhat thin and irregu- lar fibre sheath present in the sponges he iilustrated, and that this sheath is strictly comparable to that of some species of Reniera. His figure of M. flava (op. cit. pl. i, fig. 8) proves the existence in that species of well-defined subdermal exhalent channels. On the whole, keeping in view the close similarity. between some species of Stvatospongilla and some of Nudospongilla, and also the biological conditions in which those of the latter genus are found, I am inclined to regard the indubitable resemblance between Nudospongilla and Batkalospongia as due to convergence, but to accept as probable the view that Baikalospongia is closely related to Metschnikowia. Until, however, the larval history of the different species assigned to all these genera is more fully known, it is impossible to express with any confidence a dogmatic opinion as to their mutual relationships. Of the nominal species assigned to Batkalospongia on a pre- ceding page I have examined only two, B. bacillifera and B. tnter- t Evans, Quart. Fourn. Micro. Sct. XLI, p. 425, pl. 38, figs. 6-8 (1899) has, however, described a well-defined fibre-sheath in one species (JV. moovet) which I assign provisionally to Nudospongilla. ‘The systematic position of this sponge is problematical. 2 Mém. Soc. zool. France XI, p. 226 (1898) and Res. Camp. Sct. Monaco XXV (Sponge. Acores), p. 243 (1904). 3 ‘Ingolf’ Exp. V1 (1), p. 52 (1902); 1914. ] N. ANNANDALE: Sponges of Lake Batkal. 147 media. Of the former Dybowski and others have described varieties ; these I have experienced great difficulty, owing to the existence of intermediate forms, in distinguishing. Soukats- choff’s Lubomirskia tscherskti and L. fustfera are possibly no more than varieties of L. bacillifera, but L. papyracea, Dybowski and L. trregularts, Swart., appear to be specifically distinct. Family SPONGILLIDAE Subfamily SPONGILLINAE. Swartschevski (rgor ; pls. iv (figs. 13-15) and v), in a paper writ- ten throughout in Russian, has described a Spongilla and two forms of Ephydatia from Lake Baikal ; it should be possible to recognize all of them from his figures, if not from Korotneff’s German des- criptions (Ig01I; p.307). He has named them Sfongilla microgem- mata, Ephydatia olchonensis and E. goriaévit. All these sponges are remarkable for the abnormal character of their microscleres and I am inclined to think that they represent merely abortive varieties or phases, respectively of Spongilla lacustris, auct., Ephydatia mulleri, Liebk. and E. fluviatilis, auct. Without examining specimens it is, however, impossible to insist on this opinion. 2.—GEOGRAPHICAL, In view of the foregoing observations it seems to be possible to consider the sponges of Lake Baikal from a geographical point of view under three headings, (1) sponges of marine origin, (2) sponges of uncertain origin, and (3) undoubted freshwater forms. (1) In the first of these categories belong the two species assigned here to the genus Lubomirskia. The better-known of these (L. bai- calensis) has actually been found in Behring’s Straits, while the other is very closely allied to it. All other Chalininae are marine, but several species occur in semi-detached bodies of water such as the Black Sea. (2) Although the affinities of Batkalospongia are doubtful, it seems probable that its species are derived from a marine stock. (3) The true Spongillidae that occur in Lake Baikal are all abnormal forms. The evidence therefore, such as it is, points to a marine origin for the greater part of the sponge-fauna of the lake. There is nothing definite to connect it with any other sponge-fauna but that of the Arctic Sea, but possibly a remote relationship other than convergent may exist between Lubomirskia and the species described from Lake Tanganyika by Evans as Spongilla mooret. Personally I am of the opinion that the resemblance is merely another instance of convergence, a phenomenon of constant re- occurrence in the Monaxon sponges. But here again, in the absence of embryological evidence, dogmatism is impossible. The species Lubomirskia baicalensis, existing as it does both in the Arctic Sea and in Lake Baikal, and, moreover, being 148 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, 1914.]} devoid of reproductive bodies that would be easily transported by external agencies, affords, in any case, strong support for the view that the fauna of the lake includes a real marine element derived from northern waters; while the prolific evolution of species in the apparently endemic genus Batkalospongia is exactly- parallel to the state of affairs found in the Amphipoda! and the Gastro- poda? of the lake and points to isolation for a considerable period. | Dybowski, ‘‘ Beitr. der in dem Baikal-See vorkommenden . . . Gammari- den, ’’ Horae Soc. Ent. Russ. X (1874). 2 Lindholm, Wiss. Ergebn. Zool. Bxp. Batkal-See, Die Mollusken (1909). ADDENDUM. When this paper went to the press I had not seen Topsent’s paper on the classification of the Halichondrine sponges on larval characters (Arch. Zool. (5) VII, pp. i-xv). He points out (p. xiv) that the larvae of the Haploscleridae (s.s.) possess a coloured cap or collar at the posterior, non-ciliated extremity.—A pri! 24th, 1914. an te Oe + Oe TOS ESS OES EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX Fic. 1. Lubomirskia baicalensis (Pallas). Fig, 1. Spicule-fibres dissected out of the external part of the sponge ; photographed by reflected light and magnified by about 6 diameters. Fug. ta. A fragment of the same dissection stained with pyrogallic acid and viewed by transmitted light; x 50. c.s.== sheath of spicule-fibre. Fic. 2. Batkalospongia intermedia (Dybowski). Fig. 2. A hand section (vertical) from the external region of the sponge, showing its compact nature and the absence of a subdermal cavity ; photographed by reflected light and magnified by about 6 diameters. Fig. 2a. Thinner section of the skeleton in the same region; ~X 50. ¢.m. — dermal membrane > ¢./5— growth-line. Fic. 3. Batkalospongia bacillifera (Dybowski). Fig. 3. Fragment of the skeleton (unstained); X 20. Fig. 3a. Portion of the same stained with pyrogallic acid; X I00. Fig. 3b. Gemmule, X 20. Fic. 4. Fragment of the skeleton of Corvospongilla ultima var. spinosa similarly treated (for comparison); X 100. Fic. 5. Spicules of Nudospongilla coggint (for comparison with those of B. bacillijeva) ; X Ioo. Plate IX. Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol.X 1914. Bemrose. Collo. Derby. » del. AC.Ch SPONGES OF LAKE BAIKAL. Vil ak AeA SYM BLO LDLGA. EN DECA. No. 5.—SOME SPONGES COMMONLY ASSOCIATED WITH OySTERS AND MUSSELS IN MADRAS HARBOUR AND THE CHILKA LAKE. By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Superintendent, Indian Museum. (Plates X; XT) The sponges described in this paper all occur commonly on living shells of Ostrea and Mytilus either in the harbour of Madras or in lagoons of brackish water on the east coast of India. There is no evidence that any one of them is invariably associated with any one genus or species of mollusc, or with molluscs at. all. Indeed, we know that one of them (Suberites aquaedulcioris) is not always associated with molluscs. But the fact that an association of the kind is common, although it is not exclusive, is of con- siderable interest, and, as I stated in the introduction to this series of papers (Rec. Ind. Mus. V, p. 123), I propose to deal in it with associations of varying degrees of intimacy. From the systematic and geographical point of view the interest of the sponges lies in the fact that they are from a region hitherto practically unexplored so far as the Porifera are con- cerned. The multitudinous species that are found in the Gulf of Manaar have been described in a series of papers by Bower- bank,! by Carter? and by Dendy * and the marine sponges of Ceylon are now at least as well known as those of any other tropical country ; but those that form a part of the much less luxuriant fauna of the littoral zone north of Palk Straits have hitherto almost escaped the notice of zoologists. The biological differences between the portions of the east coast of India that lie respectively north and south of Palk Straits are much greater than is perhaps as a rule realized. In the one we have a sea full of coral reefs ; in the other an almost uninterrupted stretch of barren sand and mud. It is only at a few places, notably in the harbour of Madras, that any solid support for fixed sedentary organisms exists, and there it is mostly artificial. \ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1873, p. 25. 2 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) V, p. 437; VI, pp. 35 and 129 (1880) and VII, p- 361 (188r). 3 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) XX, p. 153 (1887) and (6) ILI, p. 73 (1889) ; Hervdman’s Pearl Oyster Fisheries V1, p. 57 (1905): 150 Records of the Indian Museum. [| VOLs_X; South of the estuaries of the Mahanaddi, north of which mud prevails, the coast is sandy and the sand extends outwards from the shore for some miles. Off the northern part of this coast, in from 15 to 30 fathoms of water, there are areas in which the sea-bottom is coated with a recent conglomerate of sand and partially dissolved shells,! while in the southern part solid masses are produced at about the same depth by the growth of gregari- ous gastropods and stony sponges.” These harder areas are, how- ever, restricted to water which, although shallow as compared with the abysses of the central region of the Bay of Bengal, is deep as compared with the strictly marginal zone, from which the species to be considered here were obtained. The sponges described below are all encrusting species, de- pendent, therefore, for their existence on comparatively hard areas on which to spread. These areas they find on the surface of the shells of oysters and mussels. The general absence of algae of any considerable size from the Indian coast north of Palk Straits is one of its most striking biological features; it is one that naturally restricts the space suitable for the growth of small encrusting sponges, which in other seas are frequently found on the stems and fronds of seaweeds. A.—Sponges from Madras Harbour. The stonework of Madras harbour affords a support for large numbers of mussels (Mytilus latus, am.) which in their turn are usually coated with various encrusting organisms. During a recent visit to Madras I was indebted to the assistance of Prof. K. Ramun- ni Menon of the Presidency College of that city in obtaining a large supply of these mussels in a living condition. The majority of them bore on their surface, mingled with compound ascidians, branching Cheilostomatous polyzoa, barnacles (Balanus amphitrite), etc., specimens of one or more of the sponges here described. The largest shell measures Ir cm. in length and 5°6 cm. in breadth. The list of the encrusting sponges found on the mussel-shells is as follows :— Family DESMACIODONIDAE. M)cale aegagropila (Johnston) var. militaris, nov. Mycale mytilorum, sp. nov. Mycale madraspatana, sp. nov. Lissodendoryx balanophilus, sp. nov. In addition to these encrusting forms a small and poorly develcped specimen of the widely distributed and well characterized 1 Jenkins, Rec. Jud. Mus. VII, p. 51 (1912). 2 Annandale, zbzd., VI, p. 47 (1911). 19I4.] N. ANNANDALE: Fauna Symbiotica Indica. I5I tubular Haplosclerid Reniera implexa, Schmidt, was found on a shell of the same mussel. This sponge will probably be discovered in all warm and tropical seas; it has been recorded from the Adriatic, the West Indies, Ceylon and the Red Sea, and I have examined specimens from a rock-pool on the island of Bombay. Its bathymetrical range is also great :—from between tide-marks to at least 450 fathoms. No burrowing sponge was found in oysters or mussels in the Madras harbour, but I have a specimen of Cliona celata, Hancock, in a chank shell (Turbinella pyrum, L,) from the immediate neighbourhood of the town; it was presented to me by Professor Ramunni Menon. Genus Mycale, Gray. Mycale, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867, p. 533; Thiele, Abh. Senckenb. Nat. Gesellsch. XXV, p. G49 (1903); Lundbeck, Dan. ‘Ingolf’-Exp. VI, pt. 2, pp. 7, 23 (1905). Esperia, Nardo, Jsts, 1833, p. 522. Esperella, Vosmaer, Bronn's Thterreichs, Por:fera, p. 353 (1885) ; Ridley, Rep. Zool. ‘Challenger’ XXII (LIX) (Monaxonida), p. 62 (1887) ; Dendy, Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish. Ill, p. 159 (1905); Row, Fourn. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) XX XI, p. 33 (1911), Mycale aegagropila (Johnston). Esperella aegagropila, Vosmaer and Pekelharing, Verh. K. Akad. Wet. Amsterdam VI (2), p. 17 (1897). var. militaris, nov. (Plate x, fig. 2.) In the structure of their skeleton and soft parts and in the general form of their spicules my specimens from mussel-shells in Madras harbour agree well with Vosmaer and Pekelhering’s des- cription. The sponge in these specimens forms a film not more than 2mm. thick. In life itis of a bright scarlet colour owing to the presence of symbiotic algae in the parenchyma. In spirit these minute organisms turn of a dull green colour. The lengths of the spicules of my specimens are as follows; their forms are shown in figs. 2, 2a, pl. x:-— Megascleres, 0257 mm. (average): 0°24 to 0°27 (extremes). Antsoschelae, 0°044 mm. (very uniform), Sigmata, about 0'095 mm. Toxa, 0°148 to 0°2 mm. The microscleres of all forms are somewhat scarce. Type No. Z.E.V. 2? Ind. Mus. Locality.—Madras harbour in 4 to 6 feet of water; on living shells of Mytilus latus, Lam. 152 Records of the Indtan Museum. [VOLS oS. The spicules do not agree precisely with those of any of the forms included in the synonomy of M. aegagropila by Vosmaer and Pekelharing, who have discussed the species in an exhaustive manner. I, therefore, describe my specimens as the type of a new ‘“‘variety.” Whether it is a true variety or a geographical race (subspecies) cannot of course be settled until more is known of the smaller and more delicate sponges of Indian seas. The authors mentioned in the preceding paragraph found M. aegagropila only on young oysters (op. cit., p. 29). They deseribe the method of growth as follows: ‘‘ They [the sponges] formed their crusts, generally not more than 05 or I mm. thick. They often covered the shells entirely, growing over the free borders. If new layers of shell are formed, the sponge immediately covers them. Hence in sections there can be found shell-layers in the middle of the sponge body.’’ Nothing of the kind occurred in the case of sponges growing on mussel-shells at Madras, but these shells are of course much smoother than oyster- shells and the layers of calcareous matter of which they consist are much more closely compacted. No sponge that I saw grew over the edge of a shell, although in some cases the exposed surface of one valve was almost completely covered. Mycale mytilorum, sp. nov. (Plates x, fig: rand xi, figs: 2,3.) The sponge forms a delicate film not more than 2 mm. thick and of a bright brick-red colour; it sometimes covers the whole of a large mussel-shell. In spirit the colour, which is apparently not due to the presence of symbiotic algae, disappears rapidly. The external surface is smooth except for the presence of angular and apparently (not actually) spiny ridges on the central parts, often interrupted and never as much as 1 mm. high. These are largely artifects, not being visible in the living sponge; they occupy the spaces between the superficial exhalent canals. Both dermal pores and oscula are minute and inconspicuous. The latter are situated in the central, thicker parts of the sponge ; their position is indicated by the course of the superficial canals that converge towards them. The dermal pores, when not entirely obliterated by contraction, are oval in outline and of variable size; they are scattered on the peripheral parts of the sponge. Their position can be dicovered readily by the aid of a hand-lens, because they open, either directly or by short passages partly closed by diaphragms, into larger circular lacunae belonging to the inhalent system. These extend downwards nearly to the base of the sponge and the finer inhalent canals lead from them to the ciliated chambers. The finer exhalent canals open into broader ones which run obliquely upwards through the sponge and, long before reaching the oscula, form 1914. | N. ANNANDALE. Fauna Symbiotica Indica. 153 branching grooves on the surface of the parenchyma easily seen through the colourless dermal membrane that forms their roof. The skeleton is composed of single fibres which ramify feebly or not at all. Its exact structure differs considerably in different parts of the sponge. Towards the periphery (pl. xi, fig. 3) the spi- cule-fibres are short, slender and simple; their course is almost vertical; they are somewhat sparsely scattered and they never branch; their upper extremities form comparatively small brushes that support the dermal membrane, hardly penetrating it. The sponge contains numerous tubes made by polychaete worms and in their intermediate vicinity the fibres, which to some extent radiate out from them take on a somewhat different character, becoming longer, branching dichotomously or even trichotomously at the upper end and adopting a more nearly horizontal course. It is, however, in the central parts of the sponge that the fibres are best developed, especially at the sides of the superficial exhalent channels. Here they assume a contor- ted but mainly horizontal course, are greatly elongated and densely crowded together. Theit upper extremities, indicated by the fact that the pointed ends of the skeleton-spicules are directed towards them, are arranged in parallel lines of fan-like brushes along the sides of these channels, one row on each side, and thus forms a support for the floor of the channels (pl. xi, fig. 2). Towards the periphery of the sponge there is no dermal skeleton except a fairly dense layer of sigmata, but in the central parts numerous macroscleres lie scattered, without fasciculation, in the dermal membrane. Spicules - Megascleres.—The megascleres are slender, smooth, sharply pointed, straight or nearly straight tylostyles with well- defined, narrowly oval heads. The axial tubule is well developed in them, extending into the head. The average length of the whole spicule is about 0°216 mm. and the average diameter 0°0047 mm., the corresponding measurements of the heads being o’008 mm., and 00047 mm.; but considerable variation in size and propor- tions occurs, the total length varying from o18 to 0°26 mm. and the diameter of the shaft from 0°004 to 0°0054 mm. Microscleres.—There are no toxa. The sigmata, which are most numerous in the dermal membrane but also occur singly in the parenchyma, are not grouped in any definite manner. They are smooth and slender and as a rule somewhat twisted in their long axis; the average sector of their arc is about 0°04 and the average thickness of their shaft 0°0027 mm. ‘The anisochelae are found scattered sparingly in the dermal membrane and paren- chyma; they are very minute. Their form, in which they differ from those of Mycale aegagropila (Johnston), is best shown by figures (figs. 1, Ia, pl. x); their average length is about o’o189 mm.; they are the most uniform in size of the spicules and by far the smallest in numbers as well as size. Habitat.—Madras harbour in from 4 to 6 feet of water; on shells of living Mytilus latus, Lam. 154 Records of the Indian Museum [Vows Type No. Z.E.V. **7* Ind. Mus. This sponge is closely allied to Mycale aegagropila. ‘The size and proportions of the spicules are, however, different; the skele- ton, at any rate in the central parts of the sponge, is much denser, and the complete absence of toxa, substantiated by an examination of many fragments mounted whole as well as by preparations of cleaned spicules, is apparently a distinctive character. Gemmules closely resembling those of M. aegagropila as figured by Vosmaer and Pekelharing (of. cit., p. 30, pl. 1, fig. 3) secur in specimens collected in October. Mycale madraspatana, sp. nov. (Plates x, fig. 3 and xi, fig. 4.) In the structure of its soft parts, in dimensions and in the form of its spicules this species closely resembles M. aegagropila, but the chelae are arranged in rosettes and the skeleton is much more highly organized: the colour in life is that of M. mytilorum. Skeleton. -Two distinct kinds of spicule-fibres can be recog- nized. On the external surface, partly in the dermal membrane and partly in the parenchyma immediately below it, run comparatively stout, sinuous, non-anastomosing fibres, which cross one another occasionally but branch sparingly and do not fuse together. They are a little splayed out and occasionally fork at both extremities, but form regular brushes at neither; in optical section as many as 12 spicules abreast can sometimes be detected. These broad fibres are best developed round the oscula. In the lower part of the parenchyma thinner fibres, 2 (or even 1) to 7 spicules abreast in optical section form a regular horizontal network, branching freely and anastomosing. Transitionary forms between the two kinds of fibres occur very sparingly. In addition to the fibres there are many macroscleres scattered horizontally in the parenchyma. These are not shown in figure 4, Dial: Spicules: Macroscleres.—The majority of the macroscleres closely resemble those of M. aegagropila except that the shaft tapers more distinctly towards the blunt extremity; the heads, if they can be distinguished, are narrowly oval. Together with macroscleres of this type very much more slender styli of approxi- mately the same length occur sparingly. ‘The average length of the typical macroscleres is 0'279 mm., the extremes being 0°265 and 0'296 mm. Microscleres.—Anisochelae, sigmata and toxa arefound. The anisochelae are arranged in rosettes, but the size and regularity of these groups varies, together with the number of anisochelae present in the sponge, in different specimens from the same locality. The form of the spicule closely resembles that of the spicule of the same type in M. aegagropila, but there are certain differences (best shown 1914. | N. ANNANDALE: Fauna Symbtotica Indica. 155 in figs. 2a and 3a on pl. x) in the structure of the extremities and the size is a little greater, the average length being 0°0473 mm. (extremes 0'043 and 0°0516 mm.). Sigmata are very scarce; they are a little more contorted as a rule than those of M. aegagropila from the same locality. ‘The toxa, which are fairly abundant, are extraordinarily variable in size: o'I40 to 0°352 mm. in length. Most of them fall into one of two series characterized by size. In the smaller toxa the central curve is as a rule more compressed than in the larger ones, which are actually longer than the macroscleres. Type No. Z.H.V. *7* Ind. Mus. Locality.—Madras harbour in 4 to 6 feet of water; on living shells of Mytilus latus, Lam. The degree of development reached by the skeleton in this species is probably somewhat variable, but it is only in well- preserved specimens on which no artificial pressure has been exerted that the double system of spicule-fibres can be adequately observed. Specimens of this species collected in October are full of gemmules in early stages of development. Indeed, parts of the sponge appear to consist of little else but morula-like masses of cells evidently of this nature. Genus Lissodendoryx (Topsent) Lundbeck. Topsent, Mem. Soc. Zool. France 1V, p. 457 (1897); Rés. Camp. Sct. Monaco, fasc. Il, p. 173 (1907); Lundbeck, Dan. ‘Ingolf’-Exp. VI 2); p> 153 (1905): Lissodendoryx balanophilus, sp. nov. (Plates x, fig. 4 and xi, fig. 5.) The sponge forms a crust not more than 4 mm. thick on the shells of Lamellibranchs, often occurring together with Balanus amplutrite, Darwin. It fills up the interstices between individual barnacles as well as growing over their shells in a thin film. The external surface is irregular, but not spiny and without definite projections. The colour is pale yellowish green and fades little in spirit. The structure is somewhat cavernous owing to the comparatively great calibre of the main exhalent channels, which run obliquely upwards through the sponge and do not form branch- ing grooves on the surface of the parenchyma. The oscula are rather larger than those of the species of Mycale described above, but the pores are minute and difficult to detect. The whole sponge is very fragile, but rather less so than the others found with it. The skeleton contains little binding substance. The dermal macroscleres form short, somewhat plumose fibres in which as many as I2 spicules abreast can sometimes be seen in optical section. These fibres branch dichotomously or irregularly at 156 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL X, their extremities, or at any rate at the extremity nearest the surface. Thev are usually somewhat contorted, but they do not anastomose; their course is mainly horizontal but as a rule dips down into the sponge inore or less deeply; they are connected together to form a somewhat loose reticulation by single tornote spicules. The styli and tylostyl form in the parenchyma a fairly regular reticulation for the most part composed of single spicules and comparable with the typical skeleton of Renzera; but traces of fasciculation can be detected at some points. Spicules: Macroscleres.—The majority of the dermal macros- cleres are tornota with well-defined smooth oval extremities of comparatively large size. Their shafts are as a rule smooth, slender and straight. Both amphioxi and amphistrongyli occur, however, among them, always sparingly. These spicules, which must be regarded as abnormalities, invariably have their shafts irregular in outline and as a rule are inflated at several or many points. The skeleton-spicules are as a rule a little shorter and stouter than the tornota; their shafts are usually smooth, but occasionally bear a few scattered spines near the blunt end; this end, which is in most cases distinctly globular and well differentia- ted from the shaft, is rarely or never quite smooth, but as a rule may be called irregular in outline rather than actually spiny. The other extremity is sharply and gradually pointed. These spicules are from o°124 mm. te 0°16 mm. long. Sometimes much shorter and stouter tylostyles of very irregular form occur in small numbers, and even what may be called normal spicules of the type vary considerably both in proportions and in outline. Typical tornota are on an average about 0°167 mm. in length (o0'166 to 0'176 mim.). Miucroscleres.—The microscleres include minute and very slender C- and S-shaped sigmata as well as isanchorae. In the latter the shaft is stout, somewhat compressed laterally and feebly curved; the three teeth at either end are subequal, narrow and sharply pointed ; those at the sides project outwards in such a way that it is hardly possible for the spicule to rest on its dorsal surface. (This makes it impossible to obtain an accurate camera lucida drawing of the front view). Type Nov Z.EAV. 27> Ind. Mus. Locahty.—Madras harbour in 4 or 5 feet of water; on living shells of Mytilus latus, Lam. (together with Balanus amphitrite, Darwin) and also on those of Osévea sp. This sponge would not fall within the genus Lissodendoryx as originally defined by ‘Topsent, for all the parenchymal macroscleres are not smooth, although most of them are nearly so. Lundbeck has, however, pointed out that the critical charac- ter lies not in the form of the macroscleres, but in that of the hooded microscleres. These belong to the type known to him and to some other writers as iso-anchorae, whereas the corresponding spicules in Myxilla are true iso-chelae. The distinction may be accepted as convenient; but it should be noted that the impor- IgI4.] N. ANNANDALE: Fauna Symbtotica Indica. 157 tance thus attributed to the difference between the two types of microscleres is not accepted by all spongologists. B.—A Sponge comman on Oyster-shells in Brackish Water. Fam. SUBERITIDAE. Suberites aquae-dulcioris, sp. nov. Sponge.—The sponge forms a film not more than 2 mm. thick, in most places quite flat but slightly raised in the neigh- bourhood of the oscula, which are sparsely scattered on the surface. The oscula are very small and can be closed completely ; each is connected with a branching and occasionally anastomosing system of superficial exhalent channels the roof of which is formed by the dermal membrane. Except over these channels, the external surface is minutely hispid. ‘The dermal pores are minute and occur in considerable numbers all over the membrane except where it forms the roof of the exhalent channels. The subdermal cavity is ample, being supported by bunches of spicules. The inhalent canals run vertically downwards below the pores. The colour of the living sponge varies from leaf-green to orange- yellow; in specimens in spirit or dry it is dirty white. The superficial area of the largest specimen seen did not exceed that of a moderate-sized oyster-shell. Skeleton.—In living or carefully preserved sponges the skele- ton consists of numerous plumose spicule-fibres which radiate outwards and obliquely upwards through the sponge, their general course being directed away from the oscula, towards which their blunt ends point. At their external extremity, as they approach the surface of the sponge, each fibre bears a large bunch of vertical spicules with their sharp ends pointing upwards and outwards. It is these bunches of spicules that support the dermal membrane over the dermal cavity; only their tips pro- trude through it. The floor of the superficial exhalent channels, in which there are no bunches of spicules, is supported by single spicules, which are directed outwards from the oscula and never project vertically upwards. ‘There are numerous loose spicules lying parallel to the base of the sponge, especially in its lower parts. The spicule-fibres are devoid of any binding substance and the regular arrangement just described is apt to break down if specimens are not carefully preserved. In this case the skele- ton-fibres often disappear almost completely, but the terminal bunches are more consistent. Spicules.—The only spicules proper to the sponge are macroscleres, but if, as is often the case, itis growing in close contact with Cliona vasttfica, Hancock, the zigzag microscleres of that sponge are apt to intrude intoit. The macroscleres are of two sorts, amphioxi and tylostyles; the former are, however, ex- tremely scarce and should be regarded as abnormalities. They are slender and always more or less distorted. With few excep- 158 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL X, 1914.] tions, therefore, the skeleton is composed of slender tylostyles of very variable size and proportions. One extremity is sharply and gradually pointed, while the other forms a distinct head, which usually bears some resemblance to an acorn, being divided into a rounded terminal portion, as a rule longer than broad, and an enlarged ring-like base. The differentiation is, however, not always distinct and the exact form of the whole head is very variable. The largest macroscleres are about 0'033 mm. in length and their stem nowhere exceeds 0'0956 mm. in thickness. The curvature of the spicules is usually slight and regular, if they are not absolutely straight; but some are a little sinuous and a few are always to be found in which the stem is curved or angularly bent at one point. The head is relatively small, as a rule distinctly longer than broad. Type No. Z.E.V. ** Ind.-Mus. Habitat.—Chilka Lake, Orissa, near the east coast of India, in brackish water on leaves of Halophila and shells of Ostrea; also on the latter in the backwater at Ennur near Madras. This sponge has been found at two places in the Chilka Lake, namely about a mile off Burkul near the inner shore and at Manikpatna in the outer channel a few miles from the mouth.' At the former place several very young specimens were found in July on the leaves of a plant actually floating on the surface but probably detached from the bottom in about 6 feet of water. The speci- mens from Manikpatna are larger and were found in September on the external surface of the valves of oysters (Ostrea sp.) living in about 4 feet of water. In its form and method of growth this sponge approaches Prosuberites, Topsent, but the possession of horizontal spicule- fibres distinguishes it from the species of that genus. 1 Further particulars about the distribution, etc., of this sponge will be given in a subsequent paper on the fauna of the Chilka Lake. Feb. 24th, 1914. EOE = EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. Fics. 1,1a. Mycale mytilorum, sp. nov. 1.—Spicules, X 300 1a.—Anisochela, X 1800. Fics. 2, 2a. Mycale aegagropila var. militaris, var. nov. 2.—Spicules, X 300. 2a.—Anisochela, x 750. Fics. 3, 3a. Mycale madraspatana, sp. nov. 3.—Spicules, X 300. 3a.—Anisochela, X 1350. Fics. 4, 4a. Lissodendoryx balanophilus, sp. nov. 4.—Spicules, X 300. 4a.—Isanchora, X 1350. In figures 1 and 4 two of the chelae are represented on a larger scale than the rest of the spicules. In figure 4 the drawing of the S-shaped sigma has been blotted in reproduction. Pain FIG. FIGs. FIGS. FIGS. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. Suberites aquae-dulcioris, sp. nov. ’ Portion of skeleton supporting subdermal exhalent chan nels, as seen from above, X75. 2. 2a, 3. Mycale mytilorum, sp. nov. 2.—Portion of skeleton supporting a subdermal exhalent channel, as seen from above, X 20. 2a.—Terminal part of a single spicule-fibre, x 75. 3.—Scattered spicule-fibres at periphery of sponge, as seen from above, X 20. w.m. == worm-tube. 4,4a. Mycale madraspatana, sp. nov. 4.—Portion of skeleton surrounding an osculum, as seen from above, X 20. 4a.—Terminal part of one of the stouter spicule-fibres, X 75. 5,5a. Lissodendoryx balanophilus, sp. nov. 5.—Superficial spicule-fibres, X 75. 5a. Part of the same preparation, X 225. The part further enlarged in fig. 4a is indicated by a circle in fig. 4. — > Sh = VY Lz IX A.C. Chowdhary, del & lith. SPONGES FROM MADRAS & ORISSA. VET ON _ A NEW SPE CLES OF BLEEP HA RO- CHRID BLY FROM KASHMIR; TOGETHER Within A DS CR TP ELON OL SOME LARVAE FROM THE SAME VOCALLY. By S. P. AGHARKAR, M.A., Rashbihart Ghosh Professor of Botany, Calcutta University. (Plates xvi-xvii.) While working in the Indian Museum in January and Feb- ruary, 1914 I was asked by Dr. Annandale to examine and report on the collection of Blepharocerid larvae and adults made by Mr. H. B. Bion of the Geological Survey of India at Nagaberan, in Kashmir. The collection has proved very interesting in more ways than one. ‘The adults have proved to be specimens of a new species (Philorus bionis) of the genus Philorus, which genus has not hitherto been recorded from India. The larvae include specimens of 3 species, none of which appear to agree with the descriptions and figures of any of the previously described species ; they either represent new species or belong to species whose larvae are un- known at present. It has to be noted that this is the first time that any Blepharocerid larvae are being described from India. The collection was made at an altitude of 10,000—10,500 ft., which appears to be the greatest height from which any species of the family have been recorded. All the specimens were obtained in rapid-running streams and were captured by means of a hand- net inserted into places where stones had just been overturned. The adult flies were taken in the same way and at the same time as the larvae. An interesting point is the occurrence of such a large number of species (four) in the same locality. This, however, is a fact which has been previously noticed by Kellogg with reference to his New California larva, which was found to occur along with the larvae of Bibiocephala comstocki and B. doanez in most streams (cf. Kellogg, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. Zool., Vol. iii, No. 6, 1903). I have to thank Dr. Annandale for giving me the opportunity of examining such an interesting collection. I have also to thank him and Mr. Brunetti for valuable suggestions and help during the course of the work. The illustrations were all drawn by Babu D. N. Bagchi of the Indian Museum staff under my supervision, and he has done the work with his usual skill, All the specimens described are in alcohol. 160 Records of the Indian Museum. PV O1aeX.. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS Puaiztorus, KELLOGG. Second longitudinal vein simple without branches ; a cross-vein present between the 4th and 5th longitudinal veins. _ A, Eyes contiguous, bisected by a simple groove. 1. P. ancilla, Osten-Sacken. A, Eyes separated by a broad front; not bisected by a cross-band or groove. b, Submarginal cell with a long pedicel. 2. P. yosemite, Osten-Sacken. b, Submarginal cell sessile. C, Second vein curving downwards, nearly parallel to the third vein ; forking of 5th and 6th veins at nearly 7 its length from the base. 3. P. bilobata, Loew. C, Second vein curving wpwards, in an opposite direction to that of the third vein; forking of the 5th and 6th veins at nearly 4 its length from the base. 4. P. bionis, sp. nov. Philorus bionis, sp. nov. (Plater xvi ,iss.) t-7.) o 9. Head (figs. 4, 5) transverse, narrower in width than the thorax; nearly black in colour; ocelli conspicuous. Proboscis brownish yellow, somewhat shorter than the vertical height of head in length. Eyes widely separated; not bisected by any non-facetted cross-band; facets all of the same size, pubescent all over, black in colour. Antewnae (figs. 6, 7) 14-jointed; the scapal and Ist flagellar joints brown in colour, the remaining joints black. Palpi 5-jointed; the ist rather a short joint, the 2nd longer with a slightly swollen head, the 3rd pear-shaped with the ter- minal part coloured dark brown, the 4th a trumpet-shaped joint, the last nearly oblong in shape with a small peduncle by which it is inserted on the side of the 4th. Mandibles absent in both wand @. Thorax strongly arched on the dorsal side, with a distinct transverse suture. Dorsum is black with a trefoil-shaped yellowish- white mark on the posterior region. This is much more conspicu- ous in the @ than in theo. Abdomen: o@ terga clove-brown in colour, sterna and pleura nearly white; hypopygium conspicuous, clove-brown in colour. @ terga light cinnamon-brown in colour, much less chitinised than in the ~. A black line is seen on each side which is really formed by the tracheal vessel with its branches going to the abdominal stigmata. 1914.] S.P. AGHARKAR: A New Shecies of Blepharocerid Fly. 161 Genitalta (figs. I-2) very conspicuous. o@ The hypopygium is during life bent upwards very much like the forceps of an earwig; there is a small dorsal plate covering only the basal parts of the genitalia. A much larger ventral plate with its sides turned upwards so as to enclose the genitalia from below and the sides is present. Its posterior edge has a wide shallow notch in the middle. From near the sides of this notch arise two leaf-like claspers which are folded in the middle along their length. They bend towards each other and meet nearly in the middle line. From the sides of the ventral plate, a little behind these claspers arise a pair of stiff three-lobed claspers. During life they are apparently turned towards each other so that one of the lobes of one meets the corresponding lobe of the other enclosing an arched surface between. Arising from the anterior part of the ventral plate are two beak-headed claspers, with their beaks turned towards one another and enclosing a space through which the penis is protruded. The penis is not visible in all specimens, but where it is seen it appears to be a cylindrical structure from which eight fine filamentous structures arise.| These appear to be the actual intro- mittent organs. 2 The genitalia of the female are neither so conspicuous nor so complicated as those of the ~. There is a dorsal and a ventral plate similar to that of thew but much smaller. There is a pair of leaf-like claspers situated similarly to the claspers of the male but much smaller. The only other organs are a pair of small leaf-like claspers arising from near the middle of the anterior edge of the ventral plate. These guard the 9 genital aperture. Legs long and slender. The legs of the ware proportionately much larger than those of the female. Colour of legs in@ brown, in the 9 yellowish-white. Front tzbiae without any spurs, the middle ones with a single terminal spur, the hind ones with a small spur in addition to and by the side of the terminal spur. Ungues pointed and hook-like. Pulvilli absent, empodia rudimentary. Wings (fig. 3). The venation can be distinguished from that of other species of Philorus by the following characters: (1) the 2nd vein is bent upwards instead of downwards near its termination ; (2) the forking of the 5th and 6th veins takes place at about + its length from the base. Hialteres well-developed; both stem and club light brown in colour. Immature stages unknown ; it is possible that one of the three species of larvae found occurring with it may belong to it. But nothing can be said on this point until more information is avail- able. Lengha4to5mm. ¢55to6mm. Described from gc@and 5 2 specimens, collected by Mr. Bion at Nagaberan, Kashmir. Types preserved in the Indian Museum. 1 Fig. 1, 2 does not’show the parts in their natural positions ; it was drawn from a balsam preparation in which the parts had been pressed out flat. 162 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vomex LARVAF FROM KASHMIR. Along with the specimens of adult and @ collected at Naga- beran, Kashmir, were enclosed nearly 275 specimens of larvae of all sizes. I first thought that they were all of one species, pre- sumably Philorus bionis, sp. nov., with the adults of which they were found to occur. It was only when I examined the whole collection carefully that I found them to belong to three distinct species and a form which appears to be only a variety of one of them. As none of the larvae agree with any Blepharocerid larvae previously described and figured! it has become impossible to assign them to any species. I have, therefore, followed the only course open under the circumstances, viz. to describe the larvae and figure them without giving any names. Larva A, (Plate xvii, figs. 8-r0.) The fully-grown larvae are from 7 to 8 mm. in length and moderately broad. In the collection before me there are younger specimens of various sizes from 3 mm. onwards. The general appearance agrees with that of typical Blepharocerid larva, being broadest at the head region with the successive segments slightly narrower than those in front of them. The colour of the dorsal surface varies from light cinnamon-brown to deep clove-brown. The difference in shade does not appear to depend on the size of the larva, but to some other cause, such as exposure to light. The markings on the head consist of a central rectangular dark area and two triangular ones on its sides, on the most anterior region of the head segment. Inthe centre of the rectangular patch is a nearly ellipsoidal area separated from the rest by a deep groove which appears as a bright line when viewed by transmitted light. The other markings on the head segment are two transverse bands, a faint one in the middle and a dark one in the posterior part of the segment. On each of the other segments of the body there is a transverse dark band inthe middle. The ventral surface of the body is white with the exception of the suckers, which appear to the naked eye as dark circular rings. ‘The lateral processes are light brown in colour. Antennae: two-jointed, the 2nd joint having 4 or 5 small papillose hairs with globular heads at the end. Proximal half of each joint white, distal half black in colour. Lateral processes single, with a tuft of long fine hair-like pro- cesses at the end of each. Tvacheal gills in groups of 6.2 There ! With the possible (but very improbable) exception of the larva of P. yosemrte, described by Prof. Kellogg in Psyche, Vol. X, p. 186, I could not get a copy of this paper in any of the libraries in Calcutta. ® Mr. Bion informs us that all the larvae were much paler in life than they are 1n spirit. 8 | have found the number of gills in a tuft vary from 5 to 7, but 6 is the most common number. ; 1914.| S. P. AGHARKAR: A New Species of Blepharocerid Fly. 163 are 5 pairs of gill-tufts, one in front of each lateral process, excepting those of the head-segment. Behind the last sucker there are 4 gills much larger than the others. These probably represent another type of tracheal gills. This is the most common larva, over 260 specimens out of a total of over 275 larvae belonging to it. Among specimens belonging to this species are some forms (Larva A’) which are very much broader in proportion to their length than the typical individuals. I have not been able to find any other characters, in which they differ from the type and am not in a position to say whether they really represent the same species. The outline figure (fig. 11) will give a good idea of the appearance. ‘he larvae appear to be very much like those of the genus Blepharocera as figured by Kellogg and others and it is to be hoped that they represent the larvae of Blepharocera indica, Brun., which has been described from the Western Himalayas (Rec. Ind. Mus. IV, p. 316 (1911) and Fauna Brit. India, Nematocera, p. 156). Types preserved in the Indian Museum. LARVA B:; (Plate xvii, figs. 12-13.) Length 6-7 mm. The markings in the dorsum of the head and thoracic segment consist of a single dark patch with an ellip- soidal groove in the middle. In some there is a tendency to have this patch divided into three areas like those of the larva A. Behind there are some darkish markings. The abdominal seg- ments have each a single dark transverse bar. There is a row of 6 spines on each side of the body, one spine being placed a little above the base of anterior lateral process; each of the abdominal segments except the last has 4 spines, a pair in front and a pair behind the transverse dark bar. The head and thoracic segment as well as the last segment have two spines only. Lateral processes not very conspicuous, double; the anterior member o. each pair longer and bearing at lip a long spiny hair ; lateral processes pale fuscous in colour; tracheal tufts in groups of 4 each, rather short, 3 of them directed anteriorly and I pos- teriorly ; antennae rather short, three-jointed. Described from 15 specimens from among those collected by Mr. Bion at Nagaberan in Kashmir. Types preserved in the Indian Museum. LARVA C, (Plate xvii, figs. 14-15.) Long and broad; length 8-6 mm. The markings on the head and thoracic segment consist of a central rhomboidal area in two sides of which are two nearly triangular patches; the central 164 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou X, 1914.] part is very pale in colour. Each segment has two spines, one above the other, on each side a little above the base of the lateral processes; besides this there are 2 spines in the mid-dorsal line of the head and thoracic and the last abdominal segment. and 4 on each of the other segments; lateral processes very conspicuous, double, the anterior member of each pair longer, pointed and bearing a number of fine hairs on its side and a single long spiny hair at its tip; the posterior member of each pair blunt and stout and bearing a number of fine hairs on its side; these lateral processes yellow in colour; tracheal tufts in groups of 4, moderately long, 3 directed forwards and 1 backwards. The suckers are proportionately broader than in larvae A and B; antennae longer than in larvae A and B, three-jointed, black in colour. . Described from a single specimen from among those collected by Mr. Bion at Nagaberan. Types preserved in the Indian Museum. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. Fic. 1.-——-Philorus bionis, sp. nov., @ genitalia, x 30. Tees a) by) 5 hans 9? oo A ” a) cs » 29 oS os) ” Y name 2) »> 2 ? 9 wing, x adult o, s ) enlarged. head of @, ) gs Tb Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. X, 1914. Plate XVI. foe Bepehi del Philorus bionis, sp. nov. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. BLEPHAROCERID LARVA A. Fic. 8.—Dorsal view, x 8. pt) +) 3) 9.—Ventral view, x 8. 10.—Sucker, highly magnified. BLEPHAROCERID LARVA A’, I1.—Dorsal view, X8. BLEPHAROCERID LARVA B. 12.—Dorsal view, x 8. 13.—Ventral view, x 8. BLEPHAROCERID LARVA C, 14.—Dorsal view, x 8. 15.—Ventral view, x8. Ree. Ind Mus., Vol. X, 1914. Plate XVII. D. Bagchi, del, Blepharocerid larvae. eesersS fb U DEES a NG EN DIANA EREMINTHOE OC Y INVOr Le > By F. H. Stewart, M.A., D.Sc., M.B., Capt., I.M.S. Hon. Asst., Indian Museum. (Plates xviii-xxiii). In the present report the following species are recorded, VIZ. -— I. Oxysoma macintoshit, n. sp. 2. Oxysoma kachugae, n. sp. 3. Heterakis macronts, n. sp. 4. Dacnitts callichroi, n. sp. 5. Spiroptera deniculata, R. var. minor, n, vat. 6. Atractis kachugae, n. sp. 7. Physaloptera, sp. larva. Sih Ascay1s. (Sp: -latva.(1y--35., 36): Q. ’) ” 29 (L. 15). Io. Larva undiagnosed (I). 30). Il. < + (lL. I), 12 Oncholaimus indicus, v. Linst. 1. Oxysoma macintoshii, n. sp. (Pl. xviii, figs. I-12). From rectum of Rana tigrina, Daud., and Bufo stomaticus, Litken Lucknow. Plump little worms, the body cavity being more developed and less closely packed with viscera than in many nematodes; greater variations in shape and consequently in the measure- ments occur—(vide tables I and Ia pp. 184, 185). The head can be invaginated into the anterior part of the body, a fact which also. contributes to variations in the measurements. Females (fig. 1) 1'9-2°78 mm. long. Head (fig.3). The mouth is surrounded by three lips, one dorsal, two subventral. Each lip is low, semicircular and membranous, the edge thickened The lips curve in toward the mouth forming a diaphragm over the shallow oral cavity. The base of this cavity is formed by the anterior end of the oesophagus from which three powerful chitin- covered teeth, one dorsal, two subventral, project into it. A curved chitinous flagellum can be observed in some speci- mens, springing apparently from the apex of the dorsal tooth. The head can be retracted into the neck until the mouth is at the level of the collar. 106 kecords of the Indian Museum. [Voy. X, The cuticle of the head is not ringed, that of the body shows annulation, but this is probably artificial as the rings are com- pletely irregular in breadth. Lateral membranes extend from the head to the base of the tail, but it has not been found possible to measure them. A large ventral pore (fig. I, v. p.) lies in the midline opposite the oesophageal bulb, °323 mm. from head and opens into a wide sac. The vulva is transverse, midventral, without prominent lips and lies somewhat nearer the head than the tail (fig. I, v.). The anus also has no prominent lips and lies in the midven- tral line. ° Behind the anus, the tail (fig. 2) narrows rapidly and then again more gradually, forming a sharp spine. The body wall is of the meromyarian type. ‘The lateral lines measure ‘039 mm. in breadth shortly behind the oesophageal bulb. Internal organisation.—Oesophagus. ‘The anterior extremity is slightly thickened, but the greater length of the organ is cylindrical and of uniform calibre. It moves and bends with the retraction or protraction of the head. The anterior portion of the oesophagus, ‘0187 mm. in length, is marked off by a transverse diaphragm of closely set muscle fibres, corresponding to the pharynx described by Dujardin in Heterakis brevicaudata. The lumen of the oesophagus is of the usual triradiate form with a tubular dilatation at the outer end of each radius such as also occurs in Oxysoma kachugae, mihi, and which is described by Schneider (9) in Asc. ferox, Ehrbg. At its posterior extremity it expands to form the chestnut-shaped bulb, which possesses a triradiate lumen, the inwardly projecting angles of which are armed with chitin. The bulb is succeeded by a pear-shaped dilatation of the intestine, but behind this the intestine is compressed by the repro- ductive organs. Males (fig. 4) are relatively infrequent. Only three specimens were found among a large number of females. They measure ‘g9- 1°07 mm. in length; relatively more stout than the females. The head probably has the same structure as in the female, but the three membranous lips have not been observed by the present writer. The three teeth arising from the anterior end of the oesophagus are distinct. The head can be withdrawn. The anterior portion of the oesophagus is marked off by a diaphragm. Lateral lines extend from head to anus. Ventral pore as in female. The cuticle of the body is transversely striated. The striae measuring ‘0017 mm. in breadth. The head and tail are un- striated. The anogenital aperture (figs. 7 and 8) is enclosed in front and at the sides by a fine bursal membrane, which is supported on each side by three papillae shaped like delicate nine pins. A row of three additional papillae lies in front of the bursa on either side. 1914. | F. H. Stewart: Indian Helminthology, No. I. 167 Thus the characteristic three preanal ® and three perianal papillae of the genus Oxysoma are found. The tail is sharp pointed but relatively stouter than in the female. Postanal papillae (fig. 6) occur, seven pairs on the ventral half of the tail and six pairs on the dorsal half. The spicules (figs. 8, 9, I£, 12) two in number, are long, measuring each | of the body length. They are stout hollow cylindrical structures, ‘013 mm. in thickness. In one specimen the wall of the cylinder is so thick that vacuoles can be observed in it. Two muscular bands are attached to the anterior end of each spicule. The gonads appear to consist of a single tube divided into an upper testicular region, a large seminal vesicle and a short vas deferens. The species is named in honour of my teacher and friend Professor MacIntosh of St. Andrews. Comparison of this species with species described by Dujardin (3). (4.) Heterakis acuminata, Schrank. The Lucknow speci- mens differ from Heterakis acuminata, Schrank, as described by Dujardin, in that the males possess long spicules C=), not short spicules. (B.) Heterakis brevicaudata, Duj. They agree with the Heterakis brevicaudata of Dujardin in characters of generic value, namely: (i) as regards the head, “‘ téte obtuse, a trois lobes peu distincts, non mucronés, separés a l’intérieur par des piéces cornees’’. ‘“* Pharynx long de ‘05. mm. 4a trois angles—et séparé de l’oesophage par une sorte de diaphragme armée de trois pointes horizontales’’ may be the same structure as the anterior portion of the oesophagus described above. A specimen of Oxysoma sp. ? from the rectum of an English specimen of Rana temporaria (kindly given to me by my friend Dr. Dobell) exhibits the struc- ture of the head identical with that of the Lucknow specimens. Dujardin’s specimens were obtained in Paris and Rennes; (ii) as regards the tail of the male—-“* Male a’queue..munie de deux membranes trésétroites et de deux rangées de..papilles..; deux spicules trés-longs. They however differ from this species in many characters. (1) Size—females not longer than 2°78 mm., whereas H. brevicaudata, ; Mx. Br. Duj., measures 475-6 mm. ‘The relation ee equals - as con- trasted with = in H. brevicaudata. (ii) The vulva is in front of 2) the middle, in H. brevicaudata it is behind the middle. (iii) Postanal length . Ti tae ee 2 9 equals —- int oy equals T 5 I PE contrasted with - in both sexes in H. brevicaudata. (iv) Papillaeof tailing@ 6 pairs contrasted with 13 in H. brevicaudata. (v) Spicules strong, stout, 168 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor xe hollow cylinders, not ‘‘ trés-minces trés-flexibles..terminés en pointe falciforme trés-aigué.”’ (vi) Viviparous not oviparous. Comparison with Oxysoma brevicaudatum, Zeder as described by Schneider (19). Schneider’s specimens were ‘‘immature’’ and engaged in moulting. He nevertheless identifies them with H. brevicaudata, Dujardin, and on the results of his examination of these dubious specimens criticises adversely and corrects Dujardin’s definition. The Lucknow Oxysoma is smaller, since Schneider’ s measure- ments are given as 9 5°5 mm. @ 3 mm. In Schneider’s species the Hd.—Vulva. 1 ~v.—Tail 184 Comparison with Oxysoma contortum, v. Linstow (7) from the large intestine of Bufo vulgaris, Korfu. This species measures and the male does not bear a bursa. 7 5'4 long by 3 mm. in Br. ORs Oeuama tine Sms Sy 001 ak Oley G.I the males are therefore more than five times as long as those of Oxysoma macintoshit, the females about three times as long; the species does not exhibit the marked difference in size between males and females. The relation of engi in the male is very are I : I Tee . ae Fi different, contrasted. with pou O.macintoshit. ‘The spicules 18’ . Length of spicule .- ee are relatively much longer * pasa O. contortum —=—> mM O. macintoshii—=—. Caudal papillae of o» in O. contortum pre 5°38 anal 12, postanal 6 pairs, in O. macintoshi: preanal 6, postanal 13 pairs. In the female, the vulva is behind the middle of the body in : ever : ae Postanal L. . O. contortum, in front of it in O. macintoshit. rT a FO Tes : ans) I contortum a7 in O. macintoshir aaa The following two species of Oxysoma have been described in recent years from batrachians: Oxysoma tuberculatum, v. Linst., from Megalophrys mon- tana (10) differ from O. macintoshit in possessing six lips each bear- ing a thorn-like spine: the immature female measures 4°5 mm. O, terdentatum, v. Linst. (9) from the gut of Triton cristatus. Head with three lips, each lip with two papillae. The oesophagus projects between the lips forming three rounded projections each of which is armed with atooth (So far agrees with O. macintosh11). The oesophagus has no enlargement. (Herein differing from O. macintoshit) @ —1t5 mm.—br. ‘46 mm. v. Linstow gives a poor figure of the head of O. brevicaudatum. Zed. in (8). The figure does not show any teeth. Nae I914.] F. H. Stewart: Indian Helminthology, No. I. 169 2. Oxysoma kachuygae, sp. nov. Pl. xxix, figs, 13-16. From intestine of Kachuga lineata, Gray: Lucknow. A single female specimen was found. For measurements see table II, page 186. The head (figs. 13, 14) is expanded like the head of a nine- pin. Body diminished in breadth uniformly from the middle toward either extremity. The tail (fig. 16) is moderately etorp pointed and curved on itself at the tip. The head bears three flattened lips, one dorsal, two sub- ventral, which are entirely composed of cuticle. Each lip is however supplied with two forked papillae of corium. As can be seen in fig. 13 the outer branch of the papilla is flask-shaped and parallel with the length of the body, the inner is thinner and inclined inward. The corium from which these papillae spring surrounds the commencement of the oesophagus. The cuticle is transversely striated, the striae being very uniform in breadth. There are narrow lateral membranes. The vulva is a narrow slit in the ventral line without: promi- nent lips. The anus has slightly prominent lips. The oesophagus (fig. 15) is divided into three sections: (1) ‘074 min. long, represents the ‘ pharynx’ of Dujardin. Its anterior extremity is dome-shaped—the dome rising into the space between the lips. Three fine tubular structures—one ventral, two sub- dorsal—are found in this portion, and are doubtless tubular dilata tions of the outer ends of the radii of the oesophageal lumen. The body of this part of the oesophagus shows the same muscular structure as the remainder of the organ. Part I is separated from part 2, by a transverse diaphragm. (2) 1°416 mm. long, shows three fine cuticular tubes corresponding with those of part 1. The tubes, however, do not appear to be continuous with those of part I, but are separated from them by the diaphragm. Their anterior extremities are dilated (fig. 15), and it is the cuticle lining these dilatations, which produces the appearance of teeth referred to by Dujardin. With the exception of a short portion at its anterior end, this part of the oesophagus is of a dark brown colour. The colour ceases abruptly at the commencement of the bulb. Special aggregations of this pigment occur on the surface of the organ in the median and lateral lines ‘272 mm. from the head. (3) The bulb is pear-shaped *425 mm. long. The intestine is dilated at its commencement where it em- braces the bulb, but further back is compressed by the gonads. It is coloured in the same manner as the oesophagus. Impregnation with this colouring matter renders the reproduc- tive organs difficult to decipher. The vagina is apparently non- 170 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOLsOx muscular and runs forward. There appear to be two uteri and ovarian tubes. The ventral pore is small, 1'275 mm. from the head. Lateral lines were not distinguished. A nerve ring was also not seen. This specimen agrees with Oxysoma falcatum, v. Linst. (14a) from the intestine of Geoemyda (Nicoria) trijuga, Schweigg. in size, Oes. L. general shape, structure of head, proportion eae and pro- portion eee It differs from it in possessing a striated cuticle and in the proportion Postanal length : : if I Tae which is ae instead of rq as in O. falcatum. 3. Heterakis macronis, n. sp. (Pl. xix, figs. 17-24. Pl. xx, figs. 25-34.) Seven specimens, four males and three females, were found in the intestine of Macrones aor, Ham. Buch., obtained from the market, Lucknow. They are delicate hair-like animals. ‘Their absolute and relative measurements are given in table III, page 186. The greatest diameter of the body is situated at the posterior end of the oesophagus, and the breadth of the body diminishes rapidly toward the head, gradually toward the tail. In the majority of fixed specimens, the anterior end of the body is curved toward the dorsum. The tail of the male curves toward the ventral sur- face. The head (figs. 17, 18 and 1g) is rounded and very slightly greater in diameter than that part of the body which immediately succeeds it. There are no lips (figs. 18 and 19). The mouth is formed by a shallow funnel-shaped depression in the anterior end of the oesophagus, and is surrounded by a ring of slightly thickened cuticle. This ring is somewhat thicker in the ventral than in the dorsal segment; the anterior end of the oesophagus is also slightly more prominent in the ventral than in the dorsal segment, consequently the transverse plane of the mouth is tilted very slightly toward the dorsum. Viewed in the sagittal plane (fig. 17), the same cuticular ring is visible, and it can be seen that it is carried outward in the two midlateral lines to form ribs, which support the commencement of the lateral membranes. Cephalic papillae, if present, are very small and do not raise the cuticle. The lateral membranes (figs. 17 and 24-34) extend from the head to a level shortly in front of the anus. At the head they are supported by sickle-shaped thickenings of their outer and anterior margins. They increase rapidly in breadth to a maximum of ‘048 mm. at the level of the end of the oesophagus. At this level the breadth of each membrane is equal approximately to half the diameter of the body. Ata distance of ‘56 mm. from the head a tiread-like process of protoplasm passes outward from the lateral line in the substance of the lateral membrane to the outer mar- gin of the latter structure (fig. 24). This is doubtless a sense organ. I9I4.] F. H. Stewart: Indian Helminthology, No. I. r7t In cross section the lateral membrane has the form of an equilateral triangle. The cuticle is entirely plain and unringed. The lateral lines measure ‘0238 mm. in breadth in the oesopha geal region. Lateral canals are not visible. ; Female.—The tail of the female (fig. 20) is sharply conical, the anus is situated ‘25 mm. from the tip. The body cavity of the tail is occupied by a glandular mass. The vulva is situated at the junction of the middle and posterior thirds of the body. It is a transverse slit extending through one-third of the circum- ference of the body. The internal reproductive organs of the female will be described in a later paper. Male.—The tail of the male when viewed in profile is seen to be arched on the dorsum and flattened on the ventral surface by the formation of the bursa (figs. 21 and 22, 33 and 34). It is terminated by a sharp narrow caudal appendage ‘073 mm. in length. ‘Che region of the tail which carries the bursa measures ‘44 mm. in length, both the transverse and sagittal diameters are enlarged compared with that portion of the body which imme- diately precedes it. The bursa is formed by two flatly semicylin- drical cushions applied lengthwise to the body between the mid- ventral and lateral lines (figs. 33, 34). The anterior boundary is marked by the sucker (fig. 22), the posterior by the base of the caudal appendage (fig. 21). Five rows of papillae occur on the surface of the bursa—two sublateral and two subventral on the cushions, and one median ventral in the space between the cushions. The sublateral series consists of three papillae with finger-like pulpae: (i) (aumbered from behind forward) situated dorsal to the posterior end of number I subventral papilla; (ii) dorsal to the anterior end of number 2 subventral; (iii) dorsal to the interval between numbers 2 and 3 subventral. The subventral series consists of eight papillae—-numbered again from behind forward they are situated and shaped as follows: (1) at the posterior end of the bursa, large and capsule- like showing a tendency to division into two compartments; (2) immediately in front of 1, capsule-like but somewhat smaller; (3) shortly behind the anus; (4) shortly in front of the anus; (5) opposite the junction of the vas deferens and intestine with the cloaca; (6) midway between the anus and the sucker; (7) opposite the sucker; :8) ‘14 mm. in front of the sucker. The median series consists of two papillae which are slightly raised above the surface—im. shortly in front of the anogenital aperture; 2m.—shortly in front of the termination of the vas deferens. The space between the two cushions is flat and contains the anogenital aperture and sucker. The former is surrounded by a ring-like thickening of cuticle. The latter is slightly raised above the surface and resembles a flattened volcano. It does not possess a cuticular cup. It is situated -45 mm. from the tip of the tail. 3 2 Records of the Indian Museum. [WOK exe The spicules (fig. 23) are two in number and are so delicate that they are invisible when not extended. Each spicule measures "0765 mm. in length; is hollow at its base (figs. 33 and 34), where it measures 0068 mm. in breadth. Toward the point it becomes flattened and bears five longitudinal ribs on its outer and posterior surface. It has a reversed S-shaped curve, curving outward and backward at the tip. An accessory piece has not been observed. The testis is a single tube which is sharply bent upon itself. The fundus (fig. 31) lies 1 mm. in front of the tip of the tail. From the fundus the testicular tube runs forward to the mid- point of the body where it comes in contact with the body of the ventral gland. It here bends abruptly and runs backward (fig. 26). After the bend the sperm mother cells are arranged in a definite cylinder, the nuclei around the periphery. The testis is succeeded by a dilated thin-walled seminal vesicle (fig. 31), and this in turn by a thick-walled ductus ejaculatorius (figs. 32-35). The junction of the rectum and ductus is surrounded by unicellu- lar glands the cells belonging to the lateral and midventral lines (fig. 34). The glands have well-developed tubular ducts. Ventral gland. At the middle of the body a large unicellular gland occupies the ventral half of the body cavity (fig. 25). The protoplasm of this cell stains only with difficulty, is granular and contains two canaliculi in its substance. Shortly behind the middle of the body this cell divides into two finger-like processes (fig. 26), which as they run backward come into more and more close relationship with the two lateral lines (fig. 27), ultimately running in the substance of the lateral lines (fig. 28). The pro- cesses can be traced to the three-quarter point of the body length. The canaliculi are visible throughout the entire length of the processes and acquire thickened walls as they run backward. Behind the level at which the processes can be recognized, fine ducts are to be seen in the lateral lines which doubtless open into the canaliculi. These ducts can be recognized as far back as the level of the anus.' Alimentary canal. The oesophagus (fig. 17) is simple and club-shaped. Its walls are darkly pigmented behind the nerve ring. There is no short anterior segment divided off by a trans- verse diaphragm (pharynx of Dujardin) as in Heterakis vesicularis. There is no oesophageal bulb. This species is placed temporarily in the ‘genus’ Heterakis pending a thorough revision and division of the group. It does not belong to the genus as defined by Dujardin, since (1) it is devoid of lips and of a ‘ pharynx,’ (2) it has no oesophageal bulb, (3) the spicules are equal, (4) the caudal papillae of the male are ! ‘The form of this gland is of interest in connection with the evolution of the excretory organs of Nematodes. See fagerskidld, Zool. Jahrbb. Anat., Bd. vii, p. 449, and the present writer, Or avin Ss evOlele spegi at 1914. ] F. H. Stewart: Indian Helminihology, No. I. [73 arranged in three series. On the other hand it resembles Dujar-. din’s Heterakis in the following points; (1) the two uterine branches are opposed; (2) lateral membranes are present, (3) the tail of the male bears a sucker and papillae. It cannot be included in Dujardin’s genus Dacnitis on account of the absence of the characteristic anterior enlargement of the oesophagus. Schneider’s ‘ Hetevakis’ includes many genera. HAH. macronis should be included in the same group as H. distans, R., a parasite of Simia sabaea, which it resembles in the absence of lips and of a chitinous ring in the sucker. This group is identical with Heterakis, Acheilostomi of Railliet (18, p. 409) characterized by ‘bouche sans lévres, deux spicules égaux assez courts, ventouse sans anneau chitineux.’ Railliet identifies Hetevakis, Acheilostomi with Stelmius of Dujardin and Subulura of Molin. The species at present under consideration differs from Sfe/mius in the fact that the vulva lies in the middle of the body length and not shortly in front of the anus. 4. Dacnitis callichroi, n. sp. (Pl. xxi, figs. 35-38.) Two females were found in the intestine of Callichrous macro- phthalmus, Blyth, from I,ucknow. Owing to contraction in the preservative (Looss’ fluid) the body wall has been thrown into wrinkles to a considerable extent, which diminishes the value of the measurements. They are moderately plump worms; for measurements see table IV, page 187. The region corresponding to the anterior two- thirds of the oesophagus is narrower than the remainder of the body (fig. 35). The head (figs. 36 and 37) is rounded. The mouth is of the usual Dacnitis type, of elongated lozenge-shape, the long axis lying in the sagittal plane, with its aperture directed forward and to the dorsum. It is surrounded by the usual membranous collar springing from a cuticular thickening resembling a wire frame. Each side of the collar bears 32-36 longitudinal striae. There are four cephalic papillae—two subdorsal, two subventral. The head does not curve toward the dorsum. No lateral membranes. The cuticle is not striated in the anterior oesophageal region, but is transversely striated from the posterior oesophageal region backward. The striae are caused by fibrillae lying in the deeper layer of the cuticle and encircling the body. Intervals between the striae ‘002 mm. in the anterior half, ‘0012 mm. in the pos- terior half of the body. The vulva is narrow and oval, not prominent, in the mid- ventral line ——s The tail (fig. 38) is conical and pointed, and bears a prominent papilla on either side, slightly behind the mid point between the anus and tip of the tail. 174 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL- Ox The anus (A—T= "2 mm.) is broad transversely and has a prominent anterior lip. The oesophagus (fig. 35) has the form usual in the genus. Circumoesophageal nerve ring not seen. A large unicellular gland lies on one side of the oesophagus. Female gonads. The vagina runs forward from the vulva for a distance of +55 mm. and is furnished with thick walls. The uteri (two, anterior and posterior) are distended with eggs which possess thin shells. The usual coiled ovarian tubes are visible in front of and behind the uteri. Discussion of the systematic position. Comparison with -— 1. D. foveolata, R. (vide Dujardin (3) p. 270. Schneider (19) p. 74) =D. esuriens, Duj. IT ae : Br. D. callichroi is a much more stout animal 2 = =e contrasted with S in D. foveolata. In figures 39 and 40, representations are given of the head and oesophageal region of D. foveolata, R., from Pleuronectes platessa (collected at Plymouth) for comparison with figs. 36 and 35, respectively. Some measurements from D. foveolata are also in- cluded in table IV (see page 187). The difference in the relation Oes. Br. - a Oes L, 18 Very marked. 2. D. abbreviata R. (Dujardin, p. 269), in Perca cirrosa. The description of this species is insufficient for recognition. 3. D. globosa, Duj. (Dujardin, p. 269) from Salmo fario—isa Mix, Bremen T0.Ls pass in D. callichrot). ‘The head bears a tubercle on larger animal than D. callichroi 2 =16 mm., is thinner Post an. L. 1 ( I T.L. 50 *39 its dorsal aspect which is absent in D. callichrotv. 4. D. hians, Duj. in Muraena conger. A larger animal than 1Br; I D. callichroz, length 20°7 mm. contrasted with 6—7°5 Tila foes trasted with = 5. D. sphaerocephala, Rud. fr. Actpenser microcephalus, a larger animal, @? length 15°6 mm.; and thinner “S — not s aye 7° Post anal I I : : : maa ase not ae Ova smaller -— °052X°027 contrasted with "085 X ‘055. 6. D. squali, Duj., a larger animal, ? length 18°5 mm., and ° I I Post Anal Ly = I Hdiav- thinner a (contrast eal eee nee (contrast sal = 6° 7. D. rotundata, Mol. (Molin (16) from Cantharus vulgaris, Padua, description of 2 insufficient for recognition. Igr4. | F. H. Strwart: Indian Helminthology, No. I. 175 5. Spiroptera denticulata, Rud., var. minor, nov. (Not Spir. denticulata, Molin—from Merops aptaster and Falco palumbarius). (Pl)-xxi, figs. 45-43.) Two male worms from the stomach of Wallago attoo, BI. Schn., from Tucknow. For measurements see table V (page 188). Elongated cylindrical animals expanding in club-like manner at the anterior extremity. The body divided into a series of rings, each of which in the anterior } of the body bears a circle of cuticular hooks Fig. 41 represents the head of one specimen, and shows the cone at the apex of which the mouth opens, and the expanded Ist, 2nd, 3rd and 4th rings. The hooks are strong outgrowths of cuticle ‘0238 mm. in length on the 2nd ring. There are 26 on the Ist ring, 22 on the 2nd, and 20 on the 3rd ring. The tail (fig. 42) is flattened on its ventral surface, ‘277 mm. from the tail end, to form spear-head-shaped adhesive surfaces, the margins of which are sharpened and supported by papillae. The number of these papillae is as follows :— Spec. 1. Right side—Preanal 6. Postanal 6. Left side FAR ee 5 Spec. 2. Right side Sie ry 5 Left side oe 4. >) 6. The preanal group is separated from the postanal by a dis- tinct gap. The two spicules are unequal, the right is short and pointed, the left (fig. 43) long (4 of the body length) and has a curious foot-shaped termination. It measures ‘O15 mm.in length. The spicules can be moved independently of one another; in both specimens the right spicule is extended, but the left is withdrawn in the one and extended in the other. The lateral lines are relatively narrow, tth of the breadth of the body and show a line in their centre which may represent the longitudinal canal. The animal therefore belongs to the family Secernentes of v. Linstow. The mouth is devoid of lips, narrow and circular, situated at the end of the oral cone. A tubular pharynx leads from the mouth to the anterior end of the oesophagus; it is slightly curved, and has a very fine cuticular lining. The oesophagus is broadest at its anterior extremity where it expands like the capital of a pillar, and decreases steadily in its first third. The second two- thirds are uniformly cylindrical. Before joining. the intestine it forms one complete loop by curling upon itself. There is no bulb. A nerve ring or ventral pore have not been observed. 176 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, The single testis commences *7 mm. from the anterior ex- tremity and measures ‘5 mm. in length. It is followed by the seminal vesicle ‘185 mm. long which ends at the base of the left spicule and by a ductus ejaculatorius measuring *48I mm. Systematic Position.—The two specimens agree with Spiroptera denticulata, R., as described by Schneider (19) except (I) in size— (being only 4th of the length of S. denticulata), (2) in the number of spines on each ring—S. denticulata bears 56 per ring on the head, (3) the bursal edges are shown as cushion-like in S, dentv- culata by Schneider, whereas they appear sharp in the variety. Schneider does not refer to the remarkable left spiculum. 6. Atractis kachugae, n. sp. (Pl. xxi, figs. 44-47. Pl. xxii, figs. 48-49.) A large number of small organisms found in the intestine of Kachuga lineata, Gray: Lucknow. They wereso abundant that the water used for washing the intestine appeared to swarm like a magnified bacterial culture. The specimens vary in degree of maturity, some possessing merely the rudiments of sexual organs, such as specimen 41/1/T, others, such as 41/1/3, possessing fully developed sexual organs, others, such as 41/4/-, containing larvae in utero. For measurements see table VI, page 189). It will be observed that they are fine and delicate organisms, the maximum breadth not exceeding 2.4% of T.L. The head is truncated, the maximal breadth lies at the end of the oesophagus at 20% of T.L. (except when the body is distended by larve). The tail is long and fine. The head bears a circle of six lips—two lateral with simple peg-like pulpa and four submedian which possess a pulpa of a curious cross-like figure springing from a thick pedestal. The form of these lips is best appreciated by referring to fig. 44. Lateral membranes (fig. 45) measuring ‘0085 mm. in depth run from the level of the 2nd bulb to behind the anus. A fine cuticular transverse ringing is visible on some specimens only and is probably artificial. The vulva is a transverse slit with slightly prominent lips ‘102 mm. in front of the anus. The anus is not prominent. Genital papillae in the male. Two pairs of simple papillae preanal and one postanal (fig. 47). The tail of the male is curved to a right angle with the rest of the body at the anus (fig. 40). Internal organisation.—Alimentary canal. The anterior end of the oesophagus is square and lies at the level of the bases of the lips. The anterior portion of the body of this organ, ‘005 mm. in length, is marked off by a ring of vacuoles between the muscle fibres. The remainder is again divided into two portions, each portion terminated by a bulb. The anterior portion shows definite muscular striation, the posterior is granular in appearance. ‘The anterior bulb is fusiform, the posterior pear-shaped, and the 1914. | F. H. Stewart: Indian Helnunthology, No. I. 177 latter contains three semi-circular thickenings of the cuticular lining constituting a grinding apparatus. The intestine presents no features of note. No oesophageal nerve ring or ventral pore have been observed. Reproductive organs of male.—Three pairs of simple papillae referrred to above, in the anogenital region, two preanal, one post- anal. Spicules two unequal (fig. 48). Right, short, ‘0925 mm. measured in a straight line from head to tip and ‘0042 mm. in maximum breadth, nail-shaped with a distinct closed head. Left, long, ‘187 mm. in length, ‘005 mm. in breadth, simple tubular, narrowing toward the tip, with head slightly expanded, open and receiving insertion of a retractor muscle. Testis single tubular. Fundus lying dorsal to alimentary canal ‘68 mm. from head. Cells at fundus spherical. As it passes backward the tube curves round the left side of the intestine to assume a ventral position, the cellular contents are large square cells with large round distinct nuclei. At a distance of about °25 mm. from the fundus the cells change abruptly in appearance, the protoplasm becomes filled with small granules. A long simple vas deferens, lying in front of intestine and spicules, leads into the cloaca. Female reproductive organs (fig. 46).—In immature specimens (measuring ‘217 mm. in length) the female gonads are represented by a flattened and elongated group of cells lying ventral to the intestine. The cells are large and angular and contain large spheri- cal nuclei. In the adult (2°63-3:06 mm.) only a single functional ovary is to be found, which is conical in shape, the apex of the cone (the fundus) directed backward. The cellular contents are of the usual type, ova broad and disc-shaped at the junction of ovary and’caecum. ‘The caecum contains two large ova and also a considerable number of other smaller cells which appear to arise from proliferation of the wall cells. Attached to the anterior end of the caecum is a cellular appendix possibly representing a second ovary. The opening of the caecum into the uterus lies close to the ovarian opening. ‘The uterus is an elongated spindle-shaped sac. At its anterior extremity its walls are thickened to form a sphincter. In young adults it contains spermatozoa—sometimes in large numbers. A cellular gland surrounds the junction of the uterus and the caecum. In older specimen (3°06 mm.) the uterus contains from 6-8 larve, some doubled on themselves, others fully extended but never coiled or enclosed in a shell. The larvae dis- tend the uterus from the sphincter to the vulva. The following species of Atractis have been described up to the present :— (1) Atractis dactylura Duj.,from Testudo graeca. (Dujardin —(3) p. 654. Diesing (2) ii, p. 151. Schneider (19), p. 124. V. Linst. (11), p. 516. This species has a two-horned uterus and only one oesophageal bulb—Schneider. The porus excretorius is very prominent and surrounded by a ring of chitinous rods—v. Linst. 178 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, (2) Atractis opeatura, Leidy. (Leidy (5), p. 410), from the intestine of the iguana Cyclura baeolopha, Cope, Australia. The head is tripapillate, 2 and @ both 5 mm. long. (3) A. hystrix, Dies. (Diesing (2) p. 188) from Podocnemis erythrocephala, America. (4) A. perarmata v. Linstow (v. Linstow (11), p. 516, from Cimxys beluana, German East Africa, 7 5°56 mm. @ 6:2 mm. Spicules of @ almost equal. (5) A. cruciata, v. Linstow (v. Linstow (12), p. 29) from Metapoceros cornutus, Daud. Haiti, @ 6:2 mm. (6) A. fasciolata, Gendre. (Gendre. (4), p. 30). Ihave not been able to obtain a copy of this article. 7. Physaloptera, sp. Larva. (Pl. xxii, figs. 50-51.) Two specimens were found encysted in the wall of the urinary bladder of Bufo stomaticus, Liitken (—B. andersont, Blgr.') at Lucknow. The cyst wall consisted of an outer capsule of loose connective tissue and an inner membranous capsule. The embryo was coiled up within the cyst The measurements of one specimen are given in table VII, p. Igo. The body (fig. 50) tapers slightly and gradually toward the head, abruptly at the conical tail. The head (fig. 51) is surmounted by two lateral lips, each of which bears a nipple-shaped tooth at its apex. [Each lip is shaped roughly as the half of a hemisphere, the two lips together forming a hemisphere. On the inner aspect of each lip a flat triangular area (I) projects slightly inwards, the apex of which forms the tooth referred to. The outer aspect of each lip bears two papillae, one subdorsal, one subventral. The third, lateral, pair of papille, which occur in Physaloptera have not been distinguished in this larva. Even in the adults of the genus they are however flat in contrast with the raised submedian papillae. The two circular spots marked 2 and 3 are situated on the internal face of the left lip, (2) in the base of a flagellum. The anus is a narrow slit. The rudimentary vulva (2) a transverse slit-like depression in the cuticle, is situated somewhat behind the midpoint of the body. The rings of the cuticle are highly irregular. The oesophagus is divided into two sections: (1) Anterior shorter section—muscular and with lumen lined with cuticle; the anterior end somewhat broader than the remainder and forming the floor of the interlabial space. The nerve ring surrounds this portion. (2) Posterior longer section somewhat narrowed anteriorly , but unitorm in diameter for the greater part of its length. Histo- logical structure shows a parenchymatous appearance. ‘The lumen is not lined by cuticle. | See Annandale, Rec. /nd. Mus. WI, p. 283. 1914.] F. H. Stewart: Indian Helminthology, No. I. 179 The intestine is dilated where it receives the oesophagus. The rudimentary gonads extend from the junction of the oesophagus and intestine to the anal canal, and lie ventral and to the side of the intestine. Systematic position.—After considering the structure of the head and of the oesophagus little doubt remains that we are dealing with a Physalopteva. The two lateral lips with their teeth aud papillae are characteristic. The division of the oesophagus into an anterior muscular and a posterior glandular section also occurs in this genus,—compare Physaloptera cliusa, Rud. (Dujar- din, p. 85). The adult doubtless inhabits a snake or bird. The only adult Physaloptera recorded from an amphibian is Physaloptera amphibia,v Win., which inhabits the oesophagus and stomach of Rana macrodon, Kuhl., in the island of Luzon (v. Linstow (13), p. 15). See AScatis; sp. Warvae(i;. 32, 36): (Pl.. xxii, figs. 52, 53, 54.) Larvae (I,. 33 and 36)! from the peritoneal cavity of Wallago atioo, Bl. Schn. and Callichrous pabda, Ham. Buch.: Lucknow and Calcutta. numerous specimens encvsted. For details of measure ments refer to table VIII, columns 35 and 33 (page rgr). The head (figs 52, 53), bears three lips of which the dorsal and right subventral are less prominent than the left subventral. The latter is apparently used as a boring organ and carries a thickened cap of cuticle which is either sharply conical or more roundel and surmounted by a nipple-like projection. The surface between the lips is formed by the body wall and not by the anterior extremity of the oesophagus as in L. 15. No cephalic papillae observed. The head is separated from the body by a slight constriction, 033 mm. from the anterior extremity, and behind this constriction the cuticle shows a succession of rings for a distance varying from ‘18 to ‘646 from the head. The tail is represented in fig. 54. There is no definite caudal appendage. Oesophagus:—The anterior end is sharpened by portions cut out opposite the three lips. Oesophageal and intestinal diver- ticula are present, the former *731 mm. long, the latter 935 mm. O:2. Ascaris, ROR? 20224 020 o18 Biull, ah hes Oe Fe O20 mes OR Ameo 027 Oes ois: * Sepa LOO 222 255 207 Mest o3Bre =: <-3 = “OFS: 025) 029 o18 Bulbe2eBras oc a CORY Es OA4S 41055 ‘039 Oca i Sy eee I aes: + O22 6r9 6'8 6 Hd.—begin. of gonad ee Or -- “9690 608 Spicule R. length oo ~- — 0925 breadth = = == OO42 left length — -- a "187 » IBiR 190 Records of the Indian Museum. | ViOie ESS Br. at begin. oes. I =) Hd.—begin. oes. © a Br. at end oes. 2 2 Seger i ‘1s al Br. at middle 2°4 1'8 ; nam=addle Was wot “50 - 50 4 Cobb Ss Formula. Br. at Wie 2 Hd.—\V. ou 74 a Br. at. anus Tee 9 Hd.—anus = aoe 8455 . TABLE VII. Encysted Embryo from bladder of Bufo stomaticus. Tester eia ae Rae VAS) Mx. Brix se LOH Hd.—Br. Typha Mx. Br. ae Hd.—Hd. aisiats ee: cae, Br. at end oes. 1 69 Br. at Hd. Oot Fini==occmamend B Lips length EE OloS Br. at end oes. 2 6:9 | Br. atendoes.1 .... “1184 Hd = andiocsea es ae > Cobb’s Formula. Tip sets lip—end> roi SY te mec cated ADE | oes. I... ae 50) eee he O10Ea Br. at end oes. 2 See ARINSYEL Hd.—V ulva 52 Tip lip — end of oes. 2. °74 Br. at Anus 2 Peeee Br. at Anus ee O555 Hd.—Anus 98 ip otlip ae eis seen: 1665 Anus— Tail ee Ove: Post anal L. I Aa |e Se GIO Oes. 1 length 25 Oes. 1 Mx. Br. ‘0407 Oes 1 Min. Br. SRO2T A Oes. 1 Mx. Br. I Oes1 3 Tip of lip—N. R. ‘103 Oes. 2 length eames O2 Oes. 2 Mx. Br. ee OU GT Oes. 2 Min. Br. I Oes. 2 L. eS Anal canal L. ==. 20020 Lat. Line Min. Br. ... °0085 Lane. ime IMG: Wye 55 POURS Tip lip—Rud. V._... “888 Vi = Ter. FLOR E Hd—V. I ve i 06 IQI F. H. Stewart: Indian Helminthology, No. I. 1914. | yi.suo| ‘dij jeuy juy — Vee Cae. 90z I. — gto LES. EEE = = 02.2 a = LLlo — — = — g6o oe Ofetit, — ofS i Oz! OI Fe * i I Pe. I CSIs AP IWOL CQo, 90, Onhieoene Sire €St. 621 ~ = - QZ.cl 79.97 SIE Siena Soe = = SS liye, 2aoqe a = be, Gey. ‘aA0qe — ye ‘1g ae = — a ye ug QS.1 ‘ySOqUI = = L.Oe iOhee ‘VAVAIp pue “sao "S20 pus ‘younl—'pyy isod—"pyy _ Igo [go itil LS oF oy ot 1f rE of Oe I I I I I I I I SOG cmon: “erin Catz, gis. Scr. LES. “SOS, Zz Cr QI CI QI Pi ROT, Qc Slots A/Ee a/ee m/Le n/ee 1/Se Zjee 2t/ee /gt 1/9f ‘Dpqnd snoayoiz]V7Z pur 00740 osD]]V A, WoO. IRAIe’ | THA FTV LEO a[ppru ye ag oul, Je] a ee aiod *yu3a A —'pH od ae ‘PH “4y oie posury —_ (fe nit G0 “T AIC, ‘Isaquy Seng) a Seo “] ‘AL(] “SaQ pue ‘sag BP Bene Ae eee I I AIC] DUE a] aSo@ Lg1 “aes 500 SDI ta XIN a OfT. Seat aq ‘uly So9.£ Secor Se Sar O26) WAS. OSs OMe oe “Vy ye ug OOtn OTT ECT el { I ‘UY 1S0q Sgo. Oe out at ‘L— uy ON ge Ue Oona pa ‘UY—'PH SC GGe bv: ie “A We ag e.1 a0 te GaN I INS 18h poe e Mi eee Cr ‘lA Wit = OVA 2 [PA9] STU] 1B “Ag sg.€ _S.z ysaqu1 pue ‘sao ‘joun[—'pyy par ori. Sn tials ig—PpH Oya Ose ine. a #5 (CR THeesone “Ag ‘XIN ey SaeeS OSes ge "qd XW Cz of eee P al E n/Sr 1/Sr Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor 192 TaBLe [X. Larvae from Stomach of Wallago attoo. (L. 14). 14/1 sl har Dara 570 alostanal Le. 1 Br. Head | Mx. Br. 51034 ee Gg 7 ide aeRO Mx. Br. 4. Body Br. at Anus *6238 Br. at end capsule 52 2) TLL. “Spurs L. _ +017, Hd.—endcapsule “6-5 .| = Mouth Br. ...'0068 Cuticular Rings Br. at end of oeso. 62 | a Head Br. So FO LO y tape t aoe, 003A rid -=Sacparaccaaie = ates) Buccal Caps ir i )2:037402,, 9), bostiBr- coon amare peters me S Mixce simu Ol qo a I 4 [Bye5 IPOS 5.6 MOUOZ nen ae 50 os Body Br. at end of pene Os re Ls Bucc. capsule — .., "0298 Hd.—Anus QI'g_ Hd.—end Oesph. ... °1955 Oes. Mix. Br. $, NX) Body Br. at end Oesoph. O35 7, Body Br. at middle ‘034 Hd.—Anus Sag Sa Anus— Tail 0544 LITERATURE REFERRED TO IN THE TEXT. (1) Bastian—Monograph of the Anguillulidae. Trans. Linn. Soc. xxv, 1866. (2) Diesing—Syst. Helminth. A?. dactylura and hystrix, R. II, pp. 151 and 188. (3) Dujardin—Hist. Nat. des Helminthes. (4) Gendre—Proc. verb. Soc. Linn. 63. Atvactis fasciolata, paso: (5) Leidy—Proc. Acad. Philadelphia, 1890, Atvactis opeatura, n. Sp. (6) v. Linstow—Arch. mikroskop. Anat., 39, p. 325, /arvae of Angtostomum. (7) v. Linstow—Arch. f. Naturgeschichte, 72, p. 256, 1906. Oxysoma contortum, 1. sp. (8) v. Linstow—Arch. f. Naturgesch, 52, p. 113. O. brevi- caudatum. (9) v. Linstow—Arch. f. Naturgesch, 1890, p. 171. Oxysoma terdentatum. (10) v. Linstow—Arch. f. Mikr. Anat. 62, p. 114, O. tubercula- tum fr. Megalophrys montana. (11) v. Linstow—Centralbl. f. Bakter. Orig. v.53. Aid. perar- mata. (12) v. Linstow—Centralbl f. Bakter. Orig. v. 31. Aé. cruct- ata, Pp. 29. (13) v. Linstow—Mitth. Mus. Berlin v. I. Physaloptera amphi- bia, p. 15. (14) v. Linstow—Recds. Ind. Mus. Vol. I, p. 45. Onch. indicus. (14A) v. Linstow—Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. III. (15) De Man.—Freilebende Nordsee Nematoden. 1914. | F.H. Stewart: /ndian Helminthology, No. I. 193 (16) Molin—-Sitz. K. Akad. Wien. v. 38, p. 27. Dacnitis rotun- data. (16A) Sitz. K. Akad. Wien. v. 38, p 25. Shiroptera papillata fr. Leuctscus cavedanus and Spir. acuminata. (17) Neuhaus—Jena. Zeitschr. Vol. 37, 1903, p. 653. Post- embryonal dev. of Rhabditis nigrovenosa. (18) Railliet—Traite de Zoologie Médicale et Agricole. (19) Schneider, A.—Monographie der Nematoden. Reference Letters in Tables. Br.—Breadth. Comm.—Commencement. Diam.—Diameter. Hd.—Head. Y.— Yeug th: Mx. Br.—Maximum breadth. N. R.—Nerve ring. Pt.—Part. T.—Tail. T L.—Total length. V.—Vulva. The numbers at the head of the vertical columns refer to the serial numbers of the specimens. Reference Letters in Plates. A.—Anus. a.g.g.—anogenital gland. B.—bursa. b.c.—buc- zal cavity. C.—collar. can.—canaliculus. c.g.c.—cavity of go- nocoel. c.m.—circular muscle. cl.—cloaca. cu. i.—inner margin of cushion. D—dorsal. D. ej.—ductus ejaculatorius. D.i.— dorsal lip. D.t.—dorsal tooth. du.—-duct of gland. E.b.m.— edge of bursal membrane. Em—embryo in utero. f.m.—free margin. Intes.—intestine. L—larva. L.l.—lateral line. LVL. Ip. —lateral line lip. n.r.—nerve ring. oes.—oesophagus. oes. b.— oesophageal bulb. ov.—ovary. P.—papilla. Per. p.—perianal papilla. Post.—posterior. Pr. p.—-preanal papilla. R.c.-—root column. Re.—rectum. R.m.—retractor muscle. R.sv.l.—right subventral lip. R.sv.t.—right subventral tooth. sd.t.—subdorsal tooth. sd.l.—subdorsal lip. sm.l.—submedian lip. sp.—spicule. sph.—sphincter. su.—sucker. s.v.—seminal vesicle. T.—testis. To.—tooth. ut.—uterus. v.-—-ventral. v.g.—ventral gland. v.p.—ventral pore. Ne er Oe ee oe ns 5 ss ie 7 a N cok eee Re ee ee bP EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. Oxysoma macintoshit, sp. nov. I= 9. X 75. 2.— % outline of tail, x 75 (2/1/3). 3.—Head of @ in profile. X 750 (2/1/2). 4.—@%. X 75 (10/2/). 5.—Head of ~ X 750 (12/2/). 6.—Tail of » showing postanal papillae, papillae numbered from behind forward. X 310 (10/2/). 7.—Anogenital aperture of @ showing bursa, peri- and preanal papillae. % 750. (10/2/). The papillae are numbered from behind forward in continuity with the postanal series. 8.—Posterior end of body and anterior end of tail of @, showing bursa and left spicule. %* 750. (I/I/). g.—Head of right spicule. X 750. (10/1/). 10.—o@. Transverse section at a level shortly behind oeso- phageal bulb. xX 325. I1.—o@. ‘Transverse section at a level shortly in front of the anus. Showing vas deferens and spicules (the spicules at this level are incomplete cylinders). .X 325. ‘I2.—o. Transverse section through spicule at a more posterior level than fig. Ir. % 1500. Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. X , 1914 Plate XVII. D.t. Cuticle, ...t--- ae 12. F.H.Stewart, del. A.Chowdhanry, lith. INDIAN NEMATODES. ’) d’) Seto. 8 I4—®@. 1I5.— ?@. 16.— 9. 5 EON iene EQ.——.2 20.—@. 21.—oc. 22.—0. 23.—o. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Oxysoma kachugae, sp. nov. Head in profile seen from the right side. 325. Head in profile seen from right side. 75. Junction of first and second part of the oesophagus showing tubules of oesophageal lumen. Outline of end of tail. x 75. Heterakis macronis, sp. nov. Anterior extremity seen in the sagittal plane. X 75 (26-viii). Head in profile seen in focal plane of the mouth. 325 Head in profile seen in focal plane to the right of the mouth. X 325. Tail seen from the left. X 325 (26-1). Tail seen from the ventral surface. x 21632. (26-111). The upper end of this figure should be continuous with the lower end of figure 22. i-ili—the sublateral papillae, 1-8, the sub- ventral papillae, Im. and 2m. the median ven- tral papillae. Tail continuation of fig. 21. Anogenital aperture seen from the left side, with left spicule extended. %X 750 (26-vi). 24.—The nerve of the lateral membrane. X 750 (26-vili). The attachment of the lateral membrane to the lateral line is on the left of the figure.: Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol.X, 1914. Plate XI L.SV. 1. i R.sv.l. DL: - = Commencement vy : of oes.pt. 1. ~~~~== tudbwle. Fight Subdorsal [=|); : : age ‘tubule. [=| \[-—— =| (== aa Right sub- ~dorsad f-- - bubiele. E = ae Ventral =na=\ | Liebule C Commencement of 0es. part. if. 18. ea -Oesoph agecl tuowle! ‘Tubule’ of Oesoph agus. i= F.H. Stewart, del. A.Chowdhary, lith. INDIAN NEMATODES. 9 26.—@ 27.— 0 28.— 7. 28a.—o. 29.— 0. 30.— oo. 31.— @ 32.— 0 33.— 0 34.-— 7% EXPLANATION OF PLATE XxX. Heterakis macronis, sp. nov. Transverse section middle of body. XX 4334 (Series 1, slide 1). Shows the body of the ventral gland. Transverse section behind fig.25. X 4334. (Series 1, slide 2/4/). Shows the processes of the ven- tral gland and the ascending (t. 1.) and des- cending (t. 2) limbs of the testis. Transverse section behind fig. 26. X 4334. (Series I, slide 2, end). Shows the processes of the ventral gland coming into close relationship with the lateral lines. Transverse section behind fig. 27. x 4334. (Series 1, slide 3/2/). Shows the processes of the ven- tral gland near their termination, in the sub- stance of the lateral lines. Transverse section through the lateral line behind fig. 28> X500. “(Series 2, «slide 2/3) ena). Shows the end of a ventral gland process, with its canaliculus which possesses a well-marked wall. Transverse section behind fig. 28. xX 4334. (Series 1, slide 3/4/ mid). Shows a canaliculus in the lateral line. Transverse section behind fig.29. X 4334. (Series I, slide 4/2/). At the transition from testis to seminal vesicle. Transverse section behind fig. 30. X 4334. (Series 1, slide 4/4/). Through the seminal vesicle. Transverse section behind fig. 31. % 4334. (Series 1, slide 5/2/2). Through the ductus ejacula- torius. Transverse section behind fig. 32. Xx 1000. (Series I, slide 5/3/). Shows canaliculi in the lateral line and the anogenital glands. . Transverse section through tail behind fig. 33, and slightly in front of the anogenital aperture. X 4333- Shows the base of one spicule, the anogenital glands with their ducts, the cushion of the bursa. (Series 1, slide 6). Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol.X ,1914. tntes. a7 C5) a = : def. F.H.Stewart, del. A.Chowdhary, lith. INDIAN NEMATODES. ere a - | pg Lk DERE ey iy ‘ bout Ree ae werrS VERO rae ee EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI. Dacnitis callichrot, sp. nov. 935. 9.) Anterior extremity. 775 (en 2.11), 36.—°. Head. X 325. Seen from nearly sagittal plane. (estos): 37.—?. Head. X 2163. From the right side. 38.—¢. Tailfrom ventral surface. X 216% (L. 19, ti). Dacnitis foveolata, R. . 39,—Adult 9. Head. From the leitside xX 21637 a (Ely mouth: fr. Pleuronectes platessae). 40.—Adult @. Anterior extremity. X 325. (Plymouth: fr. P. platessae). Spiroptera denticulata, R. var. minor, n. var. . 41.—o. Anterior extremity. 500. Aa ors 9 Wail § 210s: 43.—c%. End of left spicule seen from right side. X 750. Atractis kachugae, sp. nov. .44.—2%. Head. xX 1000. (41/2/). 45.—9%. % 75 (41/2/ x) from ventral surface. 46.—?. Reproductive organs. XX 75. 47.—o@. Outline of anogenital region showing papillae. x 750. (41/1/) from right side. Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol.X, 1914. Plate XXI. 5g, a — 1) y sarees 0@S.b.1 0@S.b.2.._. | sml. sml. F.H.Stewart, del. A. Chowdhary, lith. INDIAN NEMATODES. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII. Atractis kachugae, sp. nov. Fic. 48... Anogenital region and spicules from the right side 750. AT) Ey 49.—o. Outline of tail from right side. 150. (41/1). Physaloptera, sp. Larva from Bufo stomaticus. FIG. 50.—X 75. 51.—Head. 750, seen from the left side. Ascarts, sp. Larva (lL. 33 and 36). Encysted in the peritoneum of Wallago attoo, Bl. Schn Fic. 52.—Head. X 2163. 53-—Head seen from the right side. X 2163. (33. ii.). 54. —Outline of tail from therightside. x 2163. Ascaris, sp. Larva (Ll. 15): Free in the peritoneum of Wadl/ago attoo. FIG. 55.—Outline of head. xX 216%. Seen from the right side obliquely slightly from D. », 56.—Outline of tail seen from the right side. xX 2163. Larva (L. 30). From intestine of Wallago attoo, Bl. Schn. Fic. 57.—Anterior portion of body. X 75. » 58.—Head. xX 1500. », 59-—Opening of ventral gland. X 325. 3) O0r—Laila <3 325) Rec.Ind. Mus., Vol.X, 1914. Plate XXII. Spine. end of 0@s. Exeretory OW. Cuts le 59. vig. F.H. Stewart, del. A.Chowdhary, lith. INDIAN NEMATODES. ake ue) Bre: EXPLANATION: OF PLATE. Xoo Larva (LL. 30) from intestine of Wadlago attoo, B\. Schn. 61.—Transverse section, I mm. from head. 62.—Transverse section, 2 mm. from head. Larva (I. 14), from stomach of Wallago attoo, Bl. Schn. 63.—Head. X 1500. 64.—Tail from ventral surface. 1500. 65.—Tail from left side. X 1000. Oncholaimus indicus, v. Linstow. . 66.—¢@ from right dorsolateral aspect. 150. 67.—?. Head from the left side. X 1000. ‘The lips are protruded. 68.—o. Head seen from ventral aspect. 1000. Thelips are folded in. 69.—o¢. Tail from right side. X. 433}. 70.—@%. Tailfromleft side. XX 2163. Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol.X, 1914. Plate XXIII. — Entes. F.H. Stewart, del. A.Chowdhary, lith. INDIAN NEMATODES. nxn ni ra ew © Sbetic inner aes " X. STUDIES IN INDIAN HELMINTHO- IO. V UN Oey De =by Fe: Stewart, MiA.,-D.Se:;; MiB., Capt... IM S., Hon. Assistant, Indian Museum. THE ANATOMY OF POLYSTOMUM KACHUGAE, sp. Nov., WITH NOTES ON THE GENUS POLYSTOMUM. Polystomum kachugae, sp.n. (Plates xxvi—xxix.) Two specimens were found in the urinary bladder of a water tortoise (Kachuga lineata; Gray) at Lucknow. They were fixed in boiling alcohol, 7094: one specimen was stained with borax- carmine and mounted entire, the other after being stained with the same stain and sketched in oil of cloves was cut into serial sections. I am indebted to my friend Major Walton, I.M.S., for the opportunity of obtaining the specimens at the Medical College, Lucknow, and to Dr. Annandale for the identification of the tortoise. The body of this new Polystome measures 6°5 mm. in length and 2 mm. in breadth at the level of greatest breadth. It is bluntly pointed at the head, becoming broader in the first 2 mm ; the second 2 mm. of length correspond with the greatest breadth. There is a slight but sudden narrowing 1°8 mm. from the posterior extremity. The cotylophore is 1°33 mm. in breadth, the part of the body immediately preceding it is I°3 mm. The mouth is subterminal and flattened, of crescent shape when looked at from the ventral surface. The dorsal lip projects downward into the mouth (Pl. xxvii, fig. 2). Eye spots are not present. Four longitudinal lines of nuclei occur on the ventral surface, outlining the sheaths of the ventral nerve cords. The aperture of the genital atrium is situated 1°15 mm. from the anterior extremity. The cotylophore bears six cup-shaped suckers (Pl. xxvi, fig. I) the largest of which measures ‘4 mm. in diameter. Each sucker projects freely from the surface. The wall of the organ is seen in sections (Pl. xxix, fig. 18) to consist of an outer layer of ectoderm (o.e.), a loose fibrous layer (f.1.), an outer cuticular layer (o.c.1.), a muscular layer (m.1.), an inner cuticular layer (i.cl.), and an inner ectodermal layer (i.e.l.). The cup formed by the outer cuti- cular, muscular, and inner cuticular layers is perforated at the base, retractor muscles being attached to the margins of the perforations. 196 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL. X, The inner and outer cuticular layers completely enclose the muscular layer, becoming continuous with one another at the mouth of the cup and at the perforation at the base The fibres of the muscular layez radiate from the centre of the sucker cup, in such a manner that when they contract (acting from the outer cuticular layer as a fixed surface) they enlarge the cavity of the cup and thereby produce a vacuum. This action is aided by the re- tractor muscles attached to the perforation. The cotylophore bears two pairs of hooks situated between the posterior pair of suckers (Pl. xxvi, fig. 1). One pair is large and sabre-shaped, 0-9 mm. in length, the points curved boldly for- ward (h.1.). Plate xxix, fig. 18 exhibits the base of such a hook in transverse section. ‘The hooks of the second pair are short, 0°166 mm, in length, fine and simply curved (Pl. xxvi, fig. 1, h.2). Ant. Fost: Fic. 1.—The circlet of atrial hooks as seen from the ventral surface, X 050. Alimentary System.—The flattened mouth leads into the first pharynx-—a spherical muscular bulb (Pl. xxvi, fig. 1. Pl. xxvii, 2, 3, and 4, ph.r) which possesses walls of great thickness and a comparatively narrow lumen. The second pharynx (Pl. xxvi, fig. 1. Pl. xxvii, 5 and 6, ph.2) is identical in shape with the first, and lies dorsal and posterior to it. From the second pharynx a narrow, short and muscular oesophagus leads into the intestine (Pl. xxvi, fig. 1. xxvill)/7, 8. xxix, 14, 17)int.)-an organ’ oneme customary two-limbed type. The limbs are unbranched and devoid of anastomoses. They extend backward into the region of the cotylophore. The Skin.—The ectoderm exhibits structure only in a few sections (Pl. xxvii, fig. 5). In these it appears to consist of a high palisade like epithelium. Nuclei are not visible except in the r9g14.] FE. H. Stewart: Indian Helminthology, No. IT. 197 covering of the outer wall of the suckers (Pl. xxix, fig. 18) where minute point-like nuclei occur. The ectoderm rests on a fibrillar basement membrane, beneath which lies the loose connective tissue in which the organs of the body are embedded. Nervous System.—The central nervous system is composed of a ring surrounding the second pharynx. The dorsal portion of this ring lies at the junction of the first with the second pharynx (Pl. xxvii, fig. 4) and contains six to eight large ganglion cells. The ventral portion of the ring lies somewhat further back (PI. xxvii, fig. 6). The lateral portions (Pl. xxvii, fig. 5) give off stout nerves to the margins of the body. Two dorsal, two lateral, and two ventral longitudinal nerve cords are present. (Pl. xxix, fig. 14. (iiesalim cy vine and’ Pls sew 2 fies hw .iees) Reproductive System.—In regard to the reproductive system, the two specimens at the disposal of the present writer are as BeBe seh Rt Ree Fr 10 Gen.ap pe3 ae (See -pe.2. fia-9 - Ant uter. duct FEG- 12 V de cut Sea Oo ea -- wt. ftg.'3 OU. rarencnnmonrnnngi-nn en" x L Int acnseeeee i oe i Re 14 OU cerescsnen o ff g L.long. yg dh ----.. IF 8. | eGR Viren al ~ £9 Zvag- Lay ee a F917 Luu... -+% ; “yas def. cut testis Fic. 2.—Diagram of the reproductive organs as seen from the dorsal surface in specimen No. 2. xxvii, fie 13.9 Pl- xxix, figs. 14-16 v.d. and text-fig. 2) after gaining the dorsal segment of the body runs forward in the midline. When it approaches within a short distance of the genital atrium it expands some- what to form a seminal vesicle (Pl. xxviii, figs. 8,9, Io, 12 s.v.) 198 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VOL. OS} which ends in the centre of the surface of the atrial bulb. In this situation it joins the penis, a short, protrusible and mus- cular tube which curves outward and to the right, and then inward and backward to open into the cavity of the genital atrium (Text-fig. 3 pe. and Pl. xxviii, figs. g and Io pe.). This cavity is enclosed in a muscular bulb (Pl. xxvi, fig. 1. Pl. xxviii, 9, 10 and 12. Text fig. 3 at. b.) and is divided by a diaphragm into a dorsal male atrium and a flattened ventral female atrium. The male atrium opens into the female atrium, and this in turn opens to the exterior through the atrial pore. The penis projects freely into the cavity of the male atrium (Pl. xxviii, fig. 9 pe. I). The diaphragm is armed with a circle of forty spines which when viewed from the ventral surface appear to be straight truncated rods with recurved fine points (text-fig. 2) but when looked at from the side are seen to be S-shaped hooks (PI. xxvili, fig. II) sharp-pointed at the projecting extremity, and having a raised Fic. 3.—Diagram to explain the action of the atrial spines and the valvular. action of the diaphragm on protrusion of the penis. See text. point on the outer aspect at the iunction of the basal and median thirds for the attachment of muscle fibres. The penis can doubtless be extruded through the atrial pore and would carry the diaphragm along with it. This protrusion would separate the points of the hooks and the circlet would embed itself firmly in any tissues with which it came into contact (text-fig. 3). Self-impregnation would be prevented by the impaction of the cone formed by the protruded diaphragm in the atrial pore, the female atrium being closed completely during the protrusion of the penis. The female organs.—(Text-figure 2). The ovary (Pl. xxvi, fig. 1 and Pl. xxix, figs. 14-16 ov.) is situated 1°7 mm. from the anterior extremity. It is a curved sausage-shaped organ, the curve forming all but a complete circle. The fundus is somewhat bulbous. The ovary leads into the oviduct, a narrow canal which runs forward to the uterus (Pl. xxix, figs. 14 and 15 od.). The latter organ 1914.] F.H. Stewart: Indian Helminthology, No. II. 199 (Pl. xxvitli, fig. 13) is of oval form, 0°3 mm. in length and contains a single ovum encased in an eggshell of golden colour. From the uterus the anterior uterine duct leads into the female atrium, on the ventral aspect, as has been explained above, of the atrial circlet of hooks. The two vaginae (text-fig. 3 and Pl. xxix, figs. 16 and 17 vag.) lead out of the oviduct, and pass outward and slightly back- ward to the vulvae. Each vulva is an open cup situated close to one of the lateral margins, on the ventral surface, and 2 mm. from the anterior extremity. The mouth of the cup is only slightly con- tracted and has a diameter which measureso'045 mm. The greatest breadth of the interior of the cup measures 0°068 mm. ‘The wall of the vulva is devoid of cell-outlines and of nuclei and thus resembles the ectoderm with which it is continuous. It is traver- sed by fine branching fissures which contain a darkly staining material. The vulva opens into the vagina through fissures of this nature. The darkly staining material is neither sperm nor yolk. The vulval capsule is surrounded by pear-shaped cells which possess finely granular protoplasm and large nuclei, but do not contain any obvious secretion. The main longitudinal ducts of the yolk glands open into the vaginae close to the vulvae (Pl. xxix, fig. 17, text-fig 3. y.g.d.). The glands extend from the level of the posterior border of the second pharynx as far backward as the anterior margin of the cotylophore. They are found immediately beneath the basement membrane on the dorsal and lateral aspects of the body, and on those portions of the ventral aspect which are not occupied by the reproductive organs. The cells of the yolk glands contain (r) granules which stain pink with carmine, and (2) golden yellow globules. The latter are more numerous than the former. The colour of the globules is identical with that of the eggshell. The granules may be of yolk, but the present writer has not been able to compare them with the contents of the uterine egg, owing to the imperviousness of the eggshell to stains and paraffin. As these glands are morphologically the same as the glands described as yolk glands in other species of Polystomum, the name is retained, although they appear also to function as shell glands. Another group of glandular cells is found at the same trans- verse level as the ovary, but on the opposite side of the midline. They appear to be connected with the corresponding vagina, but their function is obscure. The protoplasm of these cells is filled with irregular granules. The vitello-intestinal canal (text-fig. 2. Pl. xxix, fig. 15 v.i.c) leads from the oviduct to the left intestinal branch. The present writer did not find spermatozoa in any part of the female ducts. Yolk cells bearing granules and globules were found in the oviduct and in the left ramus of the gut near to the opening of the vitello-instestinal canal. The Excretory System. A main longitudinal duct is present on either side of the body, situated 0'187 mm. from the lateral margin. It measures 0'238 mm. in diameter and possesses a fibrous wall. 200 Records of the Indiun Museum. Viol sxe Each duct opens into an excretory vesicle (Pl. xxvi, fig. 1. and Pl. xxviii, 7 ex. ves.), a large spherical space situated amongst the yolk glands, I to 1°'2 mm. distant from the anterior extremity. The wall of the vesicle is composed of fine fibrous tissue and the vesicle opens on the dorsal surface by a fine pore (Pl. xxviii, Ha AeCXe ps) Summary oj the Literature concerning the Genus Polystomum. Seven species of Polvstoma are known at the present day, vizi— (t) Polystomum integerrimum, Rud. in Rana temporaria, uri- nary bladder. (2) Polystomum ocellatum, Rud. in Emys lutraria, Bp., fauces. (3) Polystomum oblongum, Wright, 1888, in Sternothaerus odoratus, Gray, urinary bladder. (4) Polystomum coronatum, Leidy, 1888, in Crstudo carolina, Gray, nares, pharynx. (5) Polystomum hassalli, Goto, 1900, in Kinosternon penn- sylvannicum, urinary bladder. (6) Polystomum sp. (=P. oblongum, Leidy 1888, not P. oblongum, Wright, 1884) Goto 1900, in Pseudemys rugosa, urinary bladder. (7) Polystomum kachugae, sp. nov., in Kachuga lineata (Gray), urinary bladder. Comparison of species. (1) Polystomum integerrimum, Rud. (Literature Nos. 1, 2, 3314) ,05-7,°9..95 Ll, 1251017, 1819 )20) 2122) 22) 24 20 memes This species is distinguished from the other members of the genus by the branched character of the intestinal rami, the bran- ches anastomosing across the midline: in the remaining species the two rami do not give off branches. (2) Polystomum ocellatum, Rud. (Literature Nos. 5, 7, 16, ZOM22hU 24): Summary of No. 24 Lit. v Willemoes Suhm.—Zeitsch. f. Wissensch. Zool., vol. 22, pp. 29—39, that portion which deals with the anatomy of Polystomum ocellatum. The author’s des- cription is based on the work of von Siebold (20a). *‘ Der Schild- krotenschmarotzer ist im ausgedehnten Zustande 1} Linien lang, $ A Paley ONCSE Ay Fey In seiner K6rperform ahnelt er durchaus dem Polystoma der Frosche....Am vorderen Leibesende zwischen Pharynx und Geschlechtsoffnung bemerkt mann jederseits eine warzenformige Hervorragung....ich beobachtete sie jedesmal, sowie dass das Thier sie willkiirlich aus—und einziehen k6nne . Was die Napfe der Haftscheibe betrifft, so weichen sie won denen des P. integerrimum dadurch ab, dass sie von einem festen Ringe, wahrscheinlich chitiniger Substanz umgeben sind, der in felder abgetheilt ist, deren jedes 2-3 Locher zeigt. Zwischen den beiden untersten (Saugnapfen) finden sich zwei grossere, mit den spitzen nach unten stehende, von einander tor4.| F.H. Srewarr: Indian Helminthology, No. II. 201 abgewandte Haken.’’» Von Siebold found small hooklets between the large hooks ‘‘ noch am erwachsenen thier in wechselender Zahl : Augenflecke ...Estist ..anzunehmen dass sie das Thier in der Jugend besitze, im Alter aber verliere. ... Auf eimen Mundnapf mit quergestellter 6ffnung folgt ein muskuloser, birn- formiger Schlundkopf, ein kurzer Oesophagus und ein Darm der in zwei Schenkel auslauft und keine weitere Verzweigungen abgiebt.’’ The genital pore lies ‘‘ an der bauchflache, unterhalb der stelle, wo die Darmschenkel sich spalten. Er bildet hier formlich einen Napf. Im Cirrus liegen kleine Hakchen deren Zahl sich auf 40 belauft. ... Von den weiblichen Genitalien ist der am meisten in die Augen fallende Keimstock . . unregelmassing viereckig. Er liegt im vorderen Theile des K6rpers. Die beide Dotterstocke, grosse, gelappte Organe, welche am Rticken liegen, ftillen den ganzen Raum vom Mundsaugnapf bis an die Saugscheibe aus. Ihre Ausftihrungsgange vereinigen sich zum Dottergang, der, nachdem er mit dem Keimgang zusammengeflossen ist sich in den Vaginalcanal fortsetzt, wo er eine Anzahl einzelliger Drdsen (deren Summe die Schalendrése ausmacht) aufnimm. An der Stelle wo diese einmoénden, ist eine kleine Hohle (Ootype, van Beneden), die sich in den Eileiter oder Vaginalcanal fortsetzt. Dieser verlauft in einigen Windungen zum Porus genitalis und mundet hinter der mannlichen Offnung in die Geschlechtskloake a2 aus. We gather from the foregoing description that the most note- worthy point of distinction between the species ocellatum and kachugae \ies in the position of the vulvae and possibly in the form of these organs. In P. ocellatum they lie between the pharynx and the genital aperture, in P. kachugae at a considerable distance behind the genital aperture It is possible that the pit-like form of the organs in P. kachugae is due to the retraction of a pair of pad-like vulvae as described by Willemoes Suhm. The shell gland described by von Siebold is clearly the same morphologically as the innominate gland of P. kachugae. It is not clear on what grounds the function of shell-formation has been attributed to the gland and it may be that the function has been taken for granted without sufficient proof, not only in the case of this gland but of the ‘‘ yolk-gland”’ also. (3) Polystomum oblongum, Wright, 1584. (Lit. Nos. 13, 25). The succeeding notes are extracted from No. 25. ‘‘ Body oblong, mouth on the ventral surface of the rounded anterior end. Pharynx bowl-shaped. Intestinal caeca without anastomoses or branches. Generative outlets in front of the line of the lateral vaginae. Cirrus coronet of sixteen alternately small and large sabre-shaped pieces. Viviparous. Length up to 2°5 mm., breadth 15mm. KHgg greenish 0235 mm. by 0'195. Larvae ocellate 05 mm.in length. ‘The caudal lamina is somewhat narrower than the greatest width of the body and is shorter than it is broad.’’ Six small hooks, o'I5 mm. in length, situated between the two anterior suckers, in pairs. Four small and two large hooks 202 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vors xs between the posterior suckers, the small hooks between the large hooks. ‘The large hooks measure 0°15 mm. ‘‘and have a pro- portionately deeper notch than those of P. integerrimum.’’ Comparing the foregoing description with our species from Kachuga lineata, it will be seen that the two species differ in that P. kachugae possesses a cirrus coronet of forty equal, instead of sixteen unequal pieces, and in that it measures more than twice the length of P. oblongum, whereas the egg measures only half the length of that of P. oblongum. The number of the cotylophore hooks also is different. Professor Wright continues—‘' The mouth is transversely oval, and is surrounded by a well-marked sucker....., It leads im- mediately into a bowl-shaped pharynx, the walls of which possess merely weak circular fibres, and from this the simple intestinal caeca arch backwards directly.’’ This oral sucker appears to correspond with the first pharynx of P. kachugae, the weak bowl-shaped pharynx with the strong globular second pharynx of P. kachugae. The testis of P. oblongum is a small solid sausage-shaped gland differing greatly from the flat lobulated testis of P. kachugae. In P. oblongum two lateral cushions are present situated each in a depression, as in P. kachugae, which communicate with vaginae leading to the centre of the body. ‘‘A third canal originating from an oval body with brown contents (shell gland ?) situated on the left side of the middle line, likewise was observed to take the same direction. The ovary is situated on the front of the testis on the right side of the body.’’ The shell gland may correspond with the innominate gland of P. kachugae. (4) Polystomum coronatum, Leidy, 1888. (Lit. No.13). A parasite of Cistudo carolina, Gray. Three specimens were found in the throat, one in the nose. ‘‘ These pertain to a different species from”’ P. oblongum, Leidy, 1888 (not the true P. oblongunt, Wright, 1884) ‘‘ and may prove to be the P. ocellatum found in a similar position in the European turtle, Emys europea.......... Body when elongated lanceolate. Caudal disk wider than the body, cordiform with three pairs of bothria and with the body attached between the anterior two pairs; changeable in form to oblong, circular, or quadrate ; with three pairs of minute hooks between the anterior pairs of the bothria and with a larger pair and two smaller pairs between the last pair of bothria. Genital aperture with a circular or a transverse oval coronet of thirty-two hooks of equal length. No eyes visible. Length elongated from 46 mm., contracting to about half the length and widening pro- portionately ’’. Polystomum kachugae accordingly differs from this species in the following points of anatomy,—the caudal disk is narrower, not wider than the body, does not bear hooks between the anterior pair of suckers, bears one pair of large and one of small hooks between the posterior pair of suckers. The genital aperture is furnished with forty hooks, not thirty-two. 1914.] F.H. Srewart: Indian Helminthology, No. II. 203 (5) Polystomum hassalli, Goto 1898 (Lit. No. Io). From the urinary bladder of Kzinosternon pennsylvanicum, in Bowie, Prince George county, Md. ‘* Total length of the body 1°5 mm. Body proper ovate. Adhesive disk hexagonal, the hemispherical suckers occupying the angles of the hexagon and each with a minute hook in the centre, with three pairs of hooks between the most anterior pair of suckers and two pairs between the most posterior; these hooks and those in the suckers being all of the same form and measuring g1038 mm. in length The larger hooks’ between the most posterior suckers bifurcated towards the base, without any lateral process, measuring 0°125 mm. in length.’’ Polystomum hassalli is therefore four times as long as P. kachugae, possesses five pairs of small cotylophore hooks in place of one, and a hooklet in each sucker which does not exist in P. kachugae. Goto describes the alimentary system of his species as fol- lows :—‘‘ Anterior sucker large, oesophagus wanting, intestine bifur- cated, tubular, without lateral branches, the two legs ending independently at the front end of the adhesive disk.” The mouth of P. kachugae is not surrounded by a sucker: it is possible that Goto refers to a structure of the same nature as the first pharynx of P. kachugae. ‘*Common genital pore’? (in P. hassalli) ‘‘lying midway between the front end of the body and the front end of the adhesive disk. I counted fifteen penis spines which are straight and bear a wing-like process at the middle and are 07028 mm. long, but as their number in other species is always even, I think that there are sixteen in the present species.’’ The distance of the atrial pore from the anterior extremity of the body in P. kachugae is about one-fifth of the distance of the anterior end of the cotylophore from the same point. The ovary of P. hassalli lies as in P. kachugae sometimes in the right half of the body, sometimes in the left half. The vaginal openings are lateral, without papillae, midway between the front and hind extremities of the body proper; the two vaginal canals are directed almost straight across the body and meet in the median line. In P. kachugae on the contrary the vaginal openings are situated at the junction of the anterior and middle thirds of the body proper. The genito-intestinal canals of P. hassalli lie slightly behind the vaginae, in P. kachugae slightly in front of them. (6) Polystomum sp. (P. oblongum, Leidy, 1888, not the true P. oblongum, Wright, 1884) (Lit. Nos. 13 and 10). From the uri- nary bladder of Pseudemys rugosa. This species is partially described from an imperfect specimen by Goto, but it is not named on account of the inadequacy of the description. It possesses sixteen equal penis spines measuring 0°66 mm. in length (in contrast to the unequal spines in Wright’s species) 204 Records of the Indian Museum. More Xe and one hook in each sucker. ‘The remaining hooks of the coty- lophore had been lost. LIST OF THE LITERATURE OF THE GENUS POLYSTOMUM, Roo. (1) Baer; Nov. Acta. Akad. CCL, tom.) 13.2.) pl: "42 -—ome integerrimum. (2) Beneden v. urd Hesse, Rech., pp. 84-87.—P. integer- rimum. (3) Braun, Schrift der Berliner Ges. Naturforsch. Fr. tom. 10, p 58, pl. 3.—P. integerrimum. (4) Bremser, Icon. Helminth., pl. 10, figs. 25 and 26.—P. integerrimum. (5) Diesing, Syst. Helminth. tom. 1, p. 413.—P. ocellatum. (6) Diesing, Syst. Helminth. tom. 1, p. 412. —P. integerrimum. (7) Dujardin, Hist. Nat-des~ Helminthes, p. 320:-—Pe ine- gerrimum, p. 319.—P. ocellatum. (8) Frohlich, Naturforsch., 25, p. 103.—P. integerrimum. (9) Gmelin, Syst Nat., p. 3056.—P. integerrimum. (10) Goto, Journ. Col. Japan, 12, 1900, p. 276.—P. hassalli Goto, and P. sp. ?(=P. oblongum Leidy, 1888, not P. oblongum Wright, 1884.) (II) Ijima, Zool. Anz. hit. 7. 1884, pp. 635—639.-—P. inte gerrimum. (t2) Leuckart. Parasit! des. Mensch: 2 Aufl, 1. 2, pper, @,ane! 70.—P. integerrimum. (13). Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. -Philad: 1888) pi 1272- ee coronatum Leidy and P. oblongum Wright. (14) Linstow, v. Compend. der Helm., pp. 177 and 108, Litt. (15) Linstow, v. Nachtrag, pp. 61 and 60, Litt. (15) Jtihe, Stisswasser Fauna Deutschlands, 17, p. 8.—P. ocellatum and integerrimum. (17) Pagenstecher, Trematoden, etc., p. 47, tab. 6.—P. integer- rimum. (18) Roesel, Hist. Ranarum, p. 24.—P. integerrimum. (I9) Rudolphi Entozoor. Hist. tom. 2. I, p. 451, pl. 6.—P. integerrimum. (20) Rudolphi, Synopsis, p. 125.—P. integerrimum, and p. 436.—P. ocellatum. (20a) Siebold, v., Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool. bd. 1, p. 362.—P. ocellatum. (21) Stieda, Reichert und du Bois Reymond’s Arch. f. Anat. 1870, p. 660.—P. integerrimum. (22) Willemoes Suhm, v., Arch. des Sci. Phys. et Nat. 1872, p. 99.—P. integerrimum, p. 106.—P. ocellatum. (23) Willemoes Suhm, v., Nach. v. d. k. Med. Ges. d. Wiss. Gottingen, 1871, No. 7.—P. integerrimum. (24) Willemoes Suhm, v., Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool. Bd. 22, pp. 29-39. taf. r and 2.—P. integerrimum and P. ocellatum. 1914.| F.H. Srewarr: Indian Helminthology, No. IT. 205 (25) Wright, Contributions to American Helm., pp. 12-15, pl. a (erocs. oO: the Canadian Inst. Toronto, ms, vol, 1, 1884, pp: 63 66.)—P. oblongum. (26) Zeder, Nachtr, p. 203, pl. 4.—P. integerrimum. (27) Zeller, Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool. bd. 22, pp. 1-21, pl. I and 2.—P integerrimum. (28) Zeller, Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool. bd. 27, pp. 238-275, pl. 17 and 18.—P. integerrimum. List of Reference Letters in Text-Figures and Plates. Ant.—anterior; Ant.ut.d.—anterior uterine duct; o@ at. —male atrium; 9 at.—female atrium; at.b.—atrial bulb; at. p.— atrial pore.; b.m.—basement membrane; cav.—cavity; c.t.n.—connective tissue nucleus; cot.—cotylophore; d.—dorsal ; d.g.—dorsal ganglion; dia.—diaphragm ; d. lp.—dorsal lip; d.n.c. dorsal nerve cord; ep. col.—columnar epithelium; ex. d.— excretory duct ; ex. p.—excretory pore; ex. ves.—excretory vesi- cle; f.l—fibrous layer; g.c.—ganglion cell; gen. em.—genital eminence ; gl.—gland innominate; h.—hook; i.c.l. inner cuti- cular layer; i.e.—inner ectoderm of the sucker; int.—intestine ; int. tr.—transverse portion of the intestine; L.—left: 1ln.— lateral nerve; l.n.c.—lateral nerve cord; l.y.g.d.—longitudinal volk gland duct ; m.l.—muscular layer ; mus.—muscle ; 0.c.—oral cavity; o.c.l.—outer cuticular layer; od.—oviduct; 0.e.—outer ec- toderm of the sucker ; ov.—ovary ; ov. fund.—ovarian fundus ; par. n.—parenchyme nucleus; pe.—penis; ph.—pharynx; R.—tight; sp.—spicule; su.—sucker; s.v.—seminal vesicle ; te-—testis; ut. —uterus; ut. ov.—uterine ovum: v.—ventral; vac.—vacuole ; vag.—vagina; v.d.—vas deferens ; v.i.c.—vitello-intestinal canal ; v.n.c.—ventral nerve cord; v.n. co.—ventral nerve commissure ; vu.—vulva; vu. c.—vulvar cells; y. d.—yolk duct; y.g.—yolk gland. . a ; ie i he x 7 os, Oe eee: SH ee crs og Ce Sey NOT = 9 Ce} pias ny ee | be EAP + os 34 et id ’ Rix: tat ¢ US UIIUNSE ees | meer real iae ees Aa ee B ex Aste ee TE Fis ae pax dees ee ba a an re ee ‘ pas Mil ee Atr ce ae * yeh is ‘ fi ae Stes Mt ; : ‘ Lott ' Nae ee heel : ; ; i} Ad s ; . £ { ai CEM PEERS 1 ae } is 4 1s i e ; eoiay | por : a etal 1 aL - é 7 ‘ ’ ‘ a j rf Fe LY ¥ re EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI. Fic 1.—Polystomum kachugae sp. un. Specimen No. 1 from the ventral surface. x 30. Plate XXVI. a Val. X, 191%. nd. Mus a 7 -4 Foes ee aD aa lokone Ly CSE > (A ha. as? SS A.C.Chowdhary,lith. Is ‘de F.H. Stewart POEYSTOMUM KACHUGAE sp -nov- vehi y A> sey 4 ha’ val rie . aime EXPLANATION OF-PLATE XXVII. Fic. 2.—Specimen No. 2. Transverse section through the MOU >) 29 +) 6a. Antenna enlarged. 7.—Goniodes neumannia, K.& P.,@. 7a. Antenna enlarged. 8.—Gontodes megaceros, K.& P., &. 8a. Antenna enlarged. 9.—Goniodes processus, K.& P., o. ga. gb. 10), Antenna enlarged. From below, showing process on head. Nitzschia minor, K.& P., 2. Plate XV. tt ASIATIC MALLOPHAGA. del. Rec. Ind,Mus,, Vol. X,1914. J.H.Paine, =F io), pacers ae tA Mi POR TON wa CONTE CTI-ON OO} FREE-LIVING NEMATODES FROM THE CHE GA LAK He .ON- THE BAST COAST *N DISA. By EF. AH, STEWART, D.Sc. [ The collection on which this paper is based was made in connection with a zoological survey of the Chilka Lake now being undertaken by zoologists attached to the Indian Museum. The lake is a large lagoon connected with the sea by a narrow mouth and containing water that varies greatly in salinity at different places and at different seasons. Full particulars on this and other points will be given in a later paper—N. ANNANDALE. | Distribution of the genera to which the species described in the following report belong. (1) GrocGrapHicaL. The four genera Oncholaimus, Dorylar- mus, Monhystera, and Leptosomatum are cosmopolitan. Species of Oncholaimus, Monhystera, and Leptosomatum have been recorded from localities ranging from Scandinavia to the Antarctic, while Dorylaimus also occurs in the five continents and the Pacific islands. (2) Haprrat. Oncholaimus is almost exclusively a marine genus. The exceptions to this rule recorded up to the present atre—O,. rivalis, Leydig, a doubtful Oncholaimus (Lit. 1); O. thalassophygas, de Man, which occurs in fresh water and the soil in Holland (Lit. 7); O. indicus v. Linstow, in the brackish water of the Ganges delta. Dorylaimus has been recorded only from fresh water and the soil. Monhystera is chiefly a freshwater genus. Bastian (Lit. 1) describes two species (M. disjuncta and ambigua) from the sea, with a doubt, however, as to whether they should truly be classed in the genus. G. Schneider (Lit. 11) describes two species (M. trabeculosa and bipunctata) from the Baltic. Several species such as M. microphthalma, macrura, and agilis, deMan, inhabit brackish water. Leptosomatum is entirely marine. Oncholaimus chilkensis, sp. nov. (Pi ees, figs. 1—45 Pl. xxxi figs: 15, 17, 18.) Two tubes; (1) Indian Museum No. ZEV. 6237/7. Among filamentous algae at edge of lake: Chilka Lake, Gantasila, Ganjam district, Madras. 19-4-14. Two adult female specimens, mounted 246 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOT 2s. in glycerine-jelly-formalin. (2) Indian Museum No. ZEV. 6195/7: from Spfongilla sp., Pigeon Island, Chilka Lake, Orissa. 25-1-14. Two immature specimens, mounted in glycerine-jelly-formalin. The measurements will be found in Table I. The head is marked off from the body by a slight but abrupt increase in breadth at the level of the posterior end of the buccal capsule. The maximum breadth is situated at the middle of the body and decreases very slightly and gradually to the anterior end; in the posterior third there is alsoa slight but gradual decrease to the anus; tail conical from the anus to the commence- ment of the caudal appendage. Vulva very slightly prominent, close to the middle of the body. The head bears six lips, mobile as in O. indicus. In the four specimens under consideration at present the lips are closed in over the mouth. The lips are situated—two laterally, two sub- dorsally and two subventrally. Each lip bears a minute papilla on the outer surface. Bristles do not occur on the head. T,ateral organs, oval in shape, lying transversely, distant o‘0I19 mm. from the anterior extremity, length o':005 mm., breadth o0:0085 mm.., anterior border of the oval slightly flattened. Buccal capsule cylindrical with a large right subventral tooth, and two smaller teeth, one dorsal, one left lateral as in O. indicus, v. Linst. No rings on the cuticle. Hairs occur irregularly in the oesophageal region, one marked row in each lateral line in this region. No bristles at the vulva or anus. Tail simply conical from the anus to the commencement of the caudal appendage, differing therefore from O. fuscus, Bast. and O. indicus, v. Linst. (vide Pls. xxxi, xxxii, figs. 18, Ig, 20). The caudal appendage is uniform in diameter and curves ventrally. A very slight annular constriction at the junction of tail and caudal appendage, A single caudal gland tube in front of the caudal appendage. Oesophagus simple club-shaped, coarsely muscular. Intestine with many black globules. Nerve ring not observed. Many cells enclosing the oeso- phagus. No ocelli. Female gonads. of the usual double type, a shell gland inter- poses between ovarian caecum and uterus as in O. vulgaris, Bast. - = Seer EE ee Contrasting | (1) O. fuscus, Bast. [(2) O.indicus, v.L.| (3) O. chilkensis. Total length ... 7 mm. vs Head and body | Separated by a very faint 2°2 mm. Aaa Reems Not separated. |Separated by increase of breadth at | I Nikemac ORY weer marked increase end of mouth capsule. | of breadth. ; eae lee es ek Saleen Shape of tail ... | Fig. 20. ele gelety ate) a.) Pigs as. Colour © Browne ... | Grey. ... | Brown. | | LS) 250 2 Oe Cobb’s Formula, 9 , 4 : 37 =e Oe ae 1gI4.] F. H. STEWART: Free-Living Nematodes. 247 Dorylaimus, sp.! (Pl. xxx, figs. 5—7.) (1) One tube unnumbered: from Suberites aquae-dulcioris, An- nandale, Gantasila, February 1914, and (2) Indian Museum No. ZEV. 6194/7: from Spongilla sp., Pigeon Island, Chilka Lake. 25-I-14. Measurements—Table I. Head rounded. Body cylindrical (Pl. xxx, fig. 5). Tail short, obtusely rounded. Head region narrower than the rest of. the body including the tail. . Head (PI. xxx, fig. 7), no lips or papillae or bristles; no lateral organs, but a pair of tubular organs in the dorsal and ventral lines distant 0°008 mm. from the head; opening of tubule slightly prominent; tubule runs inward and backward. Buccal capsule not present; quill 0-024 mm. long. No rings or marks on the cuticle. Tail short and blunt; in the male one short bristle in front of the anus, and the oblique muscular striation usual in the genus. Oesephagus divided into anterior and posterior portions of subequal length by a diaphragm. At the junction of the two sections, the anterior section measures 0':022 mm. in diameter, the posterior section 0°026 mm., the radial muscular striation of the second section is more distinct and coarse than that of the first section. The posterior part of the second section is glandular in structure, and measures 0°03 mm. in diameter. Nerve ring at junction of the two sections of the oesophagus. Ventral duct or gland not observed. Male gonads consist of two opposed testes and the vas deferens. Spicules two, very broadly sabre-shaped. No preanal papillae. Female gonads of usual type. Uterine egg elongated sub- cylindrical. Most closely allied to Dorylaimus intermedius, de Man: head without lips; tail blunt, very short. Monhystera uria, sp. nov. (Pls. xxx and xxxi, figs; 8—1r0.) Indian Museum No. ZEV. 6196/7. From the gelatinous spawn of a Eunicid worm, Rambha, Chilka Lake, Ganjam, edge of the lake. 24-1-14. Six specimens examined, mounted in glycerine-jelly-formalin. Three males, two females, one immature. Head rounded. Anterior extremity slightly tapered. Great- est diameter near the middle of the body; body attenuated !Qwing to the absence of zoological consulting libraries in the smaller stations of India the present writer is unable to assure himself that this species has not already been described. It has consequently not been named, but the writer hopes to be in a position to supply the omission at an early date. 248 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, gradually in the posterior quarter to form a filiform tail. (Pl. xxx, figs. 8 and 9.) The head bears a low collar of delicate mobile membrane around the mouth. No papillae or bristles. Lateral organs dis- tinct, circular, 0°0038 mm. in diameter; distance of the organs from the head equal to the breadth of the cephalic cone (0'0053 mm.). Oral cavity oval, enclosed between the collar and the anterior end of the oesophagus. The cuticle bears no rings, marks, or hairs, with the exception of one flagellum on the extremity of the tail. Lateral lines not distinguishable from muscle fields in pre- parations of the entire animal. The tail decreases gradually in diameter from the level of the anus; conical in shape. No bristles, glands, or papillae, with the exception of the single terminal flagellum. Oesophagus simply club-shaped. No bulbs, division, or de- finite colouration; no appendix. Intestine as in the genus; no sign of cellular division; charged with black granules superficially. Rectum short. Nerve ring not observed. No ocelli. No ventral gland. Testis commences 0°017 mm. behind the end of the oesophagus and lies on the right side of the intestine. A prostate-like mass present at the junction of the testis and vas deferens. Vas deferens opens immediately in front of the anus through a small almond-shaped body. Two spicules in the wall of the rectum, long, thin, simply curved. Ovary in anterior extremity 0'102 mm. distant from head; ovary and uterus single Uterus short, saus- age-shaped, 0°064 mm. in length, contains spermatozoa only. The immature specimen (Pl. xxxi, fig. Io) measures 0°357 mm. in length, possesses a distinct tubular buccal cavity with fine chitinous walls and a pointed anterior extremity, which is per- forated for the mouth. Oesophagus clothed with a cellular coat. An oval hyaline mass situated posterior to the oesophagus repre- sents the gonads. ‘The intestine is composed of loose fibrillar tissue with some black granules. The species is most closely allied to Monhystera dispar, Bast.., in that it bears no ocelli, possesses a gut with black granules, a smooth unringed cuticle; lateral organs not spiral; distance of lateral organ from head equal to breadth of head; distance of vulva to anus greater than anus to tail. It differs from M. dispar in the following points :—Total length in M. dispar 0'72—1'I mm. ; : . oesophagus in M.unao54mm,.; — Vers 9 KE I a r sabeallenein ma M. dispar jeeeeuie M. uria 5) I tail : : fa : I ; : —3 — —, :—in M. dispar — in M. uria —. Six oral hairs 5°S? total length 6—7 BPD in M. dispar, none in M. uria.'| Short filiform caudal appendage in M. uvia, none in M. dispar. Males more frequent in M. uria, unknown in M. dispar. I9I4.] F.H. Stewart: Free-Living Nematodes. 249 ) : OS ee iG er eh eR Cobb’s Formula— @ Peas a aE Og eres Se eS? x—xX—17 —58 —83 Leptosomatum indicum, sp nov. (Pl. xxxi, figs. [11—14.) Indian Museum, No. ZEV. 6142/7. Manikpatna, outer channel of Chilka Lake, on the 16th of September 1903, from algae an an oyster shell. A single male specimen, mounted in glycerine jelly-formalin. Head rounded. Diameter of the body increases in the first 0°34 mm. of the length to 0'0703 mm., thereafter increases very gradually to 0088 mm. at a distance of 0185 mm. from the tail. The tail is curved ventrally. Lips none. Papillae none. The mouth is surrounded by a membranous ring. A cap of yellow cuticular substance lies under the cuticle of the head, the base of the cap reaching to a distance of 0':022 mm. from the anterior extremity. The cap when seen in optical section presents the appearance of distinct skeletal pieces. A circle of very scant (4) short and stout hairs surrounds the head. Lateral organs are present—spherical capsules opening by an oval pore to the exterior; breadth of the capsule 0:0074 mm. (The lateral organs are described by Bastian as the apertures of the excretory glands.) Buccal cavity not present. No rings or markings of the cuticle. No hairs except around the mouth. Tail rounded obtuse. Anus slightly prominent. A papilla situated in the midline 0'°071 mm. before the anus. No cauda! bristles. Oblique muscles in front of the anus as in Dorylaimus Three tubular caudal glands opening at the posterior extremity. The duct of the caudal glands, while traversing the substance of the cuticle, is dilated to form a peculiar biscuit-shaped ampulla. Alimentary System.—The oesophagus is of uniform breadth throughout the greater portion of its length. It measures 0°022 mm. until within 0°29 mm. from the posterior extremity of the organ. At this level it commences to expand slightly and reaches a maximum of 0'033 mm. The oesophagus is not divided into sections nor dilated to form bulbs: colour of a dull yellow; not markedly muscular. A nipple-like appendage of the oesophagus projects into the com- mencement of the lumen of the intestine. Intestine of the usual form, it does not exhibit tesselation on the outer surface, which is rough and irregular in appearance. Rectum not observed. Nervous System.—Nerve ring 0:02 mm. in breadth, distant 0°289 mm. from the head. Cellular collar commences 0°05 mm. 250 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vola from the head and clothes the remainder of the oesophagus: is exceptionally developed. Ocelli two in number, diameter of the ocellus 07009 mm; distance of oceili from the head 056 mm. They lie on the outer surface of the oesophagus immediately dorsal to the lateral lines ; colour, black with a tinge of red. Two lines of fine red-black granules extend backward for a short dis- tance from the ocelli. Lateral organs as described above. The Excretory System. —-Excretory glands not distinguish- able, but may exist in the mass of collar cells. No opening of the ventral gland distinguished unless a slight mark in the ventral line opposite the nerve ring represents the pore. Male Reproductive Organs.——The fundus of the anterior testis lies I°7 mm. distant from the head. Testes double ; remainder of tract single. Spicules two, of the form indicated in fig. 13 of Pl. xxxi, hollow. A single accessory piece. O—I1'32— 1°32— 1°55 —I° O—5'78—15;79— 50:0, —9 Cobb’s Formula— o Monhystera megalaima, sp. nov. (Pl. xxxii, figs. 21—27.) Indian Museum No. ZEV. 6237-7. Among filamentous algae at edge of lake, Chilka Lake, Gantasila. 19-4-14. One male, one female, mounted in glycerine-jelly-formalin. Measurements, see Table I. Female.—A delicate organism. Body tapering only very slightly to the head, the posterior extremity tapers gradually from a short distance in front of the vulva ; tail pointed but not filiform, with a permanent ventral curvature. Head marked off from the body by a slight annular constric- tion ; anterior surface flatly rounded (Pl. xxxii, figs. 22, 23); a circle of stout bristles, six in number, surrounds the head ; length of bristles 00136 mm. ; internal to this ring is a second ring of very short spines. No lips or papillae. Lateral organs large, circular, 00088 mm. in diameter; their anterior margin o'0r87 mm. from the head, a distance approximately equal to the breadth of the head. Mouth capsule oval, transverse, walls delicate; no teeth or cuticular thickenings. Cuticle marked with very fine transverse rings from head to tail; the rings extend throughout the thickness of the cuticle. Hairs scanty, scattered irregularly, of remarkable length (0°02 mm., i.e. more than half the breadth of the body) and tenuity, sometimes spirally curled. No papillae. Lateral lines and muscle fields not distinguishable. Tail, see Pl. xxxii, fig. 24; a circle of short bristles close to the tip, no bristles at the anus or vulva. No glands or papillae. Oesophagus simple, club-shaped, no bulb or division ; a trans- verse diaphragm in the muscular substance at a level immediately _ 1914. | F. H. Srewart: Free-Living Nematodes. 251 in front of the lateral organs. Intestine with brown granules and without tesselation. Neither nerve ring nor cellular collar visible. No ventral gland. Fundus of ovary 0'205 mm. from head. Gonad tube single asin the genus. Uterus contains large unsegmented ova. Male.—General outline resembles the female but the tail is more blunt: (Pl. xxxii, fig. 25). The specimen is coiled on itself, and owing to its delicate character could not be straightened. The head is therefore seen obliquely and foreshortened. Indications of a buccal cavity are however visible, together with the cephalic ring of setae as in the female (Pl. xxxii, fig. 26). Lateral organ faintly distinguishable. Cuticle as in the female. No bristles observed on the body. Tail narrows abruptly near the termination. No glands, papillae, or bristles. The testis commences immediately behind the oesophagus and lies on the left side of the intestine. Vas deferens situated ventrally to the intestine. Spicules (Pl. xxxii, fig. 27) with knob- like proximal extremities, twisted shafts, and glans-like distal extremities, hollow. This species resembles M. dubia, Bitschli, and M. agilis de Man, in possessing a transversely striated cuticle ; contrasted with the former, however, it is of more slender form, and the lateral organs are not spiral; contrasted with the latter, the vulva is situated more posteriorly, and the distance from vulva to anus is equal to, not twice as great as, the distance from anus to tail. xX — X — 2°69— 2°84— 2 o'69— X —16°1 —78"'1 —88°3 Cobb's Formula,— @ LIST OF SOME IMPORTANT PAPERS DEALING WITH FREE-LIVING NEMATODES. (1) Bastian, Charlton Monograph of the Anguillulidae.— Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. 25, 1866. (2) Butschli, O. .. Beitrage zur kenntniss der freilebenden nematoden.—WNov. Act. Kats. Leop. Carol. Akad. (3) Butschir, 0. .. Zur Kenntniss der freileb. Nemat.— Senckenbg Nazforsch. Ges. Abhand. 1873. (4) Daday, v. .. Freshwater nematodes of South America.—Zoologica, 1905, p. 51. (5) Daday, v. .. Freshwater nematodes of German Africa.—Zoologica, 1910, vol. 23. (6) Daday, v. .. Die freilebende Stisswasser-Nematoden Ungarns. —Zoologisch. Jahrb.. Syst., Bd. ro. (7) Man, de .. Nematoden der Niederlandisch. Fauna, Leiden, 1884. 252 Records of the Indian Museum. Vora (8) Man, de .. Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. r. (9) Man, de .. Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. 2. (10) Man, de -- Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. 15, vol. 1, 1912. (x2) "Schneider«G.9 2" Zool. /Ayz2.-20,p.10205 LETTERING OF PLATES. Reference letters—acc. p=accessory piece, amp.—=ampulla, an. —=anus, b.c.—buccal cavity, ceph. cap=cephalic cap, d. e7.= ductus ejaculatorius, d.k.=dorsal hair, d. t.—dorsal tooth, d. tu.= dorsal tubule, go.=gonads, h.==hair, in.=incisura, int.==intestine, lat. h.—=lateral hair, J. 1.—Jateral line, J. lat. lip pap.—papilla of lateral lip, /. m =longitudinal muscle, L. Jat. 0.=left lateral organ, lo. and dat. o.=lateral organ, J. oc.—left ocellus, L. sp.—left spicule, ”. y.=nerve ring, ob]. m==oblique muscle, oc.=ocellus, oe. pig. gran.—=oesophageal pigment-granules, oes. oesophagus, oes. 1.=oesophageal lumen, ov.—ovary, pap.—papilla, Pap. R. lat. lip.=papilla of right lateral lip, g.—=quill, vect.—rectum, R. lat. 0.=right lateral organ, 7.s.v.p.=right sub-ventral papilla, R.s.v.t.=right sub-ventral tooth, s.d.t.=right subdorsal tooth, sp.=spicule, ¢. g.=tail gland, uf.—uterus, v.—vulva, vag. vagina, vA.=ventral hair, v ¢.=ventral tooth, v ¢w.—ventral tubule. 253 Nematodes. ving F. H. Stewart: Free-L 1914.] 880. pur 1 npou osozgaT “MnNdITt 97.0 =e ee tz. QIO.1 OzO. Clo. £0.8 ag I CL60, OIZ. | : 600. a Cero. g.0£ S0¢ | T I Szo. tho. Col. | 008.1 4ezgP | Lezos L.0 a tee I CEG v1¢, Mi), C10. Clo. 9.5 Mold I I £60. | 260. 3 | Loo. Soo, Ca elle LS ea zo. O10. ges. 099. e ag VI 9619§ | 9619P | 9610 P 000.1 os. elo, Tio. O10. CLo, O07. OOZ. oto, Vet I oor, woe eee Ito. 000,72 c *S9J1.19Q -ngy wo P ‘ DULUD]OAIDUL DAAISAY UOT ‘DIAN DAaqsA yuo fy ‘ds ‘sniiw)d40q (Beit 698.0 1 I oSt.1 oor OVI.. otz.1 es O8z.1 cto. OZOn eSSo. QzO. LALO acOr , OF.1 4 I Ccr. ee Oulre oLo. IOSO2 1SSo: LS I OGee (Oloyen |) texae LYo, do), \\ (Ast@) Llo. zoo. | Oo. Qco. | Ad 7cU. gf L.92 8.9f I ean I rg: ean ZcO blo. LGo. | ogo. 00L.z OG. || OLE.c qltzg § | S619 | yltzod ‘SISUIYIIYI SNULAVIOYING jie} 0} BAIN A RANA 0} peop [He] 0) Ban A BANA 0} peaT{ "Iq ult “ysod *saqQ ‘aq *xw ysod ‘saqQ ‘Iq “UI *JUR *saQ_ ‘Iq ‘XW "jUR ‘sa;G, ete "1 ‘u ye Apoq jo "ag ‘s90 pus "ysod 07-1 Ny ‘IU 0] ‘S90 pua "juy ‘soo pua ‘ysod 0} Suid OAION ‘SUL JAI8U 0} ‘S90 pus "jUy *sa0 pua ye Apoq jo ig os ae2ON ‘| ‘seydosag ‘| ‘seydosag ‘deo ‘oonq pua ye Apoq jo ig nes ‘| ajnsdeo jeoong 4 MG eked ore aN UAL, “Iq “XIN "Iq WUNLUIXPLU 07 proy Yypeaig WnwIxeyy yrsug] [210], tae ne CGE Se [Vor. X, 1914.] Records of the Indian Museum. 254 disp a a a a er ‘Iq WMNAO 9ULI19} (4 ai at nate eee cee any tee *] WNAO BUlI94/) . ofo. Lzo. wee eee LSo. see cee gies see eee a] aynoids yied IN 460 oe ee bah | may biel oe eke ee a s10d P1JUDA 0} pea ermoroyen a | nat ae "XU aaa} Cgoo. Foo, 5th eg wily Ses ce Soo. ae x hee JOIWUILIP UeSIO "eT | S00." | | ts £20. Gaeeee| “7 Tinb 10 suids Loo, ZOO. zoo. ye aes a Loo, ae Mex NieleNee ‘1q osepuodde jepned ae ZOz. Sto. co Ys oi CZo. es es a: ‘| asvpuadde jepne) miele gz. tio. Cro. ligrnss ees 0z0. Mapes ovo. tho. ee LSOce ag eas snue ye Apoq jo 1g 6 .8 Gz.S TeV Hs) LTRS oe 160 g.61 ape L.41 i yIsusy [BIO F I I 1 I I | Bike I I yjsug] yeure-jsog Sgo. ZSI. ZOl. SEO. 4) COO, SIO. auearete Oye Qer. Sang MOS. ae Fs je} 0} snuy z26.P Og9. QVI.1 PEP. ae ee 0z0.1 i QL0.1 Fo9S.z $e 090.z on ““* snue 0} peayy Lo. ot L£o. OZO. 610. a CSo. Pye gee | oto, tLo. te: 0go. eee PAINA Je) ¢ 2 ee ee eS e ae ie Peleg 4 im es Demirci aire a n } &POq jug } IN Sas | 8.3 | : as Se ae ‘DIAN DlajsAyuopy ‘ds ‘snmivj duoc | "S1SUIY]1YI SNULDIOYIUC ‘T2981, S = DAa SAY Uo py ° | ; : ; : : Seo by! ne tops ae EP XPRANATION: OF oP AL oxo. 1.—Oncholaimus chilkensis, sp. n., immature, 150. 2.—Oncholaimus chilkensis, sp. n., immature, X 1000, head from right side. 3.—Oncholaimus chilkensis, sp. n., immature, X 1000, head from ventral aspect. 4.—Oncholaimus chilkensis, sp. n., immature, 750, tail. 5.—Dorylaimus sp., male, X 325, outline. 6.—Dorylaimus sp., male, x 750, tail from the left side. 7.—Dorylaimus sp., male, X tooo, head from left side. 8.—Monhystera unia, sp. n., female, K 283. 9.—Monhystera uria, sp. n., male, *750, tail from right side. Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol.X, 1914. F.H.Stewart, del. A .Chowdhary,lith. NEMATODES FROM.CHILKA LAKE. Ue) a re ay ‘A : Nii ae at _ \ yal ee a ip, 7 . , U W , yi ay Wey 1) fi Lae y vl 1 F ; ati’ 7 : : . i ‘ . B | , 7 } aad ah) + ( ; a it 7 > ae 4 Q a h vn iow is i 7 ' ‘ oY Ah het +» Asher eae. EXPLANATION OF PLATE, Xo@ae . 10.—Monhystera uria, sp. n., immature, X 650. 11.—Leptosomatum indicum, sp. n., X 686, head from right side. 12.—Leptosomatum indicum, sp. n., X 686, head from right side. 13. —Leptosomatum indicum, sp. n., X 333, male, tail from right side. J 14.—Leptosomatum indicum, sp. n., male, X 30, outline. 15.—Oncholaimus chilkensis, sp. n., female, X 1000, head from lett." INo.02374. 16.—Oncholaimus indicus, v. Linst. Outline of head, * 433, for comparison with fig. 17. 17.—Oncholaimus chilkensis, sp. n. Outline of head for com- parison with fig. 16. X 433. 18.—Oncholaimus chilkensis, sp. n., female, X 433, tail (No. 6237b). 19.—Oncholaimus indicus, v. Linst. female, X 433, tail for comparison with fig. 18 (No. 5576/2). j AXA. Rec. Ind. Mus,., a Plate Set o2s b.c i go: Paes aeteneeeaae f 14. L lat.lip. pup. 7r.Sv. tooth. |f 7 18. ; 19. 16. 17. F.H. Stewart, del. A. Chowdhary, Lith. NEMATODES FROM CHILKA Au = 7) i} af ae be AD EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII. . 20.—Oncholaimus fuscus, Bast., male, tail (copied from Bas- tian) for comparison with fig. 18. 21.—-Monhystera megalaima, sp. n., female, X 118. 22.—Monhystera megalaima. sp. n., female, anterior extrem- ity “X1379 Monhystera megalaima, sp. n., female, head, X I1IIO. 23. 24.—Monhystera megalaima, sp. n., female, tail, X 382. 25.—Monhystera megalaima, sp. n., male, X 150. 26.—Monhystera megalaima, sp. n., male, head, X 1500. 27.—Monhystera megalaima, sp. n., male, tail, X I100. B) ex 25. 26. F.H. Stewart ,del. A.Chowdhary, lith. NEViAnODES FROM CHhIEKA LEAKE. Sy ariel POR nd. OF KeOC Ar TASER OM: THE CHIL KA LAKE ON” PH CE AS T COAST be = cd. Through- out the body dd = 2cd. No ornamentation can be seen on the setae even under the oil-immersion lens. The clitellum is absent ventrally, the ventral surface in this region forming a broad groove. The clitellum extends from 4xiii- Xvil = 44 (once xili-xvil = 5). The male apertures are situated on small papillae in segment xviii in the line of setae b. At the margins of the ventral surface in xviii, and extending on to the adjacent parts of xvii and xix, are a pair of very prominent longitudinal ridges, white and rounded. Internal to the ridge of each side is a deep depression, also, like the ridge, narrow, longitudinal, and well- defined, i.e. an antero-posterior groove of the same length as the ridge, which latter bounds the groove on its outer side. Between the grooves of the two sides the ventral surface may be slightly hollowed. The situation of the male apertures is on: the inner, rather more gently sloping, wall of the longitudinal grooves above described. The female apertures appear as two white points anteriorly in xiv, nearer the groove 7; than the line of the setae; they are one on each side of the nerve cord, which can be seen shining through, and internal to the line of setae a. The spermathecal Tees: are two pairs, on small white papillae, in furrows { and § in the line of setae b. In one speci- men, while three of the four apertures were in the lines of 3, one (left anterior} was exactly in line with the setae a. The genital markings are variable. (i) Most constant is one in 35, of an oval shape with long axis transverse; its extent varies, between setae a and a, or between b and 0; the form it takes also varies:—(a) It may be a depression, with a well- marked lip-like margin, and thus somewhat sucker-like; (0) or a broad white low papilla with a flat surface; (c) or a whitish well-defined area, but not raised above the general surface; or (d) it may be very inconspicuous, though never, so far as I observed, entirely absent. 258 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL x, The next commonest genital mark is (ii) a similar oval area in furrow +3, of whitish colour, stretching from between lines a and bd on one side to a corresponding point on the other. This has the form of a low flat papilla; it was present, though not always equally well-marked, in about half the specimens examined. (iii) In one case there was a slight whitish ill-defined elevation in the situation of groove 14. Septum % is thin or only slightly thickened; the septa increase in thickness from: to 7%, and then continue thick to 11. 12 is thinner again, and thence onwards all are thin. There is no gizzard; the intestine begins to swell out in xv. The last heart is in xiii. The nephridia are absent from the first twelve segments; they are present in segment xv. and onwards, but (in the specimens dissected) absent in xiv, though either one or a pair were found in xiii. Small testes were seen in segment x; they were not identi- fied in xi, but funnels were present in both segments (x and xi). Testes and funnels were free in the body-cavity. The vesiculae seminales are two pairs, in xi and xii, each grapelike, being cut up deeply into small lobes The prostates are of moderate size, tubular and slightly coiled, especially at the free end, which is posterior; they run forwards and inwards, from the eighteenth to the seventeenth segment, and at their anterior end, where the duct commences, they lie alongside or under cover of the intestine (in the dissected animal). The duct runs backwards and outwards, roughly parallel to and on the inner side of the glandular portion ; it is strong, stout and intensely glistening, only slightly curved, and of approximately the same diameter throughout (or perhaps slightly narrower at its outer end); it is rather shorter than the gland. Ovaries and ovarian funnels were seen in xiii. The spermathecae are two pairs, lying in segments viii and ix. The ampulla varies in shape from roughly spherical to elong- ated ovoid; the duct is of moderate or relatively considerable width, and is nearly as long as (subspherical ampulla), or more than half as long as (elongated ampulla), the ampulla itself. The diverticulum is tubular, not swollen or*very slightly swollen at its internal end; its length also appears to vary,—it may either fall considerably short of or extend considerably beyond the end of the ampulla, according as this latter is or is not elongated in form. The name diverticulum isin strictness hardly applicable, as the structure to which it is applied is here implanted on the inner surface of the body-wall separately from though close to the end of the duct, No penial setae were discovered. The present species has been described by Rosa (9) from Christmas Island; the chief differences between that author’s specimens and mine are the absence of the genital papillae on 12 and 33, and the ‘‘ deep slit-like’’ character of the marking on } 9 ce) I914.] _ J. STEPHENSON: Littoral Oligochaeta. 259 in Rosa’s examples; though he and I describe the area surround- ing the male pores in different ways, there appears to be an essential similarity between the two accounts. I have also compared Beddard’s account of P. lascadivensis (3). This latter is a larger worm, and the spermathecal aper- tures are situated, in some but not all individuals, near the extremities of long dumbbell-shaped cutaneous thickenings in 7 and ¢; but the male area (illustrated not in the original paper, but in 4) resembles very much that of P. ephippiger. Since P. ephtppiger is a variable species (compare the data as to size, papillae, first nephridia, characters and length of spermatheca and diverticulum given above, from a limited number of specimens), and P. laccadivensis is so also, at least in the matter of cutaneous thickenings or papillae, I believe that the two species should be united. Michaelsen has recently united P. insularis (Rosa) with his own species P. avenae and Beddard’s P. bermudensis (compare 5, and the lists of Indian species in 6 and 7). I can see no essential difference between the descriptions of P. ephippiger and P. arenae, except that the setae are ornamented in P. arenae, not in P. ephip- piger; and when the revision of the genus is next undertaken it will be necessary, I believe, to consider whether this is sufficient to distinguish them; since Beddard, even when looking for it, at first failed to find the ornamentation (2). This would reduce P. bermudensis, arenae, insularis, ephippiger, and laccadivensis to a single species. Some consideration should also be given to P. matsushimensis, which possesses the same characteristic male genital area; though the absence of a distinct muscular prostatic duct is perhaps a sufficient ground for separation. REFERENCES TO LITERATURE. 1. Annandale, N. ‘“ The African Element in the Freshwater Fauna of British India,’’ [Xe Conger. Zool., sect. iv, p. 587: Monaco; 1914. 2. Beddard, F.E. A Monograph of the order Oligochaeta : Oxford, 1895. ae $3 in: The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes ; 1903. 4. _ ““On a new species of Worm of the genus Pontodvilus from the shores of the Red Sea-7=sProc.- Zoole”Soc: Lond., 1905, vol. ii. Michaelsen, W , “‘ Oligochaeta ”’ in: Das Tierreich; 1900. ea “The Oligochaeta of India, Nepal, Ceylon, Burma and the Andaman Islands’’: Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. i, No. 3; 1900. nn 260 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. X, 1914.] 7. Michaelsen, W. ‘‘ Die Oligochatenfauna der vorderin- disch-ceylonischen Region”: Abh. aus dem Geb. der Naturw., vol. xix, pt. 5; IQIo. Se aRosar ODS ‘“ Viaggio del Dr. E. Festa in Palestino nel Libano e regioni vicine. II Lum- bricidi’”’: Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino viii, No. 160; 1893. 9. 4 ““On some new Earthworms in the British Museum”: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. WilNSEE., VOlil uiOOS. 10. Stephenson, J. ‘‘ Aquatic Oligochaeta from the Lake of Tiberias”: Journ. As. Soc. Beng. (N.S.), VOl fxs TOS: It. Vejdovsky, F. Oligochaeten: Prag; 1884. Ee Mave foeek | PON: -OrhcA. IN EWso 2 ChB S 401K IER RSE Ss Rea OP ODA =F ROM BORNEO: By WALTER E. COLLINGE, M.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S. (Plate xxxv, figs. I-g.) Amongst the collection of terrestrial Isopoda in the Indian Museum, which Dr. Annandale has kindly placed in my hands for examination and identification, is a tube containing a number of specimens of a new species of Cubaris collected near Sarawak, which is here described. I have much pleasure in associating with it the name of Dr. Annandale. Cubaris annandalei, n. sp. Body (fig. 1) oblong oval, dorsally convex with a series of ridges on the mesosomatic segments; metasome broad and partly hidden by the overlapping segments of the mesosome. Cephalon (fig. 2) small and flanked by the lateral plates of the Ist segment of the mesosome; epistome with small median triangular ridge ; lateral lobes small and indefinite, median lobe absent. Eyes lateral and prominent. Antennulae small and 3- jointed. Antennae (fig. 3) slender, covered with small setae and one or two spines; last segment elongated, flagellum 2-jointed, the distal joint being the larger. Manzlibles (fig. 4) short and stout with four blunt tooth-like surfaces and two tufts of setae. Ist maxillae (fig. 5): outer lobe with four large pointed spines, then five more slender ones, with their apices divided into two or more divisions, and one incurved pointed spine; inner lob2 small and narrow with two setaceous spines distally (fig. 6). 2nd maxillae sma!l and plate-like with slight indication of a division into two lobes. The segments of the mesosome are all ornamented with a series of irregular ridges; lateral plates well defined and separated from one another, the Ist and the 6th are broadest. Maxillipedes (fig 7) large, the outer lobe terminates in a curved spine divided at its point and two smaller pointed spines; the inner lobe is well- developed and provided with four small marginal spines. Thoracic appendages (fig. 8) comparatively short, covered with setae and well-developed spines on the inner borders of the three terminal segments. Uropoda (fig. 9) largely hidden by the telson and not extending beyond it; basal plate thick and somewhat triangular, exopodite small, articulating in a cavity on the inner margin and 262 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. X, 1914.] dorsal surface of the basal plate, the endopodite is considerably larger, triangular in section and fringed with numerous spines, distally it terminates in three long whip-like setae. Its point of articulation is on the ventral side of the inner proximal extremity of the basai plate. Telson (fig. 10) constricted above the middle, with the free edge almost straight. Length 8 mm. Colour (in alcohol) greenish-grey with lighter coloured ridges. Habitat.—Ten miles south of Sarawak, Borneo, 26-vi-IgI0 (C. W. Beebe). Regd. No. 8601-10. Type.—In the collection of the Indian Museum. The form of the uropoda and telson at once separates this species from any hitherto described. eee eer eee DESCRIPTION (OF PV ACH OxOeye Fic. 1.—Cubaris annandalei, n. sp. Dorsal view: X 9. ,, 2.— Antero-dorsal view of head. » 3-— Antenna. » 4— Left mandible, inner side. he ha a outer side. », 5-— Ist maxilla, inner lobe. aes Ns ee outer lobe. 5. 7— Maxillipede. 8.— Second thoracic appendage. ,, 9-— Uropod of right side, dorsal view. 10.— ‘Telson, dorsal view. Rec. Ind. Musvol.X, 1914. CUBARIS ANNANDALE |,n.sp. Pilate 2OCwy A.Chowdhary, lith. - NWEIGS) (C28 163 best ish gs ee INSECTS. NOTES ON CICADIDAE.—The following notes are upon a collec- tion of Cicadidae made in the Eastern Himalayas between April, 1912, and May, 1913, by His Excellency Lord Carmichael, to whom I am greatly indebted for his kindness in sending them to me. My thanks are also due to Dr. N. Annandale, Superinten- dent of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, for his courtesy in inviting me to publish this contribution in this Journal. In all the collec- tion contained 12 species, the most striking of which are the two beautiful species of Tosena, and several of the series are very large. The range in altitude is from 500 feet at Sukna to 7000 feet at Darjiling. Several of the species, notably Huechys sangut- nea and Scieroptera splendidula, have an immense range over India and Malaysia, while others, such as Platylomia saiurata, Meimuna tripurasura, and Haphsa nicomache, are typically and exclusively Indian. Sub-family CICADINAE. Division TACUARIA. Gen. Tosena, Am. et Serv. 1. JT. melanoptera, White. Two males, taken at Singla, Darjiling District (1500 ft.), in June, 1912. 2. TI. mearestana, Westw. A series of 11, males and females, from Ghumti (4000 ft.), taken in August, 1912, and one from Sevook, 1000 ft. (May, 1913). All perfectly typical. Division DUNDUBIARIA. Gen. Platylomia, Stal. 3. P. saturata, Walk. Six specimens from Government House grounds, Darjiling. Gen. Haphsa, Dist. 4. H. nicomache, Walk. A large series, about 30, from Darjiling. In the whole series there is only ong female. Taken in May, Ig12. Records of the Indian Museum. [Mors xs, Gen. Meimuna, Dist. 5. M. inpurasura, Dist. A still larger series of about 60 specimens, all males. Darjiling, May, 1912, and Singla. Gen. Pomponia, Stal. 6. P. thalia, Walk. A single specimen, male, very much mutilated. Taken at Sevook in April, rgr2. Subfam. GAEANINAE. Division CICADATRARIA. Gen. Terpnosia, Dist. Fe lea Ch00 = NWaice One female from Sukna (April, 1913) and one male from Sevook (April, 1913). Gen. Gaeana, Am. and Serv. 8. G. festiva, Walk. One male from Singla, May, 1913. A typical specimen, resembling closely the figure in Distant’s Mono- evaph of Oriental Cicadidae. Gen. Balinta, Dist. 9g. J. octonotata, Westw. A typical series from Singla, taken in May, 1912. All males. Gen. Mogannia, Am. and Serv. 10. M. contca, Germ. One male from Singla, April, 1913. Rather more distinctly marked than usual, the central stripe being very well defined. Subfam. TIBICININAE. Division HUECHYSARIA. Gen. Huechys, Am and Serv. tI. HA. sanguinea, de Geer. A fairly large series from Sukna, April, 1913. Most of them are females, and curiously enough, in other series of this species I have had from Tonkin and Japan the females have largely predominated. ‘These Sukna specimens, are very typical of the species, 1914. | Miscellanea, 265 with beautiful deep black tegmina and very rich red front to head, mesonotum, and abdomen. Gen. Scieroptera, Stal. 12. S. splendidula, Fabr. Four specimens from Singla. Tiiey are of the variety named as cuprea, with very distinct yellow costal membranes to the tegmina. Howarp ASHTON. BATRACHIA. LARVA OF Rana curtipes, Boul. (‘‘ Fauna,” p. 458).—Ac- cording to Dr. Boulenger, R. curtipes is reported to occur in the West Coast of India, and all the specimens in my collection were taken in Coorg. It is not essentially aquatic, but is found con- cealed under stones and dry vegetation, coming out in the night for food. The species is often mistaken by natives for Rhacophorus maculatus (the chunam or tree frog) and, because of the superficial resemblance, is often called ‘‘ kal therai.’’ The frog enters the water during the breeding-season, which begins with the appearance of the S$. W. monsoon. The males which are smaller are very lively and their call notes may be denoted by the short syllables ‘‘ Thrub, Thrub,’’ quite characteristic of the species, Last May, specimens of larvae were secured illustrating practically the different stages in the metamorphosis. Larva.—The tadpoles are plentiful in small jungle streams and occur in April, May and June. They may be described as follows :— Head and Body.—The body is oval; the dorsal and ventral surfaces are flat. It is much longer than broad. Snout broadly rounded. Mouth ventral. Tip of tail moderately rounded. Skin quite smooth. Nostril and Eve.—Interorbital space slightly more than twice the distance between the eye and nostril. Eyes moderate, dorso- lateral. Pupil round, becoming horizontal as the forelegs develop. Nostril dorsal, nearer the eye than to snout. (In the adult, the nostril is nearer the snout, and the interorbital space less than 11 times the distance between the eye and nostril). Mouth.—Ventral, fairly large, with the lower lip better deve- loped. It is directed slightly backward. The upper margin of the upper lip devoid of papillae; but the sides of the upper lip and corners of the mouth fringed with two or three rows of big tuber- cles. Smaller ones fringe the lower lip. The dental formula may be expressed thus; 3: 3—5 + 3—5|1+5:5—7, meaning that in the upper lip there are from three to five inner broken and three outer complete rows of shert horny teeth, and in the lower lip there is one inner interrupted and from five to seven complete series. The beak consists of an upper and a lower horny provi- 266 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vion sional jaw; the latter is crescentic in form and both are finely serrated or granulate. Glands.—No definite glands can be made out in any regular series, except a few pits on the head of some tadpoles and the parotoids, which, however, are by no means conspicuous. A row of fine white roundish glandular masses along the outer margins of the dorsal and ventral crests of the tail. Spivacle tubular, sinistral, opening backwards and slightly up- wards. Somewhat low on the side. Anus situated in median line in front of the lower tail lobe. Tai almost 14 times the length of the body. ‘The muscular portion is stout and tapers to a fine point. ‘Tip moderately rounded. In the middle part of the tail the upper and lower lobes neatly equal in depth. Both are strongly arched. In individuals - in which the hind limbs are not fully developed, the dorsal fin begins beyond the root of the tail. Dimensions of an individual (A) in which the hind limbs are just sprouting and (B) in which they are fully developed :— (A) (B) Length from snout to tip of tail ... 55 mm. 68 mm. bis of head and body Na? Be nes re a a of tail - Bz ALON be Maximum breadth of body Saris ©: Bee LOve eee 25 depth of body ses Owe ae 12 4s por ‘Lad sisted LO aera Be ae sr Colouration.—Dorsal part of the body uniformly dark with a few darker spots. Ventral dirty white. The muscular parts and the lobes are blotched. Biological.—The tadpoles are active swimmers, but are easily caught. ‘They are mainly found in shoals near the margins of the stream, browsing on weeds. ‘They do not object to but greedily take animal food. IQL4y || Miscellanea. 267 The tail persists in this species as a short stumpy process even when the frog has reached almost the maximum size. CENTRAL COLLEGE, C. R. NARAYAN RAO. BANGALORE. REPTILES. Notes ON AQUATIC CHELONIA OF THE INDUS SySTEM.—In the volume on the Reptiles and Batrachia (1890) in the ‘‘ Fauna of British India,’’ Boulenger records six species of aquatic Che- lonia (Emyda granosa, Damona hamiltoni, Hardella thurgit, Kachuga dhongoka, K. smithit, K. tectum) from the Indus without comment, while he includes this river in the area of distribution of two others (Trionyx gangeticus and Chitra indica) with some doubt. Trionyx gangeticus has been definitely recorded from the Indus system by Dr. Siebenrock in his ‘‘Synopsis der Rezenten Schild- kroten'’’’ (Zool Jahrbucher, Jena, 1909) and by Dr. Annandale in Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. vii (1912). Ihave also found it in rivers of the same system; in which I have recently taken specimens of Chitra indica. ‘The following notes refer to these two species and others that I have recently obtained in the Punjab. The following are the six Chelonia that I found in the Indus Sy Ssvenk-—— Trionychidae. Testudinidae. Trionyx gangeticus, Cuvier. Kachuga smuithi (Gray). Chitra indica, Gray. Kachuga tectum (Gray). Emyda granosa (Schoepff). Damonia hamiltoni (Gray). I have to thank Dr. N. Annandale for the very great help he gave me in the preparation of this paper, and for the kindness, and the facilities given me while working in the Indian Museum for a few days. Trionyx gangeticus (Cuvier). Boulenger, Fauna, p. 12: Siebenrock, p. 596: Annandale, (2) ae The Indus, the Ganges and their tributaries, probably also the Brahmaputra system. The form from the Mahanaddi River has been separated as Trionyx gangeticus mahanaddicus by Dr. Annandale (Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. vii, Part iti, No. 25). Specimens of the typical form were obtained from the following places :— Ferozepore (Rivers Sutlej and Beas united). Makhu. in * Lahore (Ravi and Chota Ravi stream). Ludhiana (Budha stream). Food :—On the. whole it is carnivorous in habit. A large specimen from the Chota Ravi on being dissected showed bones of some bird in its stomach, another from the 268 Records of the Indian Museum. [Mor xs Sutlej (Ferozpore) had the complete femur of a large bird in its stomach, while yet another had the nearly complete pelvic girdle and the sacral and two other vertebrae of a frog. T. gangeticus is attracted by kneaded flour, which is used by the fishermen for bait- ing their lines; hence very often they find on examining the line a number of these creatures hanging by the hooks. The fishermen usually bring these out of the river and breaking their necks throw them out of the river, owing to the very large amount of damage that they do to the line, also because the fish avoid the place where there are tortoises. Some specimens from Ferozpore were kept living in a tub of water for about two months. It was found that they preferred old rotten flesh to everything else, though they would not desist from eating any and everything when hungry. Remarks :—In the Punjab tortoises are not much esteemed as an article of food except by the nomad tribes. The Sahnsies con- sume them in quite large numbers. They have a peculiar way of their own for catching them. They take the rotten and foul smell- ing flesh of some animal and put it into the river close to the shore. ‘The tortoises are attracted in large numbers by the smell and begin to feed on the flesh. Then a large number of these people with a peculiar sort of harpoon of their own go into the river and surround the spot on all sides; and begin making a good deal of noise, uttering shrill cries and so on. The animals becoming terrified rush away, but are harpooned in large num- bers by the Sahnsies. The harpoon pierces the carapace and in some cases when it was wielded by some very. strong man, it was seen even to pierce the plastron of quite large individuals. The flesh is eaten, while the fat is stored and used instead of oil or for making embrocations. The Sicklzgars also eat these animals, but in much smaller numbers. Chitra indica (Gray). Boulenger, auna, p. 16: Siebenrock, p. 608: Annandale (2), jp le The range for this animal as given in the Fauna is ‘‘ Ganges and Irawaddy; Indus?’’: by Dr. Siebenrock “ Indien; Nepal, Allahabad; Ganges, Calcutta; Irawaddy”’ : and by Dr. Annandale ‘““The Ganges and Irawaddi river systems as far as the base of Himalayas in the former. The species is not uncommon in the Gangetic delta and large individuals can often be bought in the Calcutta market, in which, however, they are less abundant than IT. hurum and T. gangeticus.’’ A specimen was recently obtained from Makhu (Rivers Sutlej and Beas united), along with the other forms here mentioned. It was a young female. The carapace measured 16°8 X18'4cm. I have since obtained a larger specimen at Ludhiana. Dr. Annandale has called my attention to the extremely small size of the young of this species, which is certainly the largest of the Indian Trionychidae when full grown. 1914. | Miscellanea. 269: The measurements of some in the collection of the Indian Museum are as follows :— I. Carapace 52°3-cm.X59°7cm. Largest specimen from Calcutta. Ze a 59cem.X 6°05cm. A specimen from Jalpaiguri, ' Northern Bengal. 3 e 48cem.X 5:1¢em. The smallest specimen from Jal- paiguri. 4. él 2;°9cem.x* 3°3cm. Avery small 2 from Allahabad, On comparing the young one with a young specimen of Emyda granosa scutata (Peters) which was taken at Moulmein just after hatching and the size of which is 4°11 cm. X3°6 cm., it ap- pears that the young ones of C. indica on hatching are actually smaller than those of Emyda granosa scutata, which is a much smaller form when adult. In the young specimens of this form it appears that the upper jaw is not fully ossified as it breaks off when the skeleton is being prepared. This was the case with my specimen from Makhu and some of the skeletons in the Indian Museum. On the inner margin of the hypoplastron there are five pro- cesses on that of the left side and four on the right side.! The contents of the stomach of a specimen from Ludhiana included the bones of a fish and some small snail-shells. Emyda granosa (Schoepff). Boulenger, Fauna, p. 49: Siebenrock, p.59: Annandale (2), ITI: Distribution :—“‘ Valleys of the Indus and the Ganges, but it probably occurs in Assam and certainly does so on the coast of Arrakan.’’ Specimens of the typical form were obtained at Phag- wara in a small stream known as the Baen, in a small rivulet about four miles from Ferozpore, and also in the Budha stream at Ludhiana. The colour of the plastron varied from perfect white to yellow. The number of bony marginal plates varies from 14 to 20. Kachuga smith (Gray). Boulenger, Fauna, p. 42: Siebenrock, p. 453. Distribution :—The species has been recorded from the upper Ganges and Indus with their tributaries. Dr. Annandale tells me that the young specimen he recorded (Rec. Ind. Mus., vol.i, p. I7I; 1907) from Rajshahi on the lower Ganges as K. sylhetensis really belongs to this species. I found it to be quite abundant at Ferozpore (Sutlej} and Beas united), Lahore (Ravi), and at Kapurthala (in a small stream known as Baen). L Annandale in Rec. Ind. Mus., Vil, p. 170, says that there are three or four. 270 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VOLuse, Boulengex’s description in the ‘‘ Fauna’’ quite corresponds with that of specimens from various localities, except in the appearance of the fourth vertebral shield, which varies very much in specimens from the same as well as from different localities. In some it tapers very much in front so that the suture between this shield and the third is quite narrow, while in others it is much broader. The colour also varies somewhat, from olive brown to pale brown dorsally. In the young of this species there is an orange- coloured band on the anterior part of the dorsal keel ; two orange spots are also present just behind the nape, one on each side; these disappear in adults. The animal chiefly feeds on rotten flesh. On enquiring from fishermen at Ferozpore it was found that the animal is never attracted by the flour bait which they use in fishing, but is often caught also by the small prawns which they sometimes use as bait. Specimens kept living in large tubs were seen to like flesh much better than anything else. Targe amounts of vegetable matter found in the stomach of a specimen cut up in the Museum at Calcutta show, however, that it takes vegetables also. Thus it appears that the animal is omnivorous. A young specimen of this form was found buried in mud with the head projecting, on the side of the river Ravi at Lahore. The water had retracted from this place about three months before, yet the animal was found Jiving. It appears, therefore, that this form can hibernate like Emyda granosa.! Kachuga tectum (Gray). Boulenger, Fauna, p. 43: Siebenrock, p 454: Annandale (3), p. 38. The range for this animal as given in the ‘“‘Fauna’’ is Ganges and Indus systems. Specimens were obtained at Makhu from the united water of the Sutlej and the Beas. None, how- ever, could be got at Ferozpore and the fishermen there also stated that this form does not occur there. Specimens were also got at Ludhiana from the Budha stream, a tributary of the river Sutle]. The colour of this form is variable with age. In the young the plastron is orange-coloured with very distinct black spots, while in the adult the orange is replaced by yellow and the black spots become less numerous. ‘The carapace in the young is olive green with small black dots all over and the orange band on the first three vertebrals is very much more distinct than in the adult; moreover, the carapace in the adult becomes dark olive. The animal is herbivorous; it desists from flesh but eats blades of grass and other vegetables very readily. ! Annandale in Rec. /md. Mus., VII, p. 171. TQI4.] Miscellanea. 271 It is a very active animal, moving at a very rapid rate on land though thoroughly aquatic, and swimming very quickly in water. Damonia hamilton (Gray). Boulenger, Fauna, p. 84: Siebenrock, p. 476. This form has been recorded from Bengal, Punjab, and Upper Sindh. ie iG ea ats a aie patti Ny eT Oe See Oe TEES zec. Ind. Mus,, Vol.X, 1914. iS Dilate ARE. = iS! C, Mondul del. ; Bemrose, Coile., Derby. Fig. 1. Scalpellum sinense. Fig. 2. Alepas investigatoris. Fig. 3. Heteralepas reticulata. i al Made WW si vf Jay ye ‘ Seis /at ¥, Nnoee + AONE UN gE vi EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV. Fic, 1.—First cirrus of Scalpellum (Smilium) sinense, Annand. ( Xied.FE3)): ,, Ia.—Maxilla of same species (X ca. 273). 1b.—Mandible of same species {X ca. 273). ,, 2.—Animal of Alepas investigatorts, sp. nov. (X14). The hairs and bristles on the appendages, etc., are not shown. ,, 2a.—Mandible of same species (xX ca. 6). ,, 2b.-—Maxilla of same species (X ca. 6). », 3-—First cirrus of Heteralepas (Paralepas) reticulata, sp. nov. (X ca. 32). ,, 3a.—Mandible of same species (X ca. 44). Plate XOX. 1914. Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol.X ‘eyejnones sedapedeqey “¢ 3Uy ‘fqsag‘oyjo9 ‘asoswag ‘sldoyestjseam sedary "2 Bly ‘asuauls winqjedjeos ‘| ‘314 TP MPUOW D'S SS > = LS Ss —= AVIL, MORENOTES ON INDIAN DERMAPTER A, By MaLcotm Burr, D.Sc., F.E.S., etc. Since the publication of my half volume on the Dermaptera in the Fauna of British India Series, material has accumulated with considerable rapidity. This has led to the following papers on Indian Dermaptera :— Borel, A. (1gt1!). Diagnosi preventive di Dermatteri nuovi della regione indiana. (Boll. Mus. Torino. No. 640, vol. xxvi, pp. I-4, IgI2). (1912°). Dermapteres nouveaux ou peu con- nus du Museum de Paris. (Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. xviii, pp. 221-240, 1912). Burr, M. (1g1r"). Contribution to our knowledge of Indian Earwigs (J. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, vol. vii, No. II, pp. 771-800, December 1911). BA (1913*). Zoological Results of the Abor Ex- pedition, I911-12. X. Dermaptera. Rec. Ind. Mus., viii, pp. 135-147). i (1913°). Indian Dermaptera collected by Dr. A. D. Imms. (J. Proc. Asiat. Soc , Bengal (N.S.), ix, No. 5, pp. 183-187, 1913). Since the appearance of the above papers, I have received still further material, a list of which is incorporated in the follow- ing pages. For these I am indebted as follows :— ‘(i) to Father Astruc, S.J., for material collected at Shem- . baganur, and the Pulney Hills in the Madura Dis- trict, Madras. (ii) A small collection from Southern India kindly sent me by my old friend Mr. T. B. Fletcher, F.E.S., now Imperial Entomologist at Pusa. (iii) A small collection made at Jaunsar and in the Central Provinces, by Dr. A. D. Imms, late Forest Etomo- logist to the Government of India. (iv) Various material in the Indian Museum, submitted to me by my old friend Dr. N. Annandale. | (v) The private collection of His Excellency Lord Car- michael, Governor of Bengal, also sent me by the Indian Museum. ‘This collection will ultimately be distributed to different museums in India, Great Britain and Australia. The material referred to is to be assumed to be in the Indian Musuem, unless stated otherwise; specimens from Dr. Imms and 282 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Mol: OSs Mr. Fletcher are indicated by the respective initials (A. D. I., and T. B. F.). Dr. Imms’s specimens have been returned to Dehra Dun, and Mr. Fletcher’s are incorporated in my own collection, thanks to his generosity. The numbers refer to the official numbering of the Indian Museum. PROTODERMAPTERA. Family PYGIDICRANIDAE. Subfamily DIPLATYINAE. Genus Diplatys, Serv. 1. Diplatys gladiator, Burr. Chota Nagpur, Purulia, Manbhum District, 10-ii-12, No. 9529/19 2 : pass between Chaibassa and Chakardharpur (nymph). 2-4-iii-13, No. 9539/19. Benegal, Calcutta, June 11,~, No. 9511/19: Calcutta in house, Jan. 12, 2, No. 9506/r1g, Calcutta, 1 @ , 20 ii, No. 498/20. S. India, Coimbatore, on wet rock, ix-12 (P.S. coll.). Hitherto only recorded from neighbourhood of Calcutta. 2. Diplatys falcatus, Burr. W. Himalayas, Almora, Kumaon, 6500 ft., vii-l1, (7 707 @&) ae 9555/19, 9550/19 (a fragment), 9557/19, “9558/19, 9577/19, 9580/19, larva, 9574/19 : Mussoorie, 7000 ft. 20-iv-05. oo, a No. 518/20. (Brunetti). No. 519/20 has the forceps long, straight, contiguous, and not dilated. Also two fragments (Nos. 9565/19 and 9566/19) from same locality, probably referable here. 3. Diplatys lefroyi, Burr. S. India, Coimbatore, 2-xii-12. o@ (T. B. F.). 4. Diplatys rufescens, Kirby. W. Himalayas, Almora, Kumaon, 6500 ft., 18-vil-II, 7 &, 9554/19, 9562/19, 9570/19, 9576/29, 9579/ 19. S. India, Coimbatore, Gi Kes Speke} 5. Diplatys annandalei, Burr. ? Chota Nagpur, pass between Chaibassa and Chakardharpur, 2-4-iii-13. No. 9591/19. I think this specimen must be referred to this species. Hitherto only known from Siam. 1914. | M. Burr: Indian Dermaptera. 283 6. Diplatys liberatus, Burr. S. India, Puthir, S. Canara, 29-i-13 (Y. R.), o. 7. Diplatys bormansi, Burr. ? Bombay, Satara District, Bamnoli to Akalpa, Ratnagiri District. 27-x-I2. 2 29. No. S.P.A./341-342, Medha, Yenna Valley, 2300 ft., 23-iv-12. S.P.A./172, a fragment, same locality , S.P.A./175. Helvak, Koyna Valley, 2000 ft., iv-12. S.P.A./108, a fragment. It is possible that where sufficient material has been examined, and especially, the genital armature observed, that several species of this difficult genus will require to be fused. ‘To dissect out the genitalia, and the ninth sternite of the male, which offers such valuable specific characters in this genus, but is often difficult to observe, specimens in alcohol are necessary. I am inclined to ‘think that there are dimorphic forms of the males in several instances, Subfamily PYGIDICRANINAE. Genus Kalocrania, Zacher. 1. Kalocrania eximia, Dohrn. Assam, Sonapur, ”, No. 9586/19 (I,. W. Middelton). E. Bengal, 2 , No. 9540/19 (H. Stapleton). Upper Burma: Northern Shan Hilis, » (J. C. Brown). A defective small specimen, with the tips of the forceps broken off, No. 535/20. z. Kalocrania picta, Guer. Bengal, Calcutta, rains, 2 7 , No. 9587/19 (Gravely). 3. Kalocrania valida, Dohrn. S. India, Ootacamund, 20-31-xli-12 and 27-x-12, at 7500 ft. (foB. E29 = theelytraissunusually short. Genus Dicrana, Burr. I, Dicrana kallipyga, Dohrn. S. India, Ootacamund, 12-14-i-13 (T. B. F.), 4 7, 3 @, 31. id., FOO MM. hay 12 ot (lon Bowksler sev aronss Hopeville Estate, 4000 ft., 16-x-12, (T. B. F.), larva. Mysore, Bababudin Hills, xi-12, 4ooo-5000 ft. (T. B. F.), Maddur, 3000 feye23-vii-12 2° (1. Bak): Bombay, Satara District, Taloshi, Koyna Valley, 2000 ft., @ ,S.P.A./180, Helvak, Koyna Valley, 2000 ft., iv-12, 5.P.A./197. 284 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vox es 2. Dicrana dravidia, sp. n. Fusco-nigra, fulvo-variegata: forcipis bracchia @ basi ipso contigua, tum fortiter arcuata, apice bimucronata, attingentia. oa Long. corporis ALO emtn. oy . FOFCIpIS ae BS eS, Small: greyish black, varied with tawny: antennae greyish: head smooth, black, marbled with tawny: pronotum as broad as the head, longer than broad, parallel-sided, posterior border straight, all angles rounded, black, with a median tawny band and narrow tawny edging: scutellum tawny: elytra black, with a broad, oblique broad pale tawny band: legs tawny, marbled with black: abdomen greyish and black, densely clothed with a golden pubescence: last tergite ample, smooth: ninth sternite broadly rounded, entire; forceps stout and depressed, trigonal, stout and broad at the base and subcontiguous at the base itself, arcuate to enclose a lozenge-shaped area, the points meeting and bimu- cronate: inner margin crenulate near the base. S. India: Madura District: Shembaganur, 1 @ (Father Astruc, c.m.). The forceps readily distinguish them from other Oriental spe- cies: in appearance it recalls the African D. frontalis and D. sepa- vata. Family LABIDURIDAE. Subfamily ALLOSTETHINAE. Genus Gonolabidura, Zacher. 1. Gonolabidura minor, sp. n. Statura minore: G. piligeri vicina: differt statura multo mi- nore, sculptura abdominis crebriori, segmento ultimo dorsali late- ribus carinatis. oF Long. corporis oye saaika 19) 2 LOLeLpis aeigeeai Gs) Small: colour red-brown: antennae greyish, basal 2 seg- ments yellow and apical ones whitish; about 15 segments; 3rd. clyindrical, about twice as long as broad; 2nd. much shorter, obconical, the rest gradually lengthening, form pear-shaped to long ovate. Head smooth, shining, sutures faint: pronotum transverse, rectangular: meso- and metanota larvae: sternum typical: legs yellow: abdomen chocolate brown, hairy, densely but very finely punctulate: sides of 7-9th segments convex and finely rugulose: last dorsal segment ample, smooth, with a keel along each side corresponding to the lateral ridge of the forceps : penultimate ventral segment rounded: metaparameres lanceolate, 1914. ] M. Burr: Indian Dermaptera. 285 acuminate: forceps with branches subremote, trigonal, tapering, unarmed, gently arcuate. S. India: Anamalai Hills, 4000 ft., 23-i-12. #, nymph, (T. B. Fletcher, c.m.). This is a diminutive relation of G. piligera: it differs in its much smaller size, more densely, but equally finely, punctulate abdomen, and laterally keeled last dorsal segment. I took it at first for a larva of that species, but the apical segments of the para- meres are protruding: these are typically narrow and pointed. I hesitated to extract them, prefering to wait for more material, as there is no doubt as to the position of the species, and I did not wish to damage the only adult male available, which is dry. Subfamily PSALINAE. Genus Homoeolabis, Borelli. 1. Homoeolabis maindroni, Bor. S. India: Coimbatore, 21-vi-12. Under a log, ¢ (Y. R.). Coorg, on coffee estate, 3400 ft., 4-iv-12, Bangalore. Genus Euborellia, Burr. 1. Euborellia stali, Dohrn. S. India, Bangalore, under flower pots, 3300 ft., 28-112, many specimens; Coimbatore, many specimens: 7d., at light. 30-ix-12 (PEegbecH) rd... 22-vel2. ¢Y 2 R))- ot. Bombay (town), Elphinstone College Compound, 4-viii-11, under stone, No. 1545/19. 2. Euborellia penicillata, Bor. S. India, Ootacamund, 12-14-i-13: manyspecimens. (T.B.F-.). 1a. FREI 2500 Lbs emis Pas), 3. Euborellia moesta, Gene, vel species vicina. Bombay, Satara District, Mahableshwar; 4200 ft., 13-16-iv £2005 PHAL/1Or 1075108. “cic 3-5. P.A:/166;- 169 larvae. 4. Euborellia, sp. E. Himalayas, Wa-ai River, Kalem Valley, Mishmi Country. Siem i. 9 NO. 7700/19. .5. Euborellia greeni, Burr. Mysore: Bababudin Hills, 4500-5000 ft. Madras: Shevaroy Hills, Hopeville Estate, 4000 ft., 16-x-12. 2@: Vallakadai Peak, 4500 ft., 18-x-12. Kadiar Rocks, 4000 ft., 15-x-I2. Yercaud, 4500 ft., 20-x-12. 286 Records of the Indian Museum. [V GE, All the above specimens were taken by Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher in October, at an elevation between 4000 and 5000 ft.., under logs and in dead leaves. It somewhat resembles E. penicillata, but it is a little bigger, more clumsily built, and lacks the tuft of hairs in the ninth sternite of the male: the colour is much less rich, and the sculpture of the head much more marked. These South Indian specimens differ {rom the original Singa- lese examples, taken by Mr. Green, in more dull-coloured legs, which do not contrast so strikingly with the black body. The species is already known from Southern India, as there is one from the Nilgiris in the British Museum. Travancore :—Top Station, 6000 ft. (Andrews). This is a very small pair, the male being only 10 mm. long: the forceps are decidedly arcuate apicad, but it agrees in other respects with the specimens from the Shevaroys. 6, Euborellia sisera, sp. n. Caput rufum, occiput profunde excavernato: pronotum rufum, subquadratum: elytra ad suturam attingentia, scutello brevi et lato: pedes fulvi: abdomen@segmentis lateribus 6-9 carinulatis, acuminatis ac rugulosis: segmentum penultimum ventrale wrotundatum: forcipis bracchia@subremota, triquetre, irregularita arcuata et asymmetrica. oe Long. corporis ip ak Or 2 On forcipis aati aes! 5h) Antennae red-brown with 18 segments, the 3 basal segments yellow and some paler before the apex, 3rd, cylindrical and elong- ate; 4th, half; the 5th, nearly as long as 3rd; all subcylindrical. Head deep red or reddish black, smooth and tumid, the suture faint: the middle of the occipital region occupied, from the base of the head to the transverse suture, by a deep, regular, longitu- dinal cavity. Pronotum subrectangular, slightly concealed by the rudimentary elytra, which meet for the greater part of the sutural length, exposing only a very short scutellum, which is al- most as broad as the mesonotum. Metanotum larval. Proster- num elongate and parallel-sided constricted before the base: meso- notum rounded and metanotum truncate posteriorly: all sternum yellow. Legs orange yellow; tarsi long, the first and third seg- ments about equal, the second minute. Abdomen black, very I9I4.] M. Burr: Indian Dermaptera. 287 finely punctulate: sides of 6-gth segments in the ~ acuminate, finely keeled and rugulose. Last dorsal segment ~ ample, smooth, transverse, with a median sulctlus, truncate posteriorly, with a rugulose keel down each side: penultimate ventral segment ¢ rounded. Forceps with the branches @ not contiguous, trigonal and tapering, rather elongate and irregularly arcuate, asymmetri- cal. S. India, Anamalai Hills, 4000-4200 ft., 22-23-i-12, under dead logs., 2@ (T. B. Fletcher: type in c.m.). I am indebted to Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher for this peculiar species: it is chiefly remarkable for the curious cavity in the top of the head: at first I took this to be a pathological feature, but it is identical in both the male specimens available: under the lens it has every appearance of being structural. It would be most interesting to investigate its functions: possibly it is a scent- gland. In all other respects it appears to be a typical Euborellta: the structure of the elytra is as in E. greent, but the forceps ate quite distinctive. It most nearly approaches the large black variety of E.. greent recorded by me from Ceylon, which is very probably a good species. Genus Anisolabis, Fieber. 1. Anisolabis annulipes, Luc. Simla Hills, Dharampur, 5100 ft., I5-v-13, @ (Phaku Ram). Darjiling District, Singla, 1500 ft.: No. C.C/373 (Lord Carmichael’s collection). Satara District, Medha, Yenna Valley, 2300 {t., 24-x-12: 9 with young. S.P.A./174 and 384. Coimbatore, 2 on a mass of eggs under a stone in house. 23-vi-12 (Y. R.). Possibly some of these are anelytrate varieties of E. stali. 2. Anisolabis maritima, Bon. ° Nilgiris, Coonoor, xi-12; @ No. 9592/19. 3. Anisolabis? sp. n. Satara District, Mahableshwar, 4200 ft., 13-16-iv-12 (7, 2 and nymph). S.P.A./162-4. Genus Psalis, Serv. 1. Psalis dohrni, Kirby. Elphinstone College Compound, Bombay, 4-vili-11. Under stones. No. 1545/I9 7 2. Vela, Koyna Valley, 2100 ft. (@). S.PLA/283: 288 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL a 2, Psalis lefroyi, Burr. ? Bangalore, 17-vii-12. 9 (T. B. F.). 3. Psalis femoralis, Dohrn. Upper Burma, Northern Shan Hills, #7: No. 534/20. Subfamily LABIDURINAE. Genus Nala, Zacher. 1. Nala lividipes, Duf. Purulia, Manbhum District, Chota Nagpur, 10-ii-12; 2 9. Nos. 9527-8/19, 7 9530/19, ¢ 9538/19, 7 9537/19, 2 9536/19. Collectorganj, Cawnpore District, U.P.(@ o&, 2 ) 9541-3/19. Anwarganj, Cawnpore District, U.P.; @ 9544/19; between Amausi and Harauni, near Lucknow, U.P.,? 2 @ 9549-51/I19. Hamirpur Road, U.P. 16-17-x~II. 2. 9553/19. Satara District, Moleshwar, 3200 ft., iv-12. 9.S.P.A./202. Calcutta, rains. 7787/20. @ (Gravely). Calcutta, in Museum cabinets. #”. No. 497/20. Kurseong, 13-16-vii-o7. @. No. 507/20. Darjiling District, Singla, 1500 {t,; C.C./373° (Word, Cacaue chael’s coll.). Coimbatore, at light, many specimens: (Y. R. and T. B. F.). Mysore, at light. 14-xi-12. (T. B. F.). Bellary at Yemmganur. 20-24~xii-12: o (Y.R.). 2. Nala nepalensis, Burr. Darjilirig. District; Singla; 3.0, 3-2 ; 3uarvae. CiCya72 (Lord Carmichael’s collection). Dharampur, 5100 ft., 15-v-13 (o) No. 528/20 (Phaku Ram). Genus Labidura, Leach. 1. Labidura riparia, Pallas. Simla Hills, Matiana, 8000 ft., larva; 532/20. Satara District, Kudali Valley, Kudal>. 2300 it.) 1vomee SsEeAy 302-40 Balighai near Puri, Orissa, 16-20~vili-11 () 9588/19. Japog Reservoir, 6-i- -08, Jodhpur, Rajputana; 9595/19, larva. Bellary at Vemmeanur, 18-24—-xil-12; 7 9 (Y. R.). Between Amausi and Harauni, neat Lucknow, U.P.(@ @) and @ ; 9546-8/109. Kanauj, U P. 18-xii, larva, 9552/19. The following specimens of a small, dark red form :—1l,imba- dia to Sason, Kathiawar, 5-xi-12 (?) S$.P.A./324: Sasan, Kathia- war (@ 9) S.P.A./325-60; also 9 9 and 1, S.P.A./333-5. 1914. | M. Burr: Indian Dermaptera. 289 Labidura riparia Pallas var. inermis, Br. Sasan, Kathiawar, ° 8.P.A./336. Beyt, Dwarka, Kathiawar, 15-x-12. ”. $.P.A./337. Medha, Satata District, 25-x-12. 9. S.P.A./338. Khed, Ratnagiri District, 31-xi-12 (larvae). S.P.A./339-40. Purulia, Manbhum District, Chota Nagpur, 10-11-12. Nos. 9513-9517/19, 9519-9524/19, 9531-2/19. Calcutta, 2, 7. Nos. 495-6/20. 2. Labidura bengalensis, Dohrn. Purulia, Manbhum District, Chota Nagpur, 10-ii-I2 (7, 3?) 9515-6/19, 9518/19, 9525/19. Genus Forcipula, Bol. 1. Forcipula trispinosa, Dohrn. Purulia, Manbhum District, Chota Nagpur, I0-11-12 (¢) 9514/19. Sasan, Kathiawar, 5-xli-I2 (@) S.P.A./328. id., @ , of race minor, S.P.A /329. Simla Hills, Dharampur, 6-8-v-07 (a7) (N. A.) 520-1/20, 522- 4/20. 1a., 5100 ft., I-v-I3 (7, 2) (Phaku Ram) 525- 7/20. Satara District, Kudali Valley, Kudal, 2300 ft., iv-13. 2. S.P.A./395-6. Darjiling District. 31-3000 ft., vi-12 (@ 2) C.C. 376 7. Calcutta, Museum Compound, 25-11-13. 9593/19. Kotwan, Mirzapore District, U.P , 29-xii-12, ‘‘ below rocks in bed of stream.” 2 9. No. 9594/I9. Base of hills, Chakardharpur, Singbhoom District, Chota Nagpur, I~4-iii-13 (race minor &) 9590/19. 2. Forcipula pugnax, Kirby. Darjiline District, 13000 tz, v-vi-l24 30%, 99. ~C.C./371. Sasan, Kathiawar, 5-xii-12. S P.A./327. Darjiling District, Singla, 1500 ft. C.C./372 (two brachyp- terous 2 @ , probably referable here). 3. Forcipula quadrispinosa, Dohrn. Medha, Yenna Valley, Satara District. 2300 it., 13-iv-12 (7) SPAY 170. Kumbarli, Vashishti Valley, Ratnagiri District. 300 ft. 92. S.P.A./203. Sasan, Kathiawar. <5=xii-12. 0". 2) 9. 5. P-As/330-2. I consider that the number of abdominal spines, armature and curvature of the forceps are untrustworthy as specific characters, 290 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOunes and if we rely entirely upon one, say the spines, we shall find vari- ous types of forceps, and vice versa. Probably the three species should be fused into one. Subfamily PARISOLABINAE. Genus Pseudisolabis, Burr. 1. Pseudisolabis burri, Bor. Simla Hills, Matiana, 8000 ft. (@) 531/20. Hitherto only recorded from Kashmir. Family APACHYIDAE. Genus Apachyus, Serv. 1. Apachyus feae, Borm. E. Himalayas, Wa-ai River, Kalem Valley, Mishmi Country, 31I-x-12. No. 7700/19. Larva. EUDERMAPTERA. Family LABIIDAE. Subfamily SPONGIPHORINAE. Genus Irdex, Burr. I. Irdex nitidipennis, Borm. Anamalais, 5500 ft., 21-i-12. (T. B. F.). Mysore, Bababudin, xi-12. 4500-5000 ft. (T. B. F.). Genus Spongovostox, Burr. 1. Spongovostox semiflavus, Borm. Nilgiri Hills, Karkur Gat, 1500 ft. v-11 (Andrews), o. 9582/T9. Subfamily LABIINAE,. Genus Labia, Leach. 1. Labia curvicauda, Motsch. Tamarasseri, Travancore, 19-i-13. On a coconut palm ( YOER® coll). 2. Labia pilicornis, Motsch. Calcutta, @ , 499/20 (or minor, L. 2). Genus Prolabia, Burr. 1. Prolabia arachidis, Vers. Trivandrum , ‘in bed mats, associated with Cimex’’. 9596/19. Bombay, Girgaon, ‘‘in bamboo basket”’. 1542/19. IgI4. | M. Burr: Lndian Dermaptera. 291 This species seems to have a preference for artificial condi- tions, whence the facility with which it has become cosmopolitan. Genus Chaetospania, Karsch. 1. Chaetospania thoracica, Dohrn. Tamarasseri, Travancore, I9-I-I3. On a coconut palm. (Rae tot Family CHELISOCHIDAE. Genus Chelisoches, Scudd. 1, Chelisoches morio, Fabr. , Tamarasseri, Malabar, 19-11-13. ‘‘On a coconut palm.’ (VOR) Puthine am toddy=>2. 9 25-1-13.- 9. ((V.IR.): Genus Proreus, Burr. I. Proreus simulans, Stal. Balighai, near Puri, Orissa. 16-20-viii-11 ( 2 ) 7788/20. Calcutta, Eden Gardens, at light. 17-x-Ir. 3 7,5 ¢@. Nos. 950I-5/19, 9507/19, 9509-10/T9. 2, Proreus melanocephalus, Dohrn. Calcutta, Eden Gardens, at light, 31-x-12 (o) 9508/r19. Calcutta, in house. g-vi-I2 (@) 9512/19. 3. Proreus cunctator, Burr. Darjiling District, Singla, 1500 ft. (o) C.C./373. Recorded from the Assam-Bhutan frontier. Genus Lamprophorus, Burr. 1. Lamprophorus kervillei, Burr. Darjiling District, Singla, 1500 ft. C.C./373. ¢. Hitherto recorded only from Java and North-East Assam. Family FORFICULIDAE. Subfamily ANECHURINAE. Genus Anechura, Scudd. 1. Anechura zubovskii, Sem. Simla Hills, Theog, 800 ft., 27-1v-07 ( ? ) 533/20. 292 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou.2X, Genus Allodahlia, Verh. 1. Allodahlia scabriuscula, Serv. Pussumbing, Darjiling, 4700 ft., xii-o6: Dr. H. H. Mann (2 2) 504 5/20. 2. Allodahlia ahrimanes, Burr. Pussumbing, Darjiling, 4700 ft., xiio6: Dr. H. H. Mann (~) 506/20. Subfamily FORFICULINAE. Genus Hypurgus, Burr. 1. Hypurgus fulvus, Burr. Upper Burma, Northern Shan Hills (@) 536/20. Genus Elaunon, Burr. 1, Elaunon bipartitus, Kirby. Coimbatore, 30-ix-12, at light: macrolabiousv. (T. B. F.). Shevaroys, Kadiar Rocks, 4600 ft., 15-x 12 (T. B. F.). Bangalore, 3000 ft. I-xii-12. Macrolabious ~. (Anstead). Kumaon, Almora, 6500 ft. 18-vii-1I. Macrolabious 7, 9560-1/1g, 9568/19, 9571-2/I9. id., 2 2 2. 9563-4/19, 9567/19, and 9560/19. tds. cyclolabious &. 9573/19. Genus Forficula, L. 1. Forficula beelzebub, Burr. Darjiling, 7000 ft., 17-ix-05 (o) 508/20: Brunetti. W. Himalayas, Mussoorie. 7000 ft. 20-vi-05 (*% @, 9?) 515-6-7/20 (Brunetti). Darjiling District, Senchal, 8000 ft., v-o3 (7, 2 2?) C.C./375. Lord Carmichael’s coll. Darjiling District, 1-3000 ft., vi-12 (o) C.C./378. 2. Forficula ornata, Borm. Chutri Gouri, Nepal Terai, 27-iv-07 (o@) 509/20. 3. Forficula greeni, Burr. Calcutta, at light, 9-x-12 ( ¢ ) 9535/19 19T4. | M. Burr: Indian Dermaptera. 293 4. Forficula? sp. N. Bengal, Siliguri, 18-20-vii-o8—? only. 500/20, 502/20, 503/20. Body except abdomen absolutely smooth, with a rich, glisten- ing green metallic oily lustre: general colour black: abdomen deep chestnut to black, and finely punctulate: last tergite weakly crested at the exterior angles: branches of forceps depressed, straight, stout, and tapering. The rich, smooth, brilliant, lustre of the head, pronotum. ely- tra and wings render tiis a very distinctive species, but I refrain from naming it, as without the male it is impossible definitely to decide its exact generic position. 5. Forficula ? sp. Nymph only. Lucknow. 510-513/20. do. Bijnor District, Rampore Chaka, U.P., 514/20. 6. Forficula ? sp. Darjiling District, Senchal. 8000 ft. v-13. 2 only. (Lord Carmichael’s collection). C.C./375. 7. Forficula gravelyi, sp. n. Fusco-castanea: pronotum pentagonale: forcipis bracchiao per duas partes diplanata ac dilatata, hac parte rectangulo terminata. oe Long. corporis <9 okO"5, Ini: +, LOECIpDIS a ANGELS Build moderately strong: general colour deep chestnut, abdo men black: antennae rather thick, black: fourth segment nearly as long as the third: head rather depressed, smooth, sutures faint : pronotum smooth, pentagonal, convex posteriorly: elytra deep brown, smooth, broad, not very long, truncate: wings protruding slightly, dark brown. Legs brown: abdomen jet black, pliciform tubercles very distinct, dorsal surface finely and densely punctu- late: last tergite rectangular, transverse, punctate, not crested: pygidium minute, obtuse. Forceps with the branches robust, strongly depressed and dilated through two-thirds their length, this part ending with a right angle, but no tooth: tip gently arcuate. Poona: Khed District, among rubbish in house: No. 1544/19. This species very closely resembles the African F. vodziankoz, Sem., differing from the dark macropterous forms of that vari- able species almost solely in the shape of the pronotum, which is almost pentagonal, being obtusely rounded posteriorly with straight and parallel sides. 294 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. X, 1914. } Subfamily OPISTHOCOSMIINAE. Genus Eparchus, Burr. 1, Eparchus insignis, Haan. Mysore, Bababudin Hills, 4500-5000 ft., xi-12 (T. B. F.). Yercaud. ‘‘ Under log; when exposed, 2 moved eggs in mouth.” @, 2: 20-x-12, 4500 ft., and in dead leaves. Fairlands Estate, 3500 ft. Sidapur, Coorg. ‘‘ Under log: 9? with. eggs. °° 17-xi-12, (1. Be). Shevaroys, Hopeville Estate, 4000 ft., I6-x-I2 (7, 2?) (Bar): Darjiling District, Singla, 1500 ft. C.C./374. 2 and larva. Genus Timomenus, Burr. 1. Timomenus lugens, orm. Darjiling District, Singla, 1500 ft. 7. C.C./373. XN LIG oD ESC Rone EL ONe ORY AC NEW SPECIES OF SH EPPO CAMP UU S< By GkEoRG DUNCKER (Hamburg). Hippocampus brachyrhynchus, n sp. tiie Lk (33-97). Ann. subd. 2(-3)-- i Die l7-1Qs Ae 4. Pee ro 15, B. i. 68. Annuli with blunt spines, nearly uniform, except on ann. vii t. and ann. iv, vii, xi and xiv c., where they are dorsally a little enlarged. Crista abdom. prominent, in males with a black cutaneous fringe (dewlap). No cutaneous appendages, except simple papillae on the breeding-pouch, more closely arranged in its posterior half. Coronet scarcely developed. Rostrum very short, 4-? in postorbital length of head, up to 1} times in orbital diameter. Total length up to 70 mm. Uniformly dark coloured ; light radiating stripes from the eye. Ind. Mus. No. 8508, 507, 42. Chilka Lake, Rambha Bay, Ganjam distr., Madras (Chilka Survey). Ind. Mus. No. 14299, 17. Mekran Coast, Baluchistan (F. W. Townsend). Types in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Xho MO Eehatio GAS SRO Me Th CHT kA i AE One ie BAS PaCOAST -OFs EN DT AY By Tin Bi PRESTON, I :2.9: |The shells here described were collected, unless it is otherwise stated, by Mr. Kemp and myself in 1913. The types of the new species (except that of Nassa denegabilis) are in the col- lection of the Indian Museum.—VJN. A.] Class GASTROPODA. Order PROSOBRANCHTIA. Family THREBRIDAE. Terebra rambhaensis, sp. n. (Figs, 5°°5@,, p= 208): Shell small, subulate, shining, pale reddish brown ornamented with a whitish spiral band; remaining whorls 7, flat, regularly increasing, sculptured with coarse, rounded, rather closely-set, very slightly oblique costulae which bulge considerably in their subsutural and lower parts; suture impressed; base of shell without plication and smooth but for growth striae; columella margin obliquely descending, callously thickened and inwardly bulging above; labrum simple; aperture broadly inversely auri- form. Alt. 4, diam. maj. 1°25 mm. Hab.—Rambha Bay, south end of Lake Chilka, Ganjam District, Madras. Family NASSIDAE. Nassa sistroidea, G. and H. Nevill. {2Ast Soc. benealevols-xiii, pt. 2 pli fig. 6. Channel between Satpara and Manikpatna. Nassa labecula, A. Ads. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1851, p. 98. Channel between Satpara and Manikpatna. Nassa denegabilis, sp. n. (Fig 9, p. 301). Shell fusiform, pale greenish yellow painted with a subsutural and broad basal band of pinkish red; whorls 7, regularly increas- 298 Records of the Indian Museum. Pie) rae ing, sculptured with coarse, transverse, rounded costae which become obsolete on the base of the shell, which is also sculptured with fine, wavy, revolving lirae; suture impressed, broadly, margined below; columelia margin whitish, tinged with flesh colour, excavated, porcellanous, diffused above into a _ well-defined, restricted parietal callus, which is thickened into a tubercle near its junction with the upper margin of the labrum above; labrum G. M. W. def. Fic. 1. Stenothyra chilkaénsis. Fic. 4. Odostomia chilkaeénsis. joes * Orissaensis. » 5.~ Terebra rambhaensis. 3. Litiopa (Alaba) kempt. ,, 6. Tinostoma vartegata. coatsely varicosely thickened behind, acute, very slightly out- wardly reflexed, having five denticles within ; aperture obliquely ovate; canal short, broad, a little recurved ; interior of shell pure white. Alt. 11, diam. maj. 5, diam. mim. 4 mm. Aperture: alt. 4, diam. 15 mm. Hab.—lLake Chilka, ‘‘ along marine side of Lake Estuary.” (G. Nevill). 1914.) H. B. Preston: Mollusca from the Chilka Lake. 209 The type specimen is in the British Museum. Specimens were also taken by Dr. Annandale at the following localities :—Manikpatna in 4 feet of water ; channel between Sat- para and Manikpatna; Breakfast Isd., Ganjam District (young and adult) ; Satpara, close in shore; between Barnakuda and Nal- bano Isd., in Io feet; Barkul, among weeds at the edge of the lake. Nassa orissaénsis, sp. n. (Figs. 10, 10a, p. 301). Shell fusiform, rather thin, pale brown, painted on the last whorl with a rather broad, subperipheral chestnut band; whorls 5, shouldered above, the first very small, the second proportionately large, the remainder regularly increasing, sculptured with coarse, transverse costulae crossed by fine, spiral lirae, thus presenting a somewhat cancellate appearance; suture impressed; columella margin vertically descending, angled above and oblique at the base, spreading above into a well defined, whitish, parietal callus which reaches to the upper margin of the labrum ; labrum erect, varicosely thickened behind, crenellated, especially above, by the terminations of the spiral lirae ; aperture oval; canal very broad, short. Alt. 6°25, diam. maj. 3°25, diam. min. 3 mm. Aperture : alt. 2°75, diam. I mm. Hab.—Lake Chilka, Orissa, on a muddy bottom at a depth of from 6 to 8 feet, about three miles off Balugaon (Type); about two miles off Balugaon, on a muddy bottom at between 6 to 8 feet; Manikpatna, in 4 feet; Rambha Bay, south end of Lake Chilka, in the Ganjam District ; Satpara, close in shore; between Barnakuda and Nalbano Isd., in Io feet; off east end of Nalbano Isd., in from 4 to 6 feet. Family MURICIDAE. Thais carinifera, Lam. Lamarck, Animaux sans Vertébres, vol. vii, 1822, p. 241. Breakfast Isd., ‘‘inhabited by a hermit crab (Clibanarius padavensis, de Man.) ; off Samal Isd., Ganjam District, Madras. Family CERITHIIDAE. Potamides (Tympanotonos) fluviatilis, Pot. and Mich. Cat. Moll. de Douai, p. 363, pl. xxxi, figs. 19-20. Off eastern end of Nalbano Isd., Orissa, in 4-6 feet ; Manik- patna, in 4 feet; channel between Satpara and Manikpatna; off Satpara. 300 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, Family LITIOPIIDAE. Litiopa (Alaba) kempi, sp. n. (Figs. 3, 3a, p. 298). Shell fusiform, imperforate, in dead condition white. but bearing traces of having been covered with a reddish brown perios- tracum; remaining whorls 6, sculptured with coarse, transverse costulae and, on the lower half, with indistinct spiral lirae while, in addition, microscopic, confluent striae are also visible ; suture impressed ; base of shell finely spirally lirate; columella margin obliquely descending; labrum acute; aperture ovate. Alt. 5°25, diam. maj. 2°25 mm. Aperture: alt. 1°5, diam. °75 mm. Hab.—Rambha Bay, south end of Lake Chilka, Ganjam Dis- trict, Madras. Family VIVIPARIDAE. Vivipara bengalensis, Lk. Anim. s. Vert. (ed. Desh.), vol. viii, p. 513, 1838: Reeve, Con. Icon. Paludina, pl. Il, fig. 5, vol. xiv, 1864. About half a mile east of Nalbano Isd., Orissa, in from 10 to 12 feet of water, a single young specimen (an empty shell). Family HYDROBIIDAE. Stenothyra minima, Sow. Ann. Mag. Bot. Hist. (Charlesworth’s series), vol. 1, London (1837), p. 217, fig. 22) (as Nematura). On a muddy bottom in from 6 to 8 feet of water, about two miles off Balugaon, Orissa. Stenothyra, chilkaénsis, sp n. (Fig. I, p. 298). Shell minutely rimate, ovate, yellowish brown; whorls 5, the first very small, the second large in proportion, the last also large, convex, without sculpture; suture well impressed; perforation re- duced to a very narrow chink; labrum continuous ; aperture obli- que, ovate. Alt;.2°75), diam. may: 2 (nearly), diam. min. 1°5 iam: Hab.—Barkul, Lake Chilka, Orissa, among weeds at the edge of the lake. Stenothyra orissaénsis, sp. n. (Fig. 2, p. 298). __ Shell small, narrowly perforate, ovately turbinate, pale green- ish yellow; whorls 5, regularly increasing, smooth, but for 1914.] H.B. Preston: Mollusca from the Chilka Lake. 301 growth markings, the last convex and rapidly descending in front ; labrum continuous, slightly erect; aperture strangulate, oblique, oval. Alt. 2°25, diam. maj., I°5 mm. Hab.—Off Satpara, Lake Chilka, Orissa, ata depth of from 4 to 6 feet, close in shore (Type) ; dead specimens were also taken at Manikpatna at a depth of 4 feet. YM DAM (Sip 115. G. M. W. det. Fic. 7. Tornatina estriata. Fic. 9. Nassa denegabiits. 8. . sorvor. ,, 10. Nassa orissaensis. Fic. 11. Solariella satparaensts. Family PYRAMIDELLIDAE. Odostomia chilkaensis, sp. n. (Fig. 4, p. 298). Shell elongately ovate, opaque, in somewhat eroded condition white, without trace of sculpture; whorls 6, shouldered above. the first three small, regularly increasing, the last three propor- 302 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vora tionately very long; suture well impressed; columella margin thickened into a very oblique plait which enters the shell above; labrum simple ; aperture obliquely, slightly curvedly and elong- ately subtriangular. Alt. 3, diam. maj. I°5 mm. Aperture: alt. 1, diam. ‘25 mm. Hab.—Manikpatna, Lake Chilka, Orissa, at a depth of 4 feet. Family CYCLOSTREMATIDAE. Tinostoma variegata, sp. n. (Figs. 6, 6a, 6b, p. 298). Shell depressedly turbinate, polished, shining, pale greyish white shading to pale yellowish brown and painted with irregular, zigzag, radiate, transverse bands of dark ashen-grey which are more pronounced in the subsutural region; whorls 4, the first three regularly increasing, the last large, the earlier whorls smooth, the last two bearing radiate growth plications ; suture impressed, narrowly margined below with white; base of shell very moder- ately convex, conspicuously painted with rather closely-set, radi- ate, whitish bands and presenting a slightly microscopic, granular appearance ; umbilical region overlaid by a coarse, convex, grey- ish callus which becomes again overlaid and thickened by a broadly outwardly extending, nacreous callus round the base of the colu- mella; columella margin callously thickened, vertically descending then angled and very obliquely descending below, spreading above into an interiorly situate, thick, nacreous, parietal callus; labrum simple ; aperture roundly subovate. Alt. °75, diam. maj. 2, diam. min. 1-5 mm. Hab.—Manikpatna, Lake Chilka, Orissa, at a depth of 4 feet. Family TROCHIDAE. Solariella satparaénsis, sp. n. (Figs: 1E; 1i@, 110; *peo0r). Shell small, turbinate, polished, shining, whitish ornamented with blackish brown blotches and spiral rows of the same colour ; whorls 5, regularly and rather rapidly increasing, narrowly planu- late above, sloping below, spirally lirate, the uppermost and, on the last whorl, the peripheral lirations being considerably coarser than the remainder, the interstices finely, closely, transversely striate; suture impressed, very narrowly submargined below; base of shell moderately convex, also sculptured with revolving lirae, but without trace of transverse striation except in the actual umbilical cavity ; umbilicus shouldered and wide at the margin, rapidly narrowing, funnel shaped, deep, also spirally lirate and very noticeably, closely, transversely striate; columella margin curvedly excavated above, obliquely descending below; labrum acute, 1914.] H.B. Preston: Mollusca from the Chilka Lake. 303 waved and angled above by the terminations of the spiral lirae ; aperture subquadrate. Alt. 2, diam. maj. 3, diam. min. 2°5 mm. Aperture: alt. 1 diam. I mm. Hab.—Satpara, Lake Chilka, Orissa, at a depth of from 4 to 6 feet, close in shore. Class OPISTHOBRANCHIA. Family BULLIDAE. Bulla (Haminea) crocata, Pease. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1860, p. 19. Satpara, Orissa, found dead on shore. Family TORNATINIDAE. Tornatina estriata, sp. n. (Migs. 7.70 30-30) - Shell ovately cylindrical with moderately exserted spire, white, semitransparent ; whorls 4, smooth polished, without sculpture, showing only indistinct growth markings ; suture narrowly chan- nelled, the channel overhung by the upper portion of the whorl below ; columella margin descending obliquely, scarcely curved, somewhat twisted above where it enters the shell; labrum acute, very slightly constricted and bent inwards over the aperture in the median part, a little dilated below, obtusely angled above, aperture straight and somewhat narrow above, commencing to widen in the median region and considerably open below. Alt. 3°75, diam. maj. 1°5 mm. Hab.—Lake Chilka, Orissa, on muddy bottom at a depth of from 6 to 8 feet, about two miles off Balugaon (Type); Manikpatna, Orissa in 4 feet. Tornatina soror, sp. n. (Figs. 8, 8a, p. 301). Shell differing from T. estviata, Preston, in its larger size and less ovately cylindrical form which, in the present species, is more shouldered above and slightly tapering towards the base; the columella margin does not descend as obliquely as in that species, but bulges somewhat inwardly above, is excavated and curved in the median region and descends slightly obliquely below in the opposite direction to that in 7. estriata. Alt. 4°75, diam. maj. 2 mm. Hab.—Manikpatna, Lake Chilka, Orissa, at a depth of 4 feet. 304 Records of the Indian M useum. [Vor Clas LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Sub-Order MYTILACEA. Family MYTILIDAE. Modiola undulata (Dkr.). Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1856, p. 363. Between Barnakuda and Naibano Isd., in ro feet. var. crassicostata, var. n. (Fig. 15, p. 305). Shell differing from the typical form in being anteriorly and posteriorly coarsely costate. Long. 5°75, lat. 12°5 mm. Hab.—Off Samal Island, Lake Chilka Ganjam District, Mad- ras (Type) ; Breakfast Isd., Ganjam District, on rocks. Modiola emarginata, Bens. Reeve, Con. Icon. Modzola sp. 60, pl. x, fig. 73, vol. x, 1858. Lake Chilka (ex. coll. W. T. Blanford). Sub-Order ARCACEA. Family ARCIDAE. Arca granosa, Lin. Linneeus, Syst. Nat., p. 1142. On shore near Rambha, Ganjam District, Madras; off Samal Isd., in from 8 to 15 feet (a single valve). Sub-Order CONCHACEA. Family VENERIDAE. Meroe chilkaénsis, sp. n. (Figs. 13, 13@, p. 305). Shell ovate, concentrically striate and transversely, finely costulate; umbone small; dorsal margin anteriorly gently arched, posteriorly sloping ; ventral margin rounded ; anterior side steeply sloping above, acuminately rounded below ; posterior side angled above, roundly sloping below ; right valve bearing three cardinal teeth of which the anterior is nearly vertical and moderately fine, the median oblique and coarse and the posterior very oblique, fine and elongate, and a fine anterior oblique lateral tooth. — 1914.| H B. PRESTON: Mollusca from the Chilka Lake. 305 Long. 16°5, lat. 25°25 mm. Hab.—On shore at Satpara, Lake Chilka. Probably in a sub- fossil state. Tour valves (all right) only, were collected. Modiola undulata var. crasst- costata. Fie. 13. ,, chilkaénsis. , 16. Lyonsta samalinsulae. , 14. Clementia annandaler. ,, 17. Anatina granulosa. Fic. 18. Tellina confusa. Fic. 12. Meroé satparaénsts. Fic. 15. Meroé satparaensis, sp. 0. (Figs. 12, 12a, Pp. 305). form, regularly and closely concentrically Shell ovately cunei set, fine, wavy, transverse grooved and sculptured with closely- 306 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. striae; umbone moderately large, hardly prominent, showing traces of purplish colouring ; dorsal margin anteriorly, steeply slop- ing, posteriorly gently so; ventral margin gently rounded; ante- rior side abruptly sloping above, sharply rounded below ; posterior side produced, rounded; left valve bearing two, scarcely diver- gent, almost vertical, cardinal teeth, a very oblique and a little projecting, posterior, cardinal tooth, and a broad, oblique, grooved, anterior lateral; inner margin of shell crenulate. Long. 165, lat. 22°25 mm. Hab.—On shore at Satpara, Lake Chilka, Orissa. Probably in a subfossil state. The author has only been able to examine a single valve (the left) of this interesting species. Clementia annandalei, sp. n. (Figs. 14, 14a-b, p. 305). Shell slightly inequilateral, convex, roundly ovate, thin, white, marked with rather fine, concentric striae and coarse, flattened ridges ; umbones small, not prominent, curved in an anterior direc- tion; dorsal margin arched; ventral margin rounded; anterior side rounded; posterior side a very little produced, obtusely rounded; right valve bearing three cardinal teeth of which, the anterior is small and very slightly curved, the median short thick and cuneiform and the posterior about double the length of the median tooth, very oblique and also thickened ; the left valve also bearing three cardinals of which, the anterior is short and somewhat erect, the median very oblique and running at an acute angle to the ante- rior, while the posterior is fine and also very oblique running again at an acute angle to the median. Long. 16°5, lat. 17°5 mm. Hab.—Lake Chilka, Orissa, about three miles off Balugaon, from muddy bottom at a depth of from 6 to 8 feet (Type) ; smaller examples were also taken on the same bottom and at the same depth at about two miles from the same locality ; between Barna- kuda and Nalbano Isd., in 10 feet; off Samal Isd., Ganjam District, Madras ; about half a mile east of Nalbano Isd., Orissa, in from 10 to 12 feet. Port Canning, Gangetic delta (Coll. Ind. Mus.). Family CYRENIDAE. Corbicula (Velorita) satparaensis, sp. n. (Figs. 22, 22a, p. 308). Shell moderately large, very solid, cardiiform, both valves bearing traces of radiate transverse costulae ; umbones large, pro- minent ; dorsal margin strongly arched; ventral margin gently 1914.]| H.B. Preston: Mollusca from the Chilka Lake. 307 rounded ; anterior side sloping above, rounded below; posterior side somewhat abruptly descending, a little produced below; hinge plates massive; right valve bearing an obsolete anterior, an almost vertical median and a very oblique, posterior, cardinal tooth and an oblique, slightly curved, finely striated lateral ; left valve bearing a rather large and nodule-like anterior, a coarse, erect, triangular, almost vertical median and an oblique, posterior tooth which is also erect and coarse and a broad, striate lateral. Long. 46°5, lat. 48°5 mm. Hab.—On shore at Satpara, Orissa, probably in a subfossil state (Type) ; on shore near Rambha, Ganjam District, Madras. Family UNGULINIDAE. Diplodonta (Felania) annandalei, sp. n. (Figs. 20, 20a-b, p. 308). Shell somewhat squarely ovate, not very convex, covered with a thin, very pale straw-coloured periostracum, finely concen- trically striate; umbones small, but rather prominent; dorsal margin both anteriorly and posteriorly sloping; ventral margin gently rounded ; anterior side sharply rounded above; posterior side little produced, the margin rather abruptly descending in a gentle curve; right valve bearing a rather oblique, broad, short, anterior cardinal and an oblique, slightly curved, narrowly and deeply bifid posterior, cardinal tooth; left valve bearing a slightly curved, broadly bifid anterior and a very oblique, elongated, posterior, cardinal tooth ; palleal line simple. Long. 6, lat. 7 mm. Hab.—Between Barnakuda and Nalbano Isd., Lake Chilka, at a depth of 10 feet. Diplodonta (Felania) chilkaénsis, sp. n. (Figs. 21, 21a-b, p. 308). Shell orbicular, covered with a yellowish brown periostracum, both valves closely, concentrically striate; umbones not promi- nent ; dorsal margin a little excavated anteriorly, gently sloping posteriorly ; ventral margin rounded; anterior side rather ab- tuptly descending ; posterior side rounded; both valves bearing two cardinal teeth of which the posterior is massive and bifid in the tight valve, while the anterior has the same characters in the left ; interior of shell pinkish. Long. 12, lat. 12°5 mm. : Hab.—Lake Chilka (Type) (ex coll. Raban) ; Manikpatna, in 4 feet. 308 Records of the Indian Museum. EVior as, Diplodonta (Felania) ovalis, sp. n. (Figs. 19, 19a-b, p. 308). Shell small, ovate, very inequilateral, both valves irregularly, concentrically striate ; umbones small, a little prominent; dorsal G. M. W. del. Fic. 19. Diplodonta (Felania) ovalts. 5 BOs ie e annandalet. Dik Sy 3 chilkaénsis. 22. Corbicula (Velorita) satparaensts. margin anteriorly rounded, posteriorly sloping and very slightly arched ; ventral margin rounded; anterior side abruptly des- cending, almost straight in the median part; posterior side pro- duced, rounded : cardinal teeth in right valve consisting of a bifid, narrow, Y-shaped posterioy and a very oblique, somewhat club- shaped, anterior tooth in front of which is also situate a marginal 1914.] H.B.PrREsTON: Mollusca from the Chilka Lake. 309 projection which is almost contracted into two unequal, inwardly projecting portions; cardinal teeth in left valve consisting of a narrow, Y-shaped, bifid anterior and a very oblique, but straight postertor tooth, while the marginal projection is quite lacking ; palleal line simple ; interior of shell suffused with pinkish red. Long. 3, lat. 3°5 (nearlv) mm. Hab.—Manikpatna, Orissa, at a depth of 4 feet. Family SOLENIDAE. Solen truncatus, Wood. Sowerby, Genera of Shells; Reeve, Con. Icon., Solen, Plsihieek vol, xix 1874" From muddy bottom in 6 to 8 feet, about two miles off Balu- gaon, Orissa; Rambha Bay, south end of Lake Chilka, Ganjam District ; between Barnakuda and Nalbano Isd., in 10 feet; off Samal Island, Ganjam District, in from 8 to 15 feet, all very young, but in various stages of growth. Sub-Order ADESMACEA. Family PHOLADIDAE. Martesia striata, Lin., var. Linnaeus, Syst. Nat.; Reeve, Con. Icon., Pholas, pl. viii, figs. 32a, b, c, vol. xviii, 1873. Lake Chilka (ex coll. Raban). Sub-Order TELLINACEA. Family TELLINIDAE. Tellina confusa, sp. n. (Figs. 18, 18a, p. 305). Shell small, cuneiform, whitish, polished, shining, both valves sculptured with fine, regular, concentric striae; umbones small, posteriorly situate; dorsal margin anteriorly sloping, posteriorly very oblique ; ventral margin scarcely rounded ; anterior side pro- duced, obtusely rounded ; posterior side truncately rostrate. Long. 4°25, lat. 6°75 mm. Hab.—Lake Chilka (Coll. Ind. Mus.). The species has been confounded in the Indian Museum with 1. aequistriata, Sow.' of which the original locality is unknown ; as, however, the figures of that species are clearly of a much broader and more ovate form, the author considers himself fully justified in describing the present shell as new. EE EEeeeEeeeeeeeEeSESSeSeSeSESEeSeSeSsSe 1 Reeve, Con. Icon. Tedlzna, pl. xlv, figs. 265a, 6, vol. xvii, 1870. 310 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoOUL. X, 1914.] Family SCROBICULARIIDAE. Theora opalina, Hinds. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1843, p. 78, as Neoera. About two miles off Balugaon, Orissa, on muddy bottom in from 6 to 8 feet; off Satpara, Orissa, in from 4 to 6 feet; off Sa- mal Isd., Ganjam District, Madras, in from 8 to 10 feet ; between Barnakuda and Nalbano Isd., Lake Chilka, in‘1o feet (Dr. N. Annandale). Port Canning, Gangetic Delta (W. T. Blanford). Sub-Order ANATINACEA. Family LYONSIIDAE. Lyonsia samalinsulae, sp. n. (Figs. 16, 16a, p. 305). Shell small, thin, elongately ovate, posteriorly gaping, whitish tinged, especially anteriorly, with reddish orange; umbones of moderate size, not prominent, obliquely angled in a transverse direction ; both valves of a somewhat coarsely granular texture and marked with coarse, concentric plications especially on the left valve; dorsal margin very slightly sloping anteriorly, more rapidly sloping and membranaceous posteriorly; ventral margin very gently curved; anterior side abruptly rounded; posterior side produced, roundedly acuminate, with membranaceous margin. Long. 6°25, lat. 12°75 mm. Hab.—Off Samal Isd., Ganjam District, Madras, in from 8 to 15 feet (Type); between Barnakuda and Nalbano Isd., in ro feet ; Manikpatna, Orissa, in 4 feet, young specimens only taken at this locality. Family ANATINIDAE. Anatina granulosa, sp. n. (Figs. 17, 17a, p. 305). Shell rather small, a little gaping posteriorly, thin, whitish, with the exception of the umbonal region where considerable ero- sion has taken place and the extreme posterior side, granular in texture and marked with fine radiate striae, posterior portion coarsely, concentrically laminiferous ; umbones rather small, flat- tened; dorsal margin sloping posteriorly; ventral margin very gently rounded ; anterior side sloping above, rounded below ; poste- rior side very bluntly rostrate; projecting hinge plate in valve bearing two small, fine teeth; palleal sinus very broad. Long. 11, lat. 18°75 mm. Hab.—Lake Chilka (Coll. Ind. Mus.). —_ ~~~ SSS SSS ET Noe toe hob Ee FON s- DOU NN NOUVEAU DEY ENT DE -LES -LN DES. Par J. J. KIEFFER (Buitsch). Mesodryinus indicus, n. sp. Q. Entiérement jaune rougedtre et brillant. Téte un peu transversale, presque lisse, a peine découpée en arc au bord postérieur. Vertex faiblement convexe. Yeux glabres, distants du bord occipital du tiers de leur longueur. Palpes maxillaires longs, atteignant le bord postérieur de la téte, offrant quatre articles aprés la flexion; palpes labiaux courts, avec deux articles aprés la flexion. Antennes gréles, 4 peine grossies distalement, atteignant l’extrémité du thorax, c’est-a-dire, la moitié du corps, 2¢ article un peu plus court que le 17, 3¢ deux fois aussi long que les deux premiers réunis ou que le 4&, le 9& encore deux fois aussi long que gros. Pronotum faiblement convexe, allongé, plus mince que le mesonotum, celui-ci transversale, plus court que le pronotum, avec deux sillons parapsidaux faiblement marqués, ce qui distingue cette espéce de tous ses congénéres. Les cdtés du pronotum n’atteignent pas les écaillettes. Metanotum un peu plus court que le scutellum. Segment médian allongé, graduelle- ment déclive en arriére, faiblement réticulé ; le reste du thorax est finement chagriné. Ailes hyalines et sans tache, stigma pale, étroit et trés long, partie proximale du radius égale au tiers de la partie distale, basale un peu oblique, peu distante du stigma. Aux pattes antérieures, la hanche est grossie et longue, le trochan- ter pétiolé, en massue, de moitié aussi long que le femur, tarse et pince comme d’ordinaire dans ce genre, branche externe de la pince avec 7 spinules alignées et espacées, et une dent avant Vextrémité; branche interne atteignant la base du 3¢ article, arqué au bout, ayant une rangée de lamelles obtuses, alternant avec des soies, cette ranzgée est interrompue a 1l’endroit de la courbure. Abdomen lisse. IL. 5 mm. Obtenu par M. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher, Imperial Entomologist, a Pusa, de nymphes de Phromnia marginella, de la famille des Fulgorides ; 5 exemplaires. Loc. :—Pusa, Bihar. “- azar Sang ae tae * = ati fonieee Plt we tee far? a Leer Vopsaes Sa7 ety is Ey ay Se eA pati ae Sein ms ec sO eee aR SyGase sie ers ak: co. be gt a yee A SNe | EPH LEER RSS ke be at SiS ak ak P< “ ¥ * 2 = mr : ~* me a ap = rBeeds sieeeli oy ce! itl? a a CX OUERL OURS INOUVEAUX CHIRONO= MIDES DES INDES. Par J. J. KieEFFER (Bitsch). Dibezzia spinigera, n. sp. @. D’un roux marron; balanciers, hanches et pattes d’un roux clair, extrémité antérieure de l’abdomen et tout le dessous de l’abdomen roux sombre. Face proéminente en bosse. Bouche pointue, aussi longue que la téte. Yeux séparés au vertex par une ligne. Palpes de 4 articles gréles, dont le 2° est cylindrique, non grossi. Antennes de 14 articles, dont le 2¢ est plus long que le 3© , 3-9 subcylindriques, 4 peine plus gros au milieu, ayant dans leur moitié basale des soies non en verticilles et 4 fois aussi longues que l’article, et vers l’extrémité une soie plus courte, Lo¢ article conformé comme la ye , mais 2 fois aussi long, 10-12 graduellement allongés, 13€ et r4€ un peu plus courts que le I2e, letirs soies un peu plus courtes que celles des articles 2-9. Ailes finement pone- tuées, hyalines, avec 3 bandes transversales sombres, dont la proximale est d’un brun noir, située 4 égale distance de la base alaire et de la nervure transversale, la 2¢ est d’un brun clair et s’étend de la transversale jusqu’a l’extrémité du radius, 3° non percurrente comme les 2 autres, d’un brun clair, occupant le quart distal du cubitus et é’arrétant a la discoidale; l’unique cellule radiale est peu distinctement rétrécie au ; proximal, son extrémité aussi éloignée de la pointe alaire que le rameau inférieur de la discoidale, la discoidale se bifurque peu avant la transversale, cubitus 5 fois aussi long que la radius. Thorax glabre, lisse, brillant, ayant au milieu de son bord antérieur une pétite spinule trés distincte et horizontale. Fémurs et tibias antérieurs raccour- cis mais non grossis, le fémur pas plus long que la hauteur de la téte, A 3 spinules dans sa moitié distale, tarse un peu plus long que le tibia, métatarse égalant les 3 articles suivants réunis, 4° article pas plus long que gros, le 5¢ égalant le 3° et le 4* réunis, crochets inégaux, le grand aussi long que l’article, plus de 2 fois aussi long que le petit; aux 4 tarses antérieurs le 4¢ article est semblable, muni de chaque coté de son extrémité, d’un appendice assombri, bilobé et densément poilu, le lobe inférieur est armé d'une grosse soie brune, les 3 articles précédents ont a l’extrémité, sur le dessous, 2 grosses soies brunes ou spinules, métatarse de toutes les pattes avec 2 rangées de soies bulbeuses. Pattes intermédiaires conformées comme les antérieures, sauf que les femurs et les 314 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, tibias sont allongés, le tarse aussi long que le tibia, celui-ci sans peigne. Pattes postérieures encore plus longues que les intermédi- aires, leur fémur grossi subitement mais faiblement dans un peu moins de leur moitié distale, inerme comme les intermédiaires. aussi long que le tibia, celui-ci 4 peigne double, tarse 2 fois aussi long que le tibia, métatarse d’un tiers plus, long que le 2® article, celui-ci double du 3¢ qui est un peu plus long que le 4¢ , égal au 5¢€ , crochets inégaux et simples, le grand trés long, 4-5 fois aussi long que le petit, dépassant un peu l’article tarsal, qui est 12-15 fois aussi long que gros. Abdomen a peine incurvé, sans longs poils, 4 peine pubescent : pétiole cylindrique, 3 fois aussi long que gros, égalant la téte et le thorax réunis, son second article plus long que le ret, les 5 tergites suivants plus de 2 fois aussi larges que le pétiole, transversaux, a peine convexes dorsalement, forte- ment convexes ventralement.—L. 5 mm. Bihar: Purneah, 5-vili-1907. Chironomus perileucus, n. sp. ¢7 2. D’un roux ferrugineux ou roux jaune; mesonotum, scutellum et balanciers verts ou jaunes, 3 bandes du mesonotum ferrugineuses, mattes et raccourcies; antennes du o brunatres sauf le scape, dernier article antennaire de la 2 brun noir; abdo- men d’un vert clair, avec le bord postérieur des segments d’un blanc pruineux, 2 derniers segments et pince d’un roux brunatre, parfois l’abdomen ets jaune (~) ou rouge (2); femurs et tibias verts ou jaunes, tarses blancs, extrémité des 3 premiers articles noire, 4¢ et 5¢ articles un brun noir. Lobes frontaux distincts. Antennes du o de 12 articles, panache gris, articles 3-11 trés transvetsaux, to 12¢ 24 fois aussi long que 2-11 réunis. Antennes dela 2 de 6 articles, dont le 2¢ est subcylindrique, avec 2 verti- cilles de poils et 2 appendices sensoriels, 3-5 ellipsoidaux, a col un peu plus court que le noeud et a 2 appendices sensoriels inégaux, 6¢ de moitié plus long que le 5¢ , hérissé de sotes 3-4 fots aussi longues que sa grosseur. Ailes d'un blanc de lait, netvures antérieures jaunes, les autres pales, base du cubitus et transversale noires et ceintes de noir, auxiliaire dépassant a peine la trans- versale, qui est oblique, radius dépassant le milieu du cubitus, qui est arqué et plus éloigné de la pointe alaire que la discoidale, bifurcation de la posticale distale de la transversale. Pattes antérieures pubescentes, métatarse chez la 9 2 fois aussi long que le tibia, 2© article égal au tibia, a peine plus long que le 3&, 4¢ de moitié plus long que le 3¢ (@ 2), plus de 2 fois aussi long que le 5¢, celui-ci 10 fois aussi long que gros, pulvilles larges. Articles terminaux de la pince convexes, longuement poilus dorsalement, moitié distale subitement amincie en lame de couteau, glabre, avec 5 ou 6 soies rigides et alignées au tiers distal du coté médian ; grands appendices larges et atteignant le milieu des articles termi- naux. LL. 4°55 mm. Calcutta, obtenu d’éclosion 4 1’ Indian Museum, ro-16 juillet. 1914. | J. J. KrErFFER: Chivonomides des Indes. 315 Chironomus lamprothorax var. conjungens, n. var. 7 @. Le @ est d’un roux ferrugineux, mesonotum plus clair, a bandes ferrugineuses, brillantes et raccourcies, metanotum d’un brun noir, flagellum brun, palpes brun-noir, pattes d’un blanc jaunatre, aux antérieures l’extrémité du fémur, le tibia sauf un large anneau avant l’extrémite et le tarse sont d’un brun noir, comme les 2 ou 3 derniers articles des 4 tarses postérieurs, balan- ciers jaundtres, abdomen vert ou jaune, moitié postérieure et pince d’un jaune brunatre. La 2 est d’un jaune roussatre, 6€ article antennaire ou les 5 derniers d’un brun sombre, les 3 bandes dtu mesonotum et le metanotum d’un noir brillant, abdo- men entiérement d’un roux carné sombre, balanciers jaundtres, pattes colorées comme chez lew. Antennes du o de 12 articles, panache gris, articles 3-11 trés transversaux, 12¢ 24 fois aussi long que les Io précédents réunis. Antennes de la2 comme chez le type, sauf qui le dernier article est au moins 2 fois aussi long que Vavant dernier. Radius dépassant le milieu du cubitus, celui-ci faiblement arqué, aussi distant de la pointe alaire que la discoi- dale, bifurcation de la posticale trés distale de la transversale. Comme chez le type, les pattes antérieures sont pubescentes; leur métatarse de moitié plus long que le tibia, le 4e article d’un tiers plus long que le 3¢, pulvilles larges, dépassant le milieu des crochets. Appendices terminaux de la pince obtus et d’égale largeur, sans longs poils, un peu plus longs que les basaux ; appendice supérieur petit, n’atteignant pas l’extrémité de l’article basal, glabre, filiforme dans sa moitié basale, un peu arqué et renflé en ellipse dans la moitié, sauf le bout distal qui est rétréci, la partie ellipsoidale porte, au cété médian, 7 ou 8 longues soies alignées et trés rapprochées ; appendice inférieur trés large, plus large que l’article terminal, dont il atteint le tiers distal, un peu moins large dans sa moitié basale-—L. 7 4 mm., 2 2,6 mm. Calcutta, obtenu d’éclosion a 1’Indian Museum, 25-viii-1gIo. Mie CH Ll ANE A. FISHES. NotE on Trygon kuhlii.icA large gravid female measui- ing 34°5 cm.' across the disk was captured off the Madras coast on the 15th of January, 1914. It lived in the Marine Aquarium, Madras, till the 13th of March. In the aquarium it was habitually sluggish, lying buried in sand with only the eyes, the spiracles and a portion of the tail visible above the surface. The large spiracle, which except when fully opened is a narrow slit, extends from near the anterior level of the eye to a point about one-third of its own length behind that organ. The upper margin of the spiracle, 7.ce. the one nearest the eye, forms behind that organ a projecting fold. Both the eye and this fold are employed in closing the spiracular aperture when sand and other foreign bodies drop from above or when the water is agitated. This curious arrangement serves both for the protection of the eye and for the exclusion of foreign objects from the spiracle. Normally the spiracles are kept wide open for purposes of respiration, causing a prominent erection of the eyes considerably above the surface of the head. This gives the ray a most grotesque appearance. The colour of the dorsal surface of the disk is chocolate brown during life with a few scattered blue ocelli, but changes after death, becoming slate-coloured? in preserved specimens. Like other species of Trygon, T. kuhlit is viviparous. On the 12th of March the above specimen gave birth to two young, both of which were males. Immediately after birth the young died and the mother died on the following day. Description of the Young. The young differ in size as will be seen from measurements given below :— Eres Specimen A ¢. Specimen B ¢. Maximum length eve ya sihaays II5 mm. Maximum width of disk 60 mm. 47 mm. Length of pectoral fin 224 mm. 18 mm. Length of ventral fin 8 mm. 6 mm. Length of tail 83 mm. 72 mm. Umbilical chord 10 mm. 1 The measurement was taken from ‘‘ point to point ’’; if measured with a tape across the back it is 35°5 cm. The usual size appears to be about 32 cm. See Mem. Ind. Mus., Vcl. II, No. 1, page 34. 2 Op. ctt., vol. II, part 1, page 35. 318 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOle oS, The last leaves the body in the mid-ventral line immediately posterior to the gills. Colour —In spirit the dorsal surface is brown and the under surface whitish. The edge of the disk all round is darker than the back. The blue ocelli are absent. The ocular portion of the disk is dark brown crossed by two light bands connecting the anterior and posterior edges of the orbit respectively. NOTE ON THE BREEDING OF Chiloscyllium grisewm. Mill. and Henle —Chiloscyilium griseum, Mull. and Henle. (= C. indicum (Gmel.) of the ‘‘ Fauna’’) is one of the commonest dog-fishes on the Madras coast. In January, 1913, one of the tanks in the Marine Aquarium at Madras contained eight adult specimens captured at different times. As the period of ‘‘ gestation’’ is Egg-capsule of Chiloscyllium griseum, X 4. probably very long in dog-fish, there is little doubt that the fish in question must have been impregnated before entering the aquarium. Every night from January 27th to 30th a pair of egg- capsules were laid, and a single one on the night of February Ist. It could not be ascertained whether all the eggs were laid by a single individual or not Description of egg.—The horny capsule is of the usual quad- rangular shape. The shorter or terminal sides of the quadrangle are contracted and irregularly folded so as to bring the angles towards the middle line. The contraction is greater at one end than at the other, consequently the angles actually meet in the former case, while they do not do so in the latter. The four angles are not prolonged into the usual filaments for attach- ment, their function being relegated to extremely numerous and slender silky threads which fringe the edges of the capsule. Jn IQT4. | Miscellanea. 319 one of the lateral margins the threads are particularly numerous and extend to a great length, in some cases to about 180 mm., notwithstanding the fact that they are closely matted and twisted together. Of the g eggs the measurements of the largest and of the smallest egg-capsule are as follows :— Largest Smallest egg-capsule. egg-capsule. Maximum length =o 78 mm. 70 mm. Maximum breadth ae 36 mm. 32 mm. Maximum thickness a 2I mm. 18 mm. Length of matted threads .. 180 mm. B. SUNDARA Raj, Govt. Mus., Madras. REPTILES. THREE RARE HIMALAYAN LIZARDS.—Thanks to the generosity of Col. Tytler, R.E., and Major F. Wall, I.M.S., the Indian Museum has recently received specimens of three rare lizards from the Western Himalayas. They are Alsophylax himalayensis, Annan- dale, Gymnodactylus lawderanus, Stoliczka and Acanthosaura major (Jerdon). Alsophylax himalayensis. Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. IX, p. 305, pl. xv, fig. 1, (1913). This lizard was recently described by myself from a single female specimen taken in the Simla Hills at an altitude of about 5000 ft. Major Wall has still more recently sent us a male from Almorah, taken at about the same altitude. It is rather darker and greyer than the female and has the markings on the dorsal stirface denser. ‘The tail is more distinctly swollen and there is a prominent tubercle on its ventral surface at each side a little behind the vent. There is, however, no trace of praeanal pores—a feature that seems to differentiate the lizard from the male of any ~ other species in the genus, from the general facies of which 4A. himalayensts is, indeed, somewhat divergent. Gymnodactylus lawderanus. Col. Tytler has just sent us a specimen of this rare gecko which he took in July at Konsanie in Kumaon at an altitude of 6000 ft. So far as published records go, this is only the second specimen known, but Major Wall informs me that he has recently presented one or more to the British Museum. Col. Tytler’s specimen is unfortunately mutilated, but it retains the basal part of the tail, which was deformed in the type. In his key to the Indian species of the genus in the ‘*‘ Fauna’’ (p. 60) Dr. Boulenger, relying on the original description and figures, includes G. lawderanus among those species which do not possess a lateral fold, and states 320 Records of the Indian Museum. [Votu. X, 1914.] that the tail is without tubercles. ‘The type, which isin the Indian Museum, though generally in good condition so far as the body is concerned, is somewhat shrivelled and it is difficult to see whether the fold is altogether absent. Inthe fresh specimen it is clearly present. The tail, moreover, is partly surrounded by rings of small nail-like tubercles interrupted on the dorsal and ventral surfaces. Otherwise this specimen agrees with the type. The species is not related in any close degree to any other, but, despite its cylindrical tail, evidently comes nearest to G. stoliczkat, with which it was placed provisionally in my recent revision of the Indian representatives of the genus (Rec. Ind. Mus. 1X, p. 316). The flattened tail of G. stoliczkat must, therefore, be regarded as no more than a specific character. Acanthosaura major. Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., I, p. 306, pl. xxiii, fig. 3 (1885). The typical form of this species, which Dr. Boulenger has figured from the type, is a very different-looking lizard from the one I described some years ago (Rec. Ind. Mus., I, p. 152 ; 1907) under the name Acanthosaura kumaonensis, but the difference lies solely in the smaller size, slighter build and rather longer tail of the latter. With both a male and a female of A. major before me—the female obtained at Tolpani in Garhwal by Col. Tytler (gooo ft.), the male by myself outside the town of Simla (ca. 8000 ft.)}—I can find no structural difference between the two forms, except that the crest is higher in the typical male. This form reaches a length of nearly 25 cm., whereas adult males of the race or subspecies kumaonensis, as it may be called, are not longer than 18 cm., the femates being rather shorter. The typical form is found in the Simla Hill States and Garhwal, probably at alti- tudes above 6000 ft., whereas the race kumaonensis occurs a little to the eastwards in Kumaon and in Garhwal at slightly lower altitudes. Probably the two races merge gradually the one into the other. The difference between them is similar in many respects to that between the Peninsular race (subsp. gigas, Blyth) ! and the typical northern and eastern race of Calotes versicolor. N. ANNANDALE. 1 Recent investigations show that this larger race, in which the secondary sexual characters of the male are very strongly developed, occupies the whole of Peninsular India south of the Indo-Gangetic plain and also Ceylon. To the north-west its range extends far beyond the Peninsular Area into Baluchistan. The typical form of the species occupies the foot-hills of the Himalayas, the Gangetic plain, Assam, Burma, Siam, the northern part of the Malay Peninsula, etc. Only adults of the two races can be distinguished satisfactorily. NN rt eo ee Ct VON A COL RCTION OF, -OL1TG0O- CHAE TA MAINE Y FROM NORTHERN INGE. By J. StepHenson, M.B., D.Sc., Lond., Professor of Zoology, Government College, Lahore. Plate xxxv12) : Page Introduction mot 63 ae eh ses SA Fam. Naididae ... cs * se Saeed Nats vaviensts, sp. nov. fe ee ie a 32 Naidium minutum, sp. nov. ie 7 Pe Bn 827 Dero limosa, Leidy re sage Aulophorus furcatus (Ok. ) ce at: 3. BEES Fam. Enchytraeidae a Sot er seer ew Fridericia bulbosa (Rosa) Ae ao ata sca eee Enchytraeus haruramt, sp. nov... she be eee SS Fam. Megascolecidae ee om ee cee SS auesete Sub-fam. Acanthodrilinae x ee £ = 338 Microscolex phosphoreus a oe oe a) Bays Sub-fam. Megascolecinae ae Br 35 te, 1340 Lampito mauritti, Kinb. ate ss nd O Lampito trilobata, sp. nov. —: a ws Aor BESO Pheretima posthuma (1. Vaill.) —... e So eZ Pheretima heterochaeta, Mchlsn. ... a #4: Fas fun gv ee: Pheretima hawayana (Rosa) rr ide ae Hey e SA8 Sub-fam. Octochaetinae ... we oe bis sa Sys Octochaetus fermort, Mchlsn. ks a me iy A: Octochaetus dast, sp. nov. ve ‘. x testo Octochaetus bishambari, sp. nov. ... es oa rae ky, Eutyphoeus incommodus (Bedd.) ... = i pam) io Eutyphoeus mohammedt, sp. nov. ... ae th a G50 Eutyphoeus waltoni, Mchlsn. a A eG Futyphoeus nicholsoni (Bedd.) _... €: . ee Rad. Eutyphoeus bishambari, sp. nov. ... i ee a ies55 Eutyphoeus tbhrahimt, sp. nov. $5: rie a ee 357 Sub-fam. Trigastrinae ... ie a a: e350 Eudichogaster barodensts, sp. nov... ae ue Nae Pete! Sub-fam. Ocnerodrilinae ... ; ee “Ay Gon Ocnerodrilus ( Ocnerodrilus) occidentalis, Eisen. ae: eS: ~ Fam. Lumbricidae Sh oe 303 Helodrilus (Eisenia) foetidus (Sav. iy: ae vs 308 felodrilus \Bimastus) parvus (Eisen.) eg 302 Helodrilus (Allolobophora) ee eee (Sav. yi f. trapesoitdes (Dus) e308 Octolastum lacteum (Orley) --+ 304 The present paper contains an account of a number of Oligochaeta, collected mainly from localities in Northern India. Only the smallest part of the actual labour of collecting has been done by myself; and I have to thank the many helpers whose 322 Records of the Indtan Museum. [Von Xe names are given in connection with the various species for the trouble they have taken in supplying me with the material on which the present paper is based; I must especially mention L,. Bishambar Das, M.Sc., Assistant Professor of Biology in this college; my pupil Baini Parshad, B.Sc., at present Alfred-Patiala Student in Zoology in the Punjab University; and my laboratory assistant Md. Ibrahim. It will perhaps be convenient to mention first the more interesting results of a general nature. Having regard to the general facts of distribution of the Naididae, it is neither surprising to find two new species of well- known genera (Nais raviensis, Naidium minutum), nor to meet with forms which are specifically identical with those of Europe (Deyo limosa, Aulophorus furcatus). The two Enchytraeidie also belong one to an already known and one to a new species; the records are interesting, because the list of Indian Enchytraeidae grows very slowly; indeed with the exception of a form described by Beddard, of which the genus is doubtful, only one species (Enchytraeus indicus, 12) of this family has so far been found. Enchytraeus haruranu, of which an account is given below, is noteworthy as being one of the few Enchytraeids in which sperm-sacs have so far been described. In the genus Mesenchytraeus they are present, as is well known, and have the same relations as in the Naididae; Eisen apparently records them (in a paper which I am unfortu- nately unable to consult) in some species of the genus Enchytraeus, though they are certainly not present in all (cf. Welch, 17). In the present species the sacs are of the nature of the testis-sacs seen, for example, in Ocnerodrilus (O.) occidentalis (to mention only another worm in the present collection), not of the seminal vesicles of the Naididae; each consists of a peritoneal membrane in the form of a bag, which surrounds the testis (but not, as for example in Eutyphoeus, the funnel also), and within which the sexual cells, ripening and freeing themselves from their attach- ment, undergo the change into sperm-morulae. Exactly how the sexual cells escape, and as ripe spermatozoa find their way to the mouth of the funnels, is not evident in the preparations of the present form. Perhaps the most curious, though not the most important, fact recorded is the occurrence of the genus Microscolex in a remote spot in the extreme north of India, 700 miles in a direct line from the sea. The species (M. phosphoreus) is widespread ; its original home is probably (Michaelsen, 7) in the temperate zone of South America, whence, with other representatives of the genus, it has been carried by the drift due to the prevalent westerly winds across the South Atlantic and Indian Oceans, and so has become widely dispersed in the Southern Hemisphere. Direct importation by the agency of man is apparently, however, the only means by which it could have reached Northern India ; its isolated occurrence at Peshawar is certainly strange. This is the only record of a member of the acanthodriline group in India. 1914.] J STEPHENSON: Oligochaeta from Northern India. 323 Of the same nature is the occurrence of Ocnerodrilus (Ocnero- dilus) occidentalis, curiously enough also not far from Peshawar (Mardan in Peshawar District), as well as at Rawal Pindi, 120 miles east of Peshawar. The species has been recorded by Michaelsen (6) from Ceylon and Travancore. Of the two species of Lampito, L. mauritit is a well-known wanderer; L. barodensis, however, would seem to represent an extension northwards of the proper range of the genus. The three species of Pheretima are of course also well-known peregrine forms. But it is curious to note that while Pheretima is the commonest genus in the Punjab, as it is certainly one of the commonest in Bengal (i.e. ‘“‘ the lower provinces,” used as including Bihar), it is nevertheless almost absent from the intervening terri- tory. Though the United Provinces (the upper Gangetic plain) is one of the best investigated regions in India in the matter of ter- restrial Oligochaeta, Pheretima posthuma has hitherto been found nowhere within its limits; though it is on the one hand the com- monest worm of the Punjab, and on the other has been recorded by Michaelsen (4) from no fewer than ten places in Bengal. A few species of Pheretima, including those found in the Punjab, have indeed been recorded from one or two places in the Himalayas bounding the United Provinces on the North; but never, I think, trom the upper Gangetic plain. Before the publication of Michaelsen’s paper of 1907 (4) on the Oligochaete fauna of India, the genus Eutyphoeus comprised about half a dozen species, and it could scarcely have been suspected that it was one of the large and dominant genera of the country. Michaelsen added fourteen species (though he sub- sequently slightly reduced the number); I found four more in the material gathered during the Abor expedition (15), and several new species appear also in the present paper. The United Pro- vinces and Bengal (including Assam) are the head-quarters of the genus, outside which territories it has hitherto scarcely been found at all. The present records extend the range of the archaic species E. incommodus into the Punjab (as far as Hoshiarpur District at the foot of the Himalayas), and that of the wide- spread and variable E. waltont to Baroda on the West Coast on the one hand and to Hoshiarpur district (the same place as for E. incommodus) on the other. The South-East Punjab is also, owing to the discovery of a new species(E. ibrahim) at Kapurthala near Jullundur (Jalandhar), to be included in the endemic area of the genus. Similarly the range of the genus Octochaetus is considerably extended by the record of O. ferymori and also of a new species (O. bishambari). from Saharanpur (extreme north-west of the United Provinces, on the border of the Punjab); while another new species (O. das1) makes its appearance at Baroda on the West Coast. The Lumbricidae are all peregrine forms. As regards the Punjab and North-West Frontier Province, the curious fact emerges that, so far as is known at present, this 324 ” Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL 2s; region can scarcely be said to have a proper earthworm fauna of its own. ‘The territory of the genus Eutyphoeus must be extended to include a part of the South-East Punjab; but for the rest, the terrestrial Oligochaeta have come from outside. There are earth- worms in Lahore, for example, in any abundance; but they are species of Pheretima from the South-East, or of Helodrilus from the North-West. It may be added that, except from the Simla hills, the only previous records of earthworms from the Punjab and North-West Frontier Province are those of Pheretima hawayana and Lampito mauritit, both from Lahore; examples of which were some years ago transmitted from me by the Indian Museum to Dr. Michaelsen. Fam. NAIDIDAE. Nais raviensis, sp. nov. Specimens of this worm were found in material taken from the river Ravi near Lahore in February 1914. The worms are minute in size, and are only to be discovered by a systematic search with a dissecting binocular microscope. The length of a chain of two is only 3 mm.; in breadth they are about ‘I2 mm.; their colour is whitish. The prostomium is blunt and short, shorter in length than the breadth of its base. There are no eyes. The number of segments in a double animal is about 26, that is about 13 in each half. The setae are arranged in the manner usual in the genus. The first four pairs of ventral setal bundles are used actively, apparently as claws by which the animal pulls itself along; the bundles are first thrust forwards, the setae being together and parallel to the long axis of the body; then, as they are drawn backwards, they are spread out fan-wise, and lastly come together again parallel to each other. When in action, the points of the setae are directed backwards, like claws, the convexity of the curve of the distal (free) portions of the setae facing forwards. The dorsal setae begin in segment vi, each bundle consisting as a rule of one hair-seta and one needle-seta; occasionally two needles are met with. The hair is short and fine, in length 83 or less. The needle (text-fig. Ic) is of the double-pronged type ; the shaft is almost straight for the most part, slightly curved distally ; the two teeth of the forked end are short, stoutish at their base, separated by a considerable angle, and of equal length; the nodulus is about 3 of the length of the shaft from its distal end ; in length these setae are 4ou. The ventral setae are usually four, sometimes three, per bundle ; they may be divided into two groups, an anterior comprising those belonging to segments ii-v, and a posterior comprising the remainder ; those of the anterior group are longer and thinner, with proximal nodulus, those of the posterior have the opposite charac- ters. I9I4.] J. STEPHENSON: Oligochaeta from Northern India. 325 More particularly, the anterior setae (fig. Ia) may reach a maximum length of gou; their breadth is approximately 2:2. The distal prong of the free forked end is considerably longer than the proximal, and the two prongs are of equal thickness at their base ; the angle between the prongs is narrow. The shaft is comparatively straight ; the nodulus is very markedly proximal to the middle of the length of the shaft, the proportions of the sections of the shaft proximal and distal to the nodulus respec- tively being I: 2 or 3: 5. The posterior ventral setae (text-fig. 1b) reach a length of 48;, and are in breadth about 2°5». The proximal prong of the forked end is slightly longer, and is twice as thick at the base as the distal; the angle between the prongs is moderately wide. The wv. C. 1 FiG. 1.—WNais vaviensis; setae ; a, anterior ventral, 4, posterior ventral ; c, dorsal needles! aX 830,.0)%, 5150; ¢ X- 1350: curves of the shaft are more marked than in the anterior setae: and the nodulus is distal, the ratio being :—proximal to nodulus ; distal to nodulus: : 5: 3. No coelomic corpuscles were seen. On the dorsal side of the pharynx, and back as far as seg- ment v, are a number of large, oval or pyriform, perhaps glan- dular cells, with well-marked nucleus, not very unlike the cells of the septal glands in the genus Pristina. Chloragogen cells begin in segment vi. No stomach was noted in the living animal; the oesophagus was narrow as far as segment viii, where it widened to form the intestine ; in a stained specimen, however, there appears to be a stomachal dilatation in viii, followed by a narrower portion for a short distance, but this part of the tube quickly 326 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vous 2s dilates again to become the intestine before it has quitted segment ix. The anus is dorsal. A lateral commissural vessel was seen in segment vi; no others were noted, but it would perhaps be rash to say they do not exist. The blood is yellow. The first nephridium is in segment vii; thenceforward they occur regularly. Each nephridial tube dilates to form a small chainber in the parietes just before it opens externally in front of the ventral setal bundle. The cerebral ganglion is large, extending forwards nearly to the tip of the prostomium and back to the level of the first bundle of ventral setae. It is bifid posteriorly (text-fig. 2). Reproductive organs were not present in any of the specimens examined. Asexual division, however, was taking place; n=13 in the specimens examined. ‘The first five segments and pros- tomium of the hinder animal are formed in the budding zone. This species differs from most of those of the genus in having no eyes. It resembles in some respects two specimens insufh- ciently described by Walton (16) under the name of N. ¢enui- 2. Fic. 2.—Nats raviensts ; cerebral ganglion. dentis. It is useless, as Walton does, to describe the ‘‘ ventral setae’’; in at least most species of the genus Nazs and also of some allied genera these differ widely in the anterior and in the succeed- ing parts of the body. The points of difference usually extend to the length, thickness, curve of shaft, position of nodulus, and relative and absolute proportions of the teeth; and no description can fit both sets. In the present state of our knowledge, and with the multiplication of species differing from each other in comparatively minute points, the setae furnish the chief characters for their discrimination; and it is unfortunately impossible to make use of a description which does not specify whether the anterior or posterior group of ventral setae is meant, or whether, as may perhaps happen, these are similar in character throughout. The two groups are not distinguished by Walton in any of the four species which he describes; yet it is in the highest degree improbable that in all four cases both anterior and posterior setae should be capable 6f description in the same terms.! | The figure of the ventral setae given by Walton is stated to be of those of segment ii; the position of the nodulus, however, resembles what is usually found in more posterior segments. 1914.] J. STEPHENSON: Oligochaeta from Northern India. 327 In the present case the teeth of N. tenwtdentis, as described by Walton, have a considerable resemblance to those of the anterior, though widely different from those of the posterior, setae of the present form.! The value of m, however, which is much smaller in the present species, should serve easily to distinguish it. The smaller size of the present form may also be mentioned, though of subsidiary importance. Naidium minutum, sp. nov. Specimens of this worm were found in material taken from the river Ravi near Lahore in February 1914. The animal is too small to be seen except by hunting through the material with a dissecting binocular over a black background ; with the exception, perhaps, of Chaetogaster punjabensis, it is the smallest Oligochaete known to me. The length of a chain of two animals, moderately extended, is 2 mm. ; its breadth in the extended condition ol mm. Each animal is a small whitish thread, often marked, when seen by reflected light against a black background, by spots or transverse bands of a brilliant opaque white; these represent masses of coelomic corpuscles. When the worm retracts the anterior part of the body, the snout, from the level of the first ventral setae for- wards, is somewhat kinked upwards. The prostomium, with rounded end, is longer than it is broad at its base; it is not elongated to form a proboscis. There are no eyes. The number of complete 5 segments in a double animal is I7 or 19, excluding new segments just forming in Fie. 3.—Naidium min- the budding zone between the two; n = ee dorsal needle-seta, 12, —coustantly, so far as observed. The fe segments in the hinder part of the body, behind the stomach, are much jonger than those in front; the first six segments are all quite short. The dorsal setae begin in segment ii, each bundle consisting of one needle-seta and one hair-seta; the hair-seta is tapering, and very slender, in length 80—gop (thus less than the diameter of the body), and in thickness about In. The needle-seta (text-fig. 3) is 35m in length, and in thickness rather stouter than the hair, something over 17; its shaft has a slight double curve, and its distal end is forked, the prongs being almost equal in length, ! The longer of the two prongs in Walton's specimens measured as much as 204 in length ; here the longer prong of the anterior setae 1s only 7—8u, but the animal itself is only about half the size of Walton’s form. 328 Records of the Indian Museum. [Mok. 2c. and separated by a fairly wide angle; there is a slight nodulus one-third of the length of the shaft from its distal end. The ventral setae are usually 3, occasionally 4, and rarely 5 per bundle ; there is no sharp division into an anterior and a poste- rior group. They are 30—40pn long, approximately 1°25» thick, of the usual double-curved and Hoe avers type, the nodulus generally distal. Differences between different segments may be illustrated by a few further details. In segment iv, as an example from the anterior region, the length was 35, the nodulus was distal in the ratio :—distal portion of shaft: proximal portion : : 2: 3; the distal prong of the fork was slightly longer. In segment x the prongs were equal in length, but the proximal prong was the thicker at its base; the nodulus here also was distal. In segments ii and iii the setae were shorter, 30; and the nodulus at the middle of the shaft, or slightly or obviously proxi- mal. In vi and viii setae were met with in which the nodulus was at the middle or only slightly distal. Coelomic corpuscles are numerous. ‘They appear black, i.e. are opaque, under the low power ; by reflected light they cause the white spots and bands previously mentioned. With the high power they are seen to consist of aggregations of minute oil-like refractile globules, the proper colour of which is apparently yellow- ish. In shape they are circular or occasionally oval, and in size from 6 to I- in diameter; a fairly large one would be 104; in stained specimens they are seen to be nucleated. The corpuscles can move forwards as far as the tip of the prostomium; in the first few segments they travel about with no apparent hindrance. A second type of corpuscle was seen in fresh specimens, but in smaller numbers; these were of about the same size, but hyaline ; no nucleus was observed in the living condition. The pharynx is bulky, and occupies segments ii and iii. The oesophagus begins in segment iv. The septal glands are rather variable ; they are apparently always present in segments iv and v, with the addition usually of a smaller pair in segment iii, or in segment vi, or (in one specimen) in both iii and vi. The stomach is in vili, of a pyriform shape with the broad end directed forwards ; it has a somewhat streaked appearance, due apparently to the chlo1agogen granules being arranged more or less in rows. The alimentary tube is still narrow for some distance behind the stomach, and in contracted specimens forms here a small loop directed backwards ; this is not quite straightened out even when the animal extends itself. The zntestine begins in segment ix. I failed to discern any transverse vascular commussures. The first nephridium is in segment ix; the next is in Xi, and there are no more in the anterior animal of a chain of two ; in the posterior animal a nephridium occurs opposite the second pair of setal bundles, ie. as will appear immediately, in what will be the ninth segment of this individual after separation. 1914.] J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta jrom Northern India. 329 The cerebral ganglion (text-fig. 4) is slightly bifid posteriorly, and has a concave anterior border. Seuss 4 Fic. 4.—Natdium minutum ; cerebral ganglion. Sexual organs were not present in any of the specimens. Asexual reproduction was going on, and chains of two were usually observed ; a chain of three, with two budding zones, was also seen. The budding zone establishes itself behind the twelfth segment (n= 12); and of the new segments formed in the zone, the hinder seven, with a prostomium, are apportioned to the posterior animal (text-fig. 5); in other words, in an animal which is about to ie 2. Fic. 5.—Naidium minutum ; zone of budding. pr., prostomium. separate, the rudiments of six pairs of setal bundles are seen forming in its anterior part. In such a specimen the prostomium of the hinder individual may be seen projecting dorsalwards just behind the line of approaching division (c/. text-fig.) ; although after separation it is a small structure and not at all proboscis- like. Michaelsen (5) has recently united the genera Natdium and Pristina under the latter name; though Piguet (9) still more recently prefers to retain them as separate. Without claiming to decide the point, and reserving judgment till the genital organs of Naidium have been described, it may be noted that an indication of the close relationship between the two is furnished by the facts of asexual reproduction. In Pristina, as I have previously stated (12), the number of segments at the anterior end which have been produced in the budding zone is seven,—li.e. six seta- bearing segments, a first segment without setae, and a prostomium. This is exceptional in the Naididae ; the number of such segments is in the majority of cases five, or two less than in Pristina ; and it is interesting now to find that in a species of Naidium (on which 330 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vorex, there were no previous observations on the budding zone) the number turns out to be the same as in Pristina. The genital organs of Naidiwm have not so far been described ; but since in Pristina their exceptional position in segments vii-—vili (two ‘segments further back than usual) is correlated with the presence of the two additional segments produced in the budding zone, it seems not improbable that the same will hereafter be found to be the case in Natdium also. Dero limosa, Leidy. This species was found at Lahore by my pupil Mohammed Afzal Husain, who kindly gave me a number of living specimens, in’ October, 1912. The worms are about 6 mm. long, filiform, and pale grey in colour. When disturbed, they often execute wriggling movements GC. Fic. 6.—Posterior end of Devo limosa. like those of insect larvae; in trying to escape from under a cover- giass they may progress with the posterior end in advance. Of the specimens submitted to examination, none were undergoing asexual division. The prostomium is bluntly conical. ‘The number of segments is 47, 48 or 49, plus an undifferentiated region posteriorly in which setae are not yet developed. A feature of the Lahore speci- mens of this species is the occurrence of a number of segmentally arranged bright ovange-coloured spots, due to a granular pigment in the surface epithelium and superficial to the muscular layer of the body-wall. They are situated on each side slightly ventral to, and approximately in the same vertical plane as, the insertion of the dorsal setal bundles. ‘Their distribution is rather variable; they are perhaps usually best marked in the anterior segments, 1914.) J. STEPHENSON: Oligochaeta from Northern India. 331 but are sometimes present in the posterior portion of the body also. Two pairs of gills (text-fig. 6) stumpy and cylindrical, arise within the margin of the anal funnel; a third pair is formed ante. riorly to these by a projection of the funnel margin; and there is a similar small fourth, most anterior or dorsal pair, which might be considered as a portion of the third pair separated off by a cleft in the margin of the funnel. The appearance is sketched in text- fig. 6, and resembles that figured by Bousfield (2), except that the interval in the middle line between the fourth gills of each side is much less in my specimens. It is usual (Michaelsen, 3; Bousfield, 2) to describe. only one pair of secondary branchiae, or projections of the funnel margin, in D. limosa; but, as Bousfield’s figures (drawn probably in a more completely expanded condition of the funnel than mine) very plainly show, there are really two such pairs. All four pairs of gills are vascular and ali four show in their interior a regular series of star-shaped or spindle-shaped cells, stretching by means of their processes across the cavity of the gill-process. The dorsal setae begin in the sixth segment, and each bundle consists as a rule of one capillary and one needle seta. The capil- lary setae are on an average 190- long. The needles are 66; long, are bifid at the end, with the prongs small, equal or sub- equal; the nodulus is about roqv from the distal end, and the shaft has a slight sickle-shaped curve between the nodulus and the free extremity. The ventral setae, beginning in segment ii, are either three or four per bundle. ‘There is a marked difference between those of segments ii—v and of the rest of the body. In the anterior segments (ii—v) the curves of the shaft are slight; the total length is about 127, and the breadth 2°54. The prongs of the fork are separated by a very narrow angle, and both prongs are comparatively long; the distal is the longer,—one and a half times as long as the proximal, and equal to it in thickness. The nodulus is proximal to the middle of the shaft, thus :— proximal to nodulus : distal to nodulus :: 50p: 78;:. or again ” oe) +) : a) iB) .: 5Iu > 75p- In the remaining segments (vi to posterior end) the setae are much shorter, and the curves of the shaft more pronounced. The prongs are comparatively short, and the angle between them is moderately wide. The distal prong of the fork is very slightly longer than, and is only half as thick at the base as, the proximal prong. ‘The average length is 7op, and thickness 3. ‘The nodulus is distal to the middle of the shaft; but its position varies, as will be explained immediately. Where these setae are four per bundle, they can be distin- guished as two couples, an inner and an outer (or a more ventrally and a more lateraHy situated); the outer couple is the shorter, and is especially short from nodulus to tip; thus,—outer couple 332 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOGs Xs length 66, nodulus 20h from end; inner couple 754 long, nodulus 31¥ and 33, from end. In a bundle of three, the outer (most laterally situated) seta is the shortest, and is especially short from nodulus to tip; the innermost seta has the opposite characters, and the intermediate seta is intermediate also in measurements; thus:— outer, length 64, nodulus to tip 2Ip. middle, 55 TIP, SA 26n. inner, ” 7 es 3? 34ph- In the outer setae of the bundles the nodulus is therefore rela- tively nearer the distal end. Of the remaining anatomical characters it may be noted that there are no coelomic corpuscles; that chloragogen cells begin in segment vi, and that there is a fairly well-marked stomachal | dilatation in x, or ix and x; that the first nephridium isin x; and that there are four vascular loops, in segments vii—x (Michaelsen gives the loops as 5-6; Bousfield as 5, and notes that the last is much the smallest). Aulophorus furcatus (Oken). The material on which the following account is based was brought from a ditch on the borders of Lahore City by L. Shiv Ram Kashyap, Professor of Botany in Government College, who handed it over to L. Karam Narain, Demonstrator in Biology. From him I received thousands of specimens matted together with a filamentous alga. From the masses of this matted material the posterior ends of the worms projected, the expanded funnels with the gills looking like miniature flowers. These retract immediately if the mass is touched, but not if the table is jarred. From a few small masses, consisting mainly of the tangled bodies of the worms, the anterior end of the animals were projecting; these stretched themselves out and attached themselves to the floor of the glass dish, appa- rently trying to pull themselves along, the attachment being by means of the mouth, and the pharynx probably acting as the plug of a sucker (compare the action of the pharynx in A. tonkinensis, Annandale ap. Michaelsen, 4; and Stephenson, Ir). In specimens examined on the slide the pharynx was seen to be continually advanced as far as the mouth aperture and then retracted, but it was not actually protruded from the mouth. The length of the worms is 0>-—16 mm.; the longer are chains of two individuals. The breadth is about ‘2 mm. The number of segments, in a double animal, is 46—48, plus an undifferentiated zone posteriorly; but there may be more than 4o in a single animal, without any sign of fission. ==18, 922 42351124, sOr 25) and is thus not constant. Four new seta-bearing segments, 7.¢., five in all, are intercala- ted at the zone of fission to form the head of the posterior animal. Thus, since the dorsal setae in this species begin on segment v, 1914.| J. STEPHENSON: Oligochaeta from Northern India. 333 the last of these newly formed segments must develop a dorsal bundle as well as a ventral; in one case this was distinctly seen to have occurred. In general in the Naididae the cephalized segments (those distinguished by the absence of dorsal setae) are those which are produced in the budding zone (12); here the budding zone produces one of the body segments also. The prostomium is blunt and rounded. The anal funnel at the posterior end of the body can be widely opened, and its margin everted to a much greater degree than is shown in Bousfield’s figure (2, fig. 18). There is a pair of palps, and three pairs of gills. The posterior and middle pairs of gills constitute finger-like projections arising from within the funnel ; the anterior gill on each side is the folded and projecting margin of the funnel, and disappears, or rather appears merely as a fold in the margin, when the funnel is fully everted. The posterior and middle pairs are about °36 mm. in length, or twice the diameter of the body at its hinder end; and the palps are of about equal length or in some cases rather shorter. All the gills are vascular, and show a number of bipolar or stellate cells, atranged at intervals, crossing the cavity of the gill-process (cf. Dero limosa, sup.). The dorsal setae begin in segment v; each bundle consists of one capillary and one needle seta. The hair-setae are on an average 200n in length, and are quite smooth. The needles are 60-62" long; the nodulus is situated rather more than one-third of the length cf the shaft from the distal end; the free extremity is bifid, and the shaft has a slight sickle-shaped curve in its distal portion. The ventral setae are usually four per bundle, rarely five; posteriorly the number diminishes to three, and in a number of the terminal segments to two only. The setae of the anterior bundles (segments ii-iv) differ from those in the rest of the body. In the first few segments (ii-iv) their length is about 75n,, and breadth 2°5". The distal prong of the fork is 1} times as long and % as thick at the base as the proximal prong. The nodulus is, in the innermost seta ofa bundle, proximal to the middle of the shaft, thus :—distal to nodulus: proximal to nodulus: : 7:5. Inthe middle setae of a bundle, the nodulus is at the middle of the length of the shaft ; and in the outermost it is also at the middle, or very slightly distal. In the remaining segments (v onwards) the length is 62-66p, and the thickness 3. The prongs of the fork are equal in length, but the proximal is twice, or even two and a half times, as thick at its base as the distal. The nodulus is usually distal to the middle of the length of the shaft, but its position varies in the same way as in other species of Dero and Aulophorus (10, and ¢f. Devo limosa, ant.); that is to say, it is more distally situated in the outer setae of a bundle than in the inner. Thus in the innermost seta of a bundle the nodulus was found to be very slightly proximal to the middle of the shaft; in 334 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL xX the next it was distal, the proximal and distal sections of the shaft being respectively 37 and 33; in the next, these propor- tions were 38v and 26; and in the outermost seta of the bundle they were 417 and 26: i.e., the nodulus is, relatively to the length of the seta, progressively more distally situated ‘in the more laterally placed setae of the bundle. So again :—in the innermost seta of a bundle the nodulus was slightly proximal to the middle; in the next, proximal section: distal: : 374: 31m, and in the outermost, proximal: distal: : 38” : 28 pr. The innermost seta of each bundle is also a trifle slenderer than the others, and there is a gradual thickening from inner to outer, the outermost being the thickest. There are no coelomic corpuscles. The retractor muscles of the pharynx are a number of strands, inserted into the pharyngeal wall as far forwards as the anterior boundary of the third segment, and passing back ob- liquely to the parietes, some being attached as far back as dissepi- ment °. Surrounding this part of the alimentary tube, in seg- ments iii-vi, and especially on its dorsal side, is a mass of tightly packed fairly large spherical or ovoid cells, apparently glandular. Chloragogen cells begin in segment vi. There is no stomach. The dorsal vessel is situated dorsally on the intestine, not ventrally or laterally as in a number of related forms. ‘There are four vascular loops, in segments vi-ix ; Michaelsen (3) and Bous- field (2) give five as the number in this species. The first nephridium is in segment vil. Fam. ENCHYTRAEIDAE. Fridericia bulbosa (Rosa). Found at Wagah, a few miles outside Lahore, by Mohammed Afzal Husain, in January, 1912. Length about 8 mm. Segments 30-37. Prostomium short, rounded. Clitellum including segments xil--xill. The setae are curved at their inner ends, straight for the rest of their extent, bluntly pointed ; their length is about 28, and breadth nearly 3. In front of the clitellum the ventral setae are usually 4 per bundle, in which case the arrangement is that characteristic of the genus,—the two middle setae of the bundle are shorter and thinner than those on each side of them. In segment ii there may be only one seta on each side; in other segments in front of the clitellum there may be three setae per bundle. Behind the clitellum the ventral setae are usually two per bundle; in one specimen all ventral bundles throughout the body comprised two setae only. The lateral setae are usually two per bundle; in front of the clitellum there may be three. Seg- ment xii is entirely without setae. Dorsal pores are present from segment vil onwards The pharynx is in ili; its roof is composed of much elongated columnar epithelial cells, which form a sucker-like plug. Septal 1914.] J. STEPHENSON: Oligochaeta from Northern Indta., 335 glands ate present in connection with septa +, %, %, projecting forwards into the anterior of the two segments with which the septum is in relation ; except that the most anterior gland appears in sections to project backwards into v with its ventral portion, instead of forwards into iv. The stomach is a marked dilatation of the alimentary tube in segments x and xi; its epithelial lining consists of large cells arranged in definite longitudinal rows, each cell with a cavity in its interior. Oesophagus and stomach are markedly ciliated; the oesophagus widens in xiv to become the intestine. The salivary glands begin behind in segment vi, and run forwards ventral to the oesophagus through v; in iv they are much coiled, and finally enter the pharynx. The lymph corpuscles are numerous circular or oval bodies, granular and, except for the very distinct nucleus, hardly staining. The largest are 22-27» in length. The dorsal vessel begins apparently behind the clitellum, about the Jevel of septum 23. The nephridia are of the compact type, small in size, the anteseptal portion nearly as large as the postseptal; there is a marked constriction at the septum; the duct is short, about equal to the postseptal portion in length, and is directed down- wards and backwards. The first nephridium is in vii. The cerebral ganglion is in segment 11; it is somewhat oval in shape, and not indented posteriorly. There are no ‘“‘ copulatory glands’’ in connection with the ventral nerve cord. The genital organs have the usual situation. There are large numbers of developing spermatozoa in segment xi. The male funnel is short and stumpy, not more than twice as long as broad, without everted margin. The vas deferens is very slender and much coiled, and enters the penial bulb on the dorsal side of the latter ; the bulb is approximately spherical. Segment xii contains ova, septum 12 being bulged backwards as far as the posterior boundary of segment xiii; the condition might be described as the commencement of the formation of an ovisac. The spermathecae are situated in segment v, in front of the septal gland; the ampulla is small, somewhat irregularly ovoid, elongated transversely, and with thin walls: it probably opens into the oesophagus, though I did not see the actual aperture. The spermathecal duct is long, narrow, coiled, in the main trans- versely placed behind the septum ; there are no gland cells round the duct or round the external aperture. Enchytraeus harurami, sp. nov. Specimens were obtained by myself and my pupil, L. Haru Ram, B.Sc., on 24th March, 1914, from the duckpond in the Zoological Gardens, Lahore; they are thoroughly aquatic, living under the same conditions as, and in company with, numerous Naididae. 336 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X, The worms are 4 mm. in length, and of an opaque white colour ; the anterior end is narrower than the posterior, and gently taper- ing. The prostomium is rounded ; segments 35; no head-pore or dorsal pores. The worms are of a sluggish habit. The setae are two per bundle regularly throughout the body in both dorsal and ventral bundles. All are of the same type; the shaft is straight, tapering and bluntly or even moderately sharply pointed distally, with a hook at the proximal end which is curved in an arc of about go°; the setae are frequently broadest about the middle of their length. In the posterior half of the body they are about 53v long, and 3°5—4r broad ; anteriorly they are rather smaller, 40-46» long. Coelomic corpuscles are very numerous, and float freely in the body-cavity, in greater numbers towards the anterior end. They are small flat discs, oval or pear-shaped, or not infrequently spindle-shaped. In diameter the more nearly circular ones mea- sure Io/, while the length of the spindle-shaped corpuscles may be 154. They show nuclei in stained preparations; and after Heidenhain’s iron-haematoxylin, a number of black granules of relatively large size. In fresh specimens the corpuscles appear to originate from occasional strands passing between alimentary tube and body-wall, and from the septa in the anterior part of the body ; this is confirmed in stained and sectioned preparations, in which a number of cells with the characters of the corpuscles are seen massed together on the anterior septa. The buccal cavity is tubular and extends through segments iandii. ‘The pharynx, in segment iii, is distinguished by the thicken- ing of its dorsal wall; this is composed of a high epithelium very definitely limited in extent both anteriorly and posteriorly, with the nuclei of the cells situated near their bases. The ventral wall of the pharynx is not thickened, its epithelium being almost cubical. bsRetadetes ivhedshirceat Anlbbatet gas pooreataasett PAN ble fads be ae Bitches eat aieebeeats Habe witael © wine psthane es vbish ohge pny ot estishatntees tails Spareeaenes stelecp er deca bdieiodes VF] a renee eee 1) bh grHethedsinalh iS NBDE he inbetignenreetare et Hin patel nnn te teamadte baencan as bebwthetins suite iM eens iste she eee why Viheheoeh oie bb dehelhant penne bis siete teint Greet Horta PH bap ae is lab bh bh sabeaa! pActeholwteled wort ishepabes athens Qdrependsernny + bivdatl Mistielehepehad a ctih eee Schad hickonee thelistiiGehp os ey arsenate ahha bina ce PM qb vind indase 1d ope le ore ic pMibtenbhabnent Vol et sieiind we phage Pall he aleashaeuhel reatiies ith baciera yl sehr Pehorteoptanitas UsGiaptat at oter syetiy Shay Shsasecied Per incaner sues iota beh veoh ani bidelabthohare acta ip diaiatal gies ehetoithecncty tant ieolepye iased AG LI Heb Pte hatann 1b opus | htt) U Korh ef. 4 sueatecueetyirate ya Hh ee ah pitt Metal Haale let iat te seatata2 te if sobs A Woh nel» road ve irate, soe) ytd byte that} mh veda Spe bgeste ay " sbi i Vbrlebsbbaibalenenel tiedtertcorea ee re tree reels Grta ieiste lstrtelsdebetesetharheaceueen, Shadredsaaness Hobe pieaeerieeatctienutanasrescestaats Ay bel rear ved pb wha bel D0 04 ph tere Ms woah seca seameacuridbete, bbs etes oy Nase ret, NP tebe. lobentpantucice: tbesepee teh rik ea) grat Dee Us Sob pbe bac evel ne fal vice ebebeacnses st eet ge) biabtipsyons reeancien at Hee nortan ai teys oevieye 4. ste cM sf HF me wee hea Crane oy Ve ah ete hel ales Herb iene Weobs ria bedded sratbes Sisheonlnselitese/sectets ecbehipeaet is , ‘ it Bi wei eiipy ry Delp chetbede cca ath bbs irbenehil abt iene wy vehi Wiislete a raat Poteet fat shes ¢ eo peal = iwdelibhelaner ten seats steanle oe SA sbhial tie tng nae qieitinond aes tensehes eet nobenrapechostee pikes eee ie jHahed brsatiruy arial ed es rh Deb L Mhalh ety ; hnteeh ae Lphaded i ¥ rs tae He ts sibbesienaaeiiet erste, bivhabptalitherelclar tt tt OB Ae eres onlad: bohehuced couli iN oebe cud rene ind 9d a Oi she pou sings a verbs bal rebated petite WoLerpirwge reds ites Wie wink vena tah te bets 4: bbshebehetehates her epee eta lar Pier efelet aed Hof Lah feig er belt eialiedebebehe sbaietbschentheatks ad vondnnrdenrbadt ies irene i , eae eet ean teinhel tabeeaiienon ye Heng, ea it agi sia th hve magi id pa areres neers seat raped pats eae were +p isbsavtaighys oo ASueaCTTy bts ebphedinuetonetelian fersbslist afin sfb4ia het eishetebed tape iesed elses Spay ry gay roby abide ba bbhcal stadt heh sent ee peer nt tobe, nese saslseeeoel dhe Fe oy bese rte bene pr Leb Sameiel abancni oats a tealais nbeoeds reithtncan teas fey th it ap debs cotta bedlebainasheanhenene) ptotent se of sb shad Aim i in pes stillet shad aelit tl abet vot sitar frit thts i litle tale? eH ete ‘ete ietetyls! tite Mee xii) pint st rode tye dVai Wehdvatinany mt sei ehrael eded:eael ete i pi sgbi be it? relat ih tae ae! acme pains bpheh actos sim alas ae ‘ar aaa rye Piscceshs selene ions See vind wort shel sie ea sh ve unntetited tpi e i nef wh i sfateiet eenataea sentee Cals apiinad i Taranba Riser tls Mts “ pet ae si + inte SS rst Beecinstat » eke) oi vbeh dies pei: pojauds Hoses 80 narnia Hot bare niateten pasar erie TEREST i" Die ye rye era bei rele eney Hie! bielbel eather ts $405) yee tan a a8 Weseslatternes, en auntie ea tan aa att 88 p04 91 O8 i act ae atte 9 phe jain ia ae toile nob pppers ftir Nidessthepts beiaies oath} hid 4 Auray ety rt ane yet oe hee) ott ite 44 pe ir zt i Mt eel pt wy ‘f " + eae | ery Shea rn a seed mae la yt) emhanieaat cl bie! w4 plete crane hhdeaet od ae ah reehlayg ; viyyet) 4x4 Pen sryebrut i tf rity inisbebetaetet ste ebatet en het tis pier hell seh habe Neuabetl oy ii ape tuna vere vi iad shalat al zit ita soe Nel ws) Width ois Wy be ny siretishalalll as t-tee Site sec eit ‘vend 4 He Wuoieeh Nt te ale apse Paneeney Sireanees re ene eheba Tata stot matte: reticle id beds SMH bl Mite ing. ote atbabenea Oi jeroye rh a spr dtr er a1, ol at Bh es aitegigioe * sas slebbirhehenshebtaanetes Ati ed Dn meevatey oF pase Li apes renee ebitddet slsiairinsmaetupe repeats Shh aed . tet shbestibbas hapehalinces ce elae or ley yrUeieay)a leileh ened a “an rhs Ve! eishidatieie: eee api ba Asliehaaticd oi thet bisinlabel oh ope 4 leew beatae Ab Helv i i few Mien Bit isis ender hata ‘hanaa Iliad / vite Anienuiiele? wea peas " HH al Twleat us anetteir a tttd sf Shey ened anperyl Pe iad Le heeharda rt tictrtel stb teinthtay pebaisie slot ‘4 ihe a eiehed i Senate t bef ete ‘4 Wsbasig eur ae ba Seed bean enyeiel Hinde efeiisvstedsy Ahaha dt hd oo ix sant Sehauehet isla leseseleeaty loge shebehebeabuoeanteesye that nth ed ebey seven Te re PP phy Hy -debeupberseciet trier: erate eehbesh enebad br pe! pipes tee as iebek 4 rll ipetotet Gaotaantteentnitra Fea itt abodeehiel-ahubnet cn tsrube cbs briatel al acd shhae ene ek af 6 ake uolverstsaulesests Mi istas hy bards tald AtAsh leh chikedl ie bc ob 9 Ua oe asian oe Reset pers Asie wry ropietebsied =0\/bh) Sieh phokche achat tiie piedaaebeatraael 14 bb bhp poke eke i) 9D pad at ba er ewdog dos wiviwrcremaess tebe be rabedin et vey ‘1 ae peal atthe rete ded ekg ight wWieriresagas (944 niiangles Tet oy, sdohed elope) 98 Reked shho cas nvepare echo chert. site iebeatenatiseetta babeF satel tereate tees feats ies lend sivtensrat ie Dialeleshars epee thes ry rane oe ies satrap it myarateeet 44 he bubs stint ebehetastss eit DPA Me Mnhead ip gata oe she eure yep Sb aebaaehie Hora teds, eo bet bed bh MisushMESbaLraea ee ete: Mp-iminthrbetetriaduavea sane hirer: eh WadebobohetsveseLashine tg ene nil ewthebebebapsasoupetanestte {patsy Midedtsatts re } ietitopeds isepett Prva tebeanaten ari pie 6! He! arabes SeUepehthel arr Leriatel sec oriptoiags Wrvabvisisbt wed tte iohiasiaiaasone yee °} Mises peste abate te Teh nreobbenaevbiont ere Mabtahserennabbaulaac neds F Hatters te oh LHR ptndsre rie pe ey Minded poabebeabdahshinen inte eit ta ct el oi orto renhy dae ds ] 4 Aah sie pry vey tithe bie detaiors thin ie inabdsdaneneie bea hihebplehests oetiet banat ‘hed ee a mcasabinie| hoe ek ie es eaitt panos ae Nye i he s am es) Preteens Laiebe Parthia ia hrioly o¢ apps bat HON dd e Heder babshadanionate teat, Abe erepmr yes ds buurs tr na seiiny moog, pied hahoneiianne T) ebatioutna rerin ibpniasresseonetetsil Hyeirened Nee Pham he mate sib ben iedebet Neg ‘dvi bevent it they Sain. eae) Ne pelelbhelbi ce hint ener Ey Hees bikic slag My ten et ‘ve “4 inh ie aa) dp btsaalyens seg a: A Aehohihhasied vrs aan i ‘i ‘chet ant bre tly enan gs [abt coe Hikeie, nh beheAs desi 4 se bie Me BEL be belehed tei oshi nets to Sa ia Mita ass Wines pred y 2 Hehe hehe oft ol KY balisbthtlisied shale ot nealing Wael spudindaa ate hace, Ha Deli WM adi rd siraraeoastienstt Bieta beeen bt hdsh bain oa d meet eas it ed pe Ee baiebolta teal! PH ivobeinde tpt baslisiitie! oh lAahaiebeackeh ul hk Satoh Dele! wf ob rise oe bubad herb Ah Aish tila spina t Ps aginst ie iavedeae yes. edhe ha beh f sebara pate eheied uN Volver beast etitas herent sicisirheshoatuatint teat Ue een fetta Aol eral Wick ened s Nathelart ioe br eBebe hed Frater nshe Pe ReBedecerini Mbt sbypalhe Hes ray aha Ho of oh ohiegeapes « nes ears A ans nth ental Ht edie MURR Like tc Fel oped eifed elle pep adie bet» rhaafienpt« isan whe aelerene EVGA V4 ued el 6 ia fednoriet heehee abe yy ce 14 bef wl bh pet Lefiefitd wf aed dries brad band bd A " elbef wih nat Tbe init PO obed mt “3 ey at " = ithe bie ; 1H Hehietts ombath of ‘ hen via eooamiriantaerat FOP Ser otred 9H 4 pre yelie wat af sonbenalibereal Sacer - ea Michel ebataoel every eho ahs " ca mene stars rile ses neta yon tdbediedled ier oF ehetrehialbell obit Spaced edsdanens ied etune rained (inl t oa ph ome Shea toile bef Howie, “om Drier Hae + shot Ml etaladele! « ad bed ee"/ Leo! meas PRD bel wf nf nf Bi funt eae init AG LAP ote) she hbiies ei cbecarnh ta Deh dbaieher ° ie Ma ue hi ot 4 ef, Me sn Se elaies hotel: + Fon Eade er route Wid copeeh yn ea ada fiefl i rises Sb f Mabe ae frp iy Lesaie pit te-py ue Hear ha hs ee) si ni re soit % epbig hasae | 4 replies on alpecegnent es seed sent shy bee eonhatlng ot eld ee BiH Mpa sa etebtono Sits nie shededoly berairee Ms Fripeytee bedeatue or Granta wet sinbps en Renee 4% ao) tren ee ota! yet ae hg. mer o ne ae Bie tabs dadaded epi har rien Henesene st rey Anne tclanagstt état Uae nets fetite perhbee tal aide * cata Gaceicttisiatca soe ene fet hele 4 natin Hh pdisbeaene vedemed tty ra ae